^IIIWP 
 
 Humphreys 
 
 BINTOR 
 
? Private Library ^ 
 
 of 
 
 Stewart H. Burnham 
 
 ^ Sandy Hill. N. Y. 4# 
 
 o 
 Z 
 
 CORNELL 
 
 UNIVERSITY 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 BEQUEST 
 
 OF 
 
 STEWART HENRY BURNHAM 
 1943 
 
Cornell University Library 
 
 3 1924 031 261 757 
 olin.anx 
 
Cornell University 
 Library 
 
 The original of tliis book is in 
 tine Cornell University Library. 
 
 There are no known copyright restrictions in 
 the United States on the use of the text. 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924031261757 
 
Hi 
 
 i 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ■■H|P 
 
 
 4i^^nH 
 
 ^H 
 
 ^H 
 
 f^^^^B^mi. < 
 
 '^^ 
 
 
 ^B 
 
 ^1 
 
 l^^^^^KgSr 3 ;£ ^ 
 
 ' -'^g 
 
 Hk- 
 
 ^ 
 
 H^H 
 
 
 ^■■"\l 
 
 
 « 
 
 ^I^B 
 
 ^B^^ '^ 
 
 *;'/«|B 
 
 
 4u^ M 
 
 ^^^^^^^^B 
 
 '^^S^'^y"^ 
 
 ^P "^^ 
 
 
 f jtL vJh 
 
 ^^^^^^^^B 
 
 / 'i^ 
 
 
 
 ■wBlL ^ 
 
 ^H^H 
 
 K- 1 ^l^B 
 
 
 
 "* ^Ih^ V 
 
 ^^^H 
 
 fc-jlJ 
 
 
 
 W| 
 
 ^1 
 
 K's^JB^II 
 
 i 
 
 
 l>l 
 
 H 
 
 ^^H^^^^^S^^^^^B 
 
 ^^MeV 
 
 
 
 v^^^^^^^^l 
 
 Bh 
 
 ^Gb^ 
 
 fc 
 
 
 
 H 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 H 
 
 
 ^^^^^C 
 
 J 
 
 Lj 
 
 Y(>tcl(^ok. 
 
HUMPHREYS' 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MEITOR 
 
 OB 
 
 FAMILY ADVISER 
 
 IN THE USE OF 
 
 SPECIFIC HOMEOPATHIC MEDICEJE. 
 
 BY 
 
 P. HUMPHREYS, M. D. 
 
 Formerly Frofessor of Institutes of Homeopathy, Pathology and Medical Practice in tho 
 
 Homeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania at Philadelphia; Author of 
 
 Dysentery and its Homeopathic Treatment; Cholera and its Ho- 
 
 meopathio Treatment; and Prover of Apis Mellificai 
 
 Plantago Major, etc., etc. 
 
 BEVISED AOT) ENLABGED EDITION. 
 
 This Book is also Fublisbsd in 
 FRENCH, GERMAN, SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE, 
 
 New York: 
 HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE CO., 
 
 COF. William and. Ann Streets. 
 
 191O 
 
rrrr 
 
 T 
 
 Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 188S, by 
 
 HUMPHEBTS' SPECIFIC HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE COMPAlTy, 
 
 In the office of the librarian of Congress, at Washington. 
 
 •Pasties using HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC 
 
 SPECIFICS IN QUANTITIES, WILL FIND IT ECONOMICAL TO ORDEB 
 
 FLASKS. See last page for out. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 It is now over thirty years since I commenced the experi- 
 mentation and use of Specific or Combined Medicines, the 
 results of which, in a popular, practical form, I present in 
 this work. I waited long, perhaps too long, that I might not 
 be accused of rashly offering crude or immature Specifics; 
 and yet, remembering how little comparatively, one man 
 can do in so wide a field, in even so long a period, I could 
 wish the time longer, and the experience more ample. If it 
 shall lead to greater precision in the use of medicine, and a 
 more complete control over human disease and suffering, 
 my labor will have been amply rewarded. The snatches of 
 time for its production, taken from the exactions of large 
 professional and business cares, must apologize for any 
 want of unity or defects of style that may appear in its 
 composition. 
 
 The theme is new. Old-school medicines have been com- 
 pounded or combined for centuries, and Polypharmacy has 
 been the rule, as well as the opprobrium of its practitioners. 
 The rule of Hahnemann was exact and rigorous — one medi- 
 cine, in its highest attenuation, given once, and permitted 
 undisturbed, to expend its action— formed the ideal of his 
 Homeopathic practice. To this rule, the professor and the 
 amateur, the adept and the sateUite, were expected to con- 
 form. The choice of the medicine was to be made, not so 
 much according to the physiological or pathological law of 
 cure, as according to some keynote, or fantastic aberration 
 
ir 'preface. 
 
 alike of medicine and disease, the study of which seemed to 
 some minds a psychological phantasmagoria. 
 
 But practical men and practical medicine, with too little, 
 perhaps, of faith and too httle, certainly, of result, unwilling 
 to attribute all failure to the bluntness of their own percep- 
 tions, hesitating to follow the shadow of the master, when 
 their footsteps so often fell on dead men's bones, turned aside 
 to seek more substantial footing in larger doses, frequent 
 repetitions and alternation of remedies. The success became 
 as sure, the labor less, and the way plainer. But what then 
 becomes of the ideal philosophic rule— the one medicine, the 
 one dose, and undisturbed action ? It is buried, in a sea, so 
 deep, as to be practically fathomless. 
 
 But what becomes of the similia, the law of cure, when 
 modes so different, paths so apparently divergent, lead to 
 the same goal ? Simply this : The Law of Curb is wider 
 THAN WB KNOW. Not to SO narrow channels as we have 
 believed, are the waters of this Bethesda confined. Simple 
 and childlike may his faith be, who believes that in his 
 method alone is the cup of healing ; a deeper knowledge and 
 wider experience would have placed it in the hands of others 
 as weU. 
 
 From alternated to combined medicines (Specifics) the 
 transition is easy. The old rule of faith and practice is gone. 
 A wider field is opened and we are invited to enter. Shall 
 the similia in one, or the similia in several be accepted ; shall 
 the similia be the occasional aberration, or the physiological 
 counterpart ? So we seek out the law of combination, and 
 adapt our Specific simiha to the Pathological individuality. 
 
 With all progress, and every improvement, there comes 
 the wail of dissatisfaction and i-eproach. These they say are 
 avoiders of honest toU, scalers of Heaven's walls without 
 
PREFACE. ni 
 
 needful faith or purity, who seek by a broader road the 
 Divine way to mysteries of life ; indolent ones who, while 
 they neither toil nor spin, yet assume the gorgeous array of 
 Solomon. But what is progress but a lessening of human 
 toil ! From the beginning, every improvement diminished 
 somebody's work ; made some hours of toil superfluous, so 
 that this reproach becomes a praise. If it gives increased 
 certainty of result, all the better. 
 
 That some obscurity should overshadow the pathway 
 that leads from disease out into the highway of health, 
 seems inevitable. To reduce this obscurity to its minimum, 
 should be the tireless aim of scientific effort. Should there 
 be but one dim path, we should seek to render it plainer, 
 less devious, and less obstructed. Should there be many, 
 we will reverently uncover our heads, and be thankful. 
 Multitudes having gone along in the simple, open path of 
 Specific medicine, have been led to the Elysium of health, 
 and with gratitude acknowledge the blessing. It is to afford 
 additional Ught to the thousands yet in the path, that these 
 pages are written. Additional observation and experience 
 will doubtless suggest improvements, giving simplicity to 
 the direction, and certainty to the result, yet such as it is, 
 it is offered in confidence that it will afford substantial aid 
 to thousands. 
 
 As this work is designed for the use of the People, its most 
 conspicuous feature should be its entire adaptation to their 
 wants. It must give such counsel and advice as they need 
 ih their quest, not merely for the recovery of lost health, but 
 for the preservation and improvement of health. The latter 
 —the preserving of health— may be really more important 
 than the former, though it be an often overlooked and some- 
 times thankless task, for, " who thanks you for what you 
 prevent ? " 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 So in these pages much space is given to the study of 
 hygiene— air, water, food, drainage, the nutritive value of 
 different foods, and the best manner of cooking and serving 
 them. The use of baths, stimulants, beverages ; the nursing 
 and care of children, of the sick, the invalid, the aged and 
 infirm. To these there is added in their appropriate chapters 
 and under proper headings a simple description of the various 
 diseases most commonly met and most likely to be success- 
 fully treated either at their beginning or throughout their 
 covu-se by domestic practice. Then there follows such plain 
 and simple directions for nursing, food, and the use of the 
 SPECincs, as are most readily followed and most Ukely to 
 result favorably. The whole intent is to make the way so 
 plain that even the most inexperienced of intelligent persons 
 may foUow it without confusion or error. 
 
 One prominent feature of this work should not be over- 
 looked, namely, the use of prophylactic or preventive Speci- 
 fics. Though the idea may provoke a smile of incredulity 
 among the uninitiated, yet the thousands who have thus 
 escaped Scarlet Fever, Diphtheria, Measles, "Whooping- 
 Cough, Intermittent Fever, and other forms of disease by 
 this simple procedure, realize that what seems to others a 
 joke has been to them a blessed reality. 
 
 This method could only have been made so plain by the 
 use of these Specifics. In no other way could the liability 
 or danger of perplexity and error have been avoided. There 
 is no seeking among many medicines for the right one ; no 
 devious or intricate mode of preparation, before administer- 
 ing ; all is prepared as wanted, and the one requirement is to 
 simply follow the simple directions. 
 
 y. HUMPHEEYS, M. D. 
 July, 1889, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Life— Health— Disease. 
 
 LIFE. 
 
 Medicine can only have to do with living bodies. So 
 Boon as the vital principle has departed, it only remains 
 that the body be cast off, and returned by dissolution, to its 
 original elements. 
 
 AH living bodies exist by virtue of an inherent vital prin- 
 ciple, through which they are enabled to appropriate for 
 their growth and development, the elements necessary for 
 that purpose. Through this vital principle they take up, 
 and combine in new relations and forms, and for new 
 of&ces or uses, the surrounding partides ia earth, water, 
 air, light and heat; all that may be necessary for their 
 growth, development, and perfection. Thus all nature is 
 constantly undergoing change, by virtue of the vital prin- 
 ciple appropriate to each living body. With each individual 
 there is the power of forming itself after its Kke, and, of 
 necessity, of appropriating those particles from surround' 
 ing nature which are requisite for this purpose. 
 
2 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 Thus the acorn has in itseK a germinal life, by virtue of 
 which it first appropriates the nutriment of the nut for the 
 development of its first shoot and rudimentary leaves, and 
 then throwing down its spongioles or roots, begins to take 
 up from earth and absorb from air, light and moisture the 
 elements, from which, in a century, the monarch of the 
 forest is produced. Every particle of all that immense 
 tree, from rootlet to leaf, and from the outer bark to the 
 core, the form and color, taste and odor of every leaf and 
 twig, of every branch and bud, is determined by virtue of 
 this inherent vital energy, which has appropriated from its 
 environment the particles necessary for that purpose. 
 
 If circumstances are favorable, if the plant or germ is 
 not weak ia its germinal existence, and if surrounded by 
 favoring circumstances ia earth, air, light or heat, we may 
 expect the fuU and entire development of the plant or tree, 
 according to its order. But should these conditions be 
 Wanting, there will be variations ia growth, development, 
 or perfection, accordiag to the degree in which the wanting 
 substance is necessary, which may vary from the slightest 
 deviation, down through aU stages of morbid or stunted 
 growth and imperfection, to the entire cessation of life. 
 The entire habit of a tree may even be changed by a 
 systematic perversion of the laws of its Ufe. 
 
 What is true in regard to vegetable life, growth and 
 development, holds ia perhaps a higher sense in regard to 
 animal life. In the former, vitaUty, by the Chemico-vital 
 laws of its existence only, simply appropriates that •within 
 its reach and needful for its growth. But in animal life 
 these functions become complicated or more or less in- 
 
UFE, 3 
 
 fluenced by the psychological or mental organization of the 
 individual. The sensible organization of man begins with 
 a simple cyst, too small to be visible to the unassisted eye. 
 This cyst, so diminutive and formless, without body or partem 
 is endowed with wonderful vital powers, by virtue of which 
 it draws from the blood of the mother all that is necessary 
 for the perfection of its embryo or foetal Ufe, until, this form 
 of existence having been perfected, it is ushered into the 
 world. Thenceforward a new mode of life takes place. 
 Through food and drink, light and air, heat and moisture, 
 every thing required for the sustenance, growth and devel- 
 opment of the body is appropriated to its proper office 
 and use, untU, man, the highest development of animal Ufe, 
 becomes a microcosm, having in his own body, certainly all 
 the more common, and probably every primary element in 
 existence. Thus we have carbon and oxygen, nitrogen and 
 hydrogen, sulphur and iron, phosphorus and Hme, ammonia 
 and albumen, silica and silver, and even gold and arsenic. 
 It is not probable that there is a single essential element in 
 nature that is not, in a more or less perfected condition, 
 found in the body of man. The bones are mostly phos- 
 phate and carbonate of Hme. Sulphur prevails largely ia 
 the skin, hair and naUs; phosphorus in the bones and brain; 
 silica forms the enamel of the teeth and the white of the 
 eye, and through all this wonderful structure, each element 
 plays its essential part, and not only sustains that part, but 
 serves to maintain the integrity of the whole. It is not to 
 be supposed that these chemical elements exist within us in 
 their gross or crude forms. In some cases they exist in 
 considerable quantities, but always progressed, or in a 
 
4 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 degree of refinement, far beyond what is observed in their 
 usual or gross forms. In many cases they exist in forms so 
 minute, and proportions so diminutive as only to be de- 
 tected by the most delicate appliances of science. Nay, 
 the condition, in which they often exist is, if possible, in- 
 finitely more refined or attenuated than the most extended 
 Homeopathic potence of the same element. Each of these 
 particles is appropriated or eUmiuated from the material 
 taten, and each is progressed or perfected, and then placed 
 in its proper organ, tissue or part, giving form, color, 
 strength or other quality to the part by, virtue solely of 
 this vital principle called into action in the original germ. 
 "Whenever it is found that the elementary particles, necessary 
 for the perfection of a particular tissue, part or organ, are 
 wanting, not having been either supplied at all, or in- 
 sufficiently, or in improper condition; or when the organism 
 has failed to eliminate them from the elements presented, 
 defect and disease must be the result, and this may be 
 grave or trifling, in proportion as the wanting elements are 
 essential to the integrity of the part or whole. Not merely 
 are new particles taken up and appropriated to the growth 
 and maiutenance of each organ or tissue, but throughout 
 the entire body the process of renovation is constantly 
 going an; old, effete and waste particles are being removed 
 and cast off, whUe new and fresh ones are constantly being 
 deposited. "What we observe of the growth of the hair and 
 nails is but an exhibition of what is going on in every 
 part of the system. The bones change slowly, while the 
 soft parts fin up or shrink away, sometimes in a few hours, 
 but each is constantly undergoing change up to the final 
 
UFE. • 
 
 hour of dissolution. Thus the entire body is a vast 
 Chemico-vital laboratory, constantly taking up new elements 
 and forming new combinations, while eliminating and dis- 
 solving and casting off old and effete particles. 
 
 What has been observed thus far in regard to the growth 
 and maintainance of man has reference to his unconscious 
 existence. The heart beats, the blood is changed, the food 
 is digested and bile secreted, whether we wake or sleep, or 
 win or niU. Fortunately these vital functions are not 
 placed under the control of our conscious volition. Thus 
 far we have considered the body only with reference to its 
 vital powers and physical organization, leaving out of view 
 the higher plane of our existence, the psychological or 
 mental. But with sentient beings there is not merely a 
 vegetative or animal hfe, but a higher plane of spiritual 
 life, including our entire conscious existence, all that thinks 
 and reflects, wiUs and remembers, hopes and fears, and 
 which constitutes our true self; and to the maintainance 
 of which in this hfe, the entire body is but the organ or 
 temple. The spiritual or psychological existence is so 
 intimately connected with the material form through which 
 it manifests itself, that the growth and development of 
 the one and the happiness and peace of the other are 
 inseparable, and the dissolution of the one is the cessatioa 
 of the visible manifestation of the other. Neither the 
 body nor its parts can suffer or undergo destructive 
 change in any degree without the manifestation of uneasi* 
 ness, pain or suffering in the spiritual plane of its existence; 
 and the sUghtest psychological change produces correspond- 
 ing changes in the body. AH our passions, our hopes or 
 
6 HOMEOPATHIC MEXTOR. 
 
 fears, our joys and sorrows are reflected upon the , physical 
 organism -with which we are connected. A pleasant sur- 
 prise causes the blood to mantle the cheek with blushes, 
 while fear not merely blanches the cheek and sends the 
 blood to the vitals, but sometimes whitens the hair in a 
 night. Thinking brings the blood to the brain, joy causes 
 the heart to palpitate, grief or chagrin arrests the digestion, 
 wMle despondency or fear tends to typhus. Habits of 
 hving, thought, or reflection, stamp themselves upon the 
 organism, so that the lines of the face eventually show 
 the settled habit of thought. The " goodness of the heart 
 causeth the face to shine." The benevolent man carries 
 his heart in his countenance, while envy or hate, avarice or 
 treachery ultimately betray themselves in the lines of the 
 face. Thus every passion or emotion of our sentient Ufe has 
 its corresponding influence upon our vegetative existence, 
 while in turn the perfection of our animal life has much, 
 nay, almost everything to do with the peace and happiness 
 of oiu- higher existence. Thousands of children are cross 
 and fretful, simply because they are Ul, and multitudes of 
 men are sour, morose and disagreeable from indigestion, 
 and not a few become felons and outlaws from a faulty or 
 ill-balanced material organization. 
 
 While vitahty has the power of appropriating from the 
 elements presented what may be necessary for the develop- 
 ment and sustenance of the body, it has also a power, 
 within certain limits, of discrimination and rejection of that 
 which is hurtful or inimical to its integrity or existence. 
 In this sense lite has been termed a force of resistance. 
 No sooner are inimical or hurtful substances taken into the 
 
aystem, than the vital powers set up a process tending to 
 their expulsion. In some cases the opposition is so forcible 
 and sudden as to call up the most extraordinary manifesta- 
 tions, while in others it seems necessary that a longer and 
 more tedious series of means should be adopted for this 
 end. The first is most clearly seen in the action of the 
 system against those substances which are so prejudicial, 
 as to have obtained the name of poisons. In such cases 
 the most revulsive efforts are manifested and -the system 
 seeks by vomiting, purging, fever, sweating, or other means, 
 to rid itself of substances injurious or inimical to its peace 
 and integrity. So when articles improper in quantity or 
 quality have been taken, an action is set up, more or less 
 violent or determined, with a view of throwing off the 
 offending substance. Such action, though it tends to re- 
 establish the equihbriiun of the system, is, nevertheless, 
 morbid and is properly termed disease. In some cases 
 the offending matter is at once thrown off and the system 
 promptly rights itself, while in others it is only after a 
 long course of depression, violent febrile action and 
 prostration, that the system finally raUies; or, exhausted, 
 sinks under its excessive efforts. Substances appropriate 
 for our growth and sustenance in proper quantities, become 
 prejudicial if taken when deteriorated in quality or ex ' 
 cessive in quantity. Some articles of food can only be 
 taken with impunity in small quantities, while others may 
 be taken safely in any amount and at almost any time. Nor 
 can aU persons, even when in good health, take the same 
 articles or quantities, with equal satisfaction or impunity; 
 nay, there are some to whom eggs are almost poi«)"nous. 
 
8 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 while to others, onions, or lobsters, or even roseS or honey 
 are substances of their constant fear or dread; and these 
 articles, usually innocent or harmless to others, act upon 
 them with the violence of poisons, inflicting not only great 
 suffering, bnt serious and even lasting sickness. The reason 
 would seem to be that vitality ia these various cases, has no 
 need in her economy of these peculiar elements, or combi- 
 nations of them that are presented in these examples, and 
 hence revolts against them as agaiast other noxia or 
 poisons. 
 
 Not merely these antipathies, but also the longings so 
 common among certain persons, may be referred to the 
 same instiactive source. It is said that animals instinctively 
 seek and eat plants or substances known to be beneficial 
 for their particular diseases. Cattle afflicted with what is 
 termed bone disease — a peculiar softening of the bones — ■ 
 seek and gnaw with avidity, bones which contain phosphate 
 oi hme, the particular element wanting in their system. 
 Deer, it is said, bury their horns as they fall off in the 
 spring, and again resort to them from time to time, and by 
 devouring them, refurnish the material for the immense 
 and rapid growth of the new antlers. The longing for 
 water, and cooling, acidulated drinks in fevers, is as natural 
 as it is during the heat of summer, arising in either case 
 from the excessive evaporation in the form of sweat or 
 tasensible perspiration, resulting in. the rapid drain of 
 moisture from the blood and soft parts, and hence vitality 
 calling in these longings for the needed supply. The desire 
 of children or girls of a certain age for chalk, clay, slate or 
 similar substances, may doubtless be referred to some 
 
LIFE. 
 
 chemical want of the system, of which this longing is the 
 expression. It will be observed that these longings mostly 
 occur during some particular state or condition of the 
 system, when it is about to establish some change or evolu- 
 tion, and hence, some extraordinary expenditure is required 
 Hence, females when about to establish the menstruation or 
 during the process of maternity, when the elements for a 
 new organization are to be eliminated, are most subject to 
 them. In some organizations there may be primary defi- 
 ciencies which are never fuUy supplied, and hence these 
 manifestation or longings or eccentricities of appetite or 
 want, are rarely or never absent. 
 
 We have seen that vitality has the power of selecting and 
 appropriating whatever is necessary to perfect itself after its 
 own material and form, and has also a wonderful power of 
 overcoming obstacles and adapting itself to circumstances. 
 True, the perfection of the organism must arise from the 
 ample and appropriate nature of the material afforded, yet 
 a modified and seemingly healthy condition is often found 
 under very adverse circumstances. An oak may be systema- 
 tically dwarfed to a yard in height, and yet manifest its 
 complete identity. So Animal Life is found in a thousand 
 instances, thriving and striving against influences the most 
 injurious or inimical. The potato grows in a dark cellar, 
 even though the light can give no color to its vine, and 
 eyeless fish swim in the waters of Mammoth Cave. Whole 
 races of men live almost exclusively upon rice and fruits, 
 while others live as exclusively upon the fat of the whale 
 or seal The secretion of the salivary glands is supposed to 
 be quite beneficial to health, but millions, by the systematic 
 
10 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 use of tobacco, deprive themselves of saliva, drood air, 
 cleanliness and wholesome food are considered indispen- 
 sable to health, yet the thousands of children playing in the 
 gutters of our large cities, reeking with foul odors and 
 covered with dirt, and yet comparatively tough and hearty, 
 show that vitality may maintain its integrity, even against, 
 these malign influences; nay, there are those who habitually 
 take ardent spirits, tobacco, opium, and even arsenic, for 
 years, or even half a Ufe time, and yet poor depressed 
 vitality succeeds in affording them a modified health, not- 
 withstanding. That men Uve ia apparent health, under 
 these malign influences, proves, not that the influences 
 themselves are harmless, but that vitality, at least for a 
 time, possesses a power of self-sustentation, which over- 
 rides their destructive tendencies. 
 
 Similar to this is the faculty possessed by the organism, 
 and its several parts, of adaptation to circumstances, in 
 order to accomplish what may be required of it. The 
 limits of human endurance or accomplishment are almost 
 beyond comprehension, and things are every day done 
 which at first sight seem impossible. So soon as a demand 
 is made upon the system or an organ, vitality sets in 
 operation the means to meet that demand. If the re- 
 soiu:ces are properly husbanded and the end persever- 
 ingly sought, vitality will sooner or later, more or less 
 perfectly, according to the circumstances, respond to that 
 requirement. The eye of the watch-maker becomes wonder- 
 fully acute in the perception of smaU objects, while that 
 of the pilot discovers objects at distances impossible to 
 others. The touch of the blind enables him to read, while 
 
LIFE. 11 
 
 the eye of the deaf detects the -words of another from the 
 motion of the lips. 
 
 Sometimes an organ or faculty becomes so changed from 
 education or habit, as to become perverted, or an entire 
 new faculty may be called iato existence. The miller 
 awakes when the mill stops, and the night-watchman sleeps^ 
 best in the day time. Those who have long followed the 
 proving of drugs upon themselves, and hence have long 
 and constant occasion to analyze their own sensations and 
 functions, find an entirely new faculty called into existence, 
 of which before they had been ignorant. In. the effort of 
 vitality to adapt itseK to circiunstances (to exist even if 
 not according to its original type) new forms or modifi- 
 cations are constantly manifested. The following out of 
 these new forms under the same or similar circumstances, 
 give rise to permanently new varieties. Thus domestic 
 animals or fowls exhibit almost every variety of color or 
 even shape, while the vnld are unvarying in color and form. 
 The wild goose or pigeon are always the same, while 
 domestic ones, limited in their supplies, and subjected to 
 arbitrary crossings, exhibit great variety of form and color. 
 Deviations in the flowering of plants, or in the production 
 of fruit or grain, are traceable originally to the same 
 source. True, aU nature tends to perfection. But, im 
 order to perfection there must be varieties, so that the 
 most beneficial of these may be propagated while the im- 
 perfect are permitted to perish. The great law of organic, 
 life the survival of the fittest, finds its response and its 
 exemplification here as elsewhere in the domain ot 
 nature. 
 
12 EOMEOFATHIC MEDTOB. 
 
 "Wlien the influence of vitality is undisturbed, and th« 
 organism is supplied with its necessary pabulum or nour- 
 ishment, health is the result. In this condition the play of 
 the vital forces through the organism and the ministrations 
 of the organism, in return, to the higher behests of our 
 being, are ia harmony; the performance of every function 
 and indeed every action is attended with pleasurable sensa- 
 tions, and there is a happiness in mere existence. The 
 ceaseless twitter or song of the birds, the gambol of fishes 
 or the humming or dancing of insects in the sun, all betray 
 the happiness realized ia mere healthy existence. The 
 digestion of the food, the circulation of the blood or the 
 thousand sensations going on ia every portion of our 
 complex organism, are all sources of enjoyment) ; whUe the 
 attaimnent of knowledge, the performance of benevolent 
 actions, or of the higher offices of our being, are attended 
 with the highest sense of enjoyment to the individual. The 
 sense of this enjoyment in health calls into exercise the 
 highest activities of our being, and it is only when they 
 are over taxed, iUy adjusted, or perverted, that their per- 
 formance ceases to afford gratification. To this gratification 
 we owe the ceaseless energy that illuminates the higher 
 achievements of our race. 
 
 Modified health is not incompatible with deviations in 
 form or even with mutilation or loss of parts. Doubtless 
 the highest health is found connected with the most perfect 
 type and symmetrical form; but Nature, in the case of de- 
 viations, deformities, or even mutilations, adapts hersell to 
 
HEALTH. 13 
 
 circTimstancGS and still maintains her integrity, as far as 
 the conditions •wiU admit. The leg of the dancer or the 
 arm of the'smith, increased beyond their natural size, from 
 long continued exercise, cannot be considered unhealthy; 
 nor yet the diminished muscle of the professional man, 
 whose non-use has failed to call out its fuU development, 
 In this effort of Nature, under this law of our being, to adapt 
 each part to its requirements, we notice constant deviations 
 from what might be considered the most complete order or 
 symmetry, so that breeds of animals or races of men assume 
 forms or changes of structure or proportion that are very 
 striMng. In the progress of the human race there is an age 
 of muscle, and then an age of brains; and vitality adapting 
 each to its want and training, fashions the race accordingly. 
 That undoubtedly is most nearly perfect which is best 
 adapted to its use. The heart of one man may be twice the 
 size of that of another and yet be perfectly healthy, having 
 a corresponding arterial and nervous system; while in some 
 delicate individuals it may be very small, with a pulse like 
 that of a bird, yet both are healthy. One person has an 
 exceedingly delicate nervous organization, while another 
 has so little nervous development as to be almost insensible 
 to pain or even to pleasure. One feels exquisitely every 
 passing emotion or passion, while to another they scarcely 
 exist. Tet none of these can properly be called deviations 
 from the standard of health. Each may be healthy accord- 
 ing to its standard. 
 
 The inherent vitality of the individual has much to do 
 with his power of preserving health. We inherit from our 
 ancestors, not merely the type and form, the complexloii 
 
14 HOMEOPATHia MENTOR. 
 
 and habits of body, the temperament and tendencies of the 
 organism, but also about so many years of existence. Other 
 things being equal, the son will live about as many years as 
 did his father, and the daughter as did her mother. Tem- 
 perance and observance of the laws of life will add a few 
 years to the thread, or evil habits and dissipation will shorten 
 it somewhat, but in the average a man may expect to live to 
 about the age of his father, while aU. are of course liable to 
 be cut off by accidents or acute diseases. With some the 
 hold on life is much stronger than in others, and they will 
 not only live longer but withstand influences to which 
 others speedily succumb. A rat often outlives the most 
 terrible mutilations, while a rabbit may be killed by the 
 slightest blow. Some persons survive the most terrible 
 ravages of disease, while others die before they are sup- 
 posed to be ia danger. Some persons are so constituted 
 that every passing influence affects them. They have all the 
 diseases incident to childhood, and during adult- life every 
 passing influence, dysentery, influenza, cholera, diphtheria 
 or other epidemic, finds an arena in their system; while 
 there are others whose vitality rides safely through all such 
 malign influences. Nay, there are even those who seem 
 proof against smaU-pox, syphilis, or yellow fever. It would 
 seem that vitaUty in these cases holds the organism so per- 
 fectly under its control as to render it proof against in- 
 fluences which are frequently fatal to others. 
 
 As health is the harmonious action of the vital force and 
 of the various functions of the organism, it foUows that the 
 more complex or deUcate the structure or organism, the 
 more liable it becomes to fall into disorder or disease. 
 
BEALTB. 15 
 
 Every additional element that enters into the organization, 
 is an additional influence •whose action must be in union 
 with every part, and with the whole, in order to its healthy 
 action. Vegetable life may only suffer from the quaUty or 
 quantity of the material which makes up the structure. 
 'Animal life may still further suffer from the sentient system 
 which forms a part of its organism, whUe in intelligent 
 beings, the whole is stUl further complicated by that immense 
 sway of psychological phenomena, that thinking and willing, 
 hoping and fearing, whose ebb and flow is more or less re- 
 flected upon every plane of the being below it. Hence, the 
 more refined, deUcate and sensitive the organism becomes, 
 the more nicely and delicately are its balances adjusted, the 
 more exquisite are its perceptions and enjoyments, the 
 keener its grief or depressions and the more liable it is to 
 become ill-adjusted and to faU. into disorder. Time was, in 
 the history of the race, when diseases were few and pro- 
 portionately fatal; but, with the progress and development 
 of man, they have increased a hundred fold, because there 
 are a hundred more influences in play, all of which must be 
 in harmony in order to perfect result. This is seen in the 
 difference between wild and domestic animals. WUd birds 
 or animals are subject to few or no diseases, and not imtil 
 after many generations of domestication do they become 
 subject to them, while the thorough-bred horse or dog 
 must be treated as tenderly as a child. The Indian has 
 biit few diseases, and those of an acute character and 
 generally fatal, while the fuHy cultured and developed man 
 or woman is the subject of slmost numberless morbid in- 
 fluences. 
 
16 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 idise-a.se. 
 
 When the organism, or any of its parts, falls into dis- 
 ordered action, it is said to be diseased. The first mani- 
 festations of disease are usually upon the highest planes of 
 the organism. Not until after these have been invaded 
 and their action modified by the morbid process, does it 
 descend to the lower or more material planes of the 
 organism. Thus it is first the psychological or moral, then 
 Ihe sensational, then the functional, and last of all the 
 material plane of our being that is invaded. The first 
 perceptions of diseased action are sensations of depression, 
 melancholy or misanthropy; or, they may assume a more 
 ■yiolent or positive form of sadness, iU humor or mental 
 disquietude bi various forms or degrees. In some instances 
 the morbid process does not extend to the lower planes, 
 but expends its force in the first arena of its action, and 
 the result may be hypochondria, insanity, or some similar 
 form of mental alienation. But, in the usual course, the 
 next plane of the organism, the sensational, is invaded, and 
 there are then manifestations of pain, uneasiness, aching or 
 weariness. Some morbid conditions, such as neuralgia, 
 are characterized almost exclusively by these manifestations. 
 Next, the functions of the body become disordered, the 
 appetite fails, taste becomes impaired, tongue coated, 
 Becretions obstructed, and some or all of the functions of 
 the body are perverted, or more or less impaired or arrested. 
 In some cases the principal sphere of the morbid process is 
 the perversion of a function, as in diarrhoea or diabetes. 
 Lastly, we come to alterations of structure — ^the localization 
 
DISEASE. 17 
 
 of disease upon the material plane. Here we may have 
 redness, swelling and heat, as in inflammations, or lesions 
 of parts, as in ulcers, or changes in the structure of the 
 part, or even its ultimate molecules, as in case of cancer or 
 scirrhus. In particular instances the invasion of th« 
 organism may be so sudden that its successive steps or 
 stages may not be marked, and the entire system may seem 
 to be affected at once, or some of its stages may seem to 
 have been glided over and scarcely assailed, or in bo slight 
 a manner as to have been unnoticed; or the morbid mani- 
 festation may be so positive or decided in some one parti- 
 cular field as to give the impression of that being the only 
 plane of the morbid process. Yet before any of these 
 changes of structure could have occurred it is evident there 
 must have been also changes in the vital being, to which 
 only by degrees the change of structure was eventually 
 made to correspond. 
 
 The recuperative or healthward manifestations of the 
 system proceed in the same order. The first perception of 
 relief is in the moral sphere — the patient feels more cheer- 
 ful, less depression, gloom, or irritability; then relief from 
 pain and uneasiaess, sleep and expression more natural; 
 then, the functions are improved, circulation, taste, appetite, 
 and secretions more regular and natural, and finally the 
 conditions 'of structure, if there has been organic lesions,' 
 gradually assume a more natural and healthy character. 
 Often, during the height of a malady, a single appropriate 
 dose of the required remedy is given, and the patient at 
 once becomes more calm and quiet, and sleep comes on, 
 giving most indubitable evidence that vitality haa been 
 
18 HOMEOPATmO MENTOR. 
 
 relieved and a healthward process established. Thus, the 
 ciirative process is seen to commence in the highest sphere 
 and to descend to the lower and more material plane. 
 
 In case of wounds, injuries, or lesions of parts, the first 
 injury may be in the material structure, yet the perceptions 
 of the morbid process and the curative manifestations of 
 the system are first indicated in the higher and more 
 immaterial planes of the organism. In some instances a 
 morbid process may be so remote from the seat of life, and 
 so httle affect its normal functions, as to caU its sympathetic 
 action but very slightly into play; and such cases have been . 
 erroneously termed local diseases; such as indolent ulcers, 
 tumors, or adventitious growths. 
 
 The genesis of disease presents some interesting con- 
 siderations. Unquestionably the early progenitors of the 
 race were not subject to aU the diseases which are now 
 common. The advent of many are well kaown. When an 
 individual or community has for a long period violated the 
 laws of Hfe or health, the violation seems to ultimate itself 
 in the form of a particular corresponding malady or disease, 
 which having once manifested itself in that particular form, 
 assumes a type, and hence, constantly tends to reproduce 
 (itseK in new subjects. Thus the cholera was first known 
 during the early part of the present century. Among the 
 crowded and iQ-fed masses of India, exposed to pestilential 
 miasm from sluggish rivers, among swamps and rice fields, 
 there was developed a peculiar form of disease, which first 
 rioted in its own home, sweeping off hundreds of thousands 
 of the wretched inhabitants, until after a few years, it 
 stretched out first along the water courses and great Hnes 
 
DISEASE. 19 
 
 of travel; and at length overleaping all sanitary cordons, it 
 visited in turn aU the great cities of Europe and America, 
 and finally became known as the cholera in almost every 
 part of the habitable globe. So the plague, doubtless 
 engendered by the peculiar habits and endemic influences^ 
 of the Levant, at times stretches out its malignant folds and 
 involves London, Paris and other distant and usually 
 exempt cities. The yeUow fever is usually confined tv/ the 
 low miasmatic coasts of the Southern portion of tliig country 
 and semi-tropical regions; but, at times it has been known 
 to travel inland and visit places hundreds of miles beyond 
 its original locality. Syphilis was unknovm untU about the 
 year 1495, when it first appeared at Naples, and has since 
 extended to every part of the habitable world. The advent 
 of many diseases of modem date are well known and easily 
 marked. In the course of many years the character and 
 peculiarities of a disease may become changed or modified; 
 or it may entirely disappear, while other diseases, or new 
 manifestations may take their place. New diseases or new 
 forms of familiar ones, are constantly coming forward, and 
 will be likely to do so as long as the habits of the race and 
 surrounding influences are subjects of corresponding 
 changes. 
 
 It is not strange that diseases run in similar channels, or 
 that a type constantly tends to reproduce itself. The 
 human organization being always mainly the same, a 
 morbid influence acting upon it elicits mainly the same 
 response or symptoms. The shadings may be varied by the 
 peculiarities of the subject and potency of the exciting 
 cause, but the essential features wiU be similar. In some 
 
^0 HOMEOPATHIC MEHTOR. 
 
 cases the morbid infiuence is so positive that it always 
 elicits the same symptoms, only varied in their degree or 
 intensity; and these have obtained the name of diseases of 
 fixed character. SmaU-pox and measles have far less variety 
 than scarlet fever, owing doubtless to the varying degree of 
 intensity in the morbid cause. All epidemics are observed 
 to have their rise, acme and declination, as well as to vary 
 in their character and degree of intensity from year to year. 
 From these considerations it wiU be seen that disease is 
 not to be considered as a material, something which has 
 got into the system, and hence is to be expelled from it; but 
 as primarily a deviation from the normal standard in the 
 play of the immaterial vital forces that govern and control 
 the material organism. These deviations, which we term 
 disease, arise in a large majority of cases from causes which 
 are as immaterial as the vital being itself. In some cases 
 the causes may indeed be material — ^poisons, bad food, 
 excesses, wounds, etc., which, acting through the material 
 organism, upon the immaterial forces within it, derange the 
 play of the entire organism; but, often, they are of the most 
 immaterial character. The cholera swept off its thousands 
 and even decimated the population of some large cities and 
 vcommunities; yet there was no rational solution for its 
 presence found in air, earth or water, or even yet in the 
 surrounding electrical conditions of the atmosphere *. Nor 
 is it easy to detect the presence of scarlet fever, diphtheria, 
 of typhus in any material form aside from their manifest- 
 
 * Kecent investigations seem to have given a minute, or mioroi- 
 eopical, basis to diphtheria, typhus, and some similar or zymotic 
 diseases. 
 
DISIIASE. 21 
 
 JkX)ns. The most delicate tests applied to an atmosphere 
 reeking with fever and ague, yellow fever, or small-pox. fail 
 to detect a difference between them and that of the most 
 salubrious mountain region. Tet an atmosphere apparently 
 innocuous may be so charged with malaria or contagion as 
 to destroy a large proportion of all susceptible persons who 
 come within its reach. In inflammation, fever, rheumatism, 
 a mere check of perspiration or sudden exposure, gives rise 
 to all the phenomena of the disease, without the possibility 
 of any material cause having contributed to the disorder. 
 When changes in the structure of the part have occurred, 
 such changes are not to be considered the cause of disease, 
 but the result or consequence of morbid action. Usually 
 quite a period of time is required, and a series of immaterial 
 changes or evolutions of the organism are necessary before 
 any material alteration of structure can occur. This is very 
 manifest in cases of cancer, tumor, or similar lesions of 
 structm-e. 
 
 HOW MEDICINES CURE. 
 
 All crude medicines are, in their nature, poisons or health- 
 disturbing agencies. By virtue of their ability to derange 
 health, they have, under certain circumstances, the power 
 to restore it. But it is not necessary, in order to restore 
 health, that medicines be used in quantities sufficient to 
 disturb or destroy it. Homeopathy has fortunately shown 
 the world how medicines can be used so as to restore, without 
 the possibility of injuring; and how to develop the curative 
 powers of medicines, while their poisonous properties are 
 destroyed. 
 
22 HOMEOPATmO MENTOR. 
 
 It has been common to use emetics, cathartics, sudorifloa 
 or expectorants, with a view of promoting the excretions of 
 the body, that thereby disease might be expelled and health 
 recovered; and it is not doubted that, after the operation of 
 a brisk cathartic or emetic, the patient has frequently been 
 restored. But, as during the operation of the medicine it 
 may in many cases be shown that every grain of the drug 
 administered, except an immaterial Homeopathic portion, 
 has been ejected from the system, it becomes a question 
 whether the large quantity which has been thrown off, 
 or the immaterial small quantity (Homeopathic) which 
 remained, has been the curative agent. Surely the mechan- 
 ical effort of vomiting or purging has no more curative 
 action than the wiping of one's nose has in curing the 
 catarrh; and the fact that Homeopaths do cure with the 
 small portion, confirms the impression that all the large 
 dose and revulsive operation was at least misapplied. In 
 very few cases will these mechanical manipulations ciure 
 disease. 
 
 No fact is better settled than that Homeopathic medicines 
 euro. The method of their operation has been variously 
 explained. Even should it not be susceptible of explanation 
 at aU, or upon any generally accepted principle or hypothe- 
 sis, yet this would not invalidate the fact of such cures; or 
 should any of the usual explanations prove to be incorrect, 
 yet the fact stitL stands; only, the supposed rationale has 
 proved fallacious. Homeopathic cures, if not all cures by 
 medicine, seem to be upon the principle of suBSTrruTioif. 
 To substitute a similar medicinal action for a morbid one, 
 is to extinguish disease. In some cases this may be easy. 
 
DISEASE. 2J 
 
 in otliers difficult, or again impossible, as every art ol 
 necessity has its limits. This cure by substitution, or 
 Homeopathy, is not new; the truth flashed from tne im- 
 mortal poet when he sung — 
 
 "Tut man, one fire burns out another's burning, 
 Turn giddy, and be helped by backward turning, 
 Take some new infection to thine eye, 
 And the rank poison of the old will die." 
 
 Applying snow to the frost-bitten parts, and heating 
 applications to burns, are famUiar examples. But the cure 
 of syphilitic diseases by mercurials, or of fever and ague by 
 quinine, or sore throat by cayenne pepper, are as truly 
 Homeopathic as the former, and all truly specific or cura- 
 tive medicines will be found to range themselves under this 
 principle of action — ^the Homeopathic. 
 
 All prevention of disease is also, upon this (Homeopathic), 
 principle. Vaccination, with the kine-pock, prevents the 
 smaU-pox, because the mode of action and the essential 
 phenomenon of the two diseases are similar in the course 
 they run, the symptoms they produce, the local swelling 
 and scar they leave behind; and being thus similar the one 
 acts as a substitute for the other. The kine-pock as truly 
 protects the system as does the small-pox itseK from a 
 second attack. Minute doses of quinine prevent fever and 
 ague and other malarious fevers, and beHadonna prevents 
 scarlet fever upon the same principle. 
 
 In Homeopathy, we first ascertain by proving or trials of 
 medicines upon the healthy, the organs or tissues upon 
 which such drugs act, by observing the symptoms or 
 disturbwces in the system which they produce. Having 
 
24 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 thus, by repeated trials, learned the afifinities of medicines, 
 we are enabled to apply them with great certainty in 
 disease. Because, it a disease or morbid condition produces 
 certain symptoms, and a medicine produces the same or 
 Bunilar symptoms, it is certain it must do so by acting upon 
 the same organs and tissues, and in the same manner; and 
 thus to give the same, we substitute, if it is possible, the 
 one medicinal for the other morbid action, and thus sub- 
 stituting, cure it. And here our use of minute doses finds 
 explanation. Few diseases produce the symptoms of large 
 material doses; or if they do, such large doses assault the 
 ' system so violently, as to call up a revulsive action, which 
 convulses, torments and poisons, whUe it does not cure. 
 But Homeopathic doses acting upon a higher plane of the 
 organism, that upon which disease begins, gradually and 
 sometimes immediately, substitute their action for that of 
 disease, and thus modify, soften and extinguish it. The 
 dose or amount of medicine given must be in harmony with 
 the condition of the vital forces when it is given. It often 
 happens that a very minute dose vrill act curatively, when a 
 larger one wiU not so act at aU; and it is a very gross, but 
 common error, to suppose that if a little medicine will do 
 some good, a larger quantity wUl do more good. It is often' 
 quite the contrary. 
 
 As medicines have special affinities for different organs 
 or tissues; as for instance, belladonna for the eye and brain, 
 mercury for the glands and sidphur for the skin, etc. ; the 
 rationale of this action must be the affinity of the medicine 
 for homogeneous molecules of the same element in the 
 human system. As the human body is a microcosm, having 
 
DISEASE. 25 
 
 in. itself the known primary elements, it follows that every 
 one of these elements, or its combinations, may become a 
 medicine; and by its influence serve to modify and control 
 the action of the organism through its influence upon 
 homogeneous particles of the same element in the human 
 system. These elements, as they exist in the human body, 
 are in a condition infinitely more refined and progressed 
 than the condition in which they are found elsewhere. 
 Hence it is that ia order to act curatively, as medicines, 
 and in the most speedy and efficient tnanner, they must be 
 reduced, triturated, refined and attenuated, so as at least to 
 approximate to the condition in which they exist in. the 
 human body. Thus refined, attenuated and progressed 
 they are no longer poisons or health-disturbing agents, but 
 on the contrary are life-sustainers, vital pabulums, in every 
 way conserving and sustaining the health and vigor of the 
 body; not only curing disease when rightly applied, but 
 protecting and preventing disease and decay. In this con- 
 dition the poisonous properties of medicine are destroyed 
 and their curative or conservative ones are developed. And 
 therein we have an answer to that stale and crude fallacy 
 urged by the thoughtless, that because a child might eat a 
 bottle full of Homeopathic medicine and not be poisoned, 
 hence, such medicine could have no power to cure the sick. 
 Specific Homeopathy especially recognizes this fundamental 
 principle — that medicines act curatively through their 
 affinities with homogeneous particles of the same elements 
 in the system. Hence, in the formation of our specifics, we 
 seek, not merely to give a simple, which may act in a 
 certain direction, or upon a certain organ or tissue, but to 
 
26 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 unite in a specific medicine, elements, which having the 
 same direction or symptoms, yet act upon fundamentally 
 different elements or tissues in the body. This is done by 
 combining medicines of widely varying constituent prin- 
 ciples or elements; and, while each of these is Homeopathic 
 to the disease, they sustain the system differently by acting 
 upon different organs, tissues, nerve centres, or organic 
 elements. Thus, while one may serve as pabulum for the 
 blood, another may perform the same office for the bones; 
 while a third may directly act upon the nervous system, 
 and all may conduce to a general result. Vegetable poisons, 
 animal poisons, chemicals, minerals and metals, as classes, 
 each act differently upon the human system, and each per- 
 form offices which can not well be performed by others; and 
 the great advantage of Specific Homeopathy is that specifics 
 are formed that unite in one Homeopathic preparation the 
 virtues of these several classes of medicines. Eesults are 
 by this means attained, not only in the simplicity of the 
 application, but also in the certainty and value of the 
 results, especially in the cure of obstinate and long-standing 
 diseases, which are not realized by any other method. 
 
 Niunerous morbid conditions arise from the deprivation 
 of some element essential to the integrity of the system — as 
 the want of iron in the blood, or of phosphate and carbonate 
 of lime in the bones. These substances administered, not 
 in crude, but in refined or Homeopathic forms, are found 
 to act like enchantment in supplying the wanting- sub- 
 stance; not so much perhaps in giving the quantity required 
 as by setting in action the inchoate particles of the same 
 elements already present. When it is remembered that 
 
WSEASE. 27 
 
 these elementary particles, as they exist in our blood, our 
 organs, our tissues and bones, are usually in particles, so 
 exceedingly minute and refined, as at times only to be 
 detected by the most delicate tests which chemistry has 
 discovered, it wiU be comprehended that, in order to act 
 affinitively upon such particles, the element given as a 
 medicine must be attenuated or reduced to a similar condi- 
 tion, or one approximating it. True, the mortar and pestle, 
 with sugar of mUk, will never reduce sulphur to the condi- 
 tion of that which plays so essential a part in the human 
 system. But this mode of preparation is the nearest to 
 perfection and has attained the highest results yet known 
 in the experience of man. And it may be alao admitted 
 that by this mode of preparation there is imparted to the 
 medicine, not merely a fineness in its form, but also some 
 portion of the vital electricity or power of the individual 
 performing the manipulation or making the medicine. As 
 the condition of an electrical current is modified in passing 
 from the machine through the organism of another indi- 
 vidual to the patient, so the direct Homeopathic mani- 
 pulation of a medicine by a healthy and weU-disposed 
 person, is not without its influence in sustaining and 
 restoring the sick 
 
 For the permanent restoration of the sick, especially in 
 long standing or chronic diseases, time is required. Often 
 such diseases are of many years standing, and have by 
 degrees involved the entire organism, producing disturb- 
 ances of function and sensation, and even changes in the 
 structure or tissues of the body itself. When it is realized 
 that all these must be changed, renovated or even renewed 
 
28 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 by efforts of the immateriai vital forces, assisted by tb« 
 kindly influence of medicine appropriate in quality, quan- 
 tity, form and repetition, and sustained by appropriate 
 nutrition, it will be seen that health, in such circum- 
 stances, can not be the work of a day or week; and the 
 patient should be content even if months or years are 
 required for permanent and entire recovery. In some 
 marvelous cases the power of disease may be broken at 
 once, and the change produced be so great that the patient 
 beheves himself weU. In almost aU cases wherp a cure is 
 possible, the appropriate medicine produces an improve- 
 ment at once, or in a very few days, but iu most cases 
 experience has abundantly shown that time, repeated doses, 
 and a persistent use of appropriate medicine, are required 
 for the cure of serious and long-standing diseases. 
 
 In many instances the medicinal influence is soon extin- 
 guished or lost> so that repeated doses are required for a 
 cure; while in others, a single dose, permitted to expend its 
 action undisturbed, has produced the most important 
 changes and even annihilated a long-standing and obstinate 
 disease. It is yet an. open question, whether, the Hahne- 
 mannian method, of one dose carefully given and permitted 
 fuUy to expend its action before repetition; or whether doses 
 frequently repeated, produce the most satisfactory results 
 Each method has its advocates and adherents. Some 
 diseases run their course rapidly, and their cure may be as 
 rapidly effected, while others are months or even years 
 Working out a morbid process, and often require a similar 
 range of time for their permanent annihilation and cure, 
 
JJISEASE. 29 
 
 CAUSES OP DISEASE. 
 
 HHREDITAEY TKAKSMISSION. 
 
 It is not unfrequently observed that several members of 
 a family are subject to some peculiar disease or morbid con- 
 dition, and that father and son, or mother and daughter, in 
 turn, are subject to the same disease. Sometimes nearly a 
 whole family die in the course of a few years from con- 
 sumption; sons are afflicted with gout, scrofula, salt rheum 
 or rheumatism, as their father was before them; daughters 
 inherit cancer from mothers or grandmothers. The im' 
 pression hence generally prevails that these diseases are 
 inherited. The fact of disease frequently appearing under 
 such circumstances is undisputed. However difficult it m.ay 
 b J to conceive that the vital principle, in forming for itself 
 a body, does, from some inherited germ or principle, form 
 it of materials, which at a certain period of life are subject 
 Id disease or dissolution in a certain, form; it is quite certain 
 that as each parent imparts to its Z)ffspriQg its own type 
 and peculiarities, its tendency to be lean or corpulent, 
 large or small, delicate or stout, so with this bodily organi- 
 zation there may be a tendency to assume or take on 
 diseased action in a certain form. 
 
 It is not usually difficult to arrest such tendencies in the 
 bud, by the appropriate use of Homeopathic medicines; and 
 they only require to be understood and guarded against by 
 proper habits and medication, in order to ward off danger 
 from such sources. The medicines and measures of preven- 
 tion against such diseases will be indicated in their appro- 
 priate sections. 
 
30 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 MIASMS.— MALAEIA. 
 
 Often, over extensive sections of country, and sometimes 
 successively ovef vast regions, people are afflicted with 
 some peculiar form of disease, such as influenza, cholera, 
 scarlet fever, etc. The infl.uence which causes such diseases 
 is but imperfectly knovm. They are observed to have their 
 beginning, reach a certain degree of intensity, and then to 
 decUne. During its presence all susceptible persons are 
 more or less affected by it, yet '"uly a portion of the entire 
 population are attacked with the disease. Other diseases, 
 during its continuance, are variously modified and made to 
 wear the Uvery of the prevailing epidemic. All patients 
 will not have the same symptoms, only the more important 
 or peculiar ones, showing the unity of the miasmatic in- 
 fluence. "While aU, wherever it extends, are doubtless within 
 its influence, yet, the miasm or disease-producing agency is 
 jnore intense in the immediate vicinity of those who have 
 tie disease, and to this extent it may be considered con- 
 tagious. A susceptible person coming into the immediate 
 presence of those who are laboring under the disease, is 
 doubtless more exposed than elsewhere, as the morbid ia- 
 fluence is there more intense. Fear, or an apprehensive 
 state of mind, renders the person more susceptible than 
 otherwise, while a calm, quiet and determined state of mind 
 is not without its influence as a protective. 
 
 Not unfrequently the epidemic influence seems to change 
 its mode of manifestation, and one disease is found to 
 follow another. Thus the cholera has been very commonly 
 preceded by the influenza, the diphtheria by scarlet fever, 
 and dysentery by intermittent fever. 
 
BISEASE. 31 
 
 ENDEMIC CAUSES. 
 
 Diseases are frequently engendered by local or endemic 
 influences. Thus, the neighborhood of swamps and marshes, 
 lor the drainage of ponds, almost iavariably causes some 
 'grade of remittent or intermittent fevers, known under the 
 name of malaria. Persons, residing. in such localities are 
 subject to malarial diseases; and new countries where largt 
 portions of land are being cleared and hence drained, are 
 almost invariably subject to these fevers. So, the digging 
 of canals or extensive drains is for a time observed to be 
 followed by similar results. "When stagnant water remains 
 in a cellar for any considerable timej the family or some of 
 those residing over it, will rarely escape some form of 
 fever, especially if sleeping on the lower floor. There arc 
 also some diseases that seem to be peculiar to certain 
 localities or sections of country, among which may be 
 mentioned the PUca Polonica, or plaited-hair disease <j1 
 Poland, and the Goitre or Derby-shire Neck, which, in its 
 peculiar form, is observed in certain localities; and certain 
 forms of Cretinism, observed among the deep valleys of the 
 Alps. 
 
 DEPEIVATION. 
 
 There are numerous cases of disease produced by the 
 want or deprivation of some substance essential to the 
 integrity of the system. As the organism takes up and 
 eliminates from surrounding nature the elements essential 
 to its perfection and integrity, it follows that if these organic 
 •elements are absent in that which is received, or found only 
 
32 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 in such form that it cannot ultimate them within itself, or, 
 it by any fatilt of the organism, this conversion cannot be 
 accomplished, disease must of necessity follow. At times 
 the organism makes the most extraordinary efforts to supply 
 these deficiencies, and may for a time succeed; but finally 
 help must be afforded or the system succumbs. Mariners, 
 on long voyages, or shut up in the icy regions of the 
 North and deprived of the acid found in vegetables and 
 fruit, for many months maintaiu a degree of health, but 
 scurvy, ere long, makes its sad ravages, unless fruits or vege- 
 tables are obtained. Emigrants from Europe, confined for 
 many weeks upon ship-board, pining from home-sickness, 
 unable to eat or digest their food from sea-sickness, and 
 exposed to uncleanliness and foul air, in over-crowded 
 and ill-ventilated ships, suffer terribly from ship fever 
 Deprivation of light and air soon blanch the cheeks and 
 give the inmates of our prisons that pale appearance, so 
 common to old convicts. 
 
 Children not unfrequently fail to receive in the rtulk of 
 the nurse aU the elements necessary to the healthy forma- 
 tion of bone, or their systems are not in condition to 
 eliminate and deposit, from the aliment received, the proper 
 amount of ossific matter; as a consequence the bones are 
 formed slowly and with apparent suffering to the system, 
 the teeth are produced slowly and irregularly, the fontanel 
 does not close, the long bones are crooked, with large 
 wrists and ankles, and the children are tottering, slow 
 in learning to walk, or walk only with difficulty. The 
 result is not only a defective ossseous system, but a 
 general innervation of the entire organism, manifested 
 
DISEASE. 33 
 
 by sttmteJ growth, imperfect development and general 
 weakness. 
 
 In many instances there is a marked disproportion 
 between the mental and physical expenditure of the system, 
 and its nourishment. This is especially liable to occur 
 during the years of development, or the evolutions of the 
 system. Hence the period of puberty is so frequently 
 critical; and if, during that period, the mental activity is 
 over-taxed, by study or mental effort, while the system is 
 insufficiently nourished, this impoverishment of the system 
 is liable to result in the deposition of tubercles or other 
 serious disease. Thousands die annually of consumption 
 engendered at school, or fall an easy prey to typhus fever 
 and other diseases, because the vital forces have been ex- 
 iiausted by studies or mental overwork, while the organism 
 has been insufficiently sustained by food and nourishment. 
 The early period of nursing is frequently critical for a 
 similar reason. The great demand made upon the system 
 for the lacteal fluid at a period of great debility from child- 
 bed may find the system inadequate to the supply; and 
 hence exhaustion, successive deposition of tubercles and 
 rapid decline is the result, unless the system be adequately 
 sustained. Even admitting these diseases to have had an 
 innoculation from morbid, infectuous, or contagious matter, 
 jett the debility and weakening of the system renders the 
 victim an easy pray to an influence which a sound 01 
 vigorous vitality would have successfully resisted. 
 
34 HOMJiOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 EXHAUSTION.— ATONIA. 
 
 Olosely allied to the above condition, and similar in its 
 tonsequence, is that arising from the exhaustion of the 
 system. This maj be brought about in a variety of ways; 
 and in this very busy and enterprisiag age, often occurs 
 before the victim is aware of his danger. Multitudes of 
 cases of paralysis, either partial or entire, in some portion 
 of the body, are caused by long continued mental overwork; 
 the brain ultimately becoming exhausted and its power so 
 far destroyed, that the muscle no longer responds to the 
 efforts of the will. Frequency of paralysis in late years, 
 is doubtless to be attributed to the excessive mental effort 
 engendered but too frequently among the business com- 
 munity. 
 
 Excessive venery exhausts its thousands; and while it 
 impairs the mental powers, so far reduces the vital forces, 
 that other causes the more readily undermine the organism. 
 Multitudes of mothers are enfeebled in producing and 
 nursing their offspring. True, Nature usually guards this 
 most important of her designs with jealous care, but if to 
 the debility of pregnancy and nursing, there be added a loss 
 of appetite or derangement of the digestion, so that the 
 jSystem is insufficiently supplied with nutriment, the con- 
 sequence must be weakness, deposition of tubercles and 
 ultimate disease unless aid be afforded* 
 
Medical Higieste consists essentially in the prevention of 
 disease by the removal of its avoidable causes. It embraces 
 various influences operating upon the physical condition of 
 individuals and communities, either by promoting theii 
 material good, or by preventing their deterioration. It has, 
 therefore, for its object, the preservation of health, by 
 means which contribute to the most perfect development of 
 the body, and vrhich are best calculated to render Life more 
 vigorous, decay less rapid, and Death more distant. 
 
 "While our observations on Hygiene are necessarily 
 fragmentary and restricted, they are stiU. very important^ 
 and their adoption by those who refer to these pages cannot 
 fail to be fraught with advantage. The rudiments of Medi- 
 cal Hygiene should be taught and rendered attractive in 
 schools, until, as a result of the education of the masses, a 
 solid groundwork is laid for the promotion of the PubHo 
 Health By means of this general education, as well as by 
 the help of the public press, and popular medical worksi 
 the general knowledge of the causes of disease may be so 
 augmented, as to prevent much existing suffering, and to 
 diminish unnecessary waste of human Ufe. 
 
 The importance of this science of Medical Hygiene mil 
 be appreciated when we state that it embraces, among 
 
3ft HOKEOPATHIO MENTOS. 
 
 others, the folio-wing subjects, all of which have direct and 
 indubitable relation to Health and Life, viz: 
 I Food. Y. Sumlight. 
 
 IL BEVERiGES. "VL HeAITHT DwELUNQfl. 
 
 fTT- WaTEB. Vn. EXEECISE. 
 
 IV. AxB. "VnX Clothing. 
 
 IX. Bathxng. 
 X The InziiUeiioe of Oocupatiok upon healv& 
 
 FOOD. 
 
 1. The circumstances regulating its use, 
 
 2. The Nutritious Values of different kinds of Food. 
 
 3. The methods (f preparing it. 
 
 For what do we require food? For two chief purposes, 
 vi*: — ^to produce and maintain the various tissues of the 
 body while fulfilling their respective vital functions; and, to 
 generate heat, without which life would cease. For these 
 ends different forms of food are required. This has been 
 very happily illustrated by a comparison between the steam- 
 engine and the human body. Just as, in a steam-engine (1) 
 the metal framework and (2) the coals which heat the water 
 into steam which sets the metal machine into motion; so 
 ihere are, in the body, (1) the tissues and (2) the fuel. The 
 bony framework, the skeleton, is moved by muscles, which 
 in term are set in action by the nerves. These correspond 
 to the metallic portions of the engine, which are not them- 
 selves consumed, but wear out and need repair. The fuel 
 of the body, like that of the steam-engine, is hydrocarbon- 
 aceous; i. e., it consists of hydrogen and carbon, which 
 
Brifonara:. — ^food. 37 
 
 readily unite with oxygen. And, like tke coals or fuel 
 which, though inanimate, still gives motion to the engine; 
 so the Vegetable World, practically without motion, yet 
 stores up the material which renders motion in ammala 
 possible. For, while animals, as the result of the com- 
 bustion of their food, produce carbonic acid gas; Tegetablea 
 deoxidize, or elimiuate, this carbonic acid — ^which is very 
 necessary for their own hfe — and store up carbonaceous 
 material, and give off free oxygen, upon a supply of 
 of which animal Hfe is absolutely dependent. Thus the 
 Vegetable and the Animal Worlds live side by side; each 
 necessary to the other. The Animal could exert no force 
 without oxygen, which he obtains from the Vegetable world; 
 the Vegetable would perish without carbonic acid which is 
 produced for it by the Animal World. 
 
 Then, again, just as the plant takes the carbonic acid. 
 Mid returns an equivalent in oxygen — so it, also, takes from 
 water a supply of hydrogen, and gives back a supply of 
 oxygen. 
 
 Thus, from these two — cabbon and hydrogen — are buUt 
 Up starch, sitgar and fat — the hydro-carbonaceous elements 
 which essentially constitute our food — ^the equivalent of the 
 coal in the steam-engine. 
 
 Now, as to the tissues of the body — which correspond ta 
 the metal framework and working-parts of the steant 
 engine — ^they all contain an essential element knovra aa 
 nitrogen. And nitrogen has this pecuharity, that, when 
 combined vrith carbon and hydrogen, they do not as readily 
 combine with oxygen, as they would do if nitrogen was 
 abseni It is due to this quality of nitrogen, that the tissues 
 
38 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 of the body, being themselves nitrogenized, are not con- 
 sumed by the heat of oxidizing processes going on within 
 them. The metal-work of the engine is not consumed by 
 fire from the oxidizing coal; and, in a state of health, the 
 tissues of the body are not consumed by the heat produced 
 by the oxidizing hydro-carbonaceous food. 
 
 It is well that the reader should grasp this broad law 
 fully; for this division of foods is the basis of aU that we 
 know about what a dietary should consist of. It should 
 contain hydro-carbonaceous material for the working of ths 
 body; and a sufficiency of nitrogenized material for the 
 growth and repair of the tissues. Besides this, phosphorus, 
 for the nervous system, iron for the blood, hydrochloric acid 
 for the gastric juice; and alkalies for the liver, are requisite 
 iu limited quantities. From the salt (Chloride of Sodium) 
 of our food we get at once the flavoring agent acceptable to 
 the palate; and the hydrochloric acid for the gastric juice, 
 and the soda for the formation of bile-salt in the liver. For 
 health, various salt*, of potash, soda and lime are needed, 
 which are furnished in the different articles of our dietary — 
 and, without which we should seriously suffer in health, as, 
 for example, in scurvy, caused by a deprivation of vege- 
 tables, and cured by vegetable diet with magic celerity. In 
 addition to the foregoing, also, we must not overlook spices 
 and condiments which, aside from being agreeable to the 
 palate, serve to excite and sustain the appetite and prevent 
 too much disengagement of gas in the alimentary canal 
 during the process of digestion and assimilation. Such" are 
 the chief constituents of our food. 
 
 It is iateresting, now, to see, what becomes of these 
 
HYGIENE. ^TOOD. 39 
 
 different elements of food, in the process of digestion — and 
 to what uses they are severally put by the body. Hydro- 
 carbons are quickly disposed of; a certain surplusage beiag 
 stored up, in the form of fat, on which the body can live in 
 times of starvation; and the average amount of this garnered 
 store is found to be equal to about ten days' combustion — ■ 
 or, in other words, the body can — if deprived of food — ^live 
 upon itself for ten days. Starch, by the action of the saliva 
 and pancreas (."sweet-bread") juice, is converted into sugar? 
 and is stored up, in the hver, from each meal, as glycogen, 
 which is given off again from the liver, graduaJly, as the 
 body requires it, and is oxidized, or burnt to maintain the 
 heat of the body, and to generate force. Starch, sugar and 
 fat, then, as we have before said are the hydro-carbonaceom 
 elements of our food. 
 
 In addition to these, must be remembered also, the nitro- 
 genized, or albuminoid elements of food — equally requisite 
 for tissue growth and repair; and also producing in their 
 oxidization a certain amount of heat. Albumen — a complex 
 substance chemically — contains carbon, hydrogen, some 
 oxygen, and its essential characteristic nitrogen, with a little 
 sulphur — and is largely found ia the Vegetable World. All 
 seeds contain it. The white of all eggs (birds, reptiles or 
 fishes) is very pure albumen. It is found, as caseine, in' 
 milk, cheese and the leguminous plants; and as the muscular 
 portions of the animal body, the viscera and skin: and when 
 swallowed, is digested mainly in the stomach, and passes 
 into the blood, from whence it reach the tissues. The nitro- 
 gen-element of albuminoids, however, prevents their ready 
 oxidization. Their waste and surplusage is burnt up by the 
 
40 BOMEOPATHIO iiEirroB. 
 
 liver — ^the results being the bile acids, and tte solida 
 (lithates and urea) of the urine. Now if the liver does its 
 work well — all goes well — ; but, if it oxidizes, or bums, 
 these albuminoids insufficiently, then the blood becomes 
 Bur-charged with bile-salts; and biliousness and gout result 
 Therefore it is, that, in the treatment of these diseases, the 
 patient should be restricted in the use of the albuminoid 
 elements of food, to the lowest point consistent with tissue- 
 wants. For, with a large number of persons, it is a matter of 
 the greatest importance to avoid these albuminous elements 
 in their food. Moreover, the amount of albuminoid matter 
 required for the repair of the tissues of the body, to meet 
 its daily wear and tear, is really very small. Physiologists 
 assure us that it does not call for anything like the amount 
 of meat which is usually consumed by most persons. Where 
 the system has been much reduced by acute disease, as in 
 fever, a liberal dietary is required for rebuilding the tissues 
 — the appetite is then ravenous and the digestion good. 
 Just as children, while rapidly grovying, require a dietary in 
 which meat forms a large part; so the convalescent from 
 fever must have a diet list rich in albuminoids, in order to 
 repair the wasted frame. But, aside from these exceptions, 
 our food is rich in albuminoids beyond our absolute wants 
 — a fact to be borne in mind in the choice of food, either 
 for those in health or in disease. 
 
 Health may even be restored by the use of proper food, 
 as sickness is often induced from the want of it. While it 
 is impossible to specify for each individual case; yet general 
 principles may be laid down; and indications given for the 
 kinds of food best adapted to the several classes mentioned. 
 
HTGIENE. — GENEEAL DlETABf. 41 
 
 Each period of life has its most appropriate food, so has 
 each season of the year and each habit of constitution or 
 body, and that which is proper for one is often quite im- 
 proper, and sometimes even injurious to another. The 
 distinction is based upon chemico- vital wants of the system, 
 at different periods of hfe, and under varying or varied 
 conditions of the living body. To be more particular: 
 
 SuppLEMENTAEY DiET ov Infants. — The best and most 
 natural food is the milk of the mother. Even if this only 
 in part supplies the want of the child, it is better to retain 
 it, as in case of sickness of the infant, it furnishes a 
 precious reserve to be supplied in no other way. Cows' 
 milk is the most usual substitute, ai^d should at first be 
 diluted by adding one-third of water, and sHghtly sweet- 
 ened. If milk is to remain some time during warm weather, 
 it should be first heated to prevent too rapid change. Great 
 care should be taken that the nursing bottle be perfectly 
 clean and sweet; and food which has been standing, or is in 
 danger of having been deteriorated, must on no account be 
 given. Better make that which you know to be sweet and 
 frfesh, than to assume a risk. After some weeks the milk 
 may be given without water, and as the first teeth appear, 
 about the fourth or sixth month, the diet should become 
 more varied and liberal; a weU made panada, diluted milk, 
 sweetened and thickened with a small quantity of arrow- 
 rootj sago or rusk, may be given with advantage. So barley- 
 water, weU-boiled gruel, weak chicken-tea or beef-tea, may 
 be resorted to, taking care to give that on which the child 
 seems to thrive best. Grradually, as the teeth appear, the 
 child may be given the usual food from the table, in such 
 
42 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 quantities, and in such form, as the organism seems to 
 require. 
 
 The food of Yoiraa childeen should contain all the 
 elements, out of which the entire system is to be developed. 
 There must be material for making every separate tissue o* 
 the entire man, and that in a condition to be as readily 
 assimilated as possible. MiLk from the cow meets all these 
 conditions, having in itself all the elements required for the 
 human body, and in their best proportions and condition. 
 To this may be added barley, in its various forms, as of 
 gruel, or in pap or cakes, in proportion to its age and devel- 
 opment of teeth, the soup or flesh of beef or mutton. If 
 the child is fat, heavy or stupid, it requires food containing 
 more nitrates and phosphates — oat-meal, barley cakes, bean 
 or pea soup, etc. If too lean and thin, it may be indulged 
 in the more fattening carbonates, as fat meat, fine flour, 
 butter, sugar, or puddings, etc. Thus the food may be 
 varied as the needs of the chUd demand. 
 
 Food fob laboring men should in part be adapted to the 
 nature of their labor, and to the season or temperature. 
 But in general, as there is a large expenditure of muscular 
 effort, the supply should be equal to the drain. Hence, 
 beef, mutton, a proportion of pork, with vegetables, breads, 
 butter, ale or beer and cider, coffee and tea, all come in 
 play and serve to restore the waste of tissue, and sustain 
 the vigor of the body. 
 
 Pkofessional men, thinkebs and students, whose expen- 
 diture is chiefly of the brain, and whose bodily activity is 
 necessarily Umited, require such a supply of nutriment as 
 win measurably compensate for this waste. Hence, only a 
 
HYGIENE.— QBNEEAl DIETAET. 43 
 
 moderate supply of beef, mutton, lamb, ale or beer, but a, 
 larger proportion of fish, venison, wild or tame fowl, oysters, 
 fruits, nuts, raisins or figs; and of the fish, trout, blue-fish, 
 Spanish mackerel, or other game fish, are best; oat-meal in 
 its various forms, wheaten grits, and coarse wheat bread, 
 should form the staple of diet. 
 
 Food foe fat, coepulent people. — In many families tha 
 tendency to corpulence and even obesity is constant. To 
 many individuals it is the bane and dread of hfe. Yet such 
 persons often use a diet directly tending to induce and 
 aggravate the evU, whUe a proper diet always limits, and 
 often removes the entire difficulty; for adipose tissue is only 
 produced by certain fat-making articles of food. If these 
 be avoided, the system may at the same time be nourished, 
 and this accumulation of fat be prevented. The thanks of 
 the world are due to Mb. Banting, an English gentleman, 
 for having so clearly and forcibly elucidated this point in 
 his pamphlet * on the subject, to which I refer those more 
 particularly interested. I have had occasion to verify his 
 observations ia repeated instances. The fat-making articles 
 are particularly butter, sugar, pork, mUk, bread, potatoes, 
 aU sweet fruits, etc. Hence, the patient may eat all kinds 
 of meat except pork — all kinds of fish except salmon, all the. 
 fruits except those containing sugar in large proportion, 
 and nearly aU kinds of vegetables except potatoes. Novs; 
 by choosing a diet containing largely the articles allowed, 
 and only a very little of weU-baked or toasted bread or 
 potatoes, to which sour wine and tea and coffee may b* 
 
 P4imNa, on Corpnlen^» 
 
44 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 added in moderation, and no butter, milk, or sugar, tha 
 most corpulent may reduce their weight several pounds per 
 month, while improving their general health, strength and 
 mental vigor. And this may be continued to any reason- 
 able limit. 
 
 Very lean, spake people, by pursuing the opposite course, 
 may increase their weight and embonpoint as well as then 
 comfort. They should use sugar, milk, butter, bread, 
 potatoes, pork, fat meat, oysters and fruits, figs, grapes and 
 fish. These heat and fat-producing elements will, unless 
 the assimulation be very faulty, soon produce a change for 
 the better, which may be extended at the pleasure of the 
 individual 
 
 In cold weather, when people are exposed to low tem- 
 peratures, the more fat and heat-producing articles are 
 required. Of these, pork, buckwheat, Indian com, wheat- 
 bread, butter, milk, sugar, beer or ale, beans, peas, meat 
 poultry, etc., are among the more prominent. 
 
 In warm •weather the more cooling, less heat-producing 
 articles are appropriate. The quantity of meat of any kind 
 should be moderate, and that principally the lean of beef, 
 lamb, veal or poultry, and well-ripened fruits of all kinds, 
 and of vegetables in their seasons, with a due proportion ol 
 weU-baked wheaten bread. Cooling drinks, acidulated 
 with fruits, are in order and are very grateful and healthy. 
 I am convinced that a far more liberal use of fruits, in their 
 seasons, would largely conduce to the health and welfare of 
 our people. 
 
 The diet or the aged should suit their individual con- 
 ditioQ. If fat, heavy and sleepy, inclined to sit and slupibeiv 
 
HYGIENE. — ^NUTEinVE FOOD-VALTTES. iS 
 
 let them avoid fat meats, butter, sugar and fat-creating 
 elements of food; and, instead, eat of lean meat, brown 
 bread, fish, nuts, vegetables and fruits, with the usual quan- 
 tities of tea or coffee. Bvtter-milk is one of the most desir- 
 able articles of habitual food for old people, as it prevents 
 the transformation of the cartilaginous tissue, which enters 
 into the formation of tendons, arteries, etc. — into bone, thus 
 largely relieving the stifi&iess to which old age is liable, as 
 well as ameliorating its infirmities in other ways. 
 
 On the contrary, if they are lean, irritable, querulous or 
 sleepless, let them eat of fat meat, bread and butter, buck- 
 wheat cakes, rice, milk, butter-milk, potatoes, etc., and the 
 better nourishment of the system wiU manifest itself in im- 
 proved sleep and disposition. 
 
 2. The nutritive values of different kinds of food. 
 
 In discussing this subject, we have to take into consider- 
 ation not only the absolute amount of nutrition to be found 
 in such kind of food; but, also, its ease of mastication and (f 
 digestion; and its flavor, which has so great an influence in 
 determining its use, either in health, or in cases of iUness. 
 
 AunvfAT. Food. The structure of animal food is identical 
 with that of the human body; hence nothing is required in 
 addition to it in order to maintain life. Its chief charact- 
 eristic, i. e. its large proportion of nitrogenous material 
 has been already noticed on page 37. Undue importance 
 is given by some persons to animal food, as if that 
 alone really nourished the system, and supplied what is 
 required for work and recovery of strength. No doubt it 
 
46 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 appeases hunger more thoroughly than vegetable diet, and 
 satisfies longer, because it is concentrated nourishment, and 
 the stomach retains this kind of food for a longer time than 
 vegetable food. It is also easily cooked, and by some is 
 more easily digested than vegetable; it increases the amount 
 of fibrin, phosphates and other salts, and the number of red , 
 corpuscles in the blood; it produces firmness of muscle, it 
 increases the lurinary secretion both in quantity and in 
 amount of effete nitrogenous matter, thus necessitating the 
 consumption of an increased quantity of fluid. Vegetable 
 ' food has a tendency to increase the deposition of fat. Mr. 
 Banting found that by lessening the amount of vegetable 
 diet he was enabled to reduce his corpulence. Physiological 
 considerations and experience teach us that a mixed diet w 
 5es< adapted to the requirements of the body; and that the pro- 
 portion of animal food should be one-fourth, or rather 
 more, of the total supply. 
 
 Animal food comprises: 1. the different parts of ii.Tii'TnalB, 
 i. e. meat; 2. eggs; 3. milk and its products. 
 
 The flesh of young animals is more tender than that of 
 old, but it is not so easily digested. The flesh of old 
 animals, though nutritive, is often very tough. Young 
 and quickly-fed animals have more water and fat in their 
 flesh, whilst older and well-fed animals have flesh of a 
 firmer touch and fuller flavor, and are richer in nitrogen. 
 The former may be more delicate, the latter are more 
 nutritious; animals of middle age, therefore, afford the most 
 digestible and fullest flavored food. The larger the 
 animal, the coarser the meat. The flesh of the female is 
 *>iore finely grained and delicate than that of the male. 
 
HYGIENE. ^NUTEITIVE FOOD-VALUES. fb'( 
 
 During the breeding season flesh is unsuitable for food. 
 The flesh of wild animals has less fat than that of weU-fed 
 domestic animals, but it has more flavor. The character 
 and flavor of the meat are much affected by the food eaten. 
 The violent exercise taken before death makes the flesh of 
 animals killed in the chase very tender. The removal of 
 blood in slaughter, while it involves waste of nutritive ma- 
 terial, improves the flavor of the flesh, and renders it more 
 easy of preservation. Hanging the meat improves its 
 tenderness, if it be kept after the rigor mortis has passed 
 away. But the best meat may be rendered unwholesome 
 by decomposition. 
 
 I Good meat, according to Dr. Letheby, has the following 
 characteristics : — 
 
 1. It is neither of a pale pink color nor of a deep purple 
 tint; for the former is a sign of disease, and the latter 
 indicates that the animal has not been slaughtered, but had 
 died with the blood in it, or had suffered from acute fever. 
 
 2. It has a marbled appearance, from the ramifications of 
 little veins of fat among the muscles. 
 
 3. It should be firm and elastic to the touch, and should 
 scarcely moisten the fingers — ^bad meat being wet, and 
 sodden, and flabby, with the fat looking like jeUy or wet 
 parclunent. 
 
 4 It should have little or no odor, and the odor should 
 not be disagreeable, for diseased meat has a sickly, cadaver- 
 ous smeU, and sometimes a smeU of physic. This is very 
 apparent when the meat is chopped up and drenched with 
 warm water. 
 
 5. It should not liquefy or become very wet on standing 
 for a day or so, but should, on the contrary, remain dry 
 upon the surface. 
 
48 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 6. Wlien dried at a temperature of 212° or thereabout, it 
 should not lose more than from seventy to seventy-four per 
 cent of its weight, whereas bad meat will often lose as much 
 as eighty per cent. 
 
 7. It should not shrink or waste much in cooking. 
 
 And, in determining the values of different kinds of mea<i 
 it is essential to distinguish between fat and lean, since the 
 jiutritive elements of both, in a given joint or whole animal, 
 wiU. be proportionate to the combination of fat and lean. 
 
 It may be well to state here the respective elements of 
 fat and lean meat. Fai, deprived of water, consists of three 
 •elements only, viz: carbon, oxygen and hydrogen. "When, 
 the fat is decomposed in the body these elements unite so 
 that the carbon takes a part of the oxygen and becomes car- 
 bonic acid, whilst the hydrogen takes another portion of the 
 oxygen and becomes water — any deficiency in the quantity 
 of oxygen for this purpose being supplied by the inspired 
 air. 
 
 Lean meat, entirely deprived of fat, consists of four ele- 
 ments, viz: nitrogen, carbon, oxygen, and hydrogen. Be- 
 sides the combination of the three latter elements (as already 
 described in reference to fat) the nitrogen unites with the 
 hydrogen in the formation of urea, and other compounds, 
 which are thrown out of the system, by means of the kid- 
 neys, etc., and ultimately are transformed into ammonia. 
 
 Heat being generated by every chemical combination, it 
 is evident that both fat and lean meat are heat-generators — 
 but as it is the lean meat which contains nitrogen, it is the 
 lean meat and not the fat, which is the flesh-former. Still 
 we cannot say that no fat is found in lean meat even, for a 
 
HTGIEKE. — NtJTEITnrE FOOD-VALUES. 49 
 
 proportion of fat moving in the circulation must enter into 
 and pass through the tissues of muscles, as of other parts of 
 the body. 
 
 Beef is popularly regarded, all the world over, as tht 
 most nutritive kind of meat — and this is in so far true that 
 in the carcass of the ox there is a larger proportion of flesh 
 or flesh-forming materials than in that of the sheep or hog. 
 Being of closer texture than some other meats, there is — ^if 
 bulk be the measure, — more nutritive value in a given quan- 
 tity of beef. It is also the fullest of red-blood juices, so that 
 Byron, seeing Moore eating an underdone beef-steak, asked 
 if he were not afraid of committing murder after such a 
 meal. Mareschal's analysis (in 100 parts) conclusively 
 shows this: 
 
 Oi Fowl Pig Sheep C»U 
 
 Muscular fibre free from fat 25.0 24.9 24.3 23.4 22.7 
 
 Fat 2.5 1.4 6.0 3.0 2.9 
 
 Water 72.5 73.7 69.7 73.7 74.4 
 
 The flavor of beef, moreover, is fuller and richer than that 
 of other meats, so that a greater enjoyment, and sense of 
 satisfaction is obtained from a less volume of that kind of 
 flesL 
 
 The loss of weight in cooking beef is less than that of 
 mutton, by reason of the greater solidity of the flesh and 
 the smaller proportion of fat. The solid matter derived 
 from a pound of meat without bone, boiled in the usual 
 way, will average, (per cent) 28.4 on lean, 57.6 on fat beei^ 
 and 34.3 on mutton. 
 
 The legs and shins are richer in gelatin than any other 
 joint of the body, whilst the largest proportion of oily fat» 
 or of fat having the least degree of consistence, is foimd ia 
 
50 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 the flesh of the face. Hence, both of these parts are tBije. 
 cially fitted for the making of soup. 
 
 Ten grains of raw lean beef, when burnt in the body, 
 produce heat sufficient to raise 3.66 lbs. of water one degree, 
 Fah., which is equal to raising 2.829 lbs. one foot high. 
 
 Dr. Beaumont's experiments proved that the digestion of 
 beef requires 2^\i to 3 hours. 
 
 In many cases of illness, if properly cooked, it may be 
 eaten with impunity; but in Enteric fever, and other diseases 
 where the bowels are inflamed and tender, it produces, in 
 its ordinary form, either as steak or as a cut from a joint, 
 injurious effects. Even in the form of beef-tea it often in- 
 creases the irritation, keeps up the fever, and aggravates 
 the diarrhoea; consequently in such cases it should, for the 
 most part, be excluded from the diet hst. As beef requires 
 considerable effort on the part of the stomach to convert H 
 into chyme, it is contra-indicated in acute maladies until 
 convalescence has commenced, when by allowing the patient 
 to extract the juice at first, and then swallow a few shreda 
 of the meat, daily increasing the amount swallowed, the 
 digestive organs will be finally won back to their normal 
 condition and capability. Nevertheless, there is a form, 
 in which beef has been most beneficial. Administered in a 
 raw state, when finely divided and reduced to a pulp, it is 
 Tery useful in some derangements of the stomach. Although 
 iiot very palatable at first, a taste for it is soon acquired. 
 In this form it has proved very valuable in Cholera infantum 
 and Dysentery, when everything else failed. It should be 
 prepared by scraping with a (silver) spoon, and seasoning 
 with a little salt. 
 
HYGIENE. -NtlTRmVE FOOD-VALtTES. 51 
 
 Veal. The delicacy, nutritive Talue and digostjbility of 
 calf's flesh depends very much upon the age at which the 
 animal is kiUed, and the method of Mlling adopted. Veal 
 is popularly known to be difficult of digestion, which fact ia 
 due to the difficulty of masticating it; not that its fibre iM 
 harder, but because it eludes the teeth. It is much easier 
 of mastication when well-roasted or broiled, than whep 
 boUed, and when very young and well-fed; but it is not, 
 after aU said in its favor — a meat to be frequently indulged 
 in. The time required for its digestion is about the sam? 
 as for pork, and may extend to 5 hours, or more. 
 
 Veal-broth is generally prepared from the fleshy part oJ 
 the knuckle. It is not very palatable; and as it does not 
 contain the nutritious qualities of beef-tea or mutton-brothf 
 it is scarcely advisable to introduce it into the sick-room, 
 except for the sake of occasional variety. The lean of s 
 lamb chop cut from the loin is often a morsel which tempts 
 the flagging appetite. 
 
 The bones of the calf at the early period of life contain 
 but little earthy matter, and therefore yield a larger pro- 
 portion of gelatine, etc., while the flavor of the juice is very 
 delicate, and almost entirely free from fat. Hence the reason 
 for selecting calves' feet for the making of jelly and the value 
 of this kind of food to invalids. The "sweet-bread" (pan- 
 creas) of the calf is the most expensive part of any ruminating 
 animal ordinarily eaten by man, far more so than its 
 nutritive value or even its flavor warrants; but, after all, it 
 is — whether boiled or fried — ^undoubtedly the most deli- 
 'cately fliavored meat in use. 
 
 Mutton, is popularly and correctly regarded as a lighter 
 
62 HOkfiOPATmC SiENTOft. 
 
 food than beef, and it has doubtless a more delicate flavor, 
 less red-blood juices, a looser texture, and a larger propor- 
 tion of fat. Although an agreeable and valuable food, it 
 is not so vrell fitted as beef to sustain great exertion, but is 
 rather adapted to those of sedentary habits, and quiet lives, 
 including women and the sick. The actor Kean, who had 
 a fancy of adapting the meat which he ate to the part which 
 he was about to play, selected mutton for lovers, beef for 
 murderers, and pork for tyrants. 
 
 Mutton or mutton-broth is much to be preferred for 
 delicate persons. Mutton-broth has less nutritive value than 
 the broth of beef, but having a delicate flavor it is pre- 
 ferred by many persons. It is, however, too rich in fat to 
 be easily digested, unless a large portion of that substance 
 be first removed. Lean mutton, then, should be selected 
 for making broth; the scrag of the neck is a suitable joint. 
 "When a patient is so far convalescent as to require solids, a 
 mutton chop, properly cooked, is generally most suitable. 
 BroiUng should be preferred to frying, and to cook mutton 
 chops nicely a clear fire is absolutely necessary. The chops 
 should be sprinkled with salt and pepper, and placed over 
 the fire for six or seven minutes. They should not be 
 'pricked, but should be frequently turned to insure their 
 being thoroughly cooked. 
 
 The most solid and leanest meat of the sheep is the leg; 
 and the least solid and fattest portions are the loins, neck 
 and breast. The loss on cooking mutton is greater than 
 that on beef — ^but this varies much with the breed, and with 
 the food of the sheep, being least when they are fed on cake 
 or dry food. 
 
HtGIEKE. — ^NtJ^KITlVi]: FOOD-VALtES. S3 
 
 Mutton requires from 3 to 3} hours for its digestion. 
 
 Lamb, like mutton, varies in its nutritive, chemical and 
 digestive qualities, in proportion to its age, breed and 
 feeding. Its meat is deficient in streng-th; though it may 
 be of more delicate flavor; it possesses more water and less 
 oitrogenous matter. The time required for its digestion is 
 less than that of the flesh of a grown sheep — viz, 2^ hours. 
 
 PoEK diSers from beef and mutton, not in flavor only, but 
 in the larger proportion of fat to lean flesh — and, owing to 
 this great preponderance of fat, cannot be regarded as equal 
 to beef or mutton in nourishing the system of those who 
 make much muscular exertion. The greater hardness of its 
 musctJ&x fibre, also, renders its mastication so difiicult that 
 much of U is apt to be swallowed in pieces too large for 
 immediaie solution in the juices of the stomach. This is 
 particularly irue of those persons who habitually chew 
 quickly, or have defective masticating powers, or who are 
 'careless in performing the act of mastication — classes em- 
 bracing the old, and the yoimg, and no inconsiderable 
 proportion of those of intermediate ages. 
 
 Five and a quarter hours is required for the digestion of 
 roast pork (varying materially with the proportion of fat 
 and lean, the age, breeding and condition of the pig, etc.) — 
 but young pickled pork wiU pr"bably be digested in about 
 3 hours. 
 
 There is, however, a greater danger in the use of pork 
 than of any other kind of meat, since, so far as is known, it 
 is more frequently diseased — and the nature of the disease 
 is such as to be very injurious to man. "Measly" pork is 
 known to have produced fatal results to those who have in- 
 
54' HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 cautiously eaten it, and although the characteristics of the 
 disease may be recognized by those who understand it, they 
 are neither known to, nor observed by the great majority of 
 (the poorer classes. The terrible pest of the small Trichina 
 'spiralis worm, which penetrates the whole muscular system 
 '—upwards of 50,000 haAing been computed to the square 
 inch in the flesh of those who had died from eating the pork 
 which harbored it — causing great suffering and death, is 
 another possibUity which needs to be kept in mind by the 
 lovers of pork. This diseased state may not be evident to 
 the naked eye, so that, as a precaution, all pork slwuld 6e vxll 
 cooked. The instances of the disease which have occurred, 
 have almost uniformly been after eating uncooked sausages, 
 or ham — a habit not confined to Germany. 
 
 The loss on cooking American pork is estimated at 50 
 per cent, whilst on Dutch and Irish pork it is from 25 to 30 
 per cent; the difference being due to the nature of the 
 animals' food in the respective countries. 
 
 Bacon (that is, the sides of the pig which have been 
 prepared by the removal of some of the lean flesh and ribs, 
 and preserved by means of salt and salpetre) and Ham are 
 not without a certain nutritious value, and require less time 
 than pork, for their digestion, according to their degTees and 
 cooking. Three hours wiU suffice for their digestion. They 
 occupy an exceptional position in relation to fat and 
 cured meats. Fat bacon, taken with any substances that 
 are rich in nitrogen, is very nourishing. It increases th« 
 nutritive value of eggs, poultry, peas, and beans. 
 
 Venison is lean, dark-eolored, and savory, hgving more 
 the character of game than of butcher's meat. It is verj 
 
HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 55 
 
 easily digested, and is therefore suitable to the dyspeptic 
 and convalescent; its rich flavor may, hov^ever, constitute 
 an objection to it, and if it has been kept too long before 
 being cooked, it is very apt to produce diarrhoea. 
 
 The OiTAii of animals, such as the skin, feet, tail, horns, 
 head; lungs, Hver, spleen, omentum, pancreas and heart, 
 intestines and other internal organs, (forming, generally \ 
 of the weight of animals killed for food, and not sold for 
 meat) — still furnishes much good, nutritious alimentation for 
 man. It possesses a greater proportion of the nitrogenous 
 elements than the carcass, (though in a less nutritious form 
 than in flesh, since it largely consists of gelatine and 
 chondrine); but less of fat. 
 
 The Skin, so far as it is useful as food, is consumed in the 
 form of gelatine, and is probably the greatest source of that 
 article. Gelatine, which foims the basis of soup, is the 
 nitrogenous principle of bones. They contain a considerable 
 quantity of nutritive matter; but for its extraction they 
 should be broken into small pieces and boiled for many 
 hours, if possible in a "digester." Although investigators 
 have found that gelatine fails to nourish animals when given 
 by itself, it is now a well-established fact that in combination 
 with other substances it can be turned to account in the 
 system as a force-producing element, thus acting as a 
 protein compound. In the form of jelly, with or without 
 wine, when not tough, it is readUy digested, and serves to 
 allay the feeling of emptiness and hunger when more nutri- 
 tious food cannot be well taken. Being demulcent, and 
 possessing no irritating qualities, it proves very useful in 
 inflammatory affections of the bowels. As i+ is soothing 
 
56 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR 
 
 and grateful it may be allowed where diarrhoea is not to be 
 feared. In the preparation of gelatine jelly it is very 
 essential to soak the gelatine, as procured in the shops, in 
 Bold water for some time. 
 
 The tongue of aU animals used as food is in request and 
 regarded as a delicacy. Fat or lean, and eaten hot or cold^j 
 it forms a most agreeable food. Sheep's head boiled or 
 grilled, among the poorer classes; calms' head, among the 
 richer, have each their value; whUe ox head (having about 30 
 per cent of rich meat and some sohd fat) is much used as 
 meat and in the form of soup — a convenient dish for the 
 poor man's family, since it yields good and cheap soup for 
 the children, while the adults eat the solid meat. The pig's 
 head gives a much greater proportion of meat to bone than 
 in the heads of other animals, because the pig lays up much 
 fat about the jaws. The liver of the pig is a favorite dish 
 with the poor; that of lamb, calf, or Strasburgh goose {paie- 
 de-fois-gras) by the rich, and, although not equal to flesh as a 
 food, furnishes a considerable proportion of nutritive ele- 
 ments. It is not, however, suitable for those whose .digestive 
 powers are feeble. The liver of aU animals is said to in- 
 fected by a parasite, which, however, is sufficiently evident 
 to the naked eye, to be avoided — as it may be by cutting it 
 in slices, examining it carefully and seeing that it is tho- 
 roughly cooked — frying being the best method. The lungs, 
 or as they are vulgarly termed " lights ", are eaten as a part 
 of the "pluck", or "fry" (omentum, pancreas and heart); 
 and being composed almost exclusively of membranes and 
 vessels, contain a high proportion of albumen and other 
 nitrogenous matter. They are not, however, very easUy 
 
HYGIENE. NTJTEITIVE FOOl ,'ALTJES. 57 
 
 masticated or digested, and should be well cleaned, and 
 any diseased portions removed. The omentum (consisting 
 partly of membranes and vessels and partly of fat) is an 
 agreeable addition to the otherwise lean fry. That from an 
 old animal is not so tender or so readily masticated as from 
 a young one, and it is desirable to masticate it weE A part 
 of it is eaten as tripe. The pancreas (which, with the thyroid 
 and sublingual glands, passes by the name of "sweetbread") 
 commands a very high price; contains a considerable pro- 
 portion of water and some fat, and has a dehcious flavor 
 when properly prepared. That of the calf is the most 
 esteemed, though that of the lamb is not infrequently 
 substituted for it. 
 
 The intestines are used as food by man in the preparation 
 of sausages and " black puddings ", and as tripe. Tripe is 
 prepared from the stomach and intestines, with the fatty 
 structures attached thereto, of the ox and cow, and consists 
 of two parts, viz. the walls of those organs and the enclosed 
 fat. It is prepared simply by thoroughly cleansing the 
 organs from every adherent substance, and from the flavor? 
 of bUe, or other disagreeable matters, and then gently 
 boiUng them in clean water for about an hour. When thus 
 prepared, it is of somewhat delicate flavor, and very easy oi 
 mastication and digestion. Its chemical constitution is 
 such that it affords considerable nutriment, though not very 
 satisfying — for it fully digests in about one hour — Cleaving 
 the stomach ia need of a new supply of food. Its nitro- 
 genous compounds, also, being those rather of gelatine than 
 of albumen, are somewhat less valuable than might be 
 expected- Though the ease and rapidity with which it is 
 
58 ^^HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 digested seem to indicate it as a proper food for the dick} 
 yet, in practice, its absence of pronounced flavor, and, per- 
 haps, the unusual nature of the food, prevents its selection 
 by the sick generally. 
 
 From the feet of animals, we get two chief chemical ele- 
 ments of food — oil and gelatine; hence we have neat's-foot 
 oil and calf's-foot jelly. Fig&' feet. Dr. Beaumont found to 
 be digested in about one hour — and cow-heels would pro- 
 bably require the same time, except such tendinous parts 
 as are masticated with difficulty and may be only partially 
 digested after the lapse of several hours. " CoUared pork", 
 made from the gelatinous parts of the pig — such as ears, 
 face and feet, was in use in the 14 th Century. 
 
 Sausages are of two kinds, those made from fresh meat, 
 and those made from preserved meat, and both are placed 
 in pieces of intestine. The first named, composed of meat, 
 bread and condiments, if made of proper kind, quality and 
 quantity of meat, and used while fresh, are agreeable and 
 valuable food. 
 
 Those made of preserved meat, and designed to be kept 
 for use, have a much greater nutritive value than fresh 
 sausages, since the meat is very dry; they are composed of 
 meat only; and, in the average, they are equal to 3 times 
 their weight of fresh meat — and are particularly adapted to 
 the use of travellers, soldiers and laborers who cannot cool 
 their meat. The Prussian sausage (which obtained a verj 
 wide use during the recent war with France) consisted of a 
 mixtxire of bacon, pea-flour, onions, salt and condiments — ' 
 the pea-flour being a patented preparation which did 
 not sour. The daily ration per man was 1 lb., and it 
 
HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE rOOD-VALDES. 5? 
 
 only required boiling in water for a short time before 
 eating. 
 
 Black puddings, prepared with blood (chiefly of pigs) to 
 which groats and various herbs, with lumps of fat, are 
 added, — ^the whole enclosed in a piece of pig's iutestine and 
 boiled — ^is, in some parts, gaining ground in large com- 
 munities, where the frequency of slaughtiag animals renders 
 its daily preparation possible. They usually receive an 
 additional cooking, before eating, by being fried, with or 
 without being previously warmed by immersion in hot 
 water. They should not be kept too long. Blood contains 
 so many valuable nutritive elements as to render it, as a 
 food, only inferior to the flesh, which is made from it* and 
 
 Composition of fresh blood in 1000 parts: 
 
 779.00 
 2.20 
 1.60 
 0.02 
 0.49 
 0.09 
 1.00 
 69.40 
 
 141.10 
 6.80 
 3.10 
 2.i50 
 0.33 
 
 Water .... 
 Fibrin . • • • - 
 Fatty matter - . . 
 Serolin - - . • . 
 Phosphorised fat 
 Cholesterin - . . - 
 Saponified fat - 
 Albumen . . . - 
 Blood corpuscles 
 Extractive matters and Salts 
 Chloride of sodium - 
 Other soluble salts 
 Earthy phosphates - 
 
 Iron 57 
 
 Also sugar 
 
 The salts in blood perform an important part in mdrition, and it 
 may be weU to indicate their nature in the pig, sheep and ox, whose 
 blood is used as food. The following is the quantity, per cent, o* 
 
 each salt: 
 
 Pig Sheep Ox. 
 
 Phosphoric Acid 36.5 14.8 14.04 
 
 Alkalies 49.8 55.79 60. 
 
 Alkaline Earths 3.8 4.87 3.64 
 
 Mineral Acids and ) g g 24.54 22.32 
 
 Oxide of Iron f " 
 
60 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 any fear 6f diseased germs existing in it, may be set aside 
 by the consideration that a temperature at and above 212°, 
 if fully applied, will destroy all kno-vm elements of disease; 
 and that blood, when fresh and so cooked, may be eaten 
 with perfect safety. 
 
 In the discussion of meat food we are led to consider the 
 subject of Extracts of Meat and Fluid Meats, of which many 
 varieties are in the market, and extensively used in the sick 
 room. They are prepared (in two forms, viz. in a thick 
 semi-fluid state, and as solids) by boiling down the flesh of 
 animals, so that 32 lbs. of flesh are said to be required to 
 prepare one pound of Liebig's Extract. Lean cattle being 
 necessarily selected for this purpose — and the net flesh 
 (lean meat) weight of the animal being averaged at 300 lbs., 
 one animal only yields about 10 lbs. of the extract. During 
 this process, all the fat and as much of the gelatine and 
 albumen as can be extracted, are removed from the solution 
 of flesh, whilst the fibrin, being insoluble, is necessarily left 
 behind. Hence there remain water, salts, osmazome, the 
 flavoring matters and the salts of meat — ^thus leaving out aU 
 that is popularly regarded as nutritious. It is evident, 
 therefore, that but little is left in the beef extract to nourish 
 the body; and the elements which it really possesses are 
 salts which may be otherwise obtained at an infinitely less 
 cost, and the flavor of the meat which disguises the real 
 poverty of the extract. A good deal of that which is sold 
 as extract is only solidified soup, with gelatire added. Good 
 ■ixtract is slightly acid, of pale yellowish-brown color, with 
 *i agreeable meat-like odor. 
 
 ^eef-tea Extract then, is a stimulant rather than a food 
 
HYGIENE. — ^NTJTBITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 61 
 
 A person may be hungered to death on it — -and, if relied 
 upon as a principal article of food for the sick, it will prove 
 a broken stafi^ except to those extremely feeble persons who 
 can take very little food, and are favorably influenced by 
 very slight causes. Liebig himseK has stated that "it is 
 not nutriment in the ordinary sense." In the preparation 
 of ordinary soup and beef-tea, it may be added to the stock 
 .to increase the flavor, or it may be mixed with white of 
 egg, gelatine, bread and other cooked farinaceous sub-' 
 stances, or with a teaspoonful of cream. But it should be 
 remembered that it is properly to be classed with such 
 nervous stimulants as tea and coffee, which supply little or 
 no nutriment, yet modify assimilation and nutrition. Used 
 alone for beef-tea it is a delusion. 
 
 The solid preparations of meat, contain a considerable 
 proportion of gelatine and do not putrefy because the 
 gelatine has been dried. A much larger quantity of these 
 soHds than of the semi-fluid extracts, must be used, to 
 obtain the same amount of meat-flavor and salts — but, in 
 the same ratio, is the gelatine (nutriment) increased. In 
 as much as they represent diflferent qualities and uses, the 
 solid and the semi-fluid extract preparations of meat may 
 both be used together with advantage. — The solid foods are 
 made, also, from the meat of other animals than the beef, 
 and therefore oflfer a variety and delicacy of flavor to the 
 invalid, which the extracts do not. 
 
 There are in the market, also, fluid preparations (such as 
 Stephen Daily's) of lean meat, which retain the fibrin, 
 gelatine and coagulable albumen — made by a process as 
 nearly as possible representing the natural process of 
 
62 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOBt 
 
 digestion in the stomach, and by which one pound of fluid 
 meat is obtained from 4 lbs. of lean flesh. Assuming that all 
 the nitrogenous elements, as well as the salts, are properly- 
 retained by it, it should prove a superior article of food to 
 either the fluid extracts, or the sohd preparation of meat. 
 
 AxBUMEN, (familiarly represented by the white of the egg) 
 is, by far, the most important siagle element of food, inas- 
 much as it contains nutritive matter in a compact and easily 
 digestible form; and being almost without flavor, can be 
 used in the preparation of food, very diverse in other 
 respects, while it is adapted to every variety of taste. Its 
 composition, in the egg, is identical with that contained in 
 the blood and tissues of man and animals — and it has been 
 demonstrated that ten grains of solid albumen, when 
 burned, produce heat sufficient to raise 12.85 lbs. of water 
 1° Fahr., which is equal to lifting 9.920 lbs. to a height of 
 one foot. 
 
 Gelatine, differing from albumen in appearance, is similar 
 in chemical composition. It is found in the tendons, skin 
 and bones of the body, in the stomach of the sturgeon, in 
 the juices of plants, in seaweed, moss, and birds' nests, etc. 
 • — is almost destitute of flavor, and requires wine, &c., to 
 render it palatable. Its flavor, readiness of mastication and 
 digestion, and nutritive elements, make it for food almost ae 
 valuable as albumen. 
 
 Eggs. The almost entirely albuminoid character of eggs, 
 renders them a most valuable article of diet. Indeed, if the 
 shell be included, an egg contains everything that is 
 necessary for the formation and maintenance of the body. 
 It is popularly supposed that an egg in the raw state ia 
 
atGIENE. — NtTTRmVE FOOD-VALTJES. 0b 
 
 more easily digested than one that is cooked, but this may 
 doubted, if the egg be not overcooked. 
 
 It has been found thai the yolk is more digestible when 
 hard-boiled, while the white is least so. If the albumen be 
 coagulated by the heat of cooking it becomes heavy and 
 difficult of digestion, and sometimes produces constipation 
 and irritation of the bowels. It should therefore be parti- 
 cularly avoided by dyspeptics, and by persons recovering 
 from illness, before the fuU powers of digestion have been 
 regained. If the insoluble portions of hard-boiled eggs are 
 delayed in the stomach and intestines, they putrify, and 
 the sulphuretted hydrogen and ammonia evolved become 
 irritating to the intestinal canal. But fresh uncooked eggs 
 are almost wholly free from these objections. A fresh raw 
 egg, thoroughly stirred into about half a pint of milk, forms, 
 to most persons, a palatable and nourishing article of diet. 
 One great advantage this preparation has over other food is 
 that aU the component parts are retained in their natural 
 state, are more completely dissolved, and consequently 
 make less demands upon weak digestive powers, than when 
 the egg is eaten in its solidified form. If patients object to 
 the taste of raw eggs, a little sugar may be added; or if this 
 be not sufficient, some simple flavoring extract may be used. 
 Wine or spirits are often employed, but they are usually 
 objectionable, and should be dispensed with if possible. 
 
 Eggs seem to be particularly useful in lung diseases, and 
 in cases of exhaustive cough soothe the irritable mucoua 
 membrane. 
 
 Artificial Jibrin, so called, has been found available when 
 bo other food could be taken, it is thus prepared: — The 
 
64 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOB. 
 
 white of an egg is poured into cold water and allowed to 
 remain for twelve or more hours, during which time it 
 undergoes a chemical change, becoming solid and insoluble, 
 assuming an opaque, snow-white appearance. This and 
 the liquid in which it is immersed are heated to the boiling- 
 point, and the fibrin is ready for use. It is very easy to 
 digest, and to many is quite a delicacy. It is said that the 
 stomach wiU retain this in many cases when everything else 
 is promptly rejected, its presence creating a craving for 
 more food, and thus promoting instead of diminishing di' 
 gestion. 
 
 Egg, with miLk and sugar, forms a plain custard, which 
 is often allowable and very grateful 
 
 The mixture of egg with milk, is very nutritious — but, 
 if the milk be new and good, it is possible that such a 
 combination might hinder rather than promote digestion 
 and nutrition. In the cooked form of pudding, egg and 
 milk are more digestible. 
 
 Eggs undergo change by being kept. The porous shell 
 allows the evaporation of water and the infiltration of air; 
 certain organic changes also occur when the shell is 
 rendered non-porous. To test the freshness of an egg an 
 ounce of salt may be added to ten ounces or half a pint of 
 water; in this solution a fresh egg wiQ just sink, one that 
 lias been kept for several days will float. A bad egg is 
 'often sufficiently light to float in pure water. Fresh eggs 
 may also be known by holding them up to the Ught, when 
 they will appear clear; if stale they wiU appear cloudy. 
 Fresh eggs are most translucent in the centre, stale ones at 
 the end. In order to preserve the freshness of eggs various 
 
HTQIENE, — ^NUTRITIVE FOOD-VAIiCES. 65 
 
 plans have been adopted to render the shells non-porous or 
 to exclude air; such as boiling them for half a minute, 
 keeping them in lime water, bran or salt, or covering them 
 with a coating of wax, oU, butter, giun, or varnish; but with 
 only variable success. No fusty egg is good for food, even 
 when put into puddings; it should be banished from 
 the house if there be the sUghtest smell of old straw 
 about it. 
 
 Ducks' eggs are larger and have a stronger flavor than 
 hens' eggs; the solid matter and the oU in a duck's egg 
 exceeds that of a hen's by as much as one-fourth. They 
 are not often introduced into the sick-room, but there is no 
 reason why they should be excluded if the flavor be agree' 
 able to the patient. 
 
 The poached egg, as prepared in France, Mexico, and 
 Eastern lands, is very delicious. A pottery dish is used 
 instead of an iron pan, and the heat kept moderate by using 
 charcoal fires. The dish is very thick, so that it must be 
 placed upon the fire for a Httle time to become well warmed 
 through, after which butter, with pepper and salt are placed 
 in it, by which the surface is well lubricated and a savory 
 mixture prepared to receive the egg, which is then broken 
 and dropped into it, and in a short time turned so that 
 both sides may be slightly browned, but without breaking 
 the yelk bag. When cooked it is served on the same dish 
 and in the hottest state possible and its flavor is very deli- 
 cate — ^being often appetizing to the invalid when, ia other 
 forms of cooking, it would be rejected. 
 
 Egg takes about as long as mutton to digest — viz., 3 to 4 
 hours. Its chemical composition is (per cent), dry matter 
 
66 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 30.0; mineral matter 1.4; dry fat 11.0; nitrogen 2.0; caroon 
 17.52; or carbon and nitrogen reckoned as carbon 20.56. 
 
 Poultry aitd Game. The flesh of birds differs from that 
 of animals, in the relative quantity of fat; and, in the 
 quality of juices. The fat of birds is laid up in various 
 parts of the interior of the body as v^eU as under the skin, 
 but is very sparingly formed in the fibres or the juices of 
 the flesh; and its flavor is not regarded as agreeable. The 
 juices are deficient in red-blood. The flesh of fowl is 
 quite as rich in nitrogenous elements, but relatively poorer 
 in fat and salts than that of animals — and is regarded as 
 light food, better suited to invalids than to strong men or 
 as an adjunct to flesh rather than as a food to sustain 
 man. 
 
 In the flesh of fowl, there are very appreciable differences, 
 dependant upon the nature, breed, food and feeding of the 
 bird The flavor of wild birds is fuller and stronger than 
 that of domesticated birds, and the flesh richer in nitro- 
 genous, as it is generally poorer in carbonaceous material 
 The structure is closer and firmer, and in the fresh state 
 hard and tough, so that wild fowl are always better after 
 being kept a while, to allow of the beginning of separation 
 and softening of the fibres, through decomposition. Hence, 
 while a domestic fowl is eaten when quite fresh, a wild fowl 
 is kept many days, or for weeks, before it is cooked. Sex- 
 less birds, as the capon and pullet, grow larger, fatten 
 better, and are more tender and delicate than ordinary 
 poultry. Ducks and geese are not so well adapted as poultry 
 for the sick room, for their fiesh is harder, richer, and more 
 highly flavored. 
 
HtaiENE. — NtJTEirtltB F60D-VALTJ16S. 67 
 
 Pigeon and smaller birds are usually tender and relishing, 
 and may be eaten with safety by the conyalescent. 
 
 The blood of the common fowl is inferior to that of red- 
 blooded animals in the matter of the salts of iron, but 
 superior to it in phosphates, (said to play so important a 
 part in regenerating the nervous tissue) which are three 
 times more abundant in tie Jatter thain the former. The 
 average chemical compositic^ of poultiy-flesh, when fat for 
 the market, in 100 parts, is, water 74; nitrogenous 21; fat 
 3.8; salts 1.2. 
 
 Babbits' flesh in general and nutritive character closely 
 assembles that of the hen, and its delicate flavor and di- 
 gestibility render it more acceptable to the invalid than 
 that of the hare, which is food rather for the healthy than 
 the sick. Hanging the hare's flesh for a considerable time 
 before cooking, improves its flavor, ease of mastication and 
 digestion. The flesh of the squirrel is very dense, gelatin- 
 ous, luscious and satisfying. 
 
 Fish is an exceedingly valuable food, if eaten as soon as 
 possible after capture. The popular belief in its lack of 
 nutritive value arises probably from the fact that it does not 
 easily satisfy hunger, and is quickly digested, so that the 
 appetite soon returns. Nor is it desirable that fish should 
 form the sole, or even the greater part, of nitrogenous 
 animal food eaten by any people ; for, even should milk and 
 eggs be added to it, the vigor of such a people will not be 
 equal to that of flesh-eating peoples. At the same time, the 
 value of fish as a part of a dietary is indicated by the larger 
 proportion of phosphorus which it contains, and whick 
 renders it especially fitted for the use of those who perform 
 
68 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 much brain work, or who are the -victims of nervous ex- 
 haustion or of much mental anxiety and distress. 
 
 Fish are out of condition in the spawning season, and 
 are then less fit, or even unfit, for food; young fish can 
 always be eaten. Fish caught from the deep seas are better 
 than those from shallow bays; and fresh water fish from 
 deep, clear water with stony bottom, than those from 
 muddy shallows. As with animals, whether beast or bird, 
 domestic or wUd, their quality depends upon feed, its kind 
 and quantity, etc. 
 
 A sign of the freshness of fish is its firmness and rigidity, 
 which is due to the rigor mortis, which passes off after 
 awhile. For the invalid, fish should always be boiled, or 
 broiled in oil; the fat added in frying it renders it less di- 
 gestible. Dried, salted, smoked or pickled fish should not 
 be offered to invalids; but a little fresh fish, well boiled, 
 served with bread and butter, without sauces and season- 
 ings, may frequently tempt the fastidious appetite. 
 
 For food purposes, we are accustomed to divide fish into 
 two classes — ^viz., into white-blooded and red-blooded, of 
 ■which cod represents the former, and salmon the latter. 
 The flavor varies, also, in proportion to the amount of oil 
 dn the flesh of the respective kinds of fish — white fish con- 
 taining, as a rule, far less oil than red fish. The nutritive 
 value of white fish, is much less than that of the flesh of 
 animals; less than that of poultry, but greater than that of 
 eggs; but the nutritive value of the flesh of a red-blood fish 
 (salmon, for instance), is almost equal to that of the 
 flesh of other red-blood animals. Fresh herring offers the 
 largest amount of nutriment, for a given sum of money, of 
 
HtGlENE. — KtJTElTlVE FOOD-VALTJES. 69 
 
 any kind of animal food, and is therefore pre-eminently, "the 
 poor man's fish." 
 
 Salmon stands pre-eminent as a delicacy, and more nearly 
 resembles the moat of animals than that of other fish; fat is 
 intermixed with the muscular fibre, and underlies the skin, 
 particularly of the abdomen; it is therefore rich — too rich 
 for invalids. Mackerel, Herring^ Bullhead, and Uel are also 
 fatty in their composition; and, therefore, less suitable 
 than white fish for those whose powers of digestion are 
 feeble. 
 
 Amongst white fish are Shad, Halibut, Brook-Trout, Pike, 
 Perch, Bass, Sunfish, Haddock, Flounder, God, etc., whose 
 flesh contains little fat, except in the liver. Whitefish, the 
 chicken of fish, is the most delicate and easy of digestion. 
 Cod is close, firm, tough, and indigestible for a weak 
 stomach.. Pried Cod is like veal cutlet, but drier. Hallibut 
 has richer flavor, but does not stand high as food for invalids. 
 
 Fish-broth contains ne rly the same component parts as 
 meat-broth, and in some countries fish-soups are as much 
 esteemed as those of meat. 
 
 Isinglass, which is obtained from the air-bladder of the 
 sturgeon, is a useful vehicle for the administration of other 
 ingredients of food, surpassing gelatine in value. 
 
 Shell-fish, urith the exception of oysters, are less nutritive 
 than other kinds of fish, less digestible, and more likely to 
 disagree with weak stomachs than most kinds of animal 
 food. In some persons they produce gastric irritation and 
 diarrhoea, and in others nettle-rash and similar eruptions. 
 Indeed, so marked is this efiect on some constitutions, that 
 it is necessary to forbid shell-fish altogether. 
 
70 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOS. 
 
 Lobster and Grab, though very agreeable to many persons, 
 are not suitable for those whose digestive organs are weak, 
 and consequently should not be introduced into the sick- 
 room. Indeed, some persons in ordinary health cannot 
 take them, because they are not easily digested, even when 
 stimulants of the gastric juice are added in the form of 
 vinegar and pepper. Turtle-soup, and clam-soup though 
 Bomewhat rich, when given in small quantities at a time, 
 are often very restorative to invalids. 
 
 Oysters are nutritious, and readily digested even by deli- 
 cate stomachs. From recent researches it appears that they 
 contain sufficient pepsine to be seK-digestive. By invalids 
 they should be taken without the fringe or beard (gUls), 
 and without the hard muscle by which the fish is attached 
 to the shell; they should also be taten raw, and masticated 
 before they are swallowed. To eat them with vinegar is to 
 commit a dietetic mistake. It is a good plan to keep them 
 alive for a day or two by placing them in a shallow dish of 
 clear brine, feeding them with meal and changing the water, 
 so that they may lie bare for a while, and then be washed 
 again twice a day, in imitation of the tide. They are in 
 best condition from September to May. As a means of con- 
 veying phosphates they are invaluable. 
 
 Fresh oysters are most grateful in chronic dyspepsia; 
 where nausea is present; in the case of consumptives; for 
 the trouble of morning sickness; in chronic diarrhoea; they 
 can be eaten with advantage by the nursing mother, who 
 will in this way not only strengthen her own system, but 
 also that of the child at her breast. Convalescents from 
 fever wiU find in the oyster a delicate and nourishing food. 
 
HYGIENE. — NUTEITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 71 
 
 Oyster-dew, prepared plain or with milt; or oyster-essence 
 raade by slowly simmering oysters in their liquor or a httle 
 water until they swell, seasoning with salt, straining the 
 hquor, and serving with dry toast or plain biscuits, are ex- 
 ceUent methods of giving oysters. 
 
 Milk. — ^Pure milk contains in solution, like eggs, aU the 
 elements required for the growth and sustenance of the 
 body. This is especially true in relation to a child. Indeed, 
 itmay be regarded as the typical aUmentary substance, for 
 it combines nitrogenous, fatty, saccharine, and mineral 
 matters, and water, in such proportions as are required by 
 the animal economy, and in such a state of mixture and 
 liquefaction as to be easily assimilated. In fact, it requires 
 no digestion, and it is this excellence which renders milk a 
 most important and convenient article under many circum- 
 stances. It is already digested and prepared for absorption. 
 In cases of fever, pure milk as the main article of diet is fai 
 superior to anything else, especially in Enteric and other 
 fevers, with derangement of the stomach and bowels. 
 Beef-tea, which is commonly used, is often irritating; but 
 milk, on the contrary, is soothing, cooling, and at the same 
 time nourishing and strengthening. In chronic disorders 
 of the stomach and bowels a milk diet is a most valuable 
 accessory to medical treatment. It allows the stomach to 
 have ahnost absolute rest, which in many cases is the main- 
 thing required. And this condition can be prolonged 
 almost indefinitely, since an adult can be sustained for days 
 or even weeks on milk alone. It should, however, be ob- 
 served that milk would not be suitable diet for adults in 
 health, as the nitrogenous matter is in considerable excess 
 
72 HOMKOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 in relation to the carbonaceous. It is suited to young per- 
 sons who have to grow, and who in order to grow must 
 appropriate an excess of what is nitrogenous to form a daily 
 addition to the body. On the other hand, it is not so suit- 
 able for full-grown persons, who have not so much to form 
 tissue as to develop heat, or other force, by the combustion 
 of carbon. 
 
 It must not be overlooked that the several elements or 
 constituents of milk vary in quantity and proportion in 
 different animals, and under different circumstances in the 
 same animal. Variations are exhibited in the following 
 table, which should be regarded as showing average rather 
 than actual proportions, inasmuch as the milk of each 
 animal is not alike. 
 
 Woman Cow Goat Sheep Ass Mare. 
 Nitrogenous matter 
 
 and insoluble salts 3.35 4.55 4.50 7.00 1.70 1.62 
 
 Butter 3.34 3.70 4.10 6.50 1.40 0.20 
 
 Lactine- and soluble 
 
 salts 3.77 5.35 5.80 4.50 6.40 8.75 
 
 Water 89.54 86.40 85.60 82.00 90.50 89.43 
 
 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 
 
 The "nitrogenous matter" is chiefly caseine, which forms 
 curd and cheese; the "lactine" is a form of sugar. 
 
 Woman's milk is, of course, the standard. Cow's milk 
 more nearly approximates to it than that of any other 
 animal, and hence is most generally used; contains consider- 
 ably more caseine, less sugar and a little more butter than 
 woman's mili:. If therefore a mixture be made of § cow's 
 milk and J of warm water, to which half an ounce of sugar 
 of milk be added to the pint, we shall obtain a composition 
 
HYGIENE.— NUTRITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 73 
 
 Tcry similar to that of the mother's milk. K sugar of 
 milk be not obtainable, its place may be supplied by some- 
 what more than half the quantity of refined cane sugar. 
 Goat's milk is richer than cow's; sheep's milk stiU richer. 
 Ass's or mare's milk is much poorer, but much sweeter. 
 Indeed, so large is the proportion of sugar of milk in the 
 last that it is fermented and converted into a spirituous 
 liquor, known by the name of koumiss, and successfully 
 administered in many cases of Consumption, chronic Bron- 
 chitis, and chronic Diarrhoea. 
 
 Koumiss, which is fermented mare's or cow's milk, has 
 been found very useful in some cases of consumption. The 
 Russian plan of making it is as follows: — Two teacupfuls of 
 wheat-flour are mixed vdth one spoonful of honey, one of 
 good beer yeast, and sufficient milk to form a not too thin 
 paste; the whole is put in a moderately warm place to fer- 
 ment. When fermentation takes place the ferment is put 
 in a linen bag, and hung in a jar or keg containing sixteen 
 pounds of fresh mare's milk, covered and allowed to stand 
 till the milk has acquired a pleasant, acidulous taste (about 
 16 to 24 hours, according to the temperature). The butter 
 and cheese particles which float about are now skimmed off, 
 the liquid is poured into another keg and shaken for one 
 hour, after which time it is poured into bottles, corked, and 
 put into the cellar. A "cure" requires twelve to fifteem 
 pounds of milk daily, the produce of two mares; the best 
 season for it is from May to July. The koumiss is taken 
 early in the morning, every hour (a teacupful to a tumblerful 
 at a time), and plenty of exercise must follow. 
 
 Cow's milk viries very- much in quality. After parturitiou 
 
74 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 takes place in any animal the first fluid secreted differs 
 considerably from ordinary milk, and is termed colostrum; 
 consequently cow's milk, for three or four weeks after 
 calving, is not fit for food; it has a somewhat sickly smell, 
 and acts as a purgative. 
 
 The milk of the Alderney cow is characterized by its 
 richness in butter, that of the long-horns by its richness 
 in caseine. The product of young cows is preferable 
 to that of old ones, and as a food for infants the age of 
 the secretion should be less than that of the baby; that is 
 to say a cow with a calf two months old may do very well 
 to feed a child of four months. The milk first drawn from 
 the cow contains less cream than that which is last drawn; 
 indeed (especially if some time has elapsed between the 
 time of milking), the amount of cream in the latter may be 
 two or three times as much as in the former. The mUk of 
 the afternoon is richer both in caseine and butter than that 
 of the morning. The food on which the cow is fed consider- 
 ably afiects the quality of the milk; poor diet impoverishes 
 it; strong vegetables, such as turnips, cabbages, and onions, 
 flavor it; decayed leaves make it disagreeable; poisonous 
 plants render it injurious; nothing is equal to the fresh 
 pasture of country fields for securing good milk. 
 
 Its quality may be tested by the amount of cream it pro- 
 duces, by its weight, and by its specific gravity. Ths larger 
 the proportion of cream, the better the mUk. A quart of 
 new mUk, cooled, should weight about 2 lb. 2J oz. if it is of 
 fair average quality. The sp. gr. of good genuine milk 
 ranges from 1.026 to 1.030 at a temperature of 60°. The 
 addition of water or an excess of cream lowers the sp. gr. 
 
HYGIENE. NUTKITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 7S 
 
 But wliether or not the milk be diluted with water, it is not 
 unfrequently rendered unwholesome by being put into 
 TBSsels that have not been cleansed by thorough washiiig 
 out with soda. On stale milt, even in minute quantities, a 
 small blue fungus, or mould, very speedily forms, which 
 soon spreads to fresh milk and causes it to turn sour; hence 
 CoHc, Diarrhoea, and Thrush are occasioned in those who 
 partake of it. 
 
 Fifteen grains of bicarbonate of soda to a quart of millr 
 prevents it from turning sour, and also renders it more 
 digestible. 
 
 MUk, though nourishing, does not agree with every one. 
 If diluted with one-third lime-water, it will rarely cause 
 biliousness or indigestion, and if taken regularly will so 
 strengthen the system as to banish these disorders. It may 
 be taiken with acid of some kind when it does not easily 
 digest. The idea that milk must not be eaten with pickles 
 is not an intelligent one, as milk curdles as soon as it is 
 swallowed. When milk is constipating a little salt sprinkled 
 in each glassful will avert the difSculty. When it has an 
 opposite effect, a few drops of brandy in each tumbler of 
 milk win obviate purgation. After finishing a meal a 
 tumbler of pure milk may be drunk, and half a pini taken 
 at bedtime with a biscuit makes a light supper. Ten grains 
 of new milk when consumed in the body produces sufficient 
 heat to raise 1.7 lb. of water 10 F., which is equal to lifting 
 1.246 lbs. one foot high. 
 
 The milk of all animals is more easily digested when eaten 
 warm, especially by those who have the impression that it 
 does not agree with them, and by invalids. This is not. 
 
76 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 however, due to any marked chemical change eflfeeted in the 
 miLk by heat, for the only effect is to coagulate the albumen 
 and to raise it as a scum upon the surface, but to the 
 Btimulating effect of heat, both on the palate and stomach. 
 In cases of fever, in exhausted conditions dependent on 
 loss of blood, and in summer diarrhoea and other inflam- 
 matory affections of the alimentary tract, it may be given 
 scalded with excellent results; it is a sheet-anchor ia 
 Enteric fever. Owing to outbreaks of fever which were 
 traced to infected milk, many persons adopted the pre- 
 caution of boiling all milk before using it, and thus the 
 disease-germs which it may have contained were rendered 
 innocuous. This is a good plan for persons resident in 
 towns. But when used as a substitute for mother's milk, 
 cow's milk should not be boiled, but only raised to the 
 temperature of breast milk by the addition of warm water. 
 
 Cream is composed of the fatty constituent of milk, which, 
 on account of its Ughtness, rises to the surface when the 
 milk is allowed to stand. It forms the basis of butter. It 
 can often be taken freely when nothing else will remain 
 on the stomach, notwithstanding the abundance of fatty 
 matter. -It should always be fresh, and may be diluted 
 with water or given pure if desired. Clotted cream is pro- 
 duced by heating milk just to the point of simmering, which 
 causes a scum to form with the fatty matter and give it 
 more consistence. 
 
 Stim-milk is that from which the cfeam has been re- 
 moved, and being consequently less rich than ordinary 
 milk, it can frequentiy be taken by invalids when-the latter 
 cannot. 
 
HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 77 
 
 Butter-milk is what is left after the extraction of butter. 
 It of cotirse contains less fatty matter than stim-milk, but 
 it retains the nitrogenous, saccharine, and saUne matter, 
 and is therefore very nourishing and useful as an article 
 of diet. Unless very fresh it is generally a little acid. It 
 is one of the most refreshing summer drinks that can be 
 taken, and is almost always allowable in sickness, especially 
 in fevers with gastric symptoms. It arouses a gentle 
 activity of the liver and kidneys, particularly of the latter 
 organs; and is (See page 45) especially valuable for old 
 peo.ple. 
 
 Curds are the caseine and fat of milk combined by coa- 
 gulation of the mUk. They form the basis of cheese. The 
 addition of an acid to the milk sets free the caseine which 
 is held in solution by an alkali, and causes coagulation. 
 
 Whey is the residuary Hquid after the curd has been re- 
 moved, containing a Uttle of the caseine and fat, but aU. the 
 sugar, acids, and salts of milk. The caseine and fat being 
 absent, there is no fear of curdling in the stomach, thus 
 causing pain or Diarrhcsa. Whey can, therefore, be taken 
 by many persons with whom mUk disagrees. It is not very- 
 valuable as nutriment, but it is very digestible, is easily 
 absorbed, and is a refreshing drink in the sick-room espe- 
 cially in inflammatory disorders. A slight flavor of nutmeg 
 makes it very palatable. There is a prevailing opinion that 
 whey is sudorific; hence wine- whey, alum- whey, tamarind- 
 whey, etc., when the milk has been curdled by these sub- 
 stances, are recommended. The method of preparation is 
 given in a succeeding chapter. 
 
 In Switzerland whey is supposed to have medicinal 
 
78 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 virtues, particularly ior the relief of chronic disorders of the 
 abdominal organs; the treatment, which is known as the 
 Molhen-Kur, has a fashionable reputation. 
 
 Condensed milk is milk preserved by the evaporation of a 
 large proportion of its water, and the addition of cane 
 sugar. It is sold in hermetically-sealed tins, in which it 
 can be kept for several years; when the tins are opened it is 
 found in the form of syrup, which will remain good for 
 several days. It is very useful for the diet of invalids in 
 making of light puddings, or other food into which milk 
 largely enters. It requires the addition of a considerable 
 quantity of soft water (three parts water to one part milk) 
 to replace what has been evaporated. Being already 
 sweetened, it needs no addition of sugar. Its sweetness 
 renders it very agreeable to infants, who take it readily, 
 grow plump, and apparently thrive well upon it. 
 
 But it is an error to assume that e, given quantity, when 
 dissolved in water, will yield new milk or be as useful as 
 new milk in feeding infants and young children, and it 
 should rarely be used as a substitute in such cases when 
 new milk can be obtained. 
 
 Butter is the fatty portion of milk, obtained by 
 churning the cream or the entire milk. This operation 
 causes the rupture of the envelopes of the fat globules, 
 which then coalesce and become incorporated into a sohd 
 mass. Milk yields on an average 5| per cent, of butter. 
 Though butter is generally churned from cream, it would 
 be produced in greater quantity from entire mOk; but as 
 the churning of milk would necessitate more labor and 
 the use of larger vessels, it has not been generally adopted. 
 
HYGIENE. NTJTEITIVE FOOD-VALTJES. 79 
 
 The churning of cream is beet performed at a temperature 
 varying from 50° to 55°, and the temperature may be 
 regulated by placing hot or cold water, according to the 
 season, in the outer vessel. Milk requires a temperature of 
 60°. When the butter is formed it should be kneaded and 
 washed with water to remove the caseine, fatty acids, and 
 other ingredients which would prevent its keeping sweet 
 and fresh. Salt is added to preserve it. If syinip be added 
 instead of salt, or sugar vdth which is mixed a httle salt, 
 butter is said to keep better. 
 
 "When pure and fresh, butter is more easily assimilated 
 by delicate stomachs than most other fats. It is also the 
 form of separate fat which is less frequently disliked by 
 consumptive people and invalids generally; but it should 
 not be too bountifully supplied. Butter that has become 
 stale or rancid, or been exposed to heat (as for buttered 
 toast), is very likely to disagree with dyspeptics and other 
 invalids, and cause Diarrhoea. Indeed, as a rule, all kinds 
 of decomposing fats disagree with the stomach. There are 
 ready means of detection through the senses of sight, taste, 
 and smell, when butter is adulterated. Pure butter should 
 be of a uniform rich yellow appearance; when a streaky look 
 is imparted by quickly passing over it a clean knife the 
 presence of adulterants is always to be suspected. When 
 melted it should yield a clear-looking oil, with but slight 
 deposit of water or other substances. When placed on the 
 tongue it melts quickly and leaves the tongue perfectly 
 smooth; while, on the contrary, there will be a sense of 
 roughness, a granular taste, and the peculiar flavor of the 
 ( adulterant, as the result of this test, when butter is adulter- 
 
80 HOMEOPATHIC MEKTOE. 
 
 ated. The odor of butter is very persistent, and therefore 
 does not so well mark its purity or the reverse. 
 
 The value of Cheese as an article of diet has not been 
 entirely estabHshed. If we consider its chemical compo- 
 sition we find it very rich, richer than any other known food, 
 in (nitrogenous) nutritive elements, provided we select a 
 good specimen : but this varies with the conditions of its 
 manufacture. The poorer the cheese the greater the pro- 
 portion of the casein* (curd) or nitrogenous element; while 
 the richer the cheese the greater is the proportion of fat or 
 butter which it contains; but, in either case, the proportion 
 of nitrogenous matter in a given weight far exceeds that of 
 meat. One pound of cheese has been estimated as equi- 
 valent to 3| lbs. of lean beef. Taken with bread or other 
 vegetable diet it is very nutritive to persons of active 
 habits; and, as a relish, or condiment it stimulates digestion. 
 There is, however, a long-standing belief that cheese is not 
 easily digested; and also, that in spite of this want of di- 
 gestibUity, it promotes the digestion of other foods. Scien- 
 tific experiment has, indeed, shown that there is good 
 reason to consider both of these beliefs as well founded; 
 and that, while it may be proper to eat a small portion of 
 cheese, both for the nutrition which it supplies and for the 
 promotion of digestion, it is not proper to eat a large quan- 
 tity, or to make it a principal article of food and a substitute 
 for meat. It is not at all improbable that cheese may pro- 
 duce different effects on different persons; that its effect will 
 
 * This is the sole source of the nitrogen in which cheese so abounds, 
 and when pure consists of the following elements in 100 parts: Carbou 
 53.83; Oxygen 22.52; Hydrogen 7.15; Nitrogen 15.66. 
 
HYGIENE. — NDTEITIVE FOOD-VALCES. 81 
 
 bear some relation to the desire which the individual has 
 for it; and that its customary use from childhood may 
 modify its appreciable deleterious effects. 
 
 The time required for its digestion varies with its age and 
 according to the amount of fat it contains, but — with a 
 fairly good medium-aged cheese, is from 3^ to 4 hours 
 New cheese and poor cheese also require a longer time for 
 digestion, since they are chewed with greater difficulty. 
 Old poor cheese also requii-es a longer time, for its hard- 
 ness delays its solution in the gastric juices; and, if a good 
 cheese be old and greatly decayed it plays the part of an 
 irritant in the stomach which may cause a form of in- 
 - digestion, and be itself hurried through the stomach into 
 the intestines so rapidly as almost to prevent its digestion. 
 
 Toasted cheese, as ordinarily prepared, is one of the most 
 indigestible articles that can be eaten, but if it is new and 
 lightly cooked with cream and butter, it can be rendered 
 digestible by a healthy stomach. 
 
 Ten grains of good cheese when consumed in the body 
 produce sufficient heat to raise 11.2 lbs. of water 10 Fahr., 
 which is equal to lifting 8.649 lbs. one foot high. 
 
 Cream cheese (fresh curd moderately pressed) must be 
 eaten fresh; and is more digestible than ordinary cheese 
 (2 to 3 hours) because it is softer, more easily masticated 
 and has less casein. To many invalids it will prove a 
 .pleasant variation with other diet. 
 
 Dripping, from roasting joints, if not burned, is one of the 
 "most nutritious forms of fat and very agreeable; its flavor 
 depending somewhat upon the -degree of roasting to which 
 the flesh is subjected. It may sometimes prove a welcome 
 
8i HOMEOPATHIC MEKTOB. 
 
 altematiYe to butter in tte sickroom. Salt should be 
 eaten with it; but it must be taken in moderation, and its 
 action watched, or it will disorder the stomach and 
 heighten fever. 
 
 ' Vegetable products enter largely into the food of man, in 
 the form of seeds, roots, leaves, herbs, and preparations of 
 different kinds. 
 
 Farinaceous seeds form the largest portion of our vege- 
 table food, and are the most extensively used; they are of 
 great nutritive value, of easy digestion, plentifully yielded, 
 and universally grown. 
 
 Cereals hold the first place. Their general composition is 
 very similar, but on account of the differences that exist in 
 the proportions of their component elements they have 
 different nutritive values. Even the various kinds of wheat 
 are not exactly alike, especially in the relative proportions 
 of nitrogenous matter and starch. On an average, wheat 
 contains more nitrogenous matter than other grains. Oats 
 come nearest to wheat in this respect, and are of equal 
 value to many wheats; they also contain a large proportion 
 of fats and salts. Maize (Indian Com) is rich in fatty 
 matter, moderately so in nitrogenous, but poor in salts. 
 Kice is very rich in starch, but poor in other constituents. 
 ' The constituents of Wheat more nearly correspond veith 
 the requirements of the human system under ordinary cir- 
 cumstances than any other grain; and life and health can 
 be maintained on wheat alone for an indefinite period, 
 provided there be an adequate supply of good water and 
 air. Hence it is one of the most widely cultivated of the 
 cereals. 
 
HVGIENE. — NTJTEITIVE FOOD-VALtJEa 83 
 
 As ordinarily used, however, it is deprived of much of its 
 nutritive value, for the portion which contains the largest 
 amount of nitrogenous matter is removed in order to meet 
 the demand for whiteness in the bread. Each grain, after 
 being thrashed out of the straw and winnowed from the 
 husks, is composed of a hard, thin outer coat, or bran; a 
 soft, friable intermediate layer of cells; and a central white 
 substance chiefly composed of starch. The outer coat ie 
 woody, indigestible, useless for nutrition, and irritating to 
 the alimentary canal. In some cases it may therefore be 
 advisable to retain it to act mechanically to stimulate the 
 action of the intestines in constipation; but when used by 
 persons who take active exercise it is too stimulating, for it 
 causes the food to pass hurriedly through the canal before 
 the process of disintegration and assimilation is completed. 
 For invalids, and persons whose digestive organs are in a 
 state of susceptibility, it is too irritating. The inner coat 
 is of most value. It is usually removed with the outer coat 
 in dressing the flour. But it is the richest part of the grain 
 in nitrogenous matter, fats, and salts, the part which con- 
 tains food for muscles, bones, and brains; and the more 
 thoroughly this is removed, the finer the flour is dressed, 
 the whiter the bread produced, the less valuable is the 
 bread for nutrition. The central white material of the grain 
 is chiefly composed of starch, but it comprises also a pro- 
 portion of the more nourishing elements, though the pro- 
 portion is so small that the utility of the grain is sacrified 
 to the appearance of the bread. Many writers — ^notably 
 Liebig — have pointed out the waste of nutritive material, 
 and the unwisdom of preferring white bread to that which 
 
84 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 contains the nitrogenous portion. Pavy, however, reminds 
 us that bread is not our only food; that what is rejected in 
 the bread is taken in other forms; and that through animal 
 diet we receive the very elements which have been elimin- 
 ated from the flour. Certainly, to most persons, the white 
 bread is more palatable, and has a more attractive ap- 
 pearance, than the more nutritious bread; but the taste is 
 probably a matter of habit. If it were not that it gave a 
 dark color and a soft consistence to br<»ad, a very important 
 soluble nitrogenous matter called cerealine might be utilised 
 by soaking the bran in warm water for some time, and 
 using the water in the preparation of the dough for bread. 
 It would bo better to sacrifice the appearance and cultivate 
 another taste, if thereby more nutriment coidd be obtained. 
 Young and growing children are great but unconscious 
 sufferers from the common custom. Many are weak from 
 mal-nutrition, grow up with defective teeth and bones, weak 
 tissues, inadequate muscular development, and are suscept- 
 ible to diseases which they have not constitutional strength 
 enough to combat and resist. 
 
 Stale bread is preferable to new, especially in any weakness 
 of the digestive organs, since it is firm and more friable 
 under the action of the teeth, and more easily penetrated 
 by the digestive juices, than new bread. New bread in the 
 stomach often ferments afresh, and even in persons of good 
 digestion produces heartburn. 
 
 The toasting of bread greatly increases its digestibility, 
 provided it be properly done. The slice should be toasted 
 brown, not burnt, so that it may be crisp and firm through- 
 out. It then constitutes the best form in which starchy food 
 
mraiESE. — nctritive fooD valoes. 88 
 
 can he given; for much of the starch is changed into glucose 
 by the heat; and in wheat bread there is some little gluten, 
 which partly supplies the place of albumen. If toast is 
 buttered, the butter should be applied as the toast is eaten, 
 so that it may not become soaked with the butter. By 
 some it is much enjoyed without butter, and is then more 
 readily digested. Toast-water, when properly prepared, 
 forms an almost indispensable article in the sick-room. If 
 good stale bread or biscuits are nicely toasted, not burnt, 
 and then placed in a dish or pitcher, and hot water poured 
 on and allowed to cool; the drink may, while more nourish- 
 ing, be more palatable than water alone. 
 
 Biscuits which contain but little water, are, bulk for biilk, 
 more nutritious than bread, three quarters of a pound being 
 about equal to a pound of bread. Wheaten biscuits, either 
 sweet or plain, are most suitable for those who suffer from 
 Dyspepsia and Constipation. 
 
 Sponge cakes are also light, and often tempting. They 
 may be soaked in hot milk; as also may rusks. Muffins are 
 very indigestible. Gingerbread, when dry, crisp, and light, 
 is acceptable to many dyspeptics. Macaroni and Vermicelli 
 are very nutritious, but not easily digested. 
 
 Oats, when ground, form a flour which is not so white as 
 wheaten flour, and when made into bread has a peculiar 
 taste, half sweet, half bitter. Unlike the wheat, the muscle- 
 making material of the oat is not connected with its hull, 
 and is not therefore removed in making fine flour. Oat- 
 meal and unbolted wheat-meal contain about the same 
 amount of heat-producing material, but one pint of oat- 
 meal-gruel contains as much muscle-making material an 
 
86 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 five gills of unbolted meal gruel, or as in three quarts of 
 fine flour-gruel. The Scotch oatmeal is generally preferred 
 for flavor and nutritive qualities. Porridge is a hasty 
 pudding of boiled oatmeal. The oatmeal should be mixed, 
 at first very thin, in boiling water or milk; while boUing, 
 the meal should be sprinHed slowly on the surface and 
 stirred in; when enough is added, the whole should 
 simmer for half an hour or longer, with an occasional stir. 
 If, however, the oatmeal be imperfectly boiled, as when 
 prepared in haste, it is extremely indigestible, and pro- 
 duces obstinate pyrosis and fiatulence; but if well boiled, 
 and eaten slowly so as to become thoroughly mixed with 
 saliva, it is most wholesome. Oat-meal Oruel is a similar 
 preparation, va. a more liquid form. It should be boiled 
 until every particle of the meal is cooked. It may be made 
 with milk instead of water; or part water and part milk, and 
 is generally better if strained, as the straining removes the 
 irritating husks of the grain. 
 
 Oatmeal in all its forms is somewhat laxative, and often 
 causes irritation of the bowels, especially if not sufficiently 
 cooked. There are some persons who cannot take it on 
 account of the acidity and eructation which it causes, 
 i Barley, though less employed than formerly in the form 
 of bread, is peculiarly rich in phosphates (more than twice 
 the amount contained in meat) ; and, as it is also stimulant 
 and laxative to the bowels, might be made useful to literary 
 men of sedative habits, who need an increased action both 
 of bowels and of brain. Such persons might use it either 
 in the form of cakes, or porridge. Barley-water, made from 
 pearl barley, forms a slightly nutritive, bland, and de- 
 
HYGIENE. — ^NTJTEITiyE FOOD-VALTJES. 87 
 
 mulcent drink for invalids. It is made by taking about two 
 ounces of pearl bailey whicli has been well washed in cold 
 water, and boiling it in a pint and a half of water for half 
 an hour. 
 
 Bye, next to wheat, especially for bread-making, is the 
 best of the cereals; containing more of the heat-producing, 
 but less of the muscle and brain-feeding elements than 
 wheat. As it contains more waste materials than wheat, it 
 is more stimulating or laxative to the bowels, and therefore 
 may be useful ia constipation. 
 
 Buckwheat is inferior to wheat in nutritive elements, but 
 is an excellent heater; and eaten, as it is generally and 
 extensively, in the form of cakes for breakfast, with ham, 
 sausage, beefsteak, or fish, it serves to keep up the heat for 
 a winter's day. An eminent judge of the U. S. Supreme 
 Court used to say that a breakfast of buckwheat-cakes, 
 enabled him to do a longer and better day's-work, than 
 anything else. It is a favorite breakfast food all over the 
 United States. 
 
 Indian Corn is not adapted for the manufacture of bread 
 on account of its deficiency in gluten, unless wheat or rye 
 flour be mixed with it. Corn meal is very nutritious, more 
 fattening and containing a larger proportion of oily material 
 than wheat, with greater production of animal heat. Madd 
 in the form of bread or cakes either wet up with water, 
 mUk, or with the addition of suet or molasses, it forms a 
 hearty nutritious and healthy food, which is extensively used 
 and prized in every part of our country; and, indeed, in 
 some parts, forms the main staple of vegetable diet. 
 
 hominy, which is the grain cracked into two or three 
 
88 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 pieces, is excellent food, especially if made from southern 
 com; and, as it contains a full share of muscle-making 
 material, is pecuUarly adapted to laboring men. Its large 
 proportion of life-essentials, also adapts it to those who 
 follow sedentary and literary occupations. The "small 
 hominy ", of New England, is generally made from the flint 
 com; and containing less of muscle and brain-food, and 
 more of the heaters, is best for use in cold weather. 
 EuUed com, also, has all the elements of the corn, except 
 those contained in the huU; and, the oil being removed by 
 being soaked in some alkaU, is very excellent for summer 
 use. 
 
 Green com, or "com in the milk," boiled in fair water in 
 the ear, is a nutritious dehcacy and though quite laxative is 
 widely used and prized by all classes of the people Grated 
 from the cob and made into a batter with mUk, and fried, 
 it forms the most delicious of cakes. 
 
 Bice is said to be the food of nearly one-third of the 
 human race. The best comes from the CaroUnas. It is 
 useful as an article of diet, whether whole or ground into 
 flour; but its deficiency in the muscle, brain and nerve- 
 supporting elements, and its preponderance of starch, 
 renders it one of the poorest of foods for promoting mental 
 or muscular strength. One pound of beans would support 
 life, in action, as long as four pounds of rice. It, there- 
 fore, requires the addition of some fat to maike up for 
 its deficiency in this ingredient. It should be thoroughly 
 cooked, whether the grains be ground or remain whole. 
 Boiled, or baked with milk and eggs, as rice-pudding, 
 it forms a substantial meal, and is especially suitable 
 
HYGIEKE. — jTOTEITIVE rOOD-VAL0BS. 89 
 
 for invalids, as it does not make great demand on the 
 digestive powers. Eice boUed five or six hours forms, on 
 cooling, and after the water has been strained off, a jelly 
 which is soluble in warm mUt, and makes a pleasant change 
 of diet. Bice-water is made by washing an ounce of good 
 rice in cold water, then maceratiag it for three hours in a 
 quart of water kept at a tepid heat, and afterwards boiling it 
 slowly for an hour. It is very useful as a drink in aU irrit- 
 able states of the alimentary tract, as in Dysentery and 
 Diarrhoea; and, for young infants, and children suffering from 
 Diarrhoea, Indigestion, Constipation, Flatulence, Atrophy, 
 or Aphthae, corn flour and similar preparations are very un- 
 suitable. In aU cases, foods which contain traces of bran, 
 and also gluten, gum, sugar, cellulose, and saline matter, 
 especially the phosphates, in proportion to the starch, are 
 to be preferred. 
 
 Beans are rich in nutritive materials, and well adapted to 
 strong healthy persons with good digestive powers. Two 
 pounds of beans wiQ enable one to do more muscular work 
 than three of wheat, and more brain-work than three and a 
 half. But, as they are deficient in heating powers, they are 
 best eaten with fat pork, or some other heat-making food. 
 They are also eaten green, when the starch is not formed; 
 but as, ia that state, they lack the nutritious element, they 
 require butter or some other heat-giving material. French 
 Beans and Scarlet Bunners are eaten with the pods before 
 they are ripe. In Europe the seeds of the dwarf bean 
 are allowed to ripen, and, when stripped from the pods, 
 are sold as haricot beans. Small White Beans boUed and 
 then baked with salt pork, form the celebrated "BostoA 
 
90 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 Bated Beans," so widely known and justly prized by all 
 New England people. Peas, contain very nearly tlie same 
 elements, in the same proportions, as beans, but are more 
 easily digested. Young, green peas, without their pods, 
 are very delicate and nutritious. Old peas should be 
 treated as dried peas — soaked, stewed, and crushed — if they 
 are to be rendered palatable and digestible. Dried peas, 
 split peas, without skins, if weU boiled, are excellent food 
 for healthy persons. 
 
 Nuts. — Walnuts, Filberts, Almonds, Fecan-nuts, Feanuts, 
 Butternuts, etc., are of value as relishes to be eaten after a 
 meal. They contain a large proportion of oU and so may 
 be rather too heavy for persons of weak digestion; but are 
 of value for the phosphates which they so largely contain. 
 They should be taken in moderation, at a time when the 
 stomach has had some rest and can employ its powers for 
 their digestion; they should be thoroughly masticated, so 
 that the saliva may act freely throughout the mass; they 
 may then be taken by those whose digestion is good, but 
 should be avoided by invalids. They are, to some persons, 
 more enjoyable if used with a trifle of salt. Chestnuts are 
 more indigestible and can rarely be eaten without having 
 been roasted, or boiled, or made into a flour and baked. 
 Almonds are of two kinds. The Mter almond contains 
 elements which, when brought into contact with water, 
 develops poisonous products, and consequently when em- 
 ployed for flavouring puddings, cakes, and liqueurs, has 
 proved injurious, and even fatal The sweet almond is in- 
 nocuous; but on account of its irritating qualities the skin 
 should be removed, by soaking the nut in warm water; 
 
HYGIENE. ^NUTRITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 91 
 
 and, if the nut be baked for a little while it may be 
 easily broken and pulverised, and thus rendered mor(>^ 
 digestible. 
 
 Starch, as an article of diet, is useful in the formation of 
 fat and force; but is devoid of nitrogen. It has this recom- 
 mendation, that it allays the sense of emptiness and hunger 
 when other food cannot be taken. But its granules are 
 covered with a hard envelope which renders them difficult of 
 digestion; and if they be eaten uncooked they pass through 
 the canal without yielding up their nutritive properties. 
 If, boiled, the envelopes are ruptured, and the contents are 
 easily transformed, either by the saliva or the intestinal 
 juices, into sugar, and are thus easUy assimilated. All pre- 
 parations of starch should therefore be cooked before they 
 are eaten, by stirring them into boiling water or boUing 
 milk, and then letting them simmer for a few minutes. If 
 prepared with mUk instead of water, wine should not be 
 added.' 
 
 Sago, prepared from the pith of a species of palm, is use- 
 ful for thickening soups, and making light puddings, which 
 with the addition of milk form a hght and easily digested 
 diet for the invalid. Tapioca, prepared from the root of the 
 cassava, is similarly employed and similarly useful. Tapioca 
 jelly is an allowable and pleasant dish. The tapioca should 
 be soaked in cold water for several hours, and then cooked 
 until perfectly clear, adding more water if necessary. "When 
 done, sweeten to taste, and flavor with lemon, or wine; and 
 when cold eat plain or with cream. Arroioroot possesses 
 little nutritive value and little sustaining power; its chief 
 merit is that it is bland and easily taken; but some other 
 
92 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 alimentar} substance should be added to it. The true 
 arrowroots (Bermuda, Jamaica, and West Indian) are to be 
 preferred for the sick-room, for they wUl often remain on 
 the stomach of an invaUd when the others will be rejected. 
 
 We come now to a class of vegetable products containing 
 a large proportion of water, which makes them succulent; 
 of these the potato takes the lead in importance and dietetic 
 value. 
 
 Potatoes are an agreeable and wholesome article of food, 
 easily cultivated, kept, and cooked, not always easily 
 digested. They also have the recommendation of being, 
 anti-scorbutic. In this quality cabbages take the first place, 
 and all succulent vegetables share, but potatoes have been 
 proved repeatedly to produce a most beneficial effect in the 
 prevention and cure of scurvy. 
 
 The proportion of starchy constituents is large, and of 
 nitrogenous elements small, so that it is desirable to eat 
 with them some other food to supply the deficiency in 
 nitrogen, such as meat, fish, bacon, buttermilk, etc., in order 
 that a fully nutritious diet may be supplied. When cooked, 
 the heat employed coagulates the albumen, the starch 
 granules absorb the watery particles, swell, and burst their 
 cells, and thus the mass is broken down into a loose, floury, 
 or mealy condition. If, however, the absorption is incom- 
 plete, and the rupture of cells imperfect, the mass remains 
 coherent, firm, and waxy. In the former state the potato 
 may be easUy digested; in the latter it is difficult of di- 
 gestion. Young potatoes being close and firm are very 
 indigestible, but old waxy potatoes are more so. 
 
 Preparation for the Table. — ^The best method of cooking 
 
HTGIENE. — NUTRITIVE FOOD-VAIjTTES. 93 
 
 potatoes, is by steaming them ia the skin; by this process 
 heat penetrates everywhere, and there is no loss of material 
 and salts. For this purpose a saucepan, one-fourth fuU of 
 boiling water, is required, into which a closely fitting 
 steamer is placed, containiug the potatoes, the latter being 
 so packed as to allow a free passage for the steam. If the 
 potatoes are boUed, the skins should not be previously 
 removed, or a large amount of salts wiU pass out.* The 
 addition of common table salt to the water is advantageous, 
 for it helps to retaia the natural salts. The boiling should 
 be thorough, otherwise the starchy grains are undigested. 
 From twenty-five to thirty-five minutes is the time usually 
 required, according to the kind of potato boiled. Potatoes 
 should be served up immediately they are cooked, and not, 
 as is too frequently the case, placed over the fire at haJf-past 
 eleven or twelve for one o'clock dinner. Towards the end 
 of the season, old potatoes are improved by being peeled 
 overnight and put iato cold water, by which process they 
 regain, in a measure, their natural color and consistency. 
 Potatoes are rendered more digestible by being finally 
 mashed, and mixed with a little red gravy as it runs from 
 the cut surface of a Joint. Boasted potatoes are more 
 nutritious than boiled, and Potato soup is a better food by 
 the addition of peas. 
 
 Choice of Potatoes. — They shoiild be large and firm to the 
 touch, should present no evidence of disease or fungi, 
 should not have been exposed to frost; neither should they 
 
 • Dr. Letheby estimates the waste when the skins are removed ai 
 14 per cent., when not removed at only 3 per cent. 
 
94 HOMEOPATHia MENTOR. 
 
 be germinating or growing, for then the starch is under- 
 going a saccharine metamorphosis. Further, when cooked 
 they should not be close, watery, or waxy; but floury or 
 mealy. 
 
 Carrots make a pleasant change in one's vegetable fare, 
 but are apt in some cases to produce flatulence. The less' 
 they have of the central yeUow part, and the more of the 
 outer red part, the better. The Parsnip possesses the same 
 general characters as the carrot. Being sweet, it is well 
 adapted for children's use, but should be avoided when old 
 and stringy. The Turnip contains a very large proportion 
 of water (91'per cent, according to Dr. Letheby), and hence 
 is of little nutritive value, and is more difilcult of digestion 
 than carrots or parsnips. Badishes are somewhat like the 
 turnip, but beiag usually eaten raw, are often indigestible. 
 "We now turn to another class of vegetables. The leaves, 
 shoots, and stems of some plants are valuable for food, 
 chiefly on account of the salts they contain, and because 
 they give variety to the' diet. They should generally be 
 grown quickly, in order that woody fibre may be less 
 abundantly formed; and without much light, that the 
 characteristic properties may not be unduly developed. If 
 the chlorophyl, which gives the green color to vegetables, 
 be abundant, it is apt to produce purging — indeed, green 
 vegetables are always more or less relaxing. They are con- 
 sequently useful when the bowels are constipated, and must 
 be altogether avoided when Diarrhoea or Dysentery is 
 present. They possess a high anti-scorbutic value. In all 
 cases they should be eaten as fresh as possible, for every hour's 
 delay after they have ceased to grow renders them less digestible- 
 
HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE FOOD-VALUES. 98 
 
 Oabbagefs, Savoys, Sprouts, Cauliflower, etc., are of the 
 same general character; but as the proportion of water 
 in their composition is very large, they are not very 
 nutritive. Moreover, they are not easy of digestion, and 
 therefore not suitable for dyspeptics; whUe the large pro- 
 portion of sulphur they contain causes disagreeable flatul- 
 ence of carbonic acid and sulphuretted hydrogen. Cabbage, 
 however, is a most valuable anti-scorbutic, but if ferment- 
 ation has begun its virtue is destroyed. Bleeding of the 
 gums and Purpura are benefited by it. The best sorts of 
 cabbage are the old white garden variety and the summer 
 cauliflower. They should be soft but crisp before being 
 cooked. Spinach is wholesome, and somewhat laxative. 
 Rhubarb is eaten as a fruit rather than as vegetable, and 
 requires to be well sweetened to make it palatable. As it 
 contains oxalate of hme, it should be avoided by those who 
 are subject to Calculus. Celery is indigestible when eaten 
 raw. If so eaten, it should be with a light lunch of bread 
 and cheese, not after a fuU meal. Stewed in beef gravy it 
 makes a delicious and wholesome soup. 
 
 The Asparagus should be eaten as soon as possible after 
 beiag cut. The greenest heads are to be preferred, as they 
 contain the largest amount of the peculiar principles of the 
 plant. There need be no fear that they will prove injurious 
 to the kidneys, as some persons suppose. SUght cases of 
 Eheumatism have been cured by eating freely of this plant; 
 and chronic cases of rheumatic gout and gravel much 
 relieved. 
 
 Onions are very wholesome vegetables, whether eaten 
 raw, or stewed, or roasted; they are too strong, however. 
 
d6 BOMEOPATHIO MEKI-OB. 
 
 for invalids when they have not been cooked, as they possess 
 strongly irritant and stimulating properties. Leeks should 
 be white, and have little smell; they are then soft and good^ 
 and very digestible. Lettuce is agreeable, cooling, andj 
 digestible as a salad; the juice is mildly soporific. W(der\ 
 cress and Mustard-and- Cress form wholesome salad. Gu^ 
 cumber, eaten raw and quite fresh, may be taken with bread 
 and cheese as a light lunch, but should not follow a more 
 substantial meal, for it is indigestible, and apt to disagree 
 with many persons. Stewed, it is Hght and wholesome. 
 
 Mushrooms, which are generally eaten after being stewed, 
 to most persons are not injurious; though by dyspep- 
 tics they are best avoided, for sometimes they cause colic, 
 vomiting, and purging. Those grown in open pastures are 
 by far the best. It is not always easy to distinguish mush- 
 rooms from poisonous fungi, so that some caution is desir- 
 able in gathering and preparing them for food. 
 
 "A meadow mushroom should peel easily, and it should 
 be of a clean pink color inside, like a baby's hand, and have 
 a frUl or 'curtain' (as botanists, call it) attached to the 
 stalk. When the giQs are brown they are growing old and 
 dry, and losing their nutritive qualities." — Chambers. 
 
 Vegetable Broths, made of any of the ordinary market 
 Vegetables, in season, by boiling and straining, are useful as 
 substitutes for animal foods when the latter are not allowed. 
 Out of season, dried vegetables may sometimes answer the 
 purpose. In preparation of these, and in all other cookery 
 for the sick, so far as possible, non-metallic surfaces only 
 should be allowed to come in contact with the materials 
 employed. A simple method is to put them into an ordiu- 
 
HYGIENE. — OTJTEITIVE FOOD-VALtJES. 97 
 
 ary basin or bowl, placing this in a saucepan of water and 
 covering the basin with a saucer. The water in the sauce- 
 pan is made to boil, and thereby the food, is duly cooked. 
 
 Fruits are agreeable and refreshing; but as their pro- 
 portion of water is high and of nitrogenous matter low, they 
 are of little nutritive value. "When taken in moderation 
 they are very wholesome, counteracting the unhealthy con- 
 dition which attends a diet of dried and salted provisions, 
 and promoting a somewhat relaxed state of the bowels. 
 Fruit is best eaten in the morning or at lunch. "When 
 consumed in large quantities fruit may be injurious; parti- 
 cularly if it be unripe or over-ripe, — in the former case by 
 the action of the fruit-acids, in the latter by fermentation 
 and decomposition. Fruit is very beneficial to gouty and 
 rheumatic subjects, because the alkaline vegetable salts 
 become decomposed in the system and diminish the acidity 
 of the urine. But patients should avoid acid fruits, if 
 Diarrhoea, or Dysentery, is present. The seeds of aJl fruits 
 and vegetables, excepting grapes, if swallowed, may prove 
 more or less irritating to the intestines, and in inflamed or 
 ulcerated conditions may do irreparable mischief. 
 
 Apples are perhaps the most imiversaUy valuable of fruits. 
 Eaten before or after meals as a dessert, or as an agreeable 
 relish between times, if ripe and in proper condition, they, 
 are a healthy and nutritious article of food. Stewed 
 or baked and eaten as a dessert or during the meal, they are 
 at once agreeable, nourishing, and easy of digestion. In- 
 valids can often take stewed or roasted apples when almost 
 everything else is rejected or too heavy. They are decidedly 
 beneficial in all cases of Rheumatism or Gout, and are only 
 
98 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 to be avoided in cases of Diarrhoea and Dysentery. Roasted 
 apples are somewhat laxative, and may be eaten to counter- 
 act Constipation. Dried apples are prepared for use by being 
 stewed. Pears, when ripe, are more digestible than apples; 
 but as they decay sooner, they are more likely to produce 
 derangements of the bowels. When sound, juicy, and 
 soluble, they may generally be talien without danger. 
 
 The Orange is one of the most agreeable and useful fruits 
 for the sick-room; it is exceedingly grateful and refreshing, 
 and is less Kkely to cause disorder than most other fruits. 
 A heavy orajige, with a fine thin rind, is usually the most 
 juicy and the best adapted for the invalid. But the pulp 
 should be carefully excluded. The Lemon is too acid to be 
 eaten alone, except that its juice is grateful, refreshing, 
 and beneficial in rheumatic affections; but in the form of 
 lemonade it makes a cooling and wholesome drink for all 
 occasions. Lemon-juice is very valuable as an anti-scor- 
 butic; so also is lime-jmce. Lemon is elsewhere recom- 
 mended as an addition to tea. 
 
 Plums are less wholesome than most other fruits, unless 
 cooked. They produce CoHc and Diarrhoea, and axe em- 
 ployed occasionally to promote relaxation in cases of Con- 
 stipation of the bowels. Cherries also, when unripe or over- 
 ripe, disorder the bowels. Peaches, and Apricots, when 
 quite ripe, yield a delicious food for the invalid, but should 
 be most carefully avoided in Dysentery and Diarrhoea; the 
 skin should be rejected. Grapes are most refreshing, whole- 
 some, and nutritious in the sick-room, when ripe, the skins 
 and pips being rejected. Baisins, (dried grapes) contain 
 more sugar and less acid than ripe grapes; fhey are con- 
 
HtGIENE.^ — ^NtlTEITlVE fOOD-YAlCES. 99 
 
 Bequently more nutritious. If eaten too freely, especially if 
 the skins or pips be swallowed, they are apt to disorder the 
 stomach. Gooseberries and Currants (red, black, and white) 
 are wholesome, cooling, refreshing and laxative in the sick- 
 room; but generally interdicted in acute diseases. The 
 Cranberry is too acid to be eaten raw, but makes an agree- 
 able and wholesome sauce, or jelly. The Strawberry is one 
 of the most delicate, luscious, and refreshing of summer 
 fruits; and may, as a rule, be taken by invalids, except when 
 Diarrhoaa is present. The Raspberry, too, is agreeable and 
 wholesome. So also is the Blackberry, which is credited 
 with an astringent, or binding effect upon the bowels — 
 especially in the form of blackberry-ivine. Melons not un- 
 frequently disagree with those whose digestive powers are 
 weak. The Water-melon, forms a most agreeable and re- 
 freshing luxury, not of much nutritive value, but cooling, 
 appetising and a stimulant of the kidneys. During the heats 
 of summer it forms at once a delightful adjunct to any meal 
 — and a cheerful solace to a weary system. It shoidd only 
 be avoided in Diarrhoea and Dysentery. Musk-Mebns, 
 Cantelopes, Green-fleshed Melons are sweeter, often with a 
 grateful musky odor, and contain a larger proportion of 
 nutriment than the water-melon. They too may be eaten 
 freely in their season, as the dessert to a repast, or alone — 
 the only condition against their use being a relaxed state 
 of the bowels. The Pine-apple should not be eaten by 
 invalids; the pulp should be rejected if the juice be taken. 
 The Fig is sweet and nourishing; its pulp may be eaten 
 by invalids, but if eaten too freely will irritate and disorder 
 the bowels; the skin is rather indigestible. Olive oil is the 
 
lOO BOMEOPATHIO MENTOlL 
 
 most digestible of fatty foods, even more so than fresh 
 butter; it should, however, be thoroughly good, pale, clear, 
 and free from rancid smell, to justify this estimate. 
 
 Gum arabic, which flows from the acacia in Arabia, Egypt, 
 etc., is usually employed in the preparation of drinks. The 
 clear gum should be selected, washed, and slowly dissolved 
 in cold water. When made of the powdered article or 
 with hot water the flavor is less agreeable. "When flavored 
 with a little sugar it is a refreshing and nourishing bever- 
 age for invalids. Mucilage differs from gum water in 
 containing a larger proportion of the gum. It is ad- 
 mirably adapted for use in inflammation of the mucous 
 membranes generally, as in catarrh, bronchitis, etc. 
 
 Sugar, an important alimentary product, chiefly found in 
 the vegetable kingdom, also exists ia the animal economy, 
 and is there known as the sugar-of-milk. The vegetable 
 sugar exists in two varieties — cane-sugar and grape-sugar. 
 Cane-sugar is very sweet, and crystallizes easUy; and though 
 usually extracted from the cane, is also obtained from the 
 beet-root, and is found in other vegetable forms. Grape 
 sugar, or glucose, is inferior ia sweetness and crystaUizing 
 power, and abounds in grapes and other fruits and vege- 
 tables. It may also be obtained, by chemical change, from 
 cane-sugar, starch, gum, etc. It is chiefly used to adulterate 
 cane-sugar. Sugar is valuable from a dietetic point of view, 
 not only as rendering more palatable many articles of food; 
 but also as productive of fat and force. As it is readily 
 dissolved and dififused, it requires no preliminary digestion 
 in order that it may be absorbed through the mucous mem- 
 branes. In ordinary cases it does not, therefore, occasion 
 
ffiTGIENE. — NUTklTIVE FOOD-VALUES. 101 
 
 any gastric derangement; but when taken in excess, or by 
 some dyspeptics, it is liable to undergo acid fermentation, 
 and occasion acidity and flatulence. Sugar-of-mUk, how- 
 ever, does not undergo this change. Coarse brown sugar 
 always contains dirt, sand, and occasionally mites. Loaf 
 sugar is the most free from adulteration. It should be 
 borne ia mind that sweetened food is apt soon to cloy the 
 appetite of invalids, and that attention must be directed to 
 what is savory to secure agreeable chan£ j. 
 
 Sugar is circulated in the sap of trees and piants just be- 
 fore the unfolding of the buds; and in some species, as in 
 the birch and maple, is found ia such abundance as to be 
 collected and manufactured in large quantities. In the 
 northern part of New-England, and in New York State, 
 sugar making, from the sugar-^maple is a large branch of 
 industry: the sugar being a most wholesome confection, 
 while in the form of syrup, it furnishes the most delicate 
 accompaniment to buckwheat, rice, or wheat cakes. 
 
 Treacle, or Molasses is the uncrystaUized residue drained 
 from brown raw sugar before it is purified, and is not 
 objectionable as carbonaceous nutriment. The different 
 forms of Syrups in the market are simply treacle purified 
 by being re-boUed and filtered through animal charcoal. 
 If largely taken these products are laxative. They are 
 appropriately taken with all kinds of farinaceous food, 
 such as bread-pudding, porridge, etc. Honey is of the 
 same dietetic value as sugar, is slightly laxative, and is 
 often used in the sick-room as a demulcent and emollient. 
 
 Such condiments as vinegar, salt, and pepper are of real 
 dietetic value, as they make the food more tempting to tho 
 
102 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 palate, stimulate a flagging appetite, assist digestion bj 
 promoting the flow of secretions and the movements of the 
 alimentary canal, and counteract the action of injurious 
 ingredients of food. Their excessive use, however, pro- 
 motes indigestion, and they are of less value in the sick- 
 room, salt excepted. The constant presence of this mineral 
 in the secretions, and the necessity for it in due proportions 
 in the blood, indicate the importance of a proper supply 
 with the food. This is evident in the instinctive desire of 
 animals, and in our own craving for it when it is not 
 supplied in sufficient quantity. It is essential to the 
 maintenance of health, and must not be forgotten in the 
 diet of the invalid. 
 
 Of the spice-condiments, such as cinnamon, cassia, clove, 
 nutmeg, allspice, capsicum, vanilla, etc., it may be said in 
 regard to their use, first, that they should not be used at 
 all with food that can be relished without their addition; 
 second, that that spice only should be used which best 
 agrees with the natural taste; third, that the smallest quan- 
 tity should be used that will satisfy the unperverted taste, 
 and the quantity should never be increased. A healthy 
 taste and appetite should not demand them at aU: and, 
 (moreover, they each possess medicinal powers, which may 
 develope themselves if taien too freely by healthy persons; 
 or which may interfere with the proper curative effects of 
 medicines talien (homeopathically) by the sick. 
 
 Ginger, however, we consider as less objectionable; and, 
 indeed, as a generally allowable condiment. 
 
 Vegetable acids, found in almost all fruits and vegetables, 
 render an important service to the human system; but 
 
HYGIENE. NUTRITIVE FOOD-VALTJES. lOS 
 
 Vinegar should not be regarded as an acid naturally adapted 
 to the requirements of the system; and should only be used 
 when the acid fruits and succulent vegetables cannot be 
 procured. 
 
 Vinegar helps the stomach to digest both animal and 
 vegetable food, particularly if the fibre is somewhat harv'l 
 and difficult to break up. It is, therefore, the fitting 
 accessory to such animal food as invalids should banish 
 from their table; but can be made use of by those of weak 
 digestion, when they wish to vary their diet with a cool 
 salad. In this country the best vinegar is that obtained 
 from apple-cider, as made by farmers; and its use is not 
 only safe; but, also, if not taken too freely, beneficial. As to 
 the manufactured vinegars so largely consumed in city and 
 town use, we believe them to be generally so " doctored " 
 with acids, etc., as to be highly objectionable and dangerous. 
 
 Both cayenne and black pepper, by stimulatiug the flow of 
 gastric juice, are valuable aids to digestion,.when used with 
 discretion. 
 
 We have said enough already to prove that the subject of 
 food is one necessarily demanding the attention of aU who 
 have to do with the treatment of disease. By a suitable 
 dietary. Medical Science has shown us that many maladies 
 may be cured; and many troubles, such as indigestion, 
 biliousness, gout, and diabetes, avoided. That the attention 
 now paid to our food is not a mere passing fashion, is 
 sufficiently evidenced by the fact that our best dietaries are 
 becoming more truly scientific, and are engaging the 
 ittention of our most eminent minds. The food-combin- 
 
104 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 ations of the present day indicate an advancing knowledge 
 of the wants of the human organisnij the requirements of 
 its tissues, and of the effects of modern life upon the viscera. 
 The HeaUng Art, which in its earlier days, conducted its 
 operations with mystery, now invites the People to become 
 its allies in the prevention and cure of disease — and, by 
 popularizing the accumulated knowledge of centuries, 
 secures for the People a greater degree of safety, comfort, 
 and longevity than has obtained in any previous age. 
 
 In nothing is this more evident than in the greater care 
 which the medical profession now inculcate and encourage 
 among their patients, and the public generally, in regard to 
 the preparation of food. 
 
 And it may not be amiss to offer, in this place, a few 
 suggestions as to the different 
 
 METHODS OP PEEPAEING FOOD. 
 
 The cooking of food subserves several important purposes 
 and demands more intelligent consideration than is usually 
 given to it. Good food may be wasted, or spoiled; and 
 both the healthy and the diseased may thus be deprived of 
 the anticipated flavor and nourishment which it should 
 afford them. Cooking removes some things that might 
 prove injurious, destroying any parasitic germs that may 
 exist. It renders food more pleasant to the eye, agreeable 
 to the palate, and digestible by the stomach. It softens 
 connective tissue, relaxes muscular fibre, coagulates albumen 
 and soUdifies fibrin, thus making the whole substance less 
 cohesive and more easily masticated, dissolved and assimil- 
 
HYGIENE. — ^PEEPABATION Or FOODS. 105 
 
 ated. Previous beating and bruisittg facilitates the process, 
 and renders the flesh more tender. The warmth of the 
 food also aids digestion. 
 
 In cooking animal food, the following processes are in 
 ordinary use; Boiling, Boasting, Broiling, Baking, Frying, 
 Stewing. Speaking generally, about one-fourth of the 
 weight is lost by cooking; the loss varying with the quality 
 of the meat, and the process employed.* A few practical 
 hints as to these several processes of cooking are herevntj* 
 given. 
 
 * Dr. Letheby's estimate of the percentage of this loss, is as follows: 
 
 BoiUog Baking Boasting 
 
 Beef, generally 
 
 20 
 
 29 
 
 31 
 
 Mutton, generally 
 
 20 
 
 31 
 
 35 
 
 Legs 
 
 20 
 
 32 
 
 33 
 
 " Shoulders 
 
 24 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 " Loins 
 
 30 
 
 33 
 
 36 
 
 " Neck 
 
 25 
 
 32 
 
 34 
 
 Average 
 
 23 
 
 31 
 
 34 
 
 This loss arises chiefly from the evaporation of water, the escape of 
 fat andnutritiye juices, and the destructive action of heat: and, accord- 
 ing to Dr. L., is least in boiling, greatest in roasting, because in the 
 former process there is no evaporation of water. The perfection of 
 cooking is to retain, as much as possible of the constituent elements 
 of the meat; and this is accomplished, in the different methods 
 adopted, by subjecting the meat at first to a strong, quick heat, which 
 contracts the fibres, coagulates the albumen at the surface, and thus 
 clqses up the pores by which the nutritious juices would otherwise 
 escape. A lower and less rapidly acting heat wiU then suffice; for, 
 thereafter, the cooking goes on through the agency of the natural 
 moisture of the flesh. Converted into vapor by the heat, a steaming 
 takes ])lace, so that, whether In the oven, or in the midst of boiling 
 water, the meat is in reality cooked by its own steam. Thus prepared, 
 the meat will be full of its own juice, which ^ill flow forth as riob 
 gravy, at the first out. 
 
106 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Boiling. — The cut should be put suddenly into boiling 
 water, and remain at boiling temperature for five or ten 
 minutes, cold water should then be added to bring it down 
 to about 165°, at which it should be kept for the whole 
 period of cooking. By the contraction and coagulation of 
 albumen caused by the first plunge, the internal juice of the 
 meat is prevented from escaping into the surrounding 
 water, or from bping diluted by the entrance of water 
 through the pores. Mutton and Jish should be boiled in 
 hard water, water to which salt has been added — or in sea- 
 water. The scum which rises to the top of the water, 
 during the boiling of meat, being alwaj's useless and un- 
 wholesome should be removed as completely as possible. 
 Boiling is the best form of cooking for vegetables; carrots 
 and cabbages can hardly be boiled too long. Soft water 
 is essential for vegetables; they should be thoroughlj 
 cooked, so as to become soft, then strained in a cullender, 
 and served as free from water as possible. Steaming ia 
 simply a form of boUing them in soft water. 
 
 Boasting is esteemed to be the best method of preparing 
 animal food. To retain the nutritive juices, the joint should 
 be placed close to a clear, strong fire, for five minutes, 
 at first, and then removed to a greater distance until the 
 last five minutes, when it should be brought near the fire 
 again. The albumen and extractive matters are thus 
 hardened into a case, which keeps together the valuable 
 fibrinous particles untU they have undergone the desired 
 changes by slow heat; while objectionable oils generated 
 by the charring of the surface, are carried ofil The 
 dripping is wholesome for the healthy; but indigestible 
 
HIGIENE. — PEEPABATION OF FOODS. 107 
 
 (especially if burned) when the stomach is at all weak 
 From a joint thus thoroughly roasted, the retained gravy 
 will flow out freely at the first incision; and the meatj 
 while yet red, will have lost aU its purple color, even to 
 the bone. The time required for roasting meat, depends 
 upon the kind of meat, and, also, upon the size and 
 weight of the joint. For beef, mutton and goose, fifteen 
 minutes for each pound; for veal and pork an additional 
 five minutes; for poultry and game less. Lamb, veal, pork 
 and chicken, and aU young flesh is better when roasted, 
 since the large proportion of albumen and gelatine con- 
 tained in them, are subjected to less loss than when 
 boUed. 
 
 Stewing is midway between roasting and boiling, and is 
 by far the best process for digestion. The meat should 
 be just covered with cold water, then heated up and kept 
 simmering, not boiling, tiU thoroughly done. The nutri- 
 tive materials are diffuied through the solid and liquid, 
 which are then served up together. Hashing is the same 
 process with meat previously cooked. But hashed, or 
 otherwise, twice cooked meat is unwholesome. 
 
 There is another excellent method — by which the meat is 
 stewed in its own vapour alone. It is placed ia a covered 
 jar; the jar put into water in a saucepan and the water 
 made to simmer— when a sufficient time has elapsed, tha 
 meat wiU be found to be quite tender and adapted to the 
 invalid's use. 
 
 Soups, Broths, etc. — If, however, it is desirable to extract 
 the nutriment so that it may be given in a liquid form, the 
 ro^at ^bovdd be chopped or minced, put into gold waiter, mi 
 
103 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 after maceration for a short time, gradually heated to a 
 simmering temperature, at which it should be kept for half 
 an hour if broth be required. But if soup be wanted the 
 heating should go on to boiling point, and be maintained 
 there, in order that the gelatine may be extracted to soUdify 
 the soup. Bones yield abundant gelatine, but require long 
 boiling. Minced meat should be put into cold water for a 
 time, never iiato boUing water at first. 
 
 The leanest meat is the best for .sowp-making; the least 
 particle of fat renders it unwholesome as well as nauseous. 
 Bones which require long boiling yield abundant gelatine. 
 
 Broiling is simplj' roasting applied to small portions of 
 meat. A beef-steaik, or mutton-chop should be done quickly 
 on a gridiron over a clear, hot fire, free from smoke, so as 
 to retain the juices; it should not, therefore, be pricked with 
 a fork. Fish are best when broiled. 
 
 Baldng meat is but an imperfect method of roasting; im- 
 perfect, because it usually takes place in an oven, which 
 generally allows no escape for the volatile fatty acids which 
 are generated. Baked meat, therefore, being richer and 
 stronger than when roasted before the open fire, is less 
 adapted for easy digestion. When, however, it is enclosed 
 in a thick pie-dish, or some sort of a crust (Hke the Cornish 
 pie) and slowly baked — ^no charring occurs; but the fat and 
 gravy oozing out, assist the cooking and the result is 
 delicious. 
 
 Vegetables should be slowly baked. Eggs should be spar- 
 ingly used in baked dishes, as prolonged cooking solidifies 
 their albumen and renders it more indigestible. 
 
 Frying is a method of cooking not much esteemed, either 
 
HYGIENE. — PEEPABATION OF FOODS. 109 
 
 by physicians, or by persons of refined culinary tastes. The- 
 fat in which the meat is cooked produces an excess of 
 volatile acids; and, when, as often happens, it is burnt, it 
 causes flatulence and heartburn. StUl, food can be fried so 
 as to be wholesome. A perfectly clean frying-pan; a clear 
 smokeless fire; good pure, clean fat or clarified dripping, or 
 a small quantity of oU, or genuine fresh butter — are 
 essentials. Then the frying should be done quickly, lightly, 
 and evenly, and with constant motion, so that the oil or fat 
 is not allowed to burn. The fat should actually boil and the 
 meat, fish, or vegetables be turned around in it tiU they are 
 lightly cooked without being scorched; — then drain the oil 
 away, and serve hot. 
 
 Meat, by being salted, is made less nutritious, and more 
 difficult of solution by the digestive secretions — and, though 
 soaking it in water often softens it and removes the salt 
 ("freshens it") it does not restore the nutritive value. 
 Drying is less prejudicial to the meat. Meat preserved in 
 cans is too much cooked to be very digestible — and is best 
 eaten, when only warmed up, not cooked again, and served 
 with vegetables, etc. 
 
 Scrupulous cleanlinesH in the preparation of food, is ab- 
 solutely necessary for the comfort of the invalid. A dis- 
 agreeable flavor remaining in a dish from some previous 
 'use; or even fi'om materials used to cleanse it, may suffice 
 to spoil the taste of something intended to tempt the appe- 
 tite, or satisfy the fastidious digestion of an invalid. 
 
 Pood should be cooked at such a distance, and with such 
 precautions that no odor from it can reach the sick-room; 
 and the bed-room itself is the very last place in the world 
 
110 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 where food should be prepared. If prepared, too, without 
 the knowledge of the patient, it will generally be reHshed 
 more keenly than if he is at first consulted as to what he is 
 to have, and how it is to be cooked. If too great a quantity 
 is prepared at once, it destroys the patient's appetite; while 
 that which is left grows stale and unfit for use. Invalids 
 should always have their food supplied in such quantity as 
 will be a little short of what they can eat. If any remain 
 over, it shoxild be immediately removed to a cool place, 
 away from the sick-room. Food, milk, fruit, jelly, etc., 
 allowed to stand in a sick-room, does not become more 
 appetising by being looked at; it deteriorates in quality; and 
 acquires a taint from the atmosphere of the room. Ee- 
 member — that perfect cleanliness alone can give food an 
 appetising appearance, and that ignorance and carelessness 
 in a sick-room is very objectionable, even when combined 
 with any amount of family affection. 
 
 n. BEVERAGES. 
 
 A man requires, including vrhat he takes with his meals, 
 from two to three pints of fluid daily. This includes, also, 
 what is taken in the form of fruits, these being largely 
 composed of water. Melons, grapes, berries, etc., being 
 from 90 to 98 per cent of water, may largely supply its place 
 in our foods. Drinks should be taken chiefly with the 
 meals; a moderate amount favors digestion, but a large 
 amount hinders it. Of course, water is the first, milk the 
 second, and fedit the third great provision made by nature 
 for the slaking of man's thirst; of the two latter we have 
 
HYGIENE. BEVEBiGES. Ill 
 
 already spoken (pages 71 and 97), of the former we shall 
 hereafter speak. There are, however, other non-intoxicating 
 beverages, such as tea, coffee, cocoa, etc., which are so uni- 
 versally used in every part of the world, as to claim our 
 attention as foods, and ia their dietetic relations to disease. 
 
 Tea cannot be regarded as a nutriment, in the sense of 
 supplying material to maintain structure, or generate heat 
 by its own decomposition; but it is, nevertheless, a very 
 valuable article of diet, as shown by experience, and also by 
 direct experiments on the vital functions, as its especial 
 office is to prevent tissue waste. 
 
 Both experience and direct experiments prove that it is an 
 excitor of vital action, and stimulates respiration. Though 
 it supplies very little nutritive material, it aids the assimil- 
 ation and transformation of other foods, increases cheer- 
 fulness and activity of mind, clears and quickens the brain, 
 stimulates the energies and lessens the disposition for sleep. 
 Its restorative action on the nervous system renders it a 
 boon to weary, anxious, studious, or exhausted persons; and 
 it is far preferable to alcoholic stimulants after fatig^ue. 
 Against heat or cold; in nervous exhaustion occasioned by 
 bodily exercise, and followed by shortness of breath, 
 especially in hot climates, it is also efficacious. While a pro- 
 moter of digestion in healthy, well-fed persons, it is best 
 taken after a meal, when the process of assimilation needs 
 quickening; and, if much used with an insufficient amount 
 of soHd food, as frequently in the case of the poor, is in- 
 jurious — since it promotes the transformation of food with- 
 out supplying nourishment, and increases the loss of heat 
 without supplying food. The young and the feeble should 
 
112 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 not use it; nor sheuld it be used too strong or too freqtiently, 
 as it is liable to cause Dyspepsia, — especially that form 
 wHch is accompanied by flatulence. "When it causes loss 
 of appetite, palpitation of the heart, mental excitement, 
 [depression of mind and sleeplessness, obviously its use 
 ■hould be discontinued. Children should never have it. 
 
 In the preparation of tea three principles are extracted; 
 one aromatic (oil), another nitrogenous (theinej, the other 
 astringent and bitter (tannin). The last, the cause of gastric 
 disorder, is only given off after prolonged infusion; whereas 
 the aromatic oil and theine are completely extracted in 
 about two minutes. Hence to make tea, especially for the 
 dyspeptic, it should be made by pouring boiling water (not 
 water that has boiled) on the leaves, and allowing it to stand 
 for two minutes. It may then be poured off into a heated 
 teapot, so as to separate it from the leaves. Thus prepared, 
 tea is not so likely to cause flatulence; but it is less econ- 
 omic than the ordinary method, much more tea being 
 required to give flavor. If the tea be good the infusion 
 will be fragrant, not very deep in color; not harsh nor bitter 
 to the taste. The leaves should not be boiled, otherwise 
 the peculiar volatile aromatic principle is dissipated; nor, 
 for the same reason, should the infusion stand long; in this 
 case also too much roughness and bitterness are added to 
 the flavor by the extraction of tannin. This tannin, though 
 it makes the tea look strong, is worse than useless, inas- 
 much as it renders the food taken with the tea insoluble 
 and indigestible. The finest teas color the water the least. 
 In an ordinary infusion the first cup of tea is also the best, 
 having more of the choice flavor and aroma, and less of the 
 
HYGIENE. — SEVEEAGES. US 
 
 astringency and color. Eiver water makes the best tea; 
 soft water is to be preferred to hard; but soda should not 
 be used, for it only extracts the astringent tannin. The 
 water should only boil once, immediately before using it, 
 and not for hours, as is sometimes the case; the teapot 
 should be quite dry, as well as hot, when the leaves are put 
 into it, and the infusion, as before stated, not allowed to 
 exceed two minutes. 
 
 Teapots that retain the heat are better than those that 
 allow it to pass off readily; hence unglazed earthenware 
 teapots should not be used; but weU-glazed earthenware, or 
 porcelain, are suitable ; and brightly polished silver teapots 
 are the best, for they radiate much less heat than any other 
 material. 
 
 The Chinese drink their tea without any admixture; the 
 Eussians add lemon-juice; the English, sugar and cream or 
 mUk. 
 
 The use of sugar in tea. — ^Except in small quantity, tea 
 should be given up by persons who have a tendency to 
 become corpulent. According to some tastes, the flavor of 
 tea is improved by substituting lemon for cream or milk, 
 — pouring the hot tea over a slice of lemon cut with the 
 rind upon it. Besides being more palatable, the lemon- 
 juice more effectually allays thirst, and is especially valuable 
 at those seasons of the year when fruits and fresh vegetables 
 are not generally to be obtained. 
 
 Teas are divided into three great classes, Green, Black and 
 Scented. Gunpowder, Hyson, young Hyson, Imperial, Japan 
 and Java, both colored and uncolored, are Green teas. Among 
 ^lack teas, we have Congou, Souchong, Oolong, Orange- 
 
114 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Pekoe, Canton. The Black are the allowable Teas in Homoeo- 
 pathic practice, as all others are supposed to be artificially 
 colored, and thus may have medical or antidotal properties. 
 There is a good deal of mystification in the popular mind 
 about teas, and their varieties and respective values. There 
 is, however, but one kind of plant from which tea is made, 
 wherever it is found, although by cultivation it may have 
 produced varieties; and the whole principle involved in the 
 process of manufacture is not that of any important mechan- 
 ical change, but simply the drying of the leaf for pre- 
 servation and for future use with the least possible injury. 
 
 All teas possess approximately the same amont of theirw; 
 and, for dietetic purposes, are all equal, whatever their price. 
 But nearly aU persons go further than mere utility, and 
 seek for luxury in the flavor of tea. Fortunately, the lowest 
 priced genuine tea has sufficient flavor to satisfy the desires 
 of ordinary consumers. 
 
 Coffee contains the same principle as tea, and hence has 
 an analogous influence upon the system. It is, however, 
 more heating and stimulating, heavier and more oppressive 
 to the digestive organs, and decidedly increases the force 
 and frequency of the pulse; while its quickening effect upon 
 the mental faculties is not so marked as that of tea- It is 
 especially valuable to persons engaged in out-of-doorwork; 
 it invigorates without producing subsequent coUapse; and, 
 taken hot, is an antidote almost equally to heat and cold; in 
 both cases beneficially stimulating the nervous system. 
 In fatigue, privation, and under ordinary circumstances, 
 coffee is preferable to alcoholic beverages. It is useful 
 when weary from travel in the heat, urith depHvatian of food. 
 
HYGlEKE. — BEVERAGES. 115 
 
 It economises other nourishment by lessening •waste. It ia 
 often serviceable in the headache of nervousness and ex- 
 haustion, or in cases of Diarrhoea caused by overwork, vrith 
 too much care. A strong infusion helps persons poisoned 
 by opium; and allays the effects of the immoderate use of 
 wine and spirits. Its excessive use by nervous persons in- 
 duces sleeplessness, mental excitement, palpitation and 
 indigestion; and, when such results are produced, it should 
 be avoided. 
 
 The making of good coffee depends largely upon the 
 quantity used. The minimum rule is IJ oz. to a pint of 
 water; soft water being preferable. The French cafe nair 
 contains a larger proportion than this. Cafe au laU consists 
 of a decoction of strong coffee, to which an equal quantity of 
 hot milk is added. It should be remembered that the full 
 qualities of coffee are not obtained if water is used at a 
 temperature lower than that of the boihng-point. Particles 
 of ground coffee are often found suspended in the liquid, 
 and isinglass, or white of egg, is sometimes used to refine 
 it. Nothing, however, is required beyond pouring a cupful 
 out and returning it to the pot, to effect the necessary 
 cleaning. The addition of boiling mUk, in the proportion 
 of one-fourth part, adds greatly to the flavor and virtue of 
 coffee. "When taken daily, it should be prepared in an 
 enamelled saucepan. The best coffee is Mocha, which is 
 best purchased in the form of whole beans, which are to be 
 then roasted, ground, and chicory added to taste. The 
 roasting is a matter on which the delicacy of the coffee 
 , greatly depends. If too little roasted, the oil and empyreu- 
 matic elements are not developed; if too much roasted, they 
 
lie flOMEOfATHlO MENtOft. 
 
 may be destroyed. Coffee beans, when roasted, may be 
 either reddish-brown, chestnut-brown or dark-brown — ^the 
 latter being probably the best. Coffee should be quickly 
 ground after roasting, and in a miU, or mortar not used for 
 other purposes, as it easily absorbs odors; and when ground 
 it should be speedily used, lest it lose its volatile oil. It 
 should be kept in an accurately stopped bottle. 
 
 Cocoa and Chocolate are valuable foods, since they are not 
 only allied to tea and coffee as respiratory excitants, but 
 possess a large quantity of fat and other food materials.* 
 Their peciiliar active principle, theobromine, resembles the 
 theine of tea and the caffeine of coffee, but is less excitiag 
 than either of these to the nervous system. Chocolate is the 
 cocoa beans ground, mixed with sugar; and cocoa-nibs are the 
 inside of the beans, roughly broken, and which of course 
 
 are the freest from adulteration of any form of cocoa pre- 
 paration; but they need to be boiled many hours in water; 
 whereas the prepared cocoa or chocolate is soluble in boiUng 
 water. The large amount of fatty substance in cocoa 
 renders it heavy and oppressive to a weak stomach, and 
 thus unsuitable to the dyspeptic or biUous. 
 
 But, with this exception, cocoa is a valuable article of 
 diet, for strengthning the frame in conditions of debility, 
 and sustaining it under prolonged or excessive exertion. 
 During nursing it is most useful, tending, probably more 
 than any other beverage, to maintain an excellent supply of 
 maternal milk — ^which is somewhat resembles in the com- 
 bination of its nourishing properties. 
 
 ' Of fat about 60 per cent; of albuminoid substances about 20 per 
 cent. 
 
aVfllENE. — fiEVEEAGEfe. 117 
 
 The following is the receipt for making chocolate» 
 furnished by Miss Evarts, of "Washington, whose prepar- 
 ation of this delicious drink, at the receptions given by her 
 father, the late Secretary of State, assumed the character of 
 a veritable "Society sensation"; viz.: Break up the choco- 
 late and place ia a warm spot to melt. Put it in a farina 
 kettle and pour on boiling milk, stirring all the while, and 
 constantly during the cooking. Let it boil some minutes 
 and serve with whipped cream. Use Maillard's chocolate, 
 already sweetened. 
 
 Alcohols. This class of substances usually regarded as 
 foods, comprises Spiriis (Whisky, Brandy, Gin, Eum, etc.). 
 Wine, Beer, Porter, Ale, and other fermented drinks, all 
 having the one element, alcohol, in common. But they are 
 not, therefore, alike in their effects upon the system. StiU, 
 we do not propose, in this place, to discuss their special 
 poiats of difference; nor is it necessary that we should, in 
 this connection, enter into the moral questions involved in 
 the use of liquors. 
 
 Physiological science directly proves, 1. that Alcohol is a 
 narcotic, which yearly kills its thousands, slowly, indirectly, 
 and by painful disease; 2. that it does not, in any sense, 
 supply vital heat, as is so commonly supposed; and that it 
 does not prevent the loss of heat as those imagine "who 
 take just a drop to keep out the cold " — ^ia fact, that death, 
 by cold is hastened by its use; 3. that, while it gives what 
 is called "a happy fillip to the heart," still this increase of 
 action is unquestionably injurious to the heart and to the 
 body at large, since it subjects both the heart, and the body 
 in all its parts, to irregularity of blood-supply; and weakens 
 
118 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 and degrades both;* 4. that the so-called stimulation of th« 
 system by alcohol is, in fact, a relaxation — we might as well 
 say, a paralysis of one of the most important mechanisms in 
 the animal body, viz. — ^the minute, resisting, compensating 
 circulation; that the temporary excitement it produces is at 
 the expense of the animal force, and is in truth wasted force 
 —the running down of the animal mechanism before it has 
 served out its time of motion; 5. that the brilliancy which it 
 gives to the mental powers is but transient; and that to 
 the muscular force the very slightest excess of alcoholic in- 
 fluence is injurious — ^both mental and physical powers being 
 ultimately worse for its use; 6. that, even in the case of long- 
 lived steady drinkers it stiU works its destined end; for, 
 while aU the organs of the body are being slowly brought 
 into a state of adaptation to receive and dispose of it, — in 
 that very preparation they are themselves undergoing 
 physical changes tending to the destruction of their 
 function, and the perversion of their structure— as revealed 
 in post-mortem examination, by evidences of alcoholic 
 phthisis; of cirrhosis of the liver; of degeneration of kidney; 
 of disease of brain-membranes; of disease of the substance 
 of the brain and spinal cord; of degeneration of the heart, 
 etc., etc. 
 
 * Wliile alcohol stimulates the hearts-action and blood-supply, both 
 (hrough the large vessels and the capillaries or extreme small vessels; 
 tobacco, acts in n diametrically opposite direction, by diminishing 
 the force and volume of the heart's-action and the capacity of the 
 vessels, and so these two mischievous agents, play directly into each 
 other's hands; alcohol calling for the tobacco, and the tobacco answer- 
 ing by calling for the alcohol, to raise the system from its depressing 
 Influence. — See, also, tobacco, 2"age 120. 
 
HYGIENE. — BEVEEAGES. 110 
 
 We admit that there seem to be moments in the life ol 
 man when the use of alcoholic stimulants appears to lift 
 oppression from the heart, lets flow a brisker currant of 
 blood into the flagging organs, aids nutritive changes, and 
 is of temporary service to man. If its use could be limited 
 to this one action, this one purpose, it would be one of 
 Nature's best gift to mankind. Unhappily, however, the 
 border-line between this use and the abuse of it; the 
 temptation to extend beyond the use; the habit to apply 
 the use when it is not wanted, as readily as when it is 
 wanted, far overbalances the temporary value that attaches 
 to alcohol as a physiological agent. Hence, it is a dt:ngerous 
 thing even in the hands of the strong and wise; it is a 
 murderous thing in the hands of the foolish and weak. 
 
 Healthy persons — as well as invalids — should, therefore, 
 accustom themselves to do without stimulants, excepting in 
 the rare instances when their use is thought to be necessary 
 by their medical advisers; and then, like other medicines, 
 they should be the best and purest of their kind — and 
 should only be taken — if at all — , unthfood, or at meal-times. 
 
 Digestion, itself, is not — as is popularly supposed — aided 
 by their use. Even a moderate quantity of stimulants 
 seems to delay and protract the digestive process — ^from 
 their causing congestion of the gastric glands, whose 
 secretory power is thereby lessened or arrested. In other 
 cases, they interfere with the solvent chemical action of the 
 gastric juice, if they do not actually decompose it; and, if 
 taken in any quantity, they seem to act as a sort of pickle 
 or preservative to the food, preventing its ready solution. 
 They, also, have a marked tendency to produce svn inflawm- 
 
120 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 ation of the mucous lining of the stomach, kidfleys, liver, 
 spleen, bladder, etc. 
 
 Tobacco only requires to be mentioned to deplore its very 
 extensive use; to particularize some of the peculiarities, 
 of its action, and to council its avoidence. Its especial, 
 physiological action is upon the circulatory system, causing, 
 through its effects upon the inhibitory nerves governing the 
 action of the heart and large vessels, a weakened impulse of 
 the heart, and diminished caUber of the circulation. This 
 is seen ia the pallor of the skin, and nausea, from the arrest 
 of capUlary circulation, in its first action upon persons un- 
 accustomed to its influence. This diminished circulation 
 and consequent impaired nutrition, is very manifest ia its 
 effects upon the young, causing imperfect development, 
 smaller stature, nervousness, impaired circulation and, often, 
 disease of the heart as well as other disorders. But, more 
 than this, the constant Umiting of the heart's-action and 
 diminished blood-supply, tells upon the nutrition, by 
 causing a desire or want for something that wiU. unlock the 
 circulation and give an impulse to the heart's-action. This 
 is best supplied by alcoholic drinks, and so the use of 
 tobacco and whiskey, goes hand in hand; thus tobacco 
 is a vast provocation of intemperance and vice. The ex- 
 pense of tobacco is more than the expense of clothing 
 to its average user; while it amounts to more, in a 
 life time, than the average savings of the adult man, 
 taking the average of the entire United States, as shown 
 by the statistics. It is a dirty, degrading habit, every way 
 objectionable and without a single redeeming recommen- 
 dation. 
 
HYGIENE. — WATEB. 121 
 
 HL WATER 
 
 Water enters into the composition of the tissues of the 
 body, forms a necessary part of its structure, and performs 
 Buch important purposes in the animal economy, as to be 
 absolutely indispensable for life and health- It gives 
 fluidity to the blood, holding in suspension, or solution, the 
 red globules, fibrine, albumen, and other substances which 
 enter into the different structures; the whole body being 
 formed from the blood. Not only the soft parts of the 
 body, but even the bones, or the materials of which they are 
 composed, have at one time flowed in the current of the 
 blood. A human body, weighing 154 lbs., contains 111 lbs. 
 of water; a fact which suggests the importance of obtaining 
 pure water for drinking and cooking purposes. 
 
 Water should be clear, transparent, and free from sus- 
 pended particles; and should be entirely without smeU; 
 some colored waters, however, are fairly wholesome when 
 the coloring matter is iron, clay or peat; while some clear 
 waters are unwholesome from containing organic (decaying 
 vegetable-) or animal-matter. Spring-, river-, sea-, surface-, 
 well-, and mineral-water, all contain various substances 
 dissolved in them, which may render them, without distill- 
 ation or filtration, unsuitable for drinking, or even to be 
 used in the preparation of articles of diet. Even for 
 cooking purposes and bathing, the purer the water is the 
 better. The purest water is obtained Irom deep weUs, 
 bored through the earth and clay down to the lower strata 
 of gravel or rock {Artesian WeUs). 
 
 It is most important that the receptacles lor water — tanks 
 
122 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 and cisterns — should be carefully examined and thoroughly 
 cleansed at regular seasons, especially after a time oi 
 drought and before the approach of winter. Disease is 
 often induced, by allowing cisterns to fill up after they haTe 
 been dry, or the water in them lowj the quantity of 
 sediment and filth is often very great, and, if not carefuUy 
 washed out, becomes mingled with every fresh influx of 
 water, and thus Diphtheria, Enteric Fever, and other blood 
 diseases may be set up. They should also be provided 
 ■with a cover to exclude dust and other foreign matter. 
 
 It is a fallacy to suppose that surface-well water is purer 
 than that obtained from deep wells, because it is more 
 sparkling, and often cooler and clearer. The sparkhng of 
 these waters is due to the presence of carbonic acid gas, 
 derived from the decomposition of animal and vegetable 
 substances. 
 
 This matter of the purity of water is of vital importance 
 to every family in the land, whether living in the country 
 or tovm. In cases of suspected impurity of water-supply, 
 careful and extended search should be made for every 
 possible cause of impurity; and, in order to form a proper 
 opinion, a chemical and microscopical examination of the 
 water is frequently necessary. A rough, and easily available 
 test, however, may be applied; half fill a clean stoppered 
 bottle with the suspected water, replace the stopper and let 
 it stand in a warm place for five days, when there will 
 be a disagreeable putrid smell if it contains organic 
 matter. If water is bad, either from containing organic 
 matter, or from being too "hard," that used for drinking, 
 cooking, and washing dishes should first be hoiled and then 
 
HfcJIENE. — ^WATEE. 123 
 
 filtered. Boiling throws down most of the salts whicL 
 caua« temporary hardness and crusts in kettles, leaving the 
 water much softer; and, after standing a day, or being 
 poured from vessel to vessel several times to get back the 
 air expelled by heat, (for water needs air to vivify it) it 
 is also more palatable. Boiling also destroys some of the 
 organic matter, and in most cases renders the remainder 
 innocuous by destroying the disease-germs. 
 
 When practicable, water used for domestic purposes 
 should be fMered. This removes the grosser impurities, 
 destroys some of the organic matter; and, if the material 
 used be spongy iron, or vegetable charcoal, it will for a 
 time remove some of the salts in. solution. Whatever the 
 filtering-material used, it should be renewed every three 
 to twelve weeks, according to the quaUty and quantity of 
 the water passed through it; and filters which claim to last 
 for ever, or to be self-cleansing, should be avoided. When 
 a filter ceases to do good, it begins to do harm. Com- 
 pressed charcoal block-filters are cheap and good; one 
 can easily be made, in any family.* 
 
 * Filter. — Get a 12-mch flower-pot; cover the hole in the bottom 
 with a piece of perforated zinc, and fill in the pot with some well- 
 washed gravel, (with the larger pieces below), to a depth of 3 inches; 
 above the gravel put 3 inches thick of white sand which has been 
 well-washed; above this sand place 4 inches thick of good charcoai 
 (about a lbs. weight) which has been washed in a jug by pouring 
 boiling water over it, and when the charcoal has settled, the watei 
 poured off and more poured on until it has been washed four times. 
 When the filter is finished pour the water to be filtered into the 
 flower-pot, and let it run through the hole into a glass-bottle, oi 
 receptacle, below. If the charcoal gets clogged from continual use, 
 scrape some off the top, boil it two or three times, dry it before the 
 fire, and it is greatly benefited. 
 
124 "■ HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 If drinMng water is kept in the house, it should be in 
 glazed earthenware or stone jars, with covers, which should 
 occasionally be emptied and wiped with a clean clotL 
 
 IV. AIR. 
 
 A proper supply of pure, fresh, air is essential to the pre- 
 servation, as well as to the enjoyment, of life and health. 
 Although Ufe may not be destroyed suddenly by breathing 
 an impure atmosphere, still the vital energies are thereby 
 slowly but surely impaired; especially in the case of growing 
 children and persons suffering from disease. 
 
 Air may be rendered impure in many ways; by gases and 
 matters held in suspension; by particles of carbon, hairs, 
 fibres of cotton or woolen fabrics; by minute seeds, or 
 spores, germs, poUen or other light vegetable bodies; vapors 
 arising from decomposing animal and vegetable matter; 
 and, also, by the specific virus of contagious diseases. In 
 the process of breathing, also, the air loses a third part of 
 its oxygen, and receives in exchange carbonic acid gas, a 
 gas not only incapable of supporting animal life, but 
 actually destructive to it. Such is the change effected by a 
 solitary act of breathing; and, if this process goes on in an 
 iU-ventUated room, where several human beings are 
 gathered together, the carbonic acid gas accumulates, 
 usurps the place of the oxygen consumed, and so renders 
 the air less and less fit for the renewal of life. 
 
 Efficient ventilation cannot well be secured unless space 
 be made for the egress, from the upper part of a room, of 
 •the impure air; and provision made, in the lower part, for 
 
HIGIENE. — ^AIB. 125 
 
 access of fresh air from the surrounding atmosphere. Pro- 
 ■vision should be made for this process of ventilation in all 
 well-constructed houses; and, more especially, in aU sleeping- 
 apartments. This latter is one of the most important require- 
 ments of life, both in health and disease. Bed-rooms arel 
 generally too small, and badly ventUated. The doors,,' 
 windows, and even chimneys, are often closed; and every 
 aperture closed so as to exclude fresh air. In consequence, 
 the atmosphere of the whole apartment becomes highly 
 injurious, from the consumption of its oxygen, the formation 
 of carbonic acid, and bodily exhalations. In such an atmo- 
 sphere, the sleep is heavy and unrefreshing, partaMng more 
 of the character of insensibility. If provision were made 
 for the admission of fresh air, and the escape of impnre air, 
 the sleep would be lighter, shorter, and more invigorating. 
 In nearly every instance, the door of the bedroom may be 
 left open, and the upper part of the window let down a few 
 inches — a greater or less extent according to the .state of 
 the weather — ^with perfect safety. A current of air may be 
 prevented from playing on the face of the occupant by 
 placing the bed in a proper situation, or by suspending a 
 single curtain from the ceiling. During thick fogs or severe 
 winds, the apertures directly communicating with the ex- 
 ternal air may be closed, and ventUation secured from the 
 adjoining stair-landing. 
 
 The sanitary arrangments of schools are often exceedingly 
 defective. Children, being even more sensitive than grown 
 persons to the evU. effects of bad air, it becomes of the ut- 
 most importance that the rooms, in which they spend so 
 much of thefr daily lives, should be abundantly supplied 
 
126 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR 
 
 with fresh air. The school-room should be elevated, witn 
 a sufficient ventilation near the ceiling; and the windows 
 should reach to near the ceiling, with faciUties for dropping 
 them from the top. 
 
 What is true of school-rooms applies to churches and to 
 all law-courts, pvblic-hall% and places where many people are, 
 from time to time, assembled. In such a vitiated atmo- 
 sphere, also, whether in a public building, or private house, 
 the risk of contagion from Scarlet Fever, Measles, Small- 
 pox, Hooping Cough, or Typhus, is greatly intensified. 
 
 V. SUNLIGHT. 
 
 ""Where light is not permitted to enter, the physician will 
 have to go '' is a well-known Italian proverb. Sunlight is 
 as necessary for the health, growth and development of 
 hnman beings, as for plants. Especially is this true of 
 children — ^particularly those who are feeble and delicate. 
 Houses are only fit to be used as sleeping-apartments by 
 night, when they have been well-aired by day. Rickets, 
 deviations and enlargments of the bones, spinal curvatures 
 and other deformities are far more liable to occur among 
 those living in the shade, or deprived of their due proportion 
 of sunlight. Even Cholera, Typhus or oflier epidemic 
 diseases are more frequent and severe on the shady than on 
 the sunny sides of the streets. The sun-lit sides of hospitals 
 afford twice the number of recoveries, to the shady sides, 
 even under the same hygienic and medical treatment. 
 Whether your home he large or smaU, give it light. 
 Children, even at an early age should not be excluded. 
 
HYGIENE. SUNLIGHT. DWELLINGS. 127 
 
 particularly during the warm periods of the year, from the 
 genial and cheering influence of the sun. The sanitary 
 effect of the light can easily be. made available even during 
 the winter months (in rooms properly ventilated and heated) 
 with little or no danger. Great benefit would accrue to 
 theix health by giving children "solar-air-baths"; that iS; 
 permitting them to lie naked upon the bed, or floor, free 
 from the incumbrance of swaddling clothes, so that their 
 bodies may be thoroughly brought under the influence, fof 
 some period of the day, of good air and bright sunlight. 
 Except in severe inflammatory diseases of the eyes or brain, 
 the very common practice of darkening the sickroom is a 
 very objectionable one in many respects. 
 
 VI. HEALTHY DWELLINGS. 
 
 The especial point for a healthy dwelling should be dry- 
 ness; particularly as to the foundation-wall and roof. The 
 site should be dry, from which the water will run; and, if 
 not upon a natural slope, the artificial drainage should be 
 perfect. The aspect should be southerly; and the wind 
 should have free access to every side. The sleeping-rooms 
 should, if possible, face the sun; and the house be above 
 the mists or vapors which arise from water, or marshy 
 •ground, after sun-set. 
 
 The house should not be too closely surrounded by trees, 
 or in thick woods, which only serve to attract and retain 
 moisture, exclude sunlight, and prevent the free circu- 
 lation of air. A cheerful situation, with sunlight, green 
 trees, fields, shrubs, etc., is always beneficial. K in town. 
 
las HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 the house Bhould face a park, square, or other open place, 
 or at least be in a wide, airy street, with a favorable aspect. 
 
 In old houses, particularly, we sometimes find that great 
 carelessness has been shown in the original planning; so 
 that cesspools, and wells for drinking and cooking are in 
 close proximity to each other. This affords a source of ex-» 
 treme danger to health. It may be laid down, as. an 
 absolute rule, that aU water-closets, as well as aU sinks and 
 washing-places, whether for the person or for clothing, should 
 he placed as far as possible from the dwelling part of the house; 
 and so arranged that any emanations from them will not be 
 ]ikely to be carried to the latter, by currents of air. Water- 
 chsets should drain into properly constructed, deep, and 
 thoroughly-waUed vaults, quite separate from the house. 
 Into this vault house-drainage of aU sorts should flow, and 
 well-trapped water-closets should discharge. This vault, and 
 the pipxs leading thereto should he placed as far as possihle 
 from the water-supply pipes. These closets, also, whether in- 
 side or outside of a house, should always be ventilated; by 
 shafts for the purpose, leading directly to the open air.. If foul 
 odors are, at any time, noticed, their source should be 
 promptly enquired into, and the leak or other defect reme- 
 died; kitchen-sinks and stationary wash-stands (when these 
 latter nuisances exist) should empty their foul contents hy a 
 separate outfall from that of the water-closets. As a general 
 rule, however weU-arranged a system of sewerage a town 
 possesses, it is jafer to have the drainage of each house 
 provided for separately; and not in common with that of 
 the adjoining house or houses. 
 
 Cellars should, also, be kept clean and freely ventilated. 
 
HYGIENE. EXERCISE. 129 
 
 especially -when — as in country-houses — quantities of vege- 
 tables are stored in them for months together. Many a case 
 of typhoid-fever has arisen from impure air, engendered by a 
 mass of decaying, fermenting vegetable-matter in the cellar, 
 for the same reason, refrigerators should be frequentljj 
 cleaned and aired. 
 
 Especially should the bed-room, in which one third, at 
 least, of the whole life is spent, be particularly well aired and 
 cared lor. It should be so planned that never less than 400 
 cubic feet of space should be given to each occupant, how- 
 ever {{ood the ventilation may be. The walls should be 
 kalsomined, or painted; so that they can be washed three 
 or four times a year. The windows should have nothing 
 more than a blind, and a half muslin curtain. The floors 
 should be well made of hard wood, smooth and well-joined; 
 and provided with carpets, or rugs, only around the beds; 
 without valances from the beds. The furniture should be 
 as simple and scanty as possible; chairs free from aU stuff- 
 ing or covers to catch and hold dust. And especially should 
 the room be kept free from all articles of clothing not in 
 use. From time to time, a fire should be made in every 
 bed-room, that a free current of air may sweep through it 
 from open doors and windows. Dry scrubbing is the best 
 method of floor-cleansing. Maintain an equal temperature', 
 of about 60° Fahr., and a free access of dry air. 
 
 Vn. EXEECISE. 
 Exercise strengthens and invigorates every function of 
 the body, and is essential to health and long Ufe. All em- 
 ployed in sedentary occupations should endeavor to have 
 
130 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 at least one hour in the day in the open air, walking, riding, 
 gardening, etc., — or, if this cannot be accomplished, then 
 the use of the light dumb-bells, or gymnastic practice may 
 be substituted. Any action which quickens the breathing 
 and pulse is exercise; the object being to eliminate the 
 waste products from the blood, by means of the lungs. 
 "Where too much food and too little exercise are taken, part 
 of the carbon which ought to haye been burnt off from the 
 lungs as carbonic acid, is stored up as fat — and often in the 
 wrong place and to the detriment of the individuaL 
 
 The walk for health should be diversified, and if possible 
 include ascents and descents, and varying scenery; and be 
 alternated, when circumstances admit of it, with riding on 
 horseback, active gardening, or similar pursuits. Athletic 
 sports and manly exercises should form a part of the edu- 
 cation of youth, nor should they be neglected in after life, 
 especially by persons of sedentary pursuits. Many aches 
 and pains would rapidly vanish if the circulation were 
 quickened by a judicious and regular use of the muscles.* 
 
 * Every one has in his own room the means of exercising every 
 muscle of his body. By standing erect, unelloumhered with any 
 clothing which shall eiSlbarrass the action, and making the motions of 
 rapid walking without advancing, at the same time extending the 
 arms, expanding the chest, and lifting up and letting down the 
 jhoulder-blades, we bring into action nearly all the voluntary muscles 
 of the body; and then, to give tension and strength to the muscles, 
 we may lift some article of furniture, according to the strength, as 
 the end of the sofa, the bureau, or the foot or head of the bed, and 
 thus get every practical benefit that can be had from the most com- 
 plicated gymnastic apparatus. If the exercise has been neglected till 
 the chest has become contracted and the lungs compressed, we may 
 need the assistance of some puUeys on the wall, attached to weightSr 
 
HVGlENE. — EXEfeClSE. 131 
 
 The proper periods for exercise are when the system is 
 not depressed by fasting or fatigue, or oppressed by the 
 process of digestion. The robust may take exercise before 
 breakfast; but delicate persons, had better defer it till from 
 one to three hours after breakfast. After severe and long- 
 continued bodily exertions the next meal should be light 
 and digestible; and when subjected to continuous exertion 
 for many hours together, light digestible food should be 
 given every two hours, to keep a continuous stream of chyle 
 pouring into the blood like the fuel into the furnace of a 
 steam-boiler. 
 
 In very severe exertion the nervous energy is exhausted 
 so far that there is not enough left for proper digestion; 
 
 or springs, so that by placing the back to them, and taking hold and 
 pulling forward with the hands over the shoulders, the chest is ex- 
 panded, and for a time, till we have acquired sufficient tension and 
 strength of muscle, we may derive advantage from raising, in a proper 
 position, graduated weights ; but having acquired the necessary tension 
 and power for ordinary purposes of life and health, nothing is gained 
 by bringing the muscles into fuller power or activity. All the in- 
 structions which any man of common sense needs, can be given in 
 five minutes; indeed they are all included in the hints given above. 
 An intelligent mother, therefore, in her own house, can develop the 
 form of her daughter much better than a nrofessional gymnast; and, 
 if mothers, when their daughters are beginnina to develop into 
 womanhood, and to feel the restraints of society, would just regard 
 these hints, and insist, as a matter of duty, that they should exercise 
 every muscle of the body every day, and conform in other respects to 
 the hygienic laws elsewhere described, Nature will do for them all else 
 that is necessary to develop perfect forms and perfect health. If this is 
 neglected, it is folly to expect that a few months of tuition at a gym- 
 nasium will do much for them. At most it can only prepare the way 
 for domestic exercise in such as have waked up to a sense of duty when 
 the health of their daughters has already suffered from neglect, and 
 then be of use only as exercise is afterwards continued. — Bellows. 
 
132 aoMECPAtHtc mentok. 
 
 thus, if exercise is taken shortly before eating, the sudden de- 
 mand for nervous energy stops digestion; or, if taken soon 
 after, the want of nervous energy preverds digestion, and 
 the food lies fermenting in the stomach, causing irritation, 
 and laying the foundation of dyspepsia- 
 Many nervous diseases are cured, or vastly ameliorated, 
 by careful and regular exercise, and occupation. 
 
 Invalids should always be moderate in their exercise; 
 take only short walks, avoid fatigue, and not stand in the 
 open air. The best time for them is in the forenoon, 
 arranged so that they can rest for half an hour before 
 dinner. They should never take exercise immediately before 
 a meal, or going to bed. 
 
 In the case of very feeble and infirm persons, carriage 
 exercise, if such it may be called, and frictions, by means of 
 bath-sheets and gloves, over the surface of the body and ex- 
 tremities, are the best substitutes for active exertion. 
 
 Vm. CLOTHING. 
 
 Clothing serves the threefold purpose of regulating the 
 temperature of the body; of protection, and of ornament. 
 It has no power of generating heat, but only restrains its 
 escape from the person. Approximately, the human body, ' 
 when clothed, resembles a jacketed steam-pipe; the clothing 
 forms the outer cover, between which and the body there is 
 a layer of steam and heat constantly ascending. The place 
 where this current of hot air and steam passes out into the 
 atmosphere is the narrow ring between the neck and shirt- 
 collar. This opening, therefore, plays an important part in 
 
HYfilENlS. — CtOTEttNa. 133 
 
 jnaintaining the temperature of the human body. If it is 
 enlarged, the heat and steam escape more rapidly, and the 
 ^kin is soon cooled; if, on the contrary, it is whoUy or 
 .partly closed by being closely buttoned, or by a muffler, 
 then the loss of steam is stopped, and the temperature of 
 the skin raised. It is for this reason, that the constant 
 wearing of a muffler is so objectionable, because it impedes 
 the evaporation of matter -"yhich ought to pass out of the 
 skin; though, for the same reason, it is of great value in 
 case of cold. The neck opening should be ample, so as not 
 to compress or impede the circulation from the head. 
 
 While the dampness of the atmosphere affects the evapor- 
 ation which takes place, through the lungs as welL as the 
 skin, clothing, by night as by day, regulates that of the 
 latter. All covering which impedes this natural process of 
 evaporation acts injuriously. Though no material is quite 
 faultless in this respect, there is stDl a great difference in 
 their structures. The more impervious they are, the more 
 are they to be avoided. India-rubber is the worst material, 
 since it does not allow of the passage of any moisture, (as 
 for example, — the sweating of the feet when cased in india- 
 rubber shoes) ; leather is next; linen next; cotton is better, 
 being porous to a certain extent; but woolen material is, by 
 far, the best for wear. A flannel shirt is healthier than a 
 cotton one; a woolen blanket at night than a linen sheet. 
 
 Moreover, as the skin's proper action depends upon the 
 circulation of the blood under its surface; and, as the latter 
 is promoted by friction, it is evident tliat a clothing-material 
 which induces some friction is also healthier — thus the 
 rougher materi&ls for underclothing, such as woolen ot 
 
134 HOMEOPAtHiC MESiOE. 
 
 coarse ootton, is preferable to the softer, but more enerv- 
 ating, linen, or silk. Still, there are cases, in which (owing 
 to its more delicate nature and texture, as well as to its 
 being a non-conductor of electricity) sUk is preferable for 
 underclothing, in rheumatism, etc. 
 
 Inasmuch, also, as warmth tends to keep open the pores 
 of the skin, and open pores are an essential of healthy action 
 of the skin and circulation — woolen clothing best secures 
 this object — as we have seen that it best secures friction 
 and warmth. 
 
 Besides the material of clothing — its cui also is of much 
 importance. In warm climates, where clothing is less of a 
 necessity, the loosest garments are the best; but, in those 
 latitudes where a certain amount of warmth has to be fur- 
 nished by clothing, the garments must be worn more closely 
 fitting. "We have already likened the human body to a 
 steam-pipe jacketed, where this steam is constantly in an 
 ascendant motion; the faster this circulation takes place, 
 the more the skin is cooled; and it, therefore, foUows that 
 the most regular and constant evaporation is maintained by 
 close fitting garments. 
 
 Flannel, worn next the skin, should not be used to sleep in, 
 but it is suited to the needs of those who labor out of doors 
 during great extremes of temperature. Light-colored 
 clotbes are better for both winter and summer; retaining 
 jthe heat in winter, and protecting from it in summer; they 
 also protect better against contagion in the sick-room, or 
 the miasma of unhealthy neighborhoods. 
 
 Clothing should be frequently changed and cleansed, 
 and dark-colored clothing should be even more care- 
 
HYGIENE. BATHING. 135 
 
 fully examined, from its liability to conceal dirt or other 
 excreta. 
 
 Summer clothing should not be put on too soor; or 
 winter clothing too late. Thin-soled, or high-heeled boots 
 and shoes are often destructive to health. High-heeled boots 
 should only be mentioned in execration. They produce 
 troublesome corns, bunions, inflammation of the ligaments 
 of the ankle-joint, and of their sheaths, and even dislocation 
 of this joint; beside a change of the inclination of the pelves, 
 and a consequent unnatural gait. Tight-lacing is now, for- 
 tunately, only practiced by the weak-minded. 
 
 The clothing of children, whose feeble frames are less 
 able to resist cold than those of adults, is generally insuf- 
 ficient. "When a baby is divested of its long clothes, it is in 
 danger of being insufSciently clad; the danger increasing 
 when it can run alone, and is more exposed to atmospheric 
 influences. It cannot be too strongly impressed upon those 
 who have the charge of children, that the practice of leaving 
 those parts exposed which when grown up we find it 
 necessary to clothe warmly, especially the arms, lower limbs 
 and abdomen, is a frequent cause of retarded growth, 
 mesenteric disease. Consumption, etc. Insufiicient warmth 
 of body, whether in children or adults, renders the person 
 more susceptible to the invasion of disease. 
 
 IX. BATHING. 
 
 It is an error to insist upon a daUy bath for aU persons. 
 But few have such an amount of vitality as to be able to 
 endure the shock of a daily cold bath, for years, without 
 detriment of health, and shortening of days; and most per' 
 
136 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 sons will find it better to discriminate in the use of the bath. 
 A daily bath, to persons in health, in warm weather, is 
 desirable. But, for most persons, a bath three times a week 
 is better, and fully meets the demands of the system in 
 keeping the pores of the skin open and the capiQary system 
 in a healthy condition. In warm weather, baths may be 
 taken at the natural temperature of the water; and in cooler 
 weather the chiU should be taken off, and the bath itself 
 should be of shorter duration. In general the temperature 
 should range between 60° and 70° Fahrenheit. 
 
 Cold bathing should not be practiced when the body i£ 
 cold or cooling, or exhausted by exertion or fatigue, or if 
 the system is naturally too weak; or when the skin feels 
 chilly. A bath should not be taken too soon after a meal, 
 nor shoidd the time spent in the bath be too long; from 5 
 to 10 minutes being the usual limit. Unless there be a 
 glow of reaction, and hence, no subsequent chilliness and 
 dulness, no benefit will result, but the contrary. To pro- 
 mote this ready reaction and returning glow of the system, 
 the friction of coarse towels may be employed with ad- 
 Yantage. Gold bathing is especially hazardous to patients, 
 who are extremely weak, or who have any organic diseases, 
 particularly of heart or lungs; there may, also, be some idio- 
 syncracy of condition of the constitution peculiar to the 
 individual which renders frequent cold bathing undesirable. 
 Caution is more particularly necessary in infancy, and old 
 age. The adaptation of the cold bath to individual cases 
 may often be determined by the following criterion: — If, 
 after a bath, the patient remains chiUy, languid, and de- 
 jected, or suffers headache, it had better be discontinued. 
 
HYGIENE. BATHING. 137 
 
 and only gradually adopted; but, if the sense of cold rapidly 
 passes off, and a glow of warmth and animation of spirits 
 succeed and continue for some time, the cold bath is Kkely 
 to be productive of good. 
 
 The warm bath is a great luxury, and to the feeble a,v5 
 exhausted frame is often very beneficial. The temperatu^t 
 may be varied according to the sensations of the patient, 
 but as a rule should be that of the temperature of the blood 
 ■ — 96° to 98"; if higher than 98°, the bath maybe followed 
 by a profuse perspiration, which weakens the system. 
 
 Sea-bathing is of the greatest value to convalescents from 
 acute diseases, to those whose health has been injured by 
 excessive work, town residence with sedentary occupation, 
 excesses of various kinds, and in many chronic Ulnesses, 
 when debility is not excessive. It should not be indis- 
 criminate. The propriety of it depends on the health of the 
 bather, the temperature of the water, and the motion of the 
 sea. Adults in robust health may remain from five to eight 
 minutes; or, if they are accustomed to bathe, they may re- 
 main so long as they feel warm. If the water is very cold 
 or the sea is strong, less time should be allowed. Delicate 
 persons should choose a smooth sea. Strong persons may 
 bathe before breakfast; others only in the forenoon. Sea- 
 bathing is prejudicial when the body is exhausted, or over- 
 heated, or cold, or rapidly cooUng. Stout, plethoric per- 
 sons, liable to rushes of blood, palpitation, giddiness, etc., 
 should bathe very cautiously. Aged persons should regard 
 themselves in this matter as invalids. Persons in feeble 
 health and old age should only plunge into the sea, remain 
 a minute or two, then leave it. ' Infants, feeble chUdren, 
 
138 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 and timid children are scarcely strong enough for the open' 
 sea. Injury is done to the feeble by a disregard of their 
 imperfect reactionary power, and to the timid by disregard 
 of the strain upon their nervous system. "Warm glow and 
 exhilaration of spirits after the bath indicate its beneficial 
 action. On the contrary, chilliness and depression are^ 
 Indications of harm. 
 
 X. THE INFLUENCE OF OCCUPATION ON 
 HEALTH. 
 
 Sunlight and ventilation are of the greatest importance in 
 workshops and offices, particularly where the young are 
 employed, as we have already remarked (p. 126). Patients 
 make better and more rapid recoveries in well-lighted 
 hospitals; and very serious cases are generally placed on 
 the sunny side of such buildings. If, therefore, persons 
 «,re more likely to regain health in such apartments, we may 
 fairly conclude that health will be better preserved in a 
 large, well-lighted workshop, or office. Spacious, airy, and 
 well-lighted offices and work-rooms for clerks, compositors, 
 tailors, dressmakers, and others, would prevent a large 
 amount of chronic disease. The sedentary occupations 
 followed by book-keepers, milliners, sempstresses, tailors, 
 shoemakers, and others, are often most unfavorable to 
 health, because the sitting posture is generally combined 
 with an inclination forwards, so as to compress the ch&st 
 and stomach. Abundance of healthful recreation in the 
 open air is the best corrective of the injurious crmsequences 
 pf sedentary employments. 
 
HYGIENE. INFLUENCE OP OCCUPATION. 
 
 139 
 
 42 attained the age of 70 years and upwards, 
 40 
 
 The following list, from authentic sources, gives the 
 
 general average of life among certain classes: 
 
 Of 100 Clergymen 
 
 " Farmers 
 
 " Commercial Men 35 
 
 " Military Men 33 
 
 " Lawyers 29 
 
 " Artists 28 
 
 " Teachers 27 
 
 " Physicians 24 
 
 The first half in the above list, with the exception of the 
 clergymen, are necessarily much exposed to the air, and 
 take physical evercise; but the other half, with the exception 
 of the physicians, are chiefly confined in-doors, engaged in 
 sedentary occupations. Literary pursuits are generally 
 favorable to longevity. Physicians are short-lived, from 
 their irregular lives, frequent exposure and the excitements 
 attendant upon their practice. The best possible condition 
 favorable to longevity would be a certain number of hours 
 devoted to study, and in-door work; and, an equal or larger 
 time devoted to riding, or out-of-door exercise. The cir- 
 cumstances which render occupations unhealthy are, de- 
 ficiency of daylight and pure air; a bad posture of the body 
 during employment; and the inhalation of poisonous sub- 
 stances, or dust, producing irritation of the lungs. 
 
The Nursing and Care of the Sick. 
 
 THE SICK-ROOM. 
 
 1. The apartment should be tolerably large; and, if 
 possible, with a southern exposure; neither apt to be un- 
 duly heated by the rays of the sun, nor rendered duU from 
 its absence. It should be capable of being weU-lighied and 
 ventilated. Patients cannot always be cared for in rooms 
 which answer aU these requirements; but, whatever its de- 
 fects, the ventilation of the sick-room, whether by window, 
 door, or fireplace, mu^t be as thorough as possible — but no 
 draughts ! The room should have a fireplace with a good 
 fire in cold weather, and open in warm weather to assist 
 ventilation. During infectious diseases, besides diluting 
 the poison with plenty of atmospheric air, dilute carbolic acid, 
 may be freely used as a disinfectant;* and the room should 
 
 (| * A solution should be frequently sprinkled about the floors, bed- 
 clothes, handkerchief, etc., and be diffused through the room by a 
 spray-produoer: it acts quickly as an efficient disinfectant. It may 
 also be used for personal disinfection — a point often but indifferently 
 carried out — by adding it to the water in which the patient is washed, 
 and is a valuable substitute for aromatic vinegar. It also makes an 
 excellent gargle, for fever patients, to sweeten the breath. It is also 
 useful to visitors of the sick, to prevent the risk from infectious 
 diseases; for this purpose, a few drops should be sprinkled o::. the 
 
NIJESING OF THE SICK. — THE SICK-ROOM. 141 
 
 also be divested of all unnecessary furniture, such as cajr- 
 pets, window and bed-hangings, etc. 
 
 2. The room should be provided with an extra bed, or 
 some convenient couch, to which the patient should, if 
 possible, be removed for a short time at least once in the 
 twenty-four hours. This allows the bed to be thoroughly 
 changed and aired; ensures a change of atmosphere around 
 the patient's body; and is an agreeable rest to him. It is 
 desirable, also, to have a smaU room in immediate con- 
 nection with the sick-room, for the nurse to sleep in, and 
 carry on the various little operations of preparing food and 
 medicine, without risk of annoying the patient. 
 
 The bed and bedding of the sick-room are of no small im- 
 portance. The bed should not be too high; should be 
 without valance, or curtains, to confine the air beneath it; 
 and should stand at, some little distance from the wall, so 
 that the nurse can get at it from every side. It should not 
 be in a draught, as between door or window and fireplace; 
 and it is better that the patient should be able to lie with 
 his back to the window. A simple hair mattrass, or 
 sacking-bottom is preferable; but, if feathers must be used, 
 put one or two comfortables over the tick, with the linen 
 over them, so as to make a firm, even surface. The linen 
 of the bed, as well as that of the patient should be changed, 
 or, at least, aired and dried by a fire, every day. This 
 drying by the fire, dissipates the impure exhalations with 
 
 handkerchief before entering the sick-room. The use of cologne, 
 camphor, burnt rags, vinegar, etc., is not advisable. They merely add 
 another smell to the one already existing, and the compound is not ajx 
 improvement. 
 
142 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 which it has previously become saturated by contact with 
 the patient's body. It is wonderful to see how much ease 
 and comfort is afforded to the sick by a light, cool, bed, 
 with its coverings frequently re-arranged and made agree- 
 able. The feverish restlessness of patients is frequently 
 entirely removed by attention to these little comforts. 
 
 3. The apartment should be darkened, when the patient 
 sleeps, or wishes to sleep; not by excluding all light and 
 air, by closed shutters, or closely-drawn bed-curtains, but 
 by letting down the window-shades, so as to secure a sub- 
 dued Ught; and, by protecting the patient's face from the 
 direct glare of gas, lamps, etc. Light being a stimulant of 
 the brain, frequently causes wakefulness, and excitability in 
 the patient, when too freely admitted to the sick-room. 
 
 4. The sick-room should be quiet. Silk dresses and creaky 
 boots, the rustling of newspapers, the putting of coals on 
 the fire,* etc., often distresses iavalids; the tones of the 
 voice should be gentle and subdued, but whispering 
 avoided; all unnecessary conversation and noise must be 
 avoided. The sick should not be fatigued, or over-taxed by 
 company, study, business or worry of any kind. If visitors 
 call, they must not be allowed to tire and annoy the patient 
 with long stories, uninteresting talk, discussion of the 
 patient's disease, or narration of similar cases within their 
 knowledge. A short, cheerful, call and pleasant face are al- 
 ways welcome to the sick, and a kindly interest in their 
 case is equally so. EeHgious conversation is always proper. 
 
 • The very common difficulty of renewing coals upon a fire, or in a 
 stove, while a patient is asleep, can be easily overcome by placing the 
 coals in a paper-hag; which can then be laid noiselessly upon the fire. 
 
NUESIKG OF THE SICK. — THE SICK-KOOM. 143 
 
 when conducted intelligently and in a proper spirit; though 
 a sick-bed is far from being the best place for this most im- 
 portant of the duties of life. Books may not be wholly 
 interdicted, but the amount and character of reading should 
 be proportioned to the strength or mental vigor of the 
 patient. In reading to the sick, let it be done slowly and 
 distinctly, so that it will not be fatiguing to them to follow 
 the reader — so, also, of conversation. 
 
 5. The temperature of the room should be regulated by a 
 thermometer, suspended so as to be sheltered from currents 
 of air, and from direct heat of the fire — and should be 
 varied according to the nature of the patient's disease. In 
 fevers. Inflammation of the Brain, etc., 55° will be a proper 
 warmth; in Inflammation of the Lungs, and in Bronchitis, 
 a higher temperature — 60° to 70°, — is necessary. A warm 
 and moist air, so as not to irritate the inflamed lining of the 
 air-tubes, is needed in all inflammatory affections of the 
 chest. Cold air and too many bed-clothes are sure to in- 
 crease the mischief. But, whatever may be the temperature 
 — see that proper ventilation be maintained. 
 
 6. The sick-room should be made pleasant and cheerful, 
 as well as comfortable. Do not suffer the sick to lay aU day 
 staring at blank walls, or at strange, unsympathizing faces; 
 but remember that flowers, bright and fresh, pictures around 
 the room; an occasional change, or re-arrangment, of fur- 
 niture; or a seat or couch at the window, serve wonder- 
 fully to cheer and invigorate a patient. 
 
 In this connection. Miss Nightingale's suggestion as to 
 the care of food and medicines in the sick-room, is worthy of 
 repetition here. It is this — do not keep the food, drink, or 
 
144 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 delicacies intended for the patient in the sick-room or 
 within his sight. The air and temperature of the apartment 
 are liable to hasten putrefactive decomposition, especially 
 in hot weather, and the continuous sight of them to cause 
 disgust. Eather take up to him, at the fitting time, and by 
 way of surprise, two or three teaspoonfuls of jelly, or as 
 many fresh grapes as he may consume at once, or the seg- 
 ment of an orange. Or, if it be appropriate to his condition, 
 a small cup of beef-tea, covered, with one or two narrow 
 slips of toasted-bread, just from the fire; this is very much 
 preferable to offering even a less quantity from a basinful 
 that has been kept for many hours within reach of the 
 patient's hand and eye. 
 
 7. The requirements of Contagious-disease patients, Isolation. 
 The sick-room for such patients should be in an upper story, 
 to present the spread of infection to others; for infectious 
 exhalations, being lighter than air, ascend. Precautions. 
 Nurses, or mothers who, frequently go in and out of the 
 room, should keep a loose wrapper or gown, of some smooth 
 ■ washable material (not woolen) hanging behind the door 
 (outside), ready to slip on over their other dress whenever 
 they enter, before waiting upon the infected patient, and to 
 be taken off when leaving the room. 
 
 Outside of, and hanging down over the sick-room door, 
 should be suspended a sheet, moistened, from time to time, 
 with carbolic-acid and water (two tablespoonsful of the acid 
 to two quarts of water), or with Condi/s Fluid, 1 to 50; or 
 a solution of chloralum — the two latter being of less pungent 
 odor than the carbolic-acid. This is to destroy any disease- 
 gei-ms which may pass through the door-way. 
 
NtJKSING OF THE SICK. DISINPECTIOIT. 145 
 
 In infectious fevers, as Scarlet Fever, etc., when the stin 
 begins to peel, the whole body should be thinly anointed 
 ■with carbolic oil (1 part to 40 of oil) which may be washed 
 off and reapplied every day; the object being to clog the 
 scales of skin and prevent them flying about and so be-i 
 coming a source of infection. When the skin ceases to'i 
 peel, the oil may be finally washed off in a warm bath of 
 carbolic-acid and water (1 to 240, or two ounces to three 
 gallons of water). 
 
 Disinfection, of clothing and (f room. Soiled linen should 
 at once be put into carbolic-acid and water (1 to 40) till 
 convenient to wash it. In cholera, typhoid fever, and yellow 
 fever, all the discharges should be disinfected by putting some 
 carbolic-acid into the bedpan before each time of using; and 
 the stools, etc., after being disinfected, should be buried 
 away from wells or running water, or mixed with a larger 
 quantity of crude carbolic-acid, say three tablespoonsful, 
 before being sent down the water-closet. The patient 
 should spit into a vessel of carbolic-acid, and all dishes 
 used by him should be disinfected either by boiling water 
 or carbolic-acid. 
 
 After the disease is over, the sick-room and contents 
 must be thoroughly disinfected. All blankets, books, andj 
 smaU articles should be baked two hours, at a temperature of 
 250° F.; this may be done by putting them in a wooden box, 
 into an ordinary oven. The patient's linen, after being dis- 
 infected, should be scalded, or boiled, and washed. "White 
 woolen articles can be baked for two hours at 250° F. with- 
 out any change except a slight discoloration like that pro- 
 duced by washing new flannel. The strength of textura 
 
146 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 and warmth of blankets are not affected. Cotton, silk, linei) 
 and paper are not affected by a considerably longer baking. 
 At 300° F. white woolen articles are singed, and colored 
 wool loses its color, but its strength is little affected in 
 appearance. When hair mattrasses are baked they should 
 be allowed to stand for two days before making up again, so 
 that they may recover their natural moisture and not cause 
 dust. The furniture and accessible parts of the room can be 
 more thoroughly disinfected by disinfectants, in the shape 
 of fluids; — such as carbolic-acid, permanganate of potash, 
 chloride of zinc, chloralum and boiling water, which are the 
 most common; — carbolic acid, however, being neutralized 
 by most of the fluid disinfectants, should always be used 
 by itself. 
 
 Final Disinfection of the room itself. Bemove all bright 
 steel or metal articles from the room: paste up all crevices 
 and the chinks of windows, fireplaces, etc., with paper. 
 Put a bucket of water in the middle of the room, and lay 
 the tongs across it, and on the tongs an iron lid, or dish, 
 with two pounds of sulphur in it, set fire to the sulphur, 
 and shut the door for the night. Any disinfectant vapor 
 so weak that it can be breathed even a single instant is of 
 no use; hence it is useless to expose saucers of carbolic- 
 acid or bleaching-powder in the sick-room; tn?>apors 
 merely annoy the patient and do no good. 
 
 Next day the floors should be washed and scoured or 
 scalded, if practicable. The walls should be lime-washed 
 . — or, if varnished or "hard-finished," washed with soap and 
 water. If papered, the room should be re-papered. Bed- 
 stead and furniture should be scalded, or washed with car- 
 
NUBSING OF THE SICK. THE NURSE. 147 
 
 bolic-acid, soap and water. Finally, tlie door and windowe 
 should be left open for a couple of days. This done — and 
 aJl danger of further infection is at an end. 
 i. 8. The Nurse. The services of an intelligent, experienced 
 nurse form a most important part of the treatment of 
 disease. Goodness of heart, a kind and obliging disposition 
 and good sense, are indispensable requirements in a nurse. 
 Medicine — in some cases — can play but a secondary part in 
 the cure of the sick; but good nursing, or care, always plays 
 a prominent part. The object of narsing is to place the 
 system of the patient in the best possible condition for the 
 beneficial action of medicine. It can easily be understood, 
 therefore, that a good nurse is the right arm of the phy- 
 sician, and that a poor one may negative and defeat all his 
 efforts. While the nurse should be all attention to the 
 wants of the sick, yet she should avoid "fussiness"' or 
 wearying the patient with unnecessary trifles. She should 
 go calmly and quietly about her business, doing cheerfully 
 what is necessary to be done, while yet she does not make 
 herself the conspicuous subject of the occasion. She should 
 dress in quiet, neutral colors; bright colors are distressing 
 . to the eye, while black is depressing, and may be the tra- 
 ditional "last . straw." There is an evil which cannot be too 
 seveitely' condemned. It is the rage to prescribe for the 
 sick, possessed by almost every body, under every conceiv- 
 able variety of circumstances. No matter how severe the 
 disease, or how urgent the emergency, nine out of every 
 ten persons who call, will tell precisely what will cure the 
 patient, and the remaining person has a doctor just on 
 hand to do the: work. Usually, the more ignorant the 
 
i48 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 volunteer, the more positive they are of a cure. They who 
 know much speak cautiously. Those who know little are 
 very positive. Now, if a physician is in attendance, it is his 
 business to prescribe and not that of others, and it is a 
 very delicate piece of business, under any circumstances, to 
 advise the use of a medicine or a change of treatment or 
 medical attendant. Whilo a physician is in attendance, 
 simple justice to him and the welfare of the sick, require 
 that his directions should be followed, and his instructions 
 obeyed. It must be a rare case, indeed, that justifies the 
 interference of outsiders. 
 
 In cases of verjj sick persons, it may be advisable to call 
 in assistance of watchers, but it should be avoided if 
 possible. Better, far, have some members of the family take 
 turns in watching, and the one in charge near at hand to 
 be called in case of emergency. In a majority of cases, 
 those that are called in as night watchers are stupid, sleepy, 
 ignorant of their duties, or the wants or peculiarities of 
 the patient, and do far more harm than good. Avoid them 
 if possible. In most cases it is better for the mother, hus- 
 band, sister, or others of the family, to lie down in the room 
 and sleep while the patient sleeps, than to have the house 
 ,and patient kept awake with watchers. 
 
 9. Ckanlirwss. The mouth shoidd be often wiped with a 
 soft wet towel, when there is a crust on the lips and teeth. 
 Fears are often expressed that in washing the surface of a 
 patient's body, or even in changing his linen, any eruption 
 or rash should be driven in, or that cold should be taken. 
 If done properly, there is not the least ground for any such 
 fear. The patient should be SDonged over as completely as 
 
NURSING OF THE SICK. — ACCESSORY MEAStlEES. 149 
 
 possible at least once a day with warm or cold water, as 
 paay be most agreeable to his feelings, and then quickly, but 
 carefully, dried with a soft towel. If the patient be much 
 exhausted, a small portion only of the skin may be washed 
 at a time, and then another, and so on; or, instead, first a 
 damp and then a dry towel may be used under the bed- 
 clothes, so as to disturb the patient as little as possible. 
 When there is delirium or apathy, the bladder must be 
 emptied, at least, twice in 24 hours, and the nurse must see 
 that it is so emptied, lest mischief be done by the retained 
 urine. 
 
 ACCESSORY CUEATIVB MEASURES. 
 
 There are certain expedients or curative measures, which 
 may often be resorted to by nurse or invalid, which, while 
 they can scarcely be called parts of medical treatment, yet 
 are of so great value, nay, so very indispensable in some 
 cases, as to demand particular attention in a treatise on 
 domestic medicine. Among these are, especially, the use 
 of warm baths, of poultices and fomentations, and of the in- 
 jection-pipe. 
 
 Warm baths. The warm bath (92° to 98° P.), and the hcA _ 
 bath (98° to 112° P.), are remedial agents of great value in 
 many affections.* They tend to equalize the general 
 temperature of the body, to soothe the nervous system, to 
 
 * For the correct or safe administration of warm baths, a bath- 
 thermometer is indispensable. The hand is a very imperfect guide. 
 In the absence of a thermometer, the nurse should uncover her arm 
 to the elbow and immerse it in the ^^ater, as the skin of the elbow is 
 thin and sensitive to any excessive degree of heat. 
 
150 flOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 control the action of the heart, to promote perspiration, to 
 relax the muscular and cutaneous system, and, especially — 
 by recalling to the surface disproportionate accumulations 
 of blood in the internal organs — to equalize its distribution 
 throughout the body. AH severe inflammations and con- 
 gestions are preceded by a cold chiU or rigor, during which 
 the hands and feet become cold, the head often hot, and a 
 shivering chill extends, often with chattering teeth and blue 
 naUs, over the vrhole body, lasting from a few minutes to an 
 hour or more, and is succeeded by heat and high fever. It is 
 in this initial stage of disease that the judicious use of some 
 form of warm bath averts the danger of local congestion, and 
 by breaking the chiU, breaks also the force of the disease. 
 
 In the diseases of children — Convulsions, Spasmodic 
 Group, Measles, Scarlet Fever, etc., also in Scarlatinal Dropsy, 
 and Fevers, the warm bath is of the greatest benefit. It 
 also aids the cure in Inflammation of the kid,neys. bladder and 
 uterus; at the grand climacteric of woriien, a general warm 
 *>ath, for forty or fifty minuteSj, once a week, cures or 
 prevents many of the ailments incident to the period, by 
 jjromoting free action of the skin. In Spasmodic Stricture 
 of the Urethra; in the passage of renal and biliary calculi; in 
 Golic and many spasmodic affections of the bowels; in 
 Tetanus, Prurigo, Diabetes, Bright's Disease, and in the 
 Melancholy of Insanity, it is often of signal service. 
 
 The following list of the permissable limits of temperature* 
 of various kinds of baths, may bo of use : 
 
 The cold bath 50° F, to 70° P. Vapor Baths. 
 
 " tepid " 85° F. " 92° F. 90° F. to 100° P. 
 
 " warm " 92° F. " 98° F. 100° F. " 105° F. 
 
 "hot " 98° F. " 109° ¥. \15- F, •■ 130° B, 
 
NTJESING OF THE SICK. — HOT BATHS. 151 
 
 Vapor baths are chiefly of use for Gout, Eheumatism, Skin- 
 diseases and commencing colds. One may be extemporized 
 by tying a tube over the spout of a kettle and fastening the 
 other end in a small basket tied under a cane-bottomed 
 ahp-ir; the patient sits on the chair, and is covered, chair 
 and all, with a couple of blankets pinned around the throat; 
 and down the front to the floor. During the bath, one 
 or two glasses of cold water may be sipped; and headache, 
 if present, may be allayed by cold sponging, or a cold wet 
 cloth laid upon the head. After perspiring for 10 or 13 
 minutes, the patient may be quickly dried and got to bed. 
 The hot foot-bath is, perhaps, the most common and useful 
 of hot baths, but some care and knowledge should be exer- 
 cised in order to derive the greatest amount of benefit from 
 it. The vessel should be large and deep enough to permit 
 the water to come weU up towards the knees. The temper- 
 ature of the water should be such that the feet can be kept 
 in it without inconvenience, and another vessel of hot water 
 should be at hand, from which, as the water becomes cooled 
 in the bath, the hot water should be, from time to time, 
 supplied, so that the temperature may be gradually in- 
 creased during the entire bath. This should be continued 
 from ten to twenty minutes, according to the circumstances 
 of the case, or until the patient is relieved, the chill broken, 
 or a general perspiration appears. Then let the feet be 
 taken from the bath, wiped rapidly dry, with warm cloths, 
 and wrapped up comfortably, so as to retain the heat. This 
 kind of bath promotes general perspiration, corrects or 
 relieves Catarrh, fever, etc., in the incipient stage; is very 
 useful in the sudden Suppression of the Menses during the 
 
152 HOMEOFATHia MENTOB. 
 
 flow, from exposure to cold or wet; relieves Headache, 
 PalpUation, hysteric choking. Files, etc. 
 
 Silz-baths may be administered in a tin bath, formed fot 
 the purpose, with a back; or a very serviceable one may be 
 made, by cutting down an ordinary barrel, with a board set 
 in it for a back. The patient sits down in the tub, with 
 water sufficient to come well up around the hips and over 
 the lower abdomen, and is then covered from the neck 
 down over the tub so as to retain the vapor, if desirable. 
 The bath may be continued from ten to thirty minutes. In 
 cases of congestion to the lower abdominal organs, Piles and in 
 some severe cases of Dysentery, these seat-baths wiU be 
 found of great value. 
 
 Poultices are used to apply heat and moisture to the skin, 
 when it and the underlying structures are inflamed. They 
 effect this by relaxing the tension of the parts and promot- 
 ing perspiration. Almost any soft substance which wiU 
 retain heat and moisture, such as bran, bread, charcoal, liiv- 
 seed, mashed potatoes, etc.*, inay be used for the making of 
 
 • lAnseedrMeal Poultices. — ^Boiling water should be poured into a 
 heated bowl, and into this the meal quickly sprinkled with one hand, 
 while the mixture is constantly stirred with a knife or spatula with 
 the other, till a thin smooth dough is formed. If the water be added 
 to the meal, little knots are apt to collect. The dough should be 
 quickly spread on warmed linen already out to the required shape, or 
 put into a bag, and applied. Linseed-meal retains heat and moisture 
 for a long time, but is liable to irritate delicate or inflamed skin. 
 
 Bread Poultices. — Put slices of bread into a basin, pour over them 
 boiling water, and place by the fire for a few minutes, when the 
 water should be poured off, replaced by fresh boiling water, and this 
 again poured ofE, and the bread pressed, beaten with a fork, and made 
 into a poultice. Bread poultices are valuable for their bland, non- 
 irritating properties. 
 
NURSING OF TEE SICK. POULTICES. 153 
 
 & poultice — which should he quite smooth and free from 
 lumps or hardness. Poultices are chiefly useful in the 
 following complaints: — ^Pneumonia, Pleurisy, Bronchitis, 
 Pericarditis, Peritonitis, Acute Rheumatism, Lumbago, and 
 to mature and facilitate the discharge of matter in Ab" 
 scesses. Boils, etc. '; 
 
 When used to mature Abscesses, or disperse inflam- 
 mation, poultices should extend beyond the limits of the 
 inflamed tissue; but after the discharge, the poultices should 
 be very little larger than the opening through which the 
 matter is escaping. 
 
 To retain heat for a long time, they should be covered 
 with oil-silk, or a layer of cotton wool — which is preferable 
 to having a very thick poultice, which might by its weight 
 cause inconvenience, or pain. In acute Lumbotgo, they must 
 be applied thick, hot, large enough to cover the affected 
 part, and be renewed immediately they become cool. After 
 continuing their use for from one to three hours, the skin 
 should be wiped dry and covered with flannel, and this 
 again with oil-silk. 
 
 Fomentations, by means of flannel wrung out of hot boil- 
 ing water, are used for purposes similar to poultices, but 
 
 Charcoal Poultices — Uniformly mix charcoal with bread poultice, 
 and just before the application of the poultice sprinkle the surface 
 with a layer of charcoal. Or charcoal may be sprinkled on a wound 
 or ulcer, and a simple bread poultice applied over it. Charcoal 
 poultices correct offeusive smells from foul sores, and favor a 
 healthier action. 
 
 Carrot Poultices. — Boil carrots quite soft, mash them with a fork, 
 and apply in the ordinary way. They are said to make wounds 
 cleaner and healthier. 
 
154 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 are lighter and less likely to increase the pain of sensitive 
 parts. The hot flannel is placed in stout towelling and 
 twisted around, till as much water as possible is squeezed 
 out; and, if well wrung, can be applied very hot without 
 danger of scalding. When it loses its heat, it should be 
 quicHy and deftly replaced with another hot one. In 
 Inflammations, Spasms, and pains affecting deeply-seated 
 structures, as in the chest or abdomen, and in sprains, etc., 
 great relief is often gained by their use. 
 
 Dry Fomentations. — When heat alone is required, and it 
 is desirable to avoid the relaxation of tissues which moist- 
 ure would occasion, dry heated substances — flannel, bran, 
 chamomile flowers, salt, sand, etc. — are used. After thor- 
 oughly heating the substance, it should be placed in a bag 
 made for the purpose, and which has also been previously 
 heated. Sometimes, as in Spasm and its accompanying 
 pain, a thin piece of flat tile, or a plate, heated in an 
 oven, and wrapped in warmed flannel, may be employed. 
 For mere evanescent heat, flannel, strongly heated before 
 the fire, may suffice. 
 
 Injections. Most important — indeed, indispensable — for 
 every family, is the use and knowledge of the injection-pipe. 
 The best are of rubber, with flexible tube and bulb, con- 
 taining the pumping apparatus in the centre, from which 
 the suction tube extends a foot, or more, to the reservoir or 
 dish contaiuing the charge. The injection is usually luke- 
 warm water. Sometimes, to a pint of water, a large spoon- 
 ful of molasses is added; and, if a more active injection is 
 yet required, a tablespoonful of salt may be supplied. Very 
 generally simple tepid water is sufficient. The end of the 
 
NURSING or THE SICK. INJECTIONS. 155 
 
 tube should be covered with oil, cerate, or lard, and then 
 introduced, by gentle manipulation, into the rectum. If 
 the object is to dislodge hardened feces, the pipe should be 
 inserted, so as to place the water above the hardened mass. 
 The pumping should then be continued (slowly and steadily) 
 untU a pint, quart, or even double that quantity of fluid, has 
 been thrown up. The patient should, if possible, lie down 
 and retain the injection 10 or 15 minutes. Should one 
 injection not succeed, it may be repeated after a half hour 
 or more, until the object is obtained. In cases of obstinate 
 constipation, a morning injection, with the use of the 
 appropriative Specitio, never fails. In violent and obstinate 
 Colic, a, large injection often fuUy relieves— also, in pains in 
 bladder, womb and kidneys. Starch water, tepid, injections 
 of the consistence of cream, and about two ounces in 
 amount, are sometimes very efficacious in checking Diarrhea; 
 also, in Dysentery, Consumption, and Choleraic diarrhea of 
 Children. Salt injections, a dessert-spoonful to the pint or 
 half pint of water, are excellent for dislodging thread-worms 
 • — but, as ia other cases. Specific treatment is necessary to 
 correct the constitutional condition on which the disease 
 depends. 
 
 In aU cases of fever and threatened convulsions in 
 children, arising from hurtful or indigestible food — fruit, 
 cake, raisins, oranges, etc., the proper use of the injection- 
 pipe, in connection with the Specific medicines, wiU save the 
 patient — is never hurtful, and is a far better expedient than 
 the use of piUs, cathartics, or even such laxatives as castor 
 oil. 
 
 Inhalation, is the act of drawing air, impregnated with 
 
156 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 the -watery vapor of medicinal substances, into the air- 
 passages. Quinsy, catarrhal and ulcerated Sore-throat, chronic 
 Bronchitis, Phthisis, etc., may be more or less benefited by 
 inhalation. The method of inhaling is very simple, and is 
 often done quite effectively, and with less effort, without a 
 special inhaler. All that is required is a jug of hot water, 
 over which the face may be held, and a towel so arranged 
 that it covers the face below the eyes, and surrounds the top 
 of the jug, so as to confine the vapor. A few drops of the 
 drug to be inhaled being dropped into the hot water, the 
 medicine finds ready access to the air-passages through 
 both the mouth and the nose. This may be practised for 
 five or ten minutes at bed-time; and, if necessary, and the 
 patient has not to be exposed to cold air during the day, it 
 may be repeated once, twice, or oftener in the day. In 
 acute inflammatory diseases of the throat, simple or medi- 
 cated vapor may be administered as frequently as the 
 patient's strength and other circumstances permit. A 
 portion of the drug thus administered reaches the lungs 
 and enters the general circulation; but the chief action of 
 the medicated vapor is on the throat and bronchial mucous 
 surface. 
 
 In grave, penetrating diseases. Diphtheria, Croup, etc., 
 where it is desired to keep the atmosphere of the room moist, 
 vapor may be diffused through the apartment, by the steam 
 from a large kettle with a long spout, kept constantly boil- 
 ing; or, by forming a tent over the bed and covering it with 
 blankets, and then bringing a pipe to convey the steam 
 from the kettle under it. 
 
 In urgent cases, where suffocation threatens, the room 
 
DIET OF THE SKJK. 157 
 
 may be quickly filled -with vapor, by hanging wet towels 
 before a hot fire. In ordinary cases, simply keeping water 
 boiling in the centre of the room will sufficiently moisten 
 the atmosphere. 
 
 DIET OP THE SICK. 
 
 Homeopathy is not, as is so often asserted by its op- 
 ponents, "a system of diet" — but of medical treatment, 
 Eemedies, chosen according to the homeopathic law, are 
 but Uttle affected by the food or beverages ordinarily taken; 
 so that, beyond the prohibition of certain articles of diet 
 yhich disagree with the patient, interfere with the bodily 
 functions, or impose upon weak, or diseased, organs a task 
 to which they are unequal, there is but little need to restrict 
 the patient's food. 
 
 The Begimen of the sick, under Homeopathic treatment, 
 may, therefore, be reduced to two simple rules, 1. avoid all 
 articles of drink or food that are medicinal, and those that 
 are irritating, indigestible or injurious to the sick; and 2. to 
 use only such as are light, easily digested and nourishing, 
 and saitisfy the appetite and thirst. 
 
 Aliment allowed — ^Wheaten Bread, Graham Bread, Arrow 
 Eoot, Sago, Tapioca, Farina, Corn Starch, Eice and MUk, 
 Panada, Hominy, Mush, "Wheaten Grits, Custards, Beef, 
 Mutton or Lamb Chops, Lean part of Ham, Venison, 
 Chickens, Poultry, Babbits, and all Game, Calves' Foot 
 Jelly, Chicken Broth, Fresh Eggs, Scale Fish, Fresh Oysters, 
 Bipe Potatoes, Apples, Baked or Stewed, Strawberries, 
 Baspberries, Grapes, Bipe Sweet Apples. 
 
 Dbinks allowed^— Water, Toast Water, Barley or Bice 
 
158 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Waterj Gum Water, Gruel, flavored or sweetened with Fruit 
 Syrupa, Milk, Cocoa, Chocolate, Weai Black Tea or Barley 
 Coffee, sweetened with MUk and Sugar if desired. 
 
 Avoid — Coffee, Highly Spiced or Fat, Heavy, Indigestible 
 Meats, Sausages, Mince Pies, Salt Fish, and Stimulants, 
 unless allowed, by attending physician. 
 
 These few hints, together with a careful reference to, and 
 study of our chapter on "Nutritive Food Values" (pages 49 
 to 104) win sufficiently guide those who have charge of the 
 sick. 
 
 HOW TO INTERPRET THE SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS 
 OF DISEASE. 
 
 The various evidences of an unhealthy action of the 
 system, can only properly be estimated at their full value 
 by the trained and skilful physician. Tet careful observ- 
 ation and common-sense, applied to the examination of 
 tongue, pulse, temperature, skin, urine, etc., will do much to 
 assist even laymen in forming a tolerably accurate idea of 
 the nature and severity of diseases which they may have to 
 treat. To such the few following brief hints may be of 
 value. 
 
 1. The Puise is the stroke or beat of an artery, caused 
 by the wave of blood forced onwards from each beat of the 
 heart. It is usually best felt on the radial artery, just above 
 the root of the thumb and the joint of the wrist, by slightly 
 pressing the first two fingers on the front of the wrist at 
 that point. The natural pulse in the adult male is between 
 60 and 70 beats per miipte. It is quicker in the morning 
 
THE SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF DISEASE.— THE PDL8E. 159- 
 
 than at night, reaching its maximum about noon and its 
 minimum about midnight; in old age the pulse becomes 
 hard, owing to increased firmness or to structural change in 
 the arterial coats. The average number of beats of the 
 healthy pulse in the minute, at different ages, is as follows: 
 —At birth, 130 to 140; during infancy, 120 to 130; three 
 years old, 90 to 95 or 100; five years old about 88; ten 
 to fifteen years old, about 78; above fift.een, 65 to 75; 
 in old age, 65 to 70; decrepitude, 75 to 80. 
 
 The pulse is influenced, however, by the following and 
 other conditions, which should be considered in estimating 
 the character of the pulse as a diagnostic sign. It is faster 
 in the female than the male, by from six to fourteen beats; 
 but this difference only occurs after about the eighth yean 
 It is quickened by warmth and heat; by rapid breathing; 
 by bodily exertion or mental excitement; it is more fre- 
 quent in the morning, and after taking stimulants or food; 
 it beats faster standing than sitting, and sitting than lying; 
 but it is retarded by cold, sleep, fatigue, want of food, and 
 by certain drugs. 
 
 In examining the pulse, the points to be noticed are: 
 1. Frequency, or number of beats per minute; 2. Fulness, or 
 volume; 3. IStrength of beat; 4. regularity, or rhythm of beat; 
 5. Besistance to pressure of finger. A strong, quick pulse is 
 sniggestive of inflammation; a quick and weak one of fever 
 or weakness; a slow and strong one of pressure on the braia; 
 and a slow and weak one of shock, depression, jaundice, — but 
 allowances must be made for those sudden irregularities 
 which are often observable under transient excitement 
 or temporary depression, especially of nervous persona 
 
160 HOMEOPATBIC MENTOE. 
 
 2. The Tempeeatueb. In all cases of iUness, it is as im- 
 portant to measure the heat of the body, as to count the- 
 pulse, or the breathing. The use of the clinical thermo- 
 meter aids in arriving at definite conclusions, relieves much 
 mental anxiety, and affords a clue, in many cases, to the 
 disease, even before its characteristic symptoms have de- 
 clared themselves. In temperate regions the normal heat 
 of the human body, at sheltered parts of its surface, is 98.4° 
 Fahr., or a few tenths more or less; and a persistent rising 
 above 99.5° or a depression below 97.3° ifahr., are signs of 
 some kind of disease. The maintenance of a normal tem- 
 perature, within the limits above stated, gives a complete 
 assurance of the absence of anything beyond local and 
 trifling disturbances; but any acute disease unnaturally 
 elevates the temperature or animal heat, and many diseases 
 are thus indicated some time before they could be detected 
 by any other means. It enables us to diagnose decisively 
 between an inflammatory and a non-inflammatory disease; 
 and to determine the severity of the inflammation. Hy- 
 steria, it is well known, often ■ simulates inflammatory 
 disease; but the temperature of hysterical persons is 
 natural, whereas that of persons really sufiering from in- 
 flammation is always raised. 
 
 In acute fevers, the thermometer affords the best mearm 
 of deciding in doubtful cases. Thus, in Typhoid fever, the 
 rise of temperature, or its abnormal fall, often indicates 
 what is about to happen one or two days before any change 
 in the pulse, or other sign of mischief, may be observed. 
 
 In Consumption, the thermometer affords us most valu- 
 able diagnostic information, especially in the early stage of 
 
THE SIGNS AND S5rMl>T0MS CfP DISEAg-E..— TEMPEEATUEE. 161 
 
 the disease, when treatment is likely to be of greatest avail. 
 During the deposit of tubercle in the lungs, or in any organ 
 of the body, the temperature of the patient is always raised 
 from 98°, the normal temperature, to 102-3°, or even higher, 
 the temperature increasing in proportion to the rapidity of 
 the tubercular deposit. In Measles, the thermometer is 
 almost the only means of learning at an early stage the 
 complication of Pneumonia. In Ague, several hours before 
 the paroxysm the temperature of the patient's body rises 
 considerably. In Acute Rheumatism, a temperature of 104° 
 is always an alarming symptom, indicating grave compli- 
 cation, such as involvement of the valves of the heart. In 
 short, a temperature of 104° to 105° in any disease, indi- 
 cates that its progress is not checked, and that compli- 
 cations are liable to arise. 
 
 In all cases of convalescence, delayed decrease of temper- 
 ature in Pneumonia, the persistence of a high evening 
 temperature in Typhus or Enteric fever, or in the eruptive 
 diseases, and the incomplete attainment of normal temper- 
 ature, are of great significance. 
 
 The onset of even a slight elevation of temperature 
 during convalescence is a warning to exercise renewed care 
 over the patient, especially in the maintenance of a duo 
 control over his diet and actions. 
 
 We recommend a straight, self-registering 4-inch ther> 
 mometer; with a scale; (it will be best to have your famUy 
 physician procure one for you, and give you a few directions 
 how to manage it), and that observations should be made 
 with it regularly, noting, at the same time — the pulse and 
 breathing. The best way to "take a temperature" is by 
 
162 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 placing the bulb of the thermometer under the tongue, by 
 the side of the "second wisdom tooth," requesting the 
 patient to close the lips around the stem. It is frequently 
 placed, also, in the armpit, and sometimes in the bowel 
 —and in every case should be allowed to remain in situ five 
 minutes.* The most suitable time for taking temperature 
 is from 7 to 9 A. M., and from 5 to 7 P. M. 
 
 In connection with this we may note that the pulse is 
 usually increased by about 8 beats per minute for every 
 degree of temperature over the normal 98.6° F.; thus, if the 
 pulse is 72 with the temperature at 98.6 , it will be 80° 
 when the temperature is 99.6°, and 88 when the temper- 
 ature is 100.6°. 
 
 3. Eespibation, (breathing). In ordinary health the 
 number of respirations in a minute is from 15 to 20, or one 
 breath to every four beats of the pulse; but it is largely 
 increased by exercise and various diseases, in which it often 
 forms an important sign both as to its frequency and ful- 
 ness. During sleep and in a few diseases the frequency is 
 diminished; if much diminished it is generally an imfavor- 
 able sign. Expiration is longer than inspiration. 
 
 The points to be noted are: 1. the frequency per minute; 
 2. whether respiration is performed chiefly by the ribs 
 (thoracic) or by the muscles of the beUy (abdominal); 3. if 
 the breathing is calm, easy, and fuUy drawn, or if it is 
 ghort, hurried, forced, or incomplete; 4. if it causes pain, 
 or is checked by cough. 
 
 * The temperature of the tongue ia 4-5 of a degree; and that of the 
 bowel 1.1-5 of a degree warmer than that of the armpit. 
 
THE SIGNS ADD SYMPTOMS Ot DISEASE. — IfiE tONGUB. 163 
 
 4. The Tongue affords important indications: — Dryness 
 points to diminished secretion, and is common in acute and 
 febrile diseases; moisture is generally a favorable sign, par- 
 ticularly when it succeeds a dry or furred condition. A 
 preter-naturally red tongue is common in the course of the 
 eruptive fevers; in Gastric and Bilious fevers, and in bad 
 cases of Indigestion, the redness is often limited to the 
 edges and tip. The "strawberry" tongue is a symptom of 
 Scarlet fever; the "fissured" twfigue of Typhus and Enteric 
 fevers. "When the tongue is livid or purple, there is defec- 
 tive oxygenation of the blood. The furred tongue is the 
 most marked, and is common in inflammation and irritation 
 of the mucous membranes, in diseases of the brain, in all 
 varieties of fever, and in almost all acute and dangerous 
 maladies. Some persons have usually a coated tongue on 
 rising, without any other symptom of disease. This is 
 especially the case with tobacco smokers. A uniformly 
 white-coated tongue is not very unfavorable; a yellow coat is 
 indicative of disordered action of .the liver; a brown or black, 
 of a low state of the vital powers, and contamination of the 
 blood. The gradual cleaning of the tongue, first from the 
 tip and edges, shows a tendency to health, and indicates 
 the cleaning of the whole intestinal tract; in less fortunate 
 cases, as the tongue gets browner, dirtier, and drier, each 
 day, the nervous and muscular systems get weaker, and hope 
 is gradually extinguished; when the fur separates in 
 patches, leaving a red, glossy surface, it is also unfavorable; 
 when the crust is rapidly removed, leaving a raw or dark- 
 colored appearance, the prognosis must still be unfavorable. 
 5. Pain is often a most important indication of the natur* 
 
164 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOiS. 
 
 and seat of disease, pointing to an interruption of the har- 
 mony of the bodily organs; and homeopathic physicians 
 insist most strenuously that the distinctive characters of the 
 various kinds of pain, should be described as accurately as 
 possible by the patient. When attended with a throbbing 
 sensation, consequent upon the heart's action, it is called 
 pulsating pain; when with a feeling of tightness, tensive;. 
 when with heat, burning. Nervous pain may be recognised 
 by its disposition to foUow a certain course, without being 
 rigidly limited to one particular part; by its being subject 
 to perfect intermissions; and by the suddenness with which 
 it comes and goes. Spasmodic pain is mitigated by pres- 
 sure, by frictions, and by applications of heat; it comes on 
 suddenly with greater or less severity, terminating abruptly. 
 Infiammaiory pain is constant, attended by heat and 
 quickened pulse, is increased by movement of the affected 
 part, by touch or pressure, and usually mitigated by rest. 
 Frequently pain occurs, not in the part diseased, but in a 
 distant one. Inflammation of the liver generally first 
 siiows itself by pain in the right shoulder; inflammation of 
 the hip-joint, by pain in the knee; stone in the bladder, by 
 pain at the end of the penis; disease of the heart, by pain 
 down the left arm, etc. 
 
 6. The Skin, — in health imparts to the touch the sen- 
 sation of an agreeable temperature, with just sufficient 
 moisture to preserve its softness; it is also elastic, smooth, 
 and neither too tense nor loose. A harsh, dry, burning heat 
 of the skin is indicative of fever, and must be regarded as 
 unfavorable, especially in inflammatory conditions of in- 
 ternal organs. If this condition be followed hy perspiration, 
 
THE SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF DISEASE. — THE SKIN. 165 
 
 coincident with general improvement, it is a favorable in- 
 dication. Great relief is usually experienced on the occur- 
 rence of the sweating stage in Ague, Inflammatory fevers, 
 etc. On the other hand, complications may be feared if 
 perspiration ensue without any amelioration of other 
 symptoms. 
 
 Partial or local perspirations indicate a deranged con- 
 dition of the nervous system, or an affection of the organs 
 beneath the perspiring surface. If perspirations occur 
 after trifling exertion, they point to excessive weakness. 
 Night sweats, of frequent occurrence, not only show de- 
 bility, but when preceded by chills and fever, indicate a 
 hectic and consumptive state of the constitution. 
 
 The color of the skin is also diagnostic. A bluish tint of 
 the skin indicates structural disease of the heart. A yellow 
 color points to biliary affections. A rich blush of the 
 cheeks, especially if it be circumscribed, and the surround- 
 ing parts pale, indicates an irritable condition of the nerv- 
 ous system, or a diseased state of the lungs. 
 
 7. The Ueine. — The urinary organs are, — the kidneys 
 and bladder, with their appendages. The kidneys secrete 
 the urine from the blood, and by this process the blood is 
 relieved of many impurities, which if retained would give 
 rise to disease in the whole system. The secretion of 
 the kidneys reaches the bladder through little channels 
 (ureters), and the urine is ultimately discharged through 
 the uriniry canal (urethra). 
 
 Healthy urine is of a brightish yellow or amber color, a 
 tint darker in the morning than in the afternoon, yielding 
 a slight ammoniacal smell, devoid of unpleasant odor, and 
 
166 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 precipitating no deposit on standing, or only the merest 
 trace of mucus, or of urates from a low temperature. In 
 advanced age the urine becomes darker and slightly offen- 
 sive; it is darker in persons who lead a very active life; 
 different varieties of food also produce a marked effect both 
 on the color and odor of urine. The stream of urine should 
 be round and large, and it should be passed about four to 
 six times in twenty-four hours without any pain or strain- 
 ing. 
 
 The average spedjw gravity of healthy urine is between 
 1,020 and 1,025, being in excess of water, which is the 
 standard (1,000) ; and the normal quantity in adults about 
 forty ounces in the twenty-four hours. A urinometer in- 
 dicates the specific gravity. 
 
 In disease, the urine presents many varieties, and furnishes 
 valuable indications. Thus, it may be of a dark yellow or 
 saffron color, as in Jaundice, or derangement of the liver; 
 it may be red or high-colored, and scanty, with quickened 
 pulse, as in fever; it may be bloody or slimy, as in affeo= 
 tions of the kidneys or bladder; pale and copious, as in 
 nervous and hysterical aihnents; it may be heavy, muddy, 
 or of a purple color, showing an unfavorable condition of 
 'the system; or dark or black, indicating putridity. The 
 urine may be passed too copiously or scantily, with pain, 
 with effort; or it may be retained with difficulty. There 
 may be a • frequent or uncontrollable desire to micturate, 
 with burning or scalding pain; or the pain may be only 
 experienced in passing the last few drops: in either case 
 local inflammation is indicated. 
 
 The specific gravity of urine in Bright's disease is 1,015 
 
THE SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS OF DISEASE. THE HEINE. 167 
 
 to 1,094; diabetic urine, 1,025 to 1,040; in Hysteria it may 
 be as low as 1,007. 
 
 In Rheumatic fever, Gout, etc., the urine is abnormally 
 acid; while, on the contrary, a loss of nervous power some- 
 times causes insufficient mucus to be secreted, so that, de- 
 composition having taken place, the urine is found to be 
 alkaline. Heat wUl producfi a deposit in acid urine, but 
 not so in alkaline, however large a proportion of albumen 
 it may concern. The microscope enables us to detect casts 
 of tubes, etc., but it should be remembered that many sub- 
 stances may have found their way into the vessel, as fibres 
 of deal, flannel, or cotton, etc., which bear a sufficient re- 
 semblance to be mistaken for the above. 
 
 When urine has to be examined, a little should be taken 
 from the whole quantity that has been passed during 
 twenty-four hours, as it varies greatly in its properties at 
 different periods of the day; and after food 
 
Bow to select, prepare and take the 
 Medicines. 
 
 In general, and for slight affections, after having first 
 looked over or read the Mentor, a glance at the indications 
 wiU be sufficient to show from what particular vial the me- 
 dicine is to be taken for any particular disease or symptom. 
 Yet, if more than a single dose is required, it vyill be well 
 to read over, in the Mentoe, the description of the disease 
 or affection which is supposed to be present. 
 
 After having read the directions carefully, and selected 
 the proper Specific, if the directions are to take the medi- 
 cine dry, then take six of the pellets from the vial into the 
 hand, or a spoon, and thence into the mouth, and let them 
 gradually be dissolved, without being chewed, or swallowed 
 whole like piUs. It is a bad way to turn the vial against 
 the tongue, or into the mouth, as the breath contaminates 
 and dissolves the pellets. 
 
 Also, it should be recollected that the power of a given 
 dose of medicine is inckeased by being dissolved, or spread 
 over a larger surface; so that two small pellets thoroughly 
 dissolved in a spoonful of water is a more powerful dose 
 than six pellets taken dry. 
 
HOW TO SELECT, PREPARE AND TAKE THE MEDICINES. 169 
 
 If the Specific is to be taken in fluid form, dissolve twelve 
 pellets in six dessert-spoonsful of pure spring or weU-water, 
 by crushing and stirring the medicine until it entirely dis- 
 appears. (For grown persons a table-spoonful, and for 
 children or infants a dessert or tea-spoonful is a proper 
 dose.) 
 
 Two Specifics may often be given in alternation, that is, 
 first one, then after the proper interval, the other, and so 
 on. Where Specifics are to be thus given, let each be pre- 
 pared according to the above directions, remembering that 
 each glass has its separate spoon and cover; and it wiU be 
 even better and safer to prevent mixture or confusion; if 
 each tumbler has a label affixed to it, bearing the number 
 of the Specific which it contains. 
 
 This alternation of remedies is a favorite mode of treat- 
 ment, and may be resorted to when all the symptoms do 
 not seem to be met by one remedy; or, when really two 
 diseases may be present at the same time, as for instance : 
 cough and fever; catarrh and dyspepsia; leucorrhoea 
 and constipation; headache and dyspepsia. In such 
 cases the two Specifics may be given alternately with ad- 
 vantage. 
 
 When we can do so, it is preferable to cure with a single 
 iiPEciFic. In cases where some symptoms does not seem to 
 be within the range of the remedy, yet by using it a few 
 days, this symptom or complaint often disappears with the 
 main disease. 
 
 The best time for taking medicine is in the morning 
 on rising and washing the mouth; and, at night on re- 
 tiring to rest. 
 
170 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 REPETITION OF DOSES. 
 
 The repetition of doses depends much upon circum- 
 stances. In acute diseases and in urgent cases, the Specipio 
 acts best when dissolved, and a spoonful given every fifteen 
 minutes, half-hour, hour, two or four hours, according to 
 the urgency of the case, always bearing in mind this rule, 
 to diminish the frequency of the doses in proportion as the pa- 
 tient improves, and to discontinue the Specific altogether as 
 soon as entire relief is afforded. In most cases of chronic 
 disease, a dose morning and at night wiU be sufficient, or 
 at most, three or four times a day. In very many cases a 
 dose once per day is quite sufficient, and better than if 
 more frequent. It is not the quantity or frequency of 
 doses so much as the appropriateness of the remedy which 
 cures the patient; and if a small quantity will not cure, 
 there is but little hope of a large one. 
 
Disease and Treatment. 
 
 Fevers have usually a precursory stage of some days, 
 consisting of depression, pain in the limbs, headache, 
 coated tongue, turns of vertigo, loss of appetite, or general 
 lassitude. After this there is either a cold chill or chiUinesa 
 for a day or tvro, which is followed by high fever, with 
 headache, sleeplessness, often delirium, full, quick, hard 
 pulse, quick respiration, vertigo on rising or sitting up, 
 sometimes vomiting, costive bowels etc. 
 
 This stage continues some days, depending upon the 
 character of the fever and treatment, after which, in favor- 
 able terminations, the pulse by degrees abates, the skin 
 gradually becomes moist, the tongue deans oft" appetite 
 and strength improve, and the patient becomes convales- 
 cent. 
 
 GENEEAIi EULES IN THE TREATMENT 
 OP FEVERS. 
 
 Perfect rest of body and mind, freedom from care, an- 
 noyance and anxiety, as far is possible. 
 
 The room should be weU ventUated, aired and lighted, 
 and scrupulously clean. 
 
 The bed should be a hair mattress, or a quilt doubled oo 
 
172 DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — FEVEES. 
 
 a straw or other bed, and the bed linen frequently aired 
 and changed. 
 
 Piire cold water should be used as drink, and the face, 
 hands and body should be frequently sponged off with 
 tepid or cool water. 
 
 Toast water, gruel, barley or rice water may be used as 
 drink after the fever has a little abated, or drink may be 
 made of any mild, fresh or dried fruits, except when thei» 
 is diarrhoea, when fruit drinks should be avoided. 
 
 Gradually a more substantial diet may be allowed, be- 
 ginning with baked apples, bailed rice, toast bread, jellies, 
 meat soups, clam soup, fresh fish, and yet more substantial 
 articles of food during convalescence. 
 
 Varieties of Fever are not always sharply defined, and 
 not unfrequently a fever assumes a particular character in 
 its progress, or begins in one form and changes into an- 
 other. 
 
 EEETHIC OE SIMPLE EEVEE. 
 
 Symptom. — Is usually ushered in by chills or alternate 
 chills and flushes, followed by burning heat and dryness ol 
 the skin; full, quickened pulse, dryness of mouth, lips and 
 tongue, the tongue being red, or coated white, thirst, high' 
 colored, scanty urine; and constipation. Sometimes, pains 
 in loins, headache, loss of appetite, hurried breathing, 
 delirium— the symptoms being generally more severe at 
 night. Profuse perspiraiion, bleeding of the nose, diarrhoea, 
 or eruptions on body, are generally signs of the decline of 
 the fever — and the patient is left weak, but otherwise well. 
 
 The fever lasts from one to three days, or longer. "When 
 its symptoms disappear in 12 or 24 hours, it is called 
 ephemeral fever — but it may be the precursor of more 
 serious disorder. 
 
 Tkijatmsnt. — Give the Fjtver Spscu'io, Nq, Oneo twelve 
 
BOMEOFATHIO MENTOR 173 
 
 pellets dissolved in six spoonsful of water, of wluch give a 
 spoonful every half-hour during the violence of the chill 
 and fever, and then as the heat and uneasiness abate and 
 perspiration appears, give at intervals of an hour or two 
 hours until entirely cooled off, and convalescence is 
 established. This usually requires but a day or two, when 
 the patient may be dismissed. 
 
 INPLAMMATOEY FEVEK 
 
 Symptoms. — This form of fever commences with a chill 
 of some duration, followed by high fever, strong, quick 
 pulse, burning heat, red face, severe headache, hurried 
 respiration, thirst, tossing and sleeplessness. The symp- 
 toms are worse in the evening and are better after mid- 
 night and towards morning. It may continue ten or four- 
 teen days, unless cut short by the Specific treatment; and, 
 if mismanaged by active cathartics, may readily run into 
 some grade of slow fever. 
 
 It is caused by sudden check of perspiration, exposure to 
 cold damp winds, intense mental emotions, high living, or 
 mismanaged febrile attacks. It generally appears in per- 
 sons of adult age, fuU habit and sanguine temperament. 
 
 Treatment. — ^In this form of fever only the Fevee Specific 
 No. One is required. Dissolve twelve pellets, in six 
 large spoonsful of water in a glass; and of the fluid give a 
 large spoonful every hour, or even every half hour, at first, 
 and so continue giving a spoonful at intervals of an hour 
 during the height of the fever; and at longer intervals as 
 the- surface cools off and the surface grows moist, until the 
 fuU crisis appears and the disease is subdued. 
 
 Sponge off the hands and face, and even the surface of 
 the body, frequently during the dry, burning heat, and after 
 sweating; and at first during the chill, or if the feet are in- 
 
174 DISEASE AKD TREATMENT. — FEVEHS. 
 
 dined to be cold, or head very hot, a hot foot-bath will be 
 of advantage. This treatment will generally promptly 
 relieve and gradually arrest its progress. After the fever 
 has subsided, the Specific No. Ten, six pellets four times 
 Jper day, should be given for some days, to complete the cure, 
 
 BILIOUS OE GASTEIC FEVEE, BEMITTENT FEVER. 
 
 These fevers generally originate in some derangemant of 
 the stomach or digestive organs, or from malaria. In the 
 origin and progress of the disease the derangement of the 
 biHary or gastric system is prominent. It has less of the 
 violent heat and inflammatory action than the fever so 
 named, and yet not so much of nervous prostration and 
 debility, as in typhoid fevers. The bilious form is more 
 common in warm or hot climates and in the hot season, than 
 in the more temperate regions, while the gastric fever is 
 common in more Northerly regions. 
 
 It may be occasioned by great heat and excessive perspi- 
 ration, which is suddenly checked; or by irritating sub- 
 stances taken into the stomach; or even by violent emotions 
 such as anger, grief or care, or other excitement acting 
 upon an irritable temperament, or in common with other 
 causes. 
 
 Symptoms. — ^It has a precursory stage, marked by decided 
 gastric or biliary derangement, headache, coated tongue, 
 bitter or foul taste, deficient appetite and general depres- 
 sion. After this there is a more or less prolonged chill, 
 followed by sharp, pungent heat of the hands, face and 
 surface, violent headache in the forehead, frequently de- 
 Jirium at night, sense of weight and fulness in the region 
 of the stomach, nausea and inclination to vomit, belching 
 up of wind, and vomiting of acid bile or of mucus mixed 
 with bile, tongue thickly coated dirty yellow, bowels are 
 frequently tender and at first constipated, afterwards ten- 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 175 
 
 dency to diarrhoea. The face is pale and sickly, white of 
 the eyes more or less yellow, pulse quick, tense, sometimes 
 intermitting, and the urine is dark, cloudy, often thick and 
 turbid. The more the liver is implicated, the more yellow 
 the surface, the whites of the eyes, and the darker the urine 
 and more yellow and thick coated the tongue. 
 , The fever is subject to distinct remissions, coming on 
 after a slight perspiration, and after some hours the fever 
 recommences again and there may be a succession of these 
 remissions; the more distinct they are, the more favorable 
 for the patient. This fever is inclined to terminate in the 
 intermittent form, or fever and ague. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. One and the Specipio No. 
 Ten are the proper remedies in this form of fever. Pre- 
 pare twelve or fourteen pellets of each number in separate 
 glasses, half full of pure water; and, give for the first twelve 
 hours, and until the force of the fever has somewhat abated, 
 the Specific No. One^ a spoonful every hour. After thatj 
 give the two Specifics No. One and No. Ten, alternately, 
 at intervals of one or two hours, according to the heat and 
 intensity of the fever, and continue these until the violence 
 of the disease is broken; then at longer intervals, until a 
 cure is established. 
 
 Should a diarrhoea come on and threaten to become ex- 
 hausting, suspend the use of the Specific No. Ten, and in 
 place of it give the Specific No. Four, until the diarrhoea 
 has abated, and then go on again as before. 
 
 Should the disease terminate in a regular Intermittent 
 Feveb, give the Specific No. Sixteen alternately with Spe- 
 cific No. Ten every three hours, in solution, until the di* 
 sease is cured. 
 
 In the invasive stage, before the fever has declared itself, 
 six pellets of Specific No. Ten, taken dry on the tongue, 
 three times a day, will correct the action of the stomach 
 and liver, and arrest the entire disease. 
 
l76 DISEASE AKD TREATMENT. — FEVEE3 
 
 TYPHUS FEVER. 
 
 Typhus Fever is defined as an acute specific form of fever 
 higKly contagious and infectious, continuing from fourteen 
 to twenty one days, attended with a lethargic and confused 
 condition of mind, an eruption of measles-like appearance, 
 and is the result of privation, overcrowding and defective 
 Ventilation. 
 
 Stmptoms. — The precursory stage varies, but is usually 
 short, so that the patient generally gives up and takes to his 
 bed vnthin the first three days, in marked contrast with the 
 protracted invasive stage of Enteric Fever. Sensations of 
 uneasiness, soreness or fatigue, loss of appetite, frontal 
 headache, and disturbed sleep, are the early symptoms. 
 The patient is often seized with a cold chill or rigor, usually 
 Succeeded by dry heat of the skin, thirst, quick pulse, 
 white, dry, often tremulous tongue, scanty and high colored 
 urine, sometimes vomiting, heavy look or stupor, prostration 
 of strength and muscular pains: towards evening there is 
 more irritability and restlessness, and if sleep occurs it 
 is unrefreshing, being disturbed by dreams and sudden 
 starts. 
 
 The general appearance of a Typhus fever patient is 
 well marked and affords a ready means of diagnosis. The 
 patient usually lies on his back, with a weary and duU ex- 
 pression of his face, his eyes heavy and with a dusky flush 
 spread uniformly over his cheeks. In the more advanced 
 stage of a severe attack he lies with his eyes shut or half 
 shut, moaning, and too prostrate to answer questions, to 
 put out his tongue or to move himself in bed; or the mouth 
 is clenched, the tongue and hands tremble and the muscles 
 are twitching and half rigid, and the weakness extreme, so 
 that he constatifly slips down in the bed. The dryness of 
 the mouth, the sordes on the teeth and lips, the hot dry 
 
HOMEOPAtHIC MEMOE. 
 
 177 
 
 symptoms which impress a 
 
 skin and the deafness, are 
 careful observer at once.* 
 
 During the first week the patient complains of headache 
 and noises in the ears and subsequently deafness; the con- 
 junctiva are injected, pupils of the eyes contracted and 
 painfully sensitive to light, and often in consequence closed. 
 
 * It is ■well to note some of the characteristic differences between 
 the Typhus, and the Enteric or Typhoid Fever as follows: 
 
 ENTIEIC. 
 
 1. Commences slowly and in- 
 sidiously. 
 
 2. Most common in youth and 
 childhood. 
 
 3. Is as common among the rich 
 as the poor. 
 
 TYPHUS. 
 
 1. Comes on quickly. 
 
 2. Occurs at any age. 
 
 3. Is rare among the better 
 
 classes, except from con- 
 tagion. 
 
 4. The eruption is of a mulberry 
 
 color, comes out the fourth 
 or fifth day, first on the ex- 
 tremities, and lasts through 
 the disease. 
 
 5. The brain is chiefly affected; 
 
 bowels usually natural and 
 the evacuations dark, but 
 never bloody. 
 
 6. There is a dusky blush on 
 
 the face, neck and shoul- 
 ders; injected eyes, con- 
 tracted pupils. 
 
 7. Euns its course in fourteen 
 
 to twenty-one days. 
 
 8. Eelapses are of rare occur- 
 
 rence. 
 
 9. Tendency to death is by 
 
 Coma, (Stupor), or Pul- 
 monary Congestion. 
 
 10. Arises from destitution, over- 
 crowding, defective ven- 
 tilation; and spreads by 
 «outagion. 
 
 4. The eruption is in rose co- 
 
 lored spots, few in num- 
 ber, generally on the ab- 
 domen, and appears in 
 successive crops. 
 
 5. The bowels chiefly affected, 
 
 evacuations dark yellowish, 
 brown and watery; some- 
 times with hcemorrhage or 
 even ulceration of intestine 
 and the abdomen is 
 tumid. 
 
 6. The expression is bright, 
 
 with a hectic blush, lim- 
 ited to the cheeks; and 
 pupils dilated. 
 
 7. Continues from four to six 
 
 weeks. 
 
 8. Eelapses are of frequent oc- 
 
 currence. 
 
 9. Tendency to death is by 
 
 Exhaustion, Pneumonia, 
 Hemorrhage, or perforation 
 of the intestine. 
 10. Arises from bad drainage or 
 poisoned drinking water; 
 decomposed animal mat- 
 ter; often with defective 
 rain fall, or deficient 
 
178 DISEASE AND TREATMENT. FEVEES. 
 
 He becomes irritable, and his answers are short and fretful 
 Ufsually, from the fourth to the eighth day, the mind passes 
 from the state of excitement to one of delirium. This 
 symptom appears earlier and is more severe in persons in 
 the higher walks of life, doubtless in consequence of the 
 greater activity of their brain. This is especially the case 
 with confusion of ideas as to time and place, persons and 
 personal identity, with vague rambling tali, of which 
 occasionally he seems conscious, and from which he can be 
 roused. Later, the delirium may become active and mania- 
 cal, or low and muttering. The patient often fancies he is 
 two or three persons, and the subject of a series of miseries 
 and violence; confined in a dungeon, pursued by enemies 
 from whom he vainly flies, or with whom he struggles; and 
 he attempts to spring from the bed, to reach the door or 
 window to escape from his tormentors; sometimes the de- 
 lirium passes into a heavy sleep, or, with tremulousneas of 
 the tongue and hands and twitching of the muscles (sitfe- 
 suUus tendinum) ; but in favorable cases it subsides in two 
 or three days. Improvement sometimes sets in quite sud- 
 denly. Between the thirteenth and seventeenth days the 
 patient may fall into a long, deep and quick sleep, awaking 
 in twelve or more hours quite refreshed. The powers of 
 mind begin again to dawn, the countenance assumes a more 
 tranquil aspect, sleep becomes natural and at length con- 
 valescence is fuUy established. Diarrhoea sometimes occurs 
 and at others the bowels are confined; the evacuations are 
 natural or dark, in contrast with the dark yellow stools of 
 Enteric Fever, or they may be involuntary. 
 
 The Pulse in Typhus is rarely less than 100 and rises 
 from that to 130 per minute. The last, in adults, indicates 
 great danger As a rule it gradually increases up to the 
 ninth or tweKth day, and then in favorable cases under- 
 goes a somewhat sudden decline. Such cases generally 
 recover. On the other hand depaxtures from the gradual 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 179 
 
 rise of the pulse indicate complications or dangerous symp- 
 toms. In fatal cases the pulse usually grow more and more, 
 rapid, weaker and smaller up to the fatal hour. The 
 earliest glimpse of dawning convalescence is shown in the 
 pulse. If the pulse is fairly on the decline and especially 
 if also stronger and fuller, recovery may be confidently 
 predicted. The crisis of Typhus is often only indicated by 
 the fall in temperature, indicated by the thermometer and 
 the decline of the pulse after having reached its maximum. 
 There may be no marked perspiration, no critical diarrhoea, 
 or marked alteration of urine or other noticeable phenomena 
 of any kind beside. 
 
 The Eruption appears between the fourth and seventh 
 days, and consists of irregular slightly elevated spots of a 
 mulberry hue, which disappear on pressure, and may be 
 scattered singly and minute, or numerous and large, or 
 running together. They usually' first appear on the ab- 
 domen and afterwards on the extremities. They at first 
 disappear under pressure of the finger, but afterwards 
 remain permanent, and in fatal cases remain after death. 
 
 The ODOR of a Typhus patient is characteristic; offensive, 
 pungent, ammonical. Nurses are able thus to recognise the 
 disease and grade the degree of danger by the smeU. 
 
 The nervous symptoms predominate in Typhus, as the 
 poison chiefly acts through the nervous system. Hence, 
 extreme restlessness, ringing in the ears, low delirium or 
 stupor are invariably present. In fatal cases, about the 
 ninth or tenth day, delirium merges into profound coma, 
 or the condition known as "coma vigil" comes on. The 
 patient lies on his back, eyes wide open, awake but insen- 
 sible or indifferent to every thing around him, his mouth 
 p.artly open, face expressionless, and incapable of being 
 roused. The stools and urine are passed involuntarily. 
 Finally the breathing becomes nearly insensible, the pulse 
 rapid, feeble, or imperceptible and the transition from life 
 
IgO niSKASE AMD TfiEAOMENf. — FEVERS. 
 
 to death occurs without a gleam of returning conscious- 
 ness. 
 
 Unfavorable Indications. — ^Early, furious and persistent 
 delirium, with complete sleeplessness; coma vigil; convul- 
 sions; involuntary twitching of the muscles of the face and 
 arms; abundant, persistent, dark rash; dusky countenance, 
 livid surface; involuntary persistent diarrhoea; suppression 
 of urine; brown hard tremulous tongue; temperature up to 
 105° or higher; sudden and considerable rise of temperature 
 in the third week; a small, weak, or imperceptable pulse, at 
 or above 120°; bed sores, inflammatory or erysipelatous 
 sweUings; a strong presentiment of death. The prognosis 
 is more favorable in children from ten to fifteen years of 
 age, and least favorable in adults over fifty. 
 
 Causes. — Overcrowdiny vMh defective ventilation, destitution 
 and want of cleanliness. — ^It is often the scourge of the poor 
 of large towns; too many occupants in rooms, too many 
 houses in circumscribed space, and hence imperfect ven- 
 tilation of streets and dwellings. Privation, famine from 
 failure of crops, commercial distress, strikes, hardships, all 
 undermine the constitution and predispose to Typhus. 
 Dirty dwellings, filthy clothes, personal squalor, are favor- 
 ing conditions. There is reason to believe that the poison 
 is chiefly transmitted by exhalations from the lungs and 
 skin, which, being inhaled, find ready access to the blood. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics No. One and No. Fourteen 
 iflre the remedies proper for Typhus or Typhoid Fever. Dis- 
 solve twelve or more pellets of Specifio No. One in six large 
 spoonsful of pure water of which give a spoonful every two^ 
 hours. Prepare also in a separate glass, with separate 
 spoon, the SpEcrpio No. Fourteen in the same manner. 
 Give a spoonful once in two hours, for the first twenty four 
 hours, and when the heat and fever are high, the Speoitic 
 No. One should only be given. But, after the first two or 
 three days the two Specifics had better be given in alter- 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOfi. 181 
 
 nation, one dose (a large spoonful for adults or a teaspoon- 
 ful for children) once in two hours, except when the patient 
 is sleeping quietly. The medicine should be prepared fresh 
 every day.* 
 
 As AccEssoBY MEASURES. — In no other form of fever is it so 
 necessary to have the patient in a large, well ventilated 
 room, with an abundance of fresh pure air. Have frequent 
 changes of the personal and bed linen and of the posture of 
 the patient, to prevent congestion and bed sores. Food and 
 beverages should be given often and in small quantities, 
 at regular intervals, including water, milk and water, toast 
 water, weak tea, broth, and beef tea. The tendency to 
 death is from exhaustion, and hence the patient should have 
 often small quantities of nourishing food; or, if the prost- 
 ration is great, with irregular circulation or complications, 
 wiae or brandy should be given also. Frequently sponge 
 the hands and face, and occasionally the entire body. 
 Keep the patient quiet, and nurse him patiently. 
 
 As Preventives. — Those in the house, and those espe- 
 cially attending the patient, should take care to avoid the 
 contagion. To this end, fresh air, abundant ventUition 
 and cleanliness are of the first importance. Persons in 
 attendance should avoid the breath, and exhalations from 
 the body on opening the bed-clothes, as far as possible, and 
 the odor of the discharges. These should be at once re- 
 moved and the vessels cleansed with hot water. Nurses 
 should not be overworked, deprived of rest or fresh air; and 
 friends not be worn down by watching, care and anxiety. 
 They should also take as preventives or prophylaxes, 
 
 • Should a dlarrlioea set in with frequent loose stools, give the 
 Speoipio No. Four, six pellets every two hours, in alternation with 
 the Speoitio No. One; or should the evacuations be profuse and 
 watery, attended with prostration, the Spbchtc No. Six will be better 
 than the Spbcitio No. JPour, and should be given in its stead alojie if 
 there is no fever, or in alternation vMh Specipio No. One if there is 
 still considerable fever. 
 
182 DISEASE AND ^TREATMENT. — PEVEES 
 
 six pellets of Specipio No. One, four times per day. As 
 additional means, tlie room shoidd be renovated by white- 
 washing the walls, washing the woodwork with soap and 
 water, and the bed-clothes and linen should be washed in 
 water to which some chloride of lime has been added 
 
 ENTERIC, OR TYPHOID FEVER. 
 
 This Fever, so called because the chief pathological 
 changes are in the bowels, is a continued and slightly in- 
 fectious fever, lasting some twenty-eight days and even 
 longer, having a few rose-colored dots on the chest, ab- 
 domen or back, and attended with great feebleness, ab- 
 dominal pains or tenderness, and diarrhoea, which increases 
 with the disease, the discharges being copious, liquid, of 
 a light ochre color, putrid and often containing decomposed 
 blood. 
 
 Although the words Typhus and Typhoid are similar, 
 <ind the two diseases have many symptoms in common, 
 they are essentially dififerent, and some considerations 
 make it desirable that the distinction should be early 
 understood. Thus, the causes are different and suggest 
 different sanitary regulations. Enteric is less contagious 
 than Typhus, and the tendency to a fatal issue varying, the 
 treatment should be regulated accordingly; and if the 
 Enteric Fever be not early recognized, the patient may 
 persist in his usual occupation at a time when rest in bed 
 would save his strength and moderate the force of the 
 disease. For these reasons, it is wise to study the symptoms 
 in the light of the tabulated differential diagnosis given 
 under the section on Typhus Fever, page 174. 
 
 Cause. — ^It is the generally admitted theory, that Enteric 
 or Typhoid Fever is caused by human or other excremen- 
 titious matter, percolating the soU and thus poisoning 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 183 
 
 the drinking water, or directly contaminating the spring, 
 well, or other water supply, by overflow or defective con- 
 duct; or, from gases arising from such decomposing matter 
 being carried or sucked up in the dwelling by imperfectly 
 trapped plumbing; and such poison becomes the more in- 
 tense and deadly, if, with the usual fecal matter there is 
 mingled the excrement of the sick of this disease. So poison- 
 ous is such matter that it has been known to contamin- 
 ate a stream of water, so that milk pans washed in such 
 a stream, a long distance below the point where it was 
 poisoned, have conveyed the disease in the mitk carried 
 in such vessels to numbers of healthy persons. Without 
 discussing the question, whether the poison of Enteric 
 Fever is sometimes or often generated anew by the de- 
 composition of sewage matter; or, whether every case of 
 Enteric Fever is derived directly from some ancestrally- 
 descended and far-wandering germ, which by some secret 
 or obvious means has gained access to sewer or cesspool and 
 thus formed the nidus of the poison, on one point all are 
 agreed, namely, that the poison is thus conveyed, and hence 
 all are concerned alike in the necessity of eliminating the 
 poison from our air, our water and our milk. 
 
 The chief sources of water pollution are as follows: 
 
 1. surface wells, or springs, which are supplied by water 
 filtered through cesspools, burying-yards or barn-yards; 
 
 2. the connection of drinking-water cisterns, •with the soil 
 pipe, or at the seiver pipe with a water pipe, which also 
 serves as an air shaft, by which means the sewer gases rise, 
 into and are dissolved by the water we drink; 3. the poU 
 lution of the air of our houses by sewage products, through 
 openings defectively "trapped"; and which thus pour their 
 disease-producing gases slowly into our chambers, in which 
 (especially in winter) the greater rarification of the at- 
 mosphere tends to draw said gases. Heated rooms and 
 lights in the winter season, when outer doors are closed. 
 
184 DISEASE AND TKEATMENT. ^FEVEBS. 
 
 thus form a sort of pump, lessening the pressure upon 
 the water traps; and bringing the sewer gases or products 
 of decomposition into our dwellings. Thus thousands of 
 famUies living in, so called, good dwellings, are habitu- 
 ally breathing a contaminated atmosphere. 
 
 Symptoms. — These may be conveniently divided into 
 1. the period of accession and 2. the three weekly periods. 
 
 Unless the poison is very concentrated there is a period 
 of incubation, varying from seven to fourteen days, after 
 which the disease sets in slowly and insidiously. The 
 patient becomes languid and indisposed to exertion; is 
 chilly and unwilling to leave the fire; the back aches and 
 the legs tremble; the appetite fails and there may be even 
 nausea and stomach sickness; the tongue is white, the 
 breath offensive and often the throat is sore; the bowels 
 are generally relaxed; the pul:e is quickened and sleep 
 disturbed. These symptoms gradually increasing, the 
 patient will probably have rigors succeeded by increased 
 heat, severe headache and such muscular debility that he 
 takes to his bed. This is the accession. The course of the 
 fever may now be divided into three weekly periods. 
 
 FmsT Week. — The more prominent symptoms are : vascu- 
 lar excitement and nervous oppression, including a bound- 
 ing pulse, (90 per minute), great heat of skin, thirst and ob- 
 sciired mental faculties; the patient cannot give a coherent 
 account of himself, complains of little except his head, and 
 is usually delirious at night. The abdomen enlarges, drum- 
 Jike on percussion, and there iA tenderness and even pain 
 'on firm pressure, especially in the right iliac fossa, near 
 the termination of the small intestine, and where also a 
 peculiar gurgling sensation is conveyed to the fingers on 
 pressiu:e. 
 
 Second Week. — The debility and emaciation become 
 more marked, the muscles as weU as the fat wasting; the 
 urine is scanty and heavy, loaded with urea from wasting 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 of nitrogenous tissues. During the second week there is 
 also frequent diarrhoea, which usually increases to five, 
 six, or even more stools, in the twenty four hours. The 
 peculiar character of the evacuations is marked, as fol- 
 lows: — Fluidity; pale ochre or drab color; sickly, putrid odor; 
 ohsence of bile; and a jlocculent debrii, of disintegrated 
 glands of the ilium. This debris may be discovered by 
 washing the discharges. It is also noticeable that, often 
 before a patient takes his bed or a decided looseness of 
 his bowels sets in, the feces are of a light ochre color and 
 furnish the most marked of the early signs of Enteric 
 fever. 
 
 Third Week: — The debility and emaciation become ex- 
 treme; the patient lies extended on his back, sinking 
 towards the foot of the bed, without making an efibrt to 
 change his position. There is a bright or pinkish flash 
 of the cheeks in strong contrast with the surrounding 
 pale skin; sordes gather on the mucus membrane of the 
 mouth and hps; the tongue is dry and brown, or red and 
 glazed, and often rough and stiff like old leather; the urine 
 is frequently retained, from inactivity of the bladder; the 
 feces pass without control; the tendons start, from irregular 
 and feeble contraction of the muscles; the patient picks 
 vacantly at the bed clothes, or grasps at hovering black 
 spots which appear to his vision; he becomes deaf, no 
 longer knows his friends; and, on recovery has little or no 
 remembrance of what has at this time occurred, and in 
 most cases the intellectual powers wiU. be impaired for 
 some time after convalescence. 
 
 ' In the majority of fatal cases death occurs about the end 
 of the third week; and it is also noticeable that there appears 
 to be but slight relation between the general symptoms and 
 the ultimate result, rendering the disease one of great un- 
 certainty and perplexity. 
 
 The Ekxtption, — 'Pxcm the seventh to the fourteenth day 
 
i86 DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — FEVERS. 
 
 the characteristic eruption usually begins to show itself 
 mostly on the sternum and epigastrium, in the form of rosa 
 colored dots, which are few in number, round, scarcely 
 elevated, and which insensibly fade into the natural hue of 
 the surrounding skin. The quantity of rash bears no pro- 
 portion to the severity of the disease. 
 
 This successive daily eruption, disappearing on pressure 
 each spot continuing visible for three or four days only, is 
 peculiar to and characteristic of Typhoid fever. The first 
 crop of eruption is rarely decisive; but successive crops, of 
 even not more than two or three spots each, remove aU 
 doubt. Sometimes, cases occur in which a single spot has 
 not been detected. Occasionally, also, very minute vesicles 
 appear, looking hke drops of sweat, chiefly on the neck, 
 chest and abdomen. 
 
 The Temperature, as indicated by the thermometer, in 
 this fever, forms a very good indication of the progress of 
 the disease. In the acute specific fevers the elevation of the 
 temperature is abrupt, whUe in this fever it is gradual. 
 During the first three or four days almost the only symp- 
 tom is a gradual rise of temperature, and if by the fourth or 
 fifth day the maximum temperature be not 103 — 5 or 104, 
 the disease is probably not Enteric Fever; and, if on the 
 first or second day it reaches 104, the disease is some 
 other fever, as this point is attained only gradually in En- 
 teric Fever. Temperature is also an important element in 
 the prognosis, as we have great variations in this fever, it 
 being low in the morning and reaching its height in the. 
 evening. The greater these fluctuations at the end of the 
 second week, the more favorable and shorter the attack. 
 If it falls considerably in the morning although remaining 
 high at night, the prognosis is favorable. But if it remains 
 continuously high at the end of the second week, we may 
 predict a long and severe attack. Probably the first indi- 
 cation of improvement ia cases of persistently high tern- 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. '' ■^g7 
 
 perature will in a decline in the morning temperature. 
 When such a decline occurs, especially if repeated on sub- 
 sequent days, even though the maximum temperature in 
 the evening remains the same, we may be certain the fever 
 has begun to abate. True, a sudden fall of temperature 
 may result from Diarrhoea or Hemorrhage — ^probably the. 
 latter, when it occurs suddenly; but usually other symptoms 
 would indicate such an occurrence. Unlike Typhus the 
 decline in this disease is usually gradual. 
 
 Dangers: — 1. Hemorrhage. — This may occur from the ul- 
 cerated patches of the Ueum during the separation of the 
 gland sloughs, and may be either capillary, or from the 
 opening of a large vessel. The discharge of blood may be 
 so great as to be immediately fatal by swooning, or may be 
 remotely so by exhausting the patient, so that he fails to 
 rally from it. Sometimes, without any escape of blood 
 externally, the patient becomes suddenly blanched and dies 
 in a swoon. In such cases a post-mortem examination 
 finds the intestines distended with clotted blood. 2. Ex- 
 iaustion^ from profuse and persistent diarrhoea. 3. P&rforation. 
 ■ — The ulceration may extend until the coats of the bowel 
 are perforated, causing fatal Peritonitis: this may happen 
 during the second or third week, but more commonly 
 during a prolonged and imperfect convalescence. Symp- 
 toms indicating its occurrence, are: a sudden pain and 
 tenderness in tlie abdomen, with swelling, more or less 
 nausea and vomiting, an altered expression of the features, 
 and death in one or two days. 4. Congestion. — The lungs 
 may become congested, giving rise to Bronchitis, Pleurisy 
 with effusion, or Pneumonia; or, latent tubercles may be 
 called into fatal activity: in short, there is a tendency to 
 congestion in the three great visceral cavities, the head, the 
 chest and the abdomen. 5. Belapse. — This may occur from 
 inattention to diet, or from too soon abandoning the re- 
 cumbent posture. 
 
188 DISEASE OTD TREATMENT. ^FEVEKS. 
 
 As will be inferred, the disease does not run a uniform 
 course, and cases are recorded where a fatal termination 
 has occurred without the manifestation of any characteristic 
 symptom. 
 
 Treatment: — ^If at aU practicable, the case should be 
 placed in the hands of a competent medical man. Only in 
 his absence should the amateur attempt to treat so serious 
 ' a disease. But the treatment should in all cases commence 
 with the use of SpBcrFio No. One, and this should be our 
 main dependance throughout the disease. Dissolve twelve 
 pellets in six spoonsful of water, large, if for an adult, and 
 small, if for a child, and of this give a spoonful every hour, 
 if the fever is quite high, or every two hours during the 
 usual course of the disease. At night, when the patient 
 sleeps, do not waken him to administer medicine; only, 
 when he wakes, give the medicine that may be due, and 
 let two hours be the usual interval between doses. 
 
 After the first three or four days, the disease not having 
 yielded to the use of Specific No. One, or only having 
 been moderated by it, and especially with increasing weak- 
 ness, brown or dryish tongue, some bloating and tender- 
 ness of the bowels, and loose, brownish stools,' prepare 
 Specific No. Fourteen in the same mamier as the No. 
 One, and give these two Specifics, in alternation, at inter- 
 vals of two hours; and so continue, (making fresh medicine 
 every day during the entire course of the disease), except: 
 — should there be excessive or exhausting diarrhcea, 
 watery, brownish, frequent stools, substitute Specific No. 
 Six for the No. One, and so continue until that condition 
 has been removed; and, should symptoms of Bronchial, 
 or Pulmonary Congestion, or Pleurisy, supervene, substitute 
 Specific No. Seven for either of the others, and thus give 
 the Specifics No. Seven and No. One, in alternation, every 
 two hours, until the danger has been averted. 
 
 Towards the close, the fever having abated, leaving great 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 189 
 
 weaknesa of digestion as well as physical and mental de- 
 bility, the Specific No. Ten may be used with excellent 
 advantage, either alone, or in alternation with No. Four- 
 teen. 
 
 Accessory Measuees. — 1. The Room should, if possible, be 
 large and well ventilated, allowing the admission of plenty 
 of fresh air, and the escape of tainted air; a hearth fire 
 assists ventilation. Eemove aU carpets and bed-hangings 
 and unnecessary furniture. A second couch or bed is very 
 convenient, and the bed should be removed from the wall, 
 so that the patient may be readily changed from one bed 
 to the other. Light from the window shoidd be subdued, 
 and all noise and unnecessary talk forbidden. 
 
 2. Eest. — The patient should be but little disturbed and 
 have complete physical and mental rest during the entire 
 course of the disease. Often, unnecessary or prolonged 
 effort results in impeding the cicatrization of ulcers, and in 
 some instances results in their extension and fatal per- 
 foration. 
 
 3. Cleanliness. — The body and bed Hnen, including blan- 
 kets, should be frequently changed, and all matter dis- 
 charged from the patient immediately removed. The 
 mouth should be frequently washed with a soft, wet towel, 
 to remove the sordes, which gather in all severe forms of 
 fever. The patient's body should be frequently as com- 
 pletely sponged over as possible, with tepid or cold water; 
 as may be most agreeable to the patient, and quickly dried 
 with a soft towel. If necessary, sponging may be done 
 piece-wise to avoid fatigue. It should never be omitted in 
 fevers, is grateful to the patient, soothes away restless feel- 
 ings, and is indispensable to cleanliness; and the "water 
 acts as a tonic to the relaxed capillaries and also tends to 
 prevent bed-sores. If bed-sores have formed, they shovild 
 be protected with Arnica plaster. 
 
 4 Hydropathic Applications. — ^A loet compress, made by a 
 
190 DISEASE AND TEEATMENl'. FEVEES 
 
 folded towel, laid over the bowels, is of utiUty tending to 
 diminish diarrhoea, check the spread of ulceration, and pro- 
 mote perspiration. If lung complications arise it may be 
 applied to the chest, with benefit. 
 
 5. Beverages. — ^At the commencement of the fever, pure, 
 cold water, toast water, gum water, slightly sweetened, 
 barley water, lemonade, are all that is necessary. Cold 
 water is of supreme importance; it lowers the excessive 
 temperature, sustains the rapid waste and is a valuable ad- 
 junct to the treatment. 
 
 6. Diet and Stimulants. — In a disease, which lasts three 
 or four weeks, and sometimes five or six, and in which the 
 waste of tissue is great, and when common food cannot be 
 taken, it is a matter of first importance, to supply the 
 patient with appropriate nourishment, lest he may sink be- 
 fore the disease has completed its course. The foUowing 
 points require attention: Patients often are unable to 
 swaUow or relish food in consequence of the dry and 
 shrivelled state of the tongue. Thence it is necessary, fre- 
 quently, to moisten the lining membrane of the mouth, 
 with lemon-juice and water, or other acceptable fluid, and 
 always before food is taken. All the aliment given should 
 combine both food and drink, in fluid or semi-fluid form, 
 until recovery has fully set in. The digestive functions 
 being more or less completely suspended, the nourishment 
 given must be that which is most readily assimilated. The 
 foUowing are among the best forms of nutriment: — Milk, 
 (a most important article in the treatment of all fever 
 patients); iced milk; thin arroiu-root milk; wine whey, (prepared 
 by adding half a pint of good sherry to one pint of boihng 
 milk, and straining after coagulation) ; bkmc mange of isin- 
 glass, or ground rice (not gelatine) ; yolk of egg, (beaten up 
 with a little wine, tea, cocoa or milk) ; beef-tea, and animal 
 broths (slightly thickened with well cooked old rice, vermi- 
 celli isinglass, or a few crumbs of bread) ; and in some cases 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 191 
 
 alcoholiG drinks. Fruits are generally inadmissable. A 
 little good wine, with an equal quantity of water, may be 
 given every hour or two, as the case may require. Effef- 
 vescent wines must be avoided. But the effects of wine oi 
 brandy should be carefully watched by the attendant, and onlj 
 given in accord with the demands of the system, the vo- 
 lume and the form of the pulse being the principal guide. 
 Except in small quantities, stimulants are not required by 
 children, or by persons, .who can take a sufficient amount 
 of food early in the disease. On the other hand, aged per- 
 sons, and patients who are greatly prostrated, or with cold 
 extremities, and livid surface, almost invariably require al- 
 coholic stimulants. If stimulants aggravate the symptoms, 
 their employment should be modified or at once discon- 
 tinued. 
 
 Nourishment should also be given with regularity; and, in 
 extreme or long continued cases of prostration, as often as 
 every two hours, both day and night. 
 
 Fever patients should also be watched day and night. 
 Both their wants and their safety demand it. In their de- 
 lirium they may get out of bed, or even out of the window, 
 and lose their lives from the absence or inattention of the 
 nurse. 
 
 MoDEEATioN IN CONVALESCENCE. — Food should Only be al- 
 lowed in great moderation, and never to satiety, until the 
 tongue is clean and moist, and the temperature, pulse, and 
 skin have become natural. Solid food, or too hearty food 
 given too soon, may induce fresh irritation in an imperfectly 
 healed ulcer, inducing fatal hemorrhage or perforation. If 
 stimulants have been given, they should be gradually with- 
 drawn, as the nutritious food is substituted. The craving 
 appetite can only safely be indulged when convalescence is 
 fully established. 
 
 Change of air for patients recovering from Enteric Fever 
 cannot be over-estimated. Often the entire system is 
 
192 DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — FEVEKS. 
 
 changed and youth is renewed. Nothing gives so bene- 
 ficial a direction to such a change as removal to some suit- 
 able climate and locality. No man can be considered Jit for 
 ivork, for three or four months after an attack of .severe 
 Enteric Fever. 
 
 To PEEVENT Contagion. — ^All discharges from fever patients 
 should be removed, on their issue from the body, in vessels, 
 containing a concentrated solution of chloride of zinc. All 
 tainted bed or body Unen should, immediately on its re- 
 moval, be placed in vyater, strongly impregnated with the 
 same substance. The water-closet should be flooded 
 several times a day with the same substance, and some 
 chloride of lime, also, placed there. "While the iever lasts, 
 the water-closets should only be used for the discharges 
 from the sick, and should be disinfected as above. 
 
 YELLOW FEVER 
 
 This very destructive form of fever prevails in hot cli- 
 mates, during the Summer season, in the large cities and 
 tovms on the sea cost, or along the large rivers. It is 
 severe or pernicious in proportion to the quantity of un- 
 drained land, marshes, and accumulation of putrid filth or 
 refuse matter in its immediate vicinity. It rarely springs 
 up spontaneously unless germinated by masses of decayed 
 animal or vegetable matter, but is more commonly brought 
 in by some one who has it, and from thence spreads in a 
 circle around. Acclimated persons, and those who have 
 once had it are least liable, though not entirely exempt. 
 The mortality is one-third under the usual treatment; but 
 much more favorable under the Homeopathic. 
 
 The attack of Yellow Fever is usually abrupt. In some 
 cases there may be precursors — a slight depression, loss of 
 appetite, languor, pain in the head, and chUly sensations 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 193 
 
 for a day or two. This is followed by a chill, or rigors, 
 generally moderate, soon followed by intense fever, rapid 
 pulse, high temperature, headache, backache, pain in the 
 limbs, and sometimes vomiting, retention of urine and 
 costiveness are also present. The eyes are reddened, irritable 
 and watery. Mind usually clear, but sometimes delirious.i 
 
 This febrile movement continues from twelve hours to, 
 three days, and is followed by a remission of the fever or 
 abatement of all the marked symptoms, and the patient and 
 friends often think the disease is over, but the lull is usu- 
 ally deceptive. There remains a voracious appetite, indi- 
 gestion, a yellowish tint in the eyes, and mental depression, 
 which are of ominous import. But in mild, weU-managed 
 cases, this may be the beginning of convalescence. 
 
 In grave cases, however, this luU is deceptive, and, after a 
 period of a few or even twenty-four hours, ushers in the 
 third stage, or that of collapse. 
 
 The pulse falls to its natural standard, or even down to 
 forty or thirty per minute, and is weak and easily com- 
 pressed, and the surface is cool. There is increasing yel- 
 lowness of the skin and whites of the eyes; burning pain in 
 the throat, stomach and bowels; dark colored urine; diarr- 
 hoea, restlessness; delirium; hiccough, and the much 
 dreaded hlack vomit, (a fluid resembling coflee grounds, or 
 soot, or snuff suspended in water, and which is reaUy de- 
 composed hlood), is from time to time thrown up. THs mat- 
 ter is sometimes ejected in quantities and with force; at 
 others a mere regurgitation; sometimes acrid, excoriating' 
 the mouth and gums. The tongue is frequently reddened,| 
 dry and cracked. In advanced stages blood-boils may 
 appear, and hemorrhage from various parts or organs are 
 common. The urine is suppressed or albuminous, and 
 coma and convulsions may occur, and life is terminated 
 by exhaustion or syncope. There are occasionally the so- 
 called walking cases, where the patient does not take to the 
 
194 DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — FEVEES. 
 
 bed at all, but continues in a half-delirious state about his 
 business, or moving around, until a few hours before death. 
 
 Treatment. — As Preventives, while the disease is prevail- 
 ing, take six pellets of Specific No. One, morning and after- 
 noon, and six pellets of Speoitio No. Ten, at noon and at 
 bedtime. This should protect the system, or render very 
 light any attack which may occur. 
 
 "When an attack comes on, the patient should at once re- 
 tire to his room and dissolve twenty peUets of Specifio No. 
 One in a glass half fuU of water, of which a large spoonful 
 should be given every hour. This should be continued 
 without interruption, except the patient sleeps, through the 
 entire first, or stage of fever.. 
 
 When the remission of fever comes on, making the end 
 of the first, and beginning of the second stage, the Specific 
 No. Ten should be dissolved, twenty peUets in half a glass 
 of water, of which a large spoonful should be given evert 
 two hours, alternating with No. One. This treatment, the 
 alternation of Specifics No. One and No. Ten, at intervals 
 of two hours, should be continued through the entire course 
 of the disease, or untU the fever has all disappeared, and 
 there is coldness of the surface, weakness and decided 
 prostration, or appearance of black vomit, at which the Spe- 
 cific No. Six should be substituted for the No. One. The 
 Specific No. Six should be prepared in the same manner 
 as the No. Ten, twenty peUets in half a glass of water, 
 of which give a large spoonful at intervals of two hours, 
 first a spoonful of No. Six, and next time. of No. Ten, and 
 so on. The only other medicine to be given for the black 
 vomit, beside the Specific No. Six, is the Marvel of Healins, 
 of which a teaspoonful may be given for this decomposed 
 hemorrhage, with great benefit, at the intermediate hour. 
 Should the urine become suppressed, or very scanty, a dose 
 or two of Specific No. Thirty, six pellets in a spoonful of 
 water, will soon relieve. After the vomit has been relieved 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MElitOR. 195 
 
 and convalescence established, the Specific No. Ten may 
 be relied upon, given three or four times per day, for re- 
 storation. 
 
 Accessory Means. — The importance of cleanliness in so 
 contagious and' serious a disease is apparent. Discharges 
 and all soiled linen must be quickly removed and disin- 
 fected, and the air kept as fresh and untainted aa possible. 
 During the chUl give a hot foot-bath, and, during the heat, 
 frequent sponginga of the entire bod/ and limbs with tepid 
 vinegar and water. The diet, during the first stage, should 
 be simply, toast-bread, or crackers soaked in weak black 
 tea. In the second stage, rice, milk, and arrow-root may 
 be added to the diet; and in the third, or stage of prost- 
 ration, ice-cream, champagne, beef-tea, or wine-whey may 
 be necessary. The patient should remain in bed, comfor- 
 tably but not oppressively clothed, during the entire course 
 of the disease. 
 
 I do not recommend, in general, the treatment of such 
 formidable diseases, as Typhus, Cholera, or Yellow Fever, 
 by unprofessional persons. But there are times and epi- 
 demics when competent medical attendance cannot be 
 obtained, and where these simple directions may prove 
 of inestimable value in treating and arresting disease and 
 saving life. 
 
 FEVEE AND AGUE.— INTERMITTENT FEVER. 
 
 This is an endemic disease, so called because it is peculiar 
 to a particular locality, or country. Its exciting cause is an 
 exhalation of invisible particles from the surface of the 
 ground, known by the name of malaria, or marsh-miasm. 
 Geographical evidence shows that every country is ma- 
 larious in proportion to the quantity of marshy, or un- 
 drained alluvial soil it contains — and that its exemption 
 
196 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 from malarial disease is in direct ratio to the drainage and 
 cultivation of the soil.* 
 
 Although, at present, ignorant of the special chemical 
 nature of this cerial-poison, we know that malaria operates 
 according to certain laws, such as: 1. it spreads in the course 
 of preuailing winds; 2. its progress is arrested by water, 
 especially by rivers and large running streams, and by thick 
 rows of trees (particularly the Eucalyptus Globulus — Austra- 
 lian Gum-tree; and, probably, the sun-flower); 3. it does not 
 rise above the low level — its specific gravity being greater 
 than that of atmospheric air; 4. it is most pernicious at 
 night. 
 
 This malaria affects most persons coming within its in- 
 fluence, producing gastric and bilious disturbance, coated 
 tongue, bad taste, poor appetite, costive bowels, yellow or 
 earthy complexion, and pain in the back or limbs, and 
 a general feeling of illness. 
 
 This first phase of Malaria, unless cured, will develop 
 into an Inteemitting or Mabsh Fevek; or, at first, a Bilious 
 
 * This, the commonly accepted view, must, perhaps, be taken with 
 some limitations ; for, in view of recent and widely extended obser- 
 vation both in Europe and America, the production of malaria does 
 not seem to be wholly confined to low-lying, marshy districts; but is 
 found, under certain conditions, on elevated localities. The Cam- 
 pagna of Rome, bo celebrated for its malariousness, is, in reality, not 
 a marshy district; and it may be said, in general terms, that two thirds 
 of the malaria-stricken districts of Italy are situated on heights. 
 And, again, malaria frequently disappears from the most pestilential 
 marshes when they are completely flooded by water. The fact seems 
 to be, that any surface-soil, which from any special condition of 
 the sub-soil, (such as an impervious clay strata) retains its moisture; 
 and to which moisture the air can gain access, by means of pores, 
 or crevices, in. the surface, wiU develope malaria. The direct action 
 of the oxygen of the air seems to be necessary to the development 
 of the microscopic germs to which malaria is due ; and, if by cover- 
 ing the soil with water, pavements, buildings, etc., the necessary 
 supply of oxygen can be cut off — malaria will cease. Vice versa, if, 
 even after the lapse of years or of centuries, communication with 
 the outer air is restored, while the other conditions remain the 
 same, the soil recovers its noxious properties. The great impor- 
 tance, therefore, of thorough ivii-soU drainage is self-evident, 
 
DISEASE AKD TREATMENT. — FEVERS 197 
 
 Remitting Fever, out of which will form a Fever and Ague. 
 
 To cure the Malaria in the system and arrest its further 
 development, take simply in alternation the Specifics No. 
 Ten and No. Sixteen, a dose of six pellets every three or 
 four hours, with light, easily digested diet, and avoid ex- 
 posure to the hot sun by day, or damp night air, over-fa- 
 tigue or labor. This course in a few days will rid the 
 system of Malaria, and arrest the development of Fever 
 and Ague or Bilious Fever. 
 
 Definition of Fever and Ague. — Severe paroxysms of 
 fever, each characterized by a cold, a hot, and a sweating 
 stage, between which paroxysms there is an interval of com- 
 parative health, during which the patient seems almost 
 well. 
 
 There are three chief types of this fever: 1. The Quotidian, 
 with a paroxysm daily, an interval of 24 hours, and most 
 common in the spring; 2. the Tertian with a paroxysm 
 every other day, an interval of 48 hours, and most fre- 
 quent in the Spring and Autumn; 3. the Quartan, with a 
 paroxysm every third day, an interval of 72 hours, and 
 most common in the Autumn. The hours of the day during 
 which the paroxysms occur are by no means uniform. The 
 Tertian is, perhaps, the most frequent, and has the most 
 marked hot stage; but the Quartan is the most obstinate. 
 As a rule, the longer the cold stage, the shorter the pa- 
 roxysm; and the shorter the interval, the longer the pa- 
 roxysm. 
 
 Symptoms. — These may set in suddenly, or they may 
 appear gradually, until a regular paroxysm occurs. The 
 first stage comes on with a feeling of debility, weariness, 
 chUliness, and rigors; then follow sensations as of cold 
 water trickling down the spine and a shivering of the 
 whole body; the teeth chatter, the nails turn blue, and the 
 whole fxame trembles, often with such violence as to shake 
 the patient's bed. The face becomes pale, the features and 
 
Ids HOMEOPATHIC 5iEI<¥0lR. 
 
 skin contracted, and the papillse of the skin are rendered 
 prominent, giving it the appearance described as goose-skin, 
 such as may at any time be produced by exposure to cold. 
 The countenance acquires an anxious expression, the eyes 
 are dull and sunken, the pulse frequent and small, the 
 breathing hurried and oppressed, the tongue white, and the 
 jirine scanty and passed frequently. After a time, varying 
 from half an hour to three or four hours, the second or hot 
 stage comes on with flushings, until the entire body be- 
 comes hot, with extreme thirst, fuU bounding pulse, 
 throbbing headache, and restlessness, the urine being still 
 scanty, but high-colored. At length, after two, three, and 
 even six or twelve hours, the third or perspiring stage suc- 
 ceeds, and the patient feels much relieved. Thirst dimin- 
 ishes, the pulse declines in frequency, and the appetite 
 returns; at the same time there is a red deposit of urates in 
 the urine. The perspiration first breaks out on the fore- 
 head and chest, and gradually extends over the entire sur- 
 face; sometimes it is only slight, but at other times it is 
 very copious, saturating the patient's linen and bed-clothes. 
 A paroxysm usually lasts about six hours, allowing two 
 hours for each stage. The period between the paroxysms, 
 as already explained, is called the intermission; but, by an 
 interval, is meant the whole period or cycle between the be- 
 ginning of one paroxysm and the beginning of the next. 
 
 Effects. — From the recurrence of internal congestions in 
 each cold stage, the functions of the Uver, bowels, and some- 
 times the kidneys, are disordered; the patient becomes 
 sallow, his limbs waste, the abdomen is distended, and the 
 bowels are constipated. The spleen is especially liable to 
 be enlarged. An enlarged spleen is popularly called ague- 
 cake. "The heat-generating power of all victims to malaria 
 is impaired; hence they suffer from atmospheric changes, 
 of which healthy men take no note" (Maclean), Another 
 result is extreme liability to repeated attacks; for the di- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. FEVERS. 199 
 
 eease often leaves the body so enfeebled, that ague may be 
 reproduced by agencies which, under other circumstances, 
 would produce no iU effects. 
 
 DiKECTioNs. — As A PREVENTIVE: PcTsons residing in ma- 
 larial districts, or where Fever and Ague is prevalent, or 
 those traveling in such regions, along rivers, lowlands, 
 plains, or marshes, may be protected from this disease by 
 isimply taking six pellets of Specific No. Sixteen every 
 night and morning. If there are symptoms of its approach, 
 such as depression, headache, bad taste in the mouth, 
 chilliness and pain in the limbs: take six pUls four times 
 per day, and live for some days on very light, easUy-di- 
 gested food, avoiding labor, over-work or fatigue. 
 
 To Cube the Disease: For chiUs which return every day: 
 take, two hours before the chUl is to come on, six pellets of 
 Specific No. Sixteen, permitting them to dissolve in the 
 mouth; then during the chiU and heat, take every fifteen 
 minutes a spoonful of Specific No. One, prepared in fluid. 
 Then, after the chiU and heat and sweat have subsided, go 
 on with Specific No. Sixteen, of which take six pellets, 
 once in four hours, until the next chiU comes on, and then 
 proceed as before. 
 
 For chills which return every other day: take six pellets of 
 Specific No. Sixteen, one hour before the paroxysm comes 
 on, also the Specific No. One during the chUl and heat and 
 sweat, and six more pellets of No. Sixteen after it has 
 passed off. Then during the weU day, take six pellets once 
 in four hours. In aU other cases, take six pellets before 
 each meal and at bed time. In cases, where the digestion 
 is impaired and liver obstructed, the use of the Specific No. 
 Ten and the Specific No. Sixteen, in alternation every 
 three hours, is promptly efficient in arresting the chills 
 and curing the disease. After the chUls have subsided, 
 take six pellets four times per day, prepared in fluid as 
 above, for four weeks, to prevent a return of the disease, 
 
200 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 and avoid exposure, heavy indigestible food, or severe labor. 
 For children, give one-half as much medicine as for adults. 
 
 DUMB AGUE, CHILL FEVER. 
 
 Tliese are simply irregular forms of fever and ague, whosq 
 type has been broken by quinine, cholagogue or othei; 
 drugs, or even by long continuance. The chill, heat and 
 sweat are irregular or mixed; sometimes no chiU, only long- 
 continued heat, and at others only chiU and long, lasting 
 sweat. These are, in fact, not ague cases at all, but simply 
 the dregs of previous over-doses of Quinine, or Arsenic, 
 which, remaining in the system, continue their work of 
 slow poisoning. 
 
 Tkeatment. — Take the Specific No. Sixteen, six pellets 
 before each meal and at night, avoiding taking them during 
 the paroxysm, but spme little time before and afterwards. 
 
 If not entirely satisfactory, after a week, alternate the 
 Specitio No. Ten with the Spech'ic No. Sixteen, and 
 especially so, if the liver or digestion seems at fault. 
 
 OLD SUPPRESSED AGUES. 
 
 The consequences of fever and ague, and the effects of 
 quinine, arsenic, cholagogue, and other pernicious drugs so 
 often used to suppress it, are often manifested by vertigo 
 or turns of dizziness, ringing in the ears, deafness, enlarged 
 spleen or ague-cake, swelling of the hmbs or general 
 dropsy, great feebleness and debility, coated tongue, weak 
 digestion or liver complaint. In these bad complications 
 the cure may require some time, but will be perfect and 
 permanent. 
 
 Treatment. — This condition requires the use of the Specific 
 No. Sixteen, six pellets morning and afternoon, and the 
 use of Specific No. Ten, six. pellets at noon and at night. 
 This course will prove promptly and permanently effectuaL 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. FEVEES. 201 
 
 FEVEES OP CHILDREN. 
 
 Fevers among children of from one to ten years of age 
 are quite common, and are often brought on by over fa- 
 tigue; playing in the heat of the sun; exposure in light thin 
 dress, or bare arms or legs, to cold; chilly winds; improper 
 ■food, sweetmeats; or the irritation of worms, provoked by 
 such food; or the irritation of teething. 
 
 Such fevers are manifested by heat of the hands and sur- 
 face, red face, or one cheek red and the other pale, swelling 
 and throbbing of the veins of the neck, hot head, quick 
 pulse, rapid breathing, fretfulness, and often inclination to 
 Bleep. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. One is only required. 
 Dissolve twelve pellets in as many small spoonsful of water, 
 and of this give every half-hour at first, and then every 
 hour, a spoonful, until the disease is subdued. Should the 
 fever have been occasioned by indigestible substances — 
 raisins, oranges or sweetmeats — and the bowels be con- 
 stipated, give an injection of tepid water, and repeat it if 
 necessary. And should there be twitchings and startings 
 on going to sleep, thus indicating convulsions, give two 
 pellets of the Specific No. Thirty-Three, and repeat it 
 again after two or three hours if necessary. Let the patient 
 drink moderately of water, and often sponge off the body 
 with tepid water. Keep them on very low diet, and quiet, 
 until relieved. This is the proper treatment for all forms 
 iof fevers, and even inflammation, in children. 
 
 SCARLET FEVER; SCARLATINA. 
 
 This is usually considered a very formidable disease, but 
 under the mild and efficient system of Homeopathic treat- 
 ment, it has lost much of its terror. True, sometimes an 
 epidemic may pass over the country, of unusual violence 
 
202 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 whicli carries off quite a proportion of little sufferers, but 
 in general, under our benign system, it passes as a com- 
 paratively mild and harmless disease. 
 
 There are some three varieties, marking, in fact, degrees 
 in the severity of the disease, and the degree of danger 
 likely to attend it. 
 
 In the SIMPLE FORM, it commences with peevishness, 
 chUliness, headache, nausea and vomiting, after which the 
 eruption appears, first at the face and upper extremities 
 and subsequently over the body; either diffused or in 
 patches, assuming a bright scarlet color. The breath is 
 offensive, tongue coated, quick pulse, high fever and sore- 
 ness of the throat. 
 
 The ANGiNosE variety has more violent symptoms; com- 
 mences with vomiting, which may continue for hours; high 
 fever, quick pulse; eruption somewhat paler and in patches 
 or diffused; the tonsils become inflamed and swelled, and 
 ulcerate; tongue dirty-white or red; great prostration; after 
 some days swelling of the glands of the cheek and beneath 
 the ear; the fever is very high, and surface hot and dry, 
 and often discharge of hot excoriating mucus from the 
 nose. 
 
 In the MALIGNANT form, [the most violent symptoms are 
 manifested about the head, and it sometimes terminates in 
 fatal congestion to the head before the eruption has fuUy 
 made its appearance; in milder cases there is constant vo- 
 miting, violent pain in the head, stupor with half-closed 
 eyes, pale imperfect eruption in spots, or of brick-dust 
 color; and, after these, excoriating discharge from the nose. 
 
 In the mildei' forms the eruption should begin to grow 
 pale and disappear in three or four days, and the fever and 
 sore throat abate, and the child be well in a week. But the 
 other varieties are uncertain, and may require ten or four- 
 teen days, or even longer, for a cure. 
 
 You may recognize the scai-let fever from other diseases 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — FEVEES. 203 
 
 by the vomiting, the sore throat, the high fever, and the 
 subsequent eruption. 
 
 Treatment. — As a preventive, when scarlet fever prevails 
 in the neighborhood, give the children each morning and 
 Bight two pellets of Specific No. One. 
 
 So soon as the vomiting or fever has declared itself, com- 
 mence with the Specific No. One, dissolved in water, 
 twelve pellets in as many teaspoonsful of water, of which 
 give a spoonful every hour. Continue this from day to day, 
 (preparing new medicine daily), except when the patient is 
 quietly sleeping at the time for giving the medicine, then 
 give it after the patient awakes. 
 
 For the vomiting, if severe or frequent, interpose two 
 pellets of Specific No. Six, and repeat it two or three times 
 in alternation with Specifio No. One, until the vomiting is 
 relieved. 
 
 After two or three days it will be best to alternate Spe- 
 cific No. Fourteen with No. One, prepared in like 
 manner, and give the two medicines at intervals of two 
 hours, and so continue until the disease is cured. 
 
 Should there occur swellings under the ear or jaw, if the 
 fever has gone, give the SpEcn?ic No. Twenty-Three in 
 alternation with No. Fourteen. If discharges from the 
 ear or earache, give Specific No. Twenty-twO instead. 
 If dropsical swellings, which sometimes occur in conse- 
 quence of taking cold. Specific No. Twenty-flve, four 
 pellets four times per day, will soon relieve. 
 
 MEASLES. 
 
 Measles prevails usually towards spring, and is generally 
 a mild, easily-managed disease. It commences with symp- 
 toms of bad cold, sneezing, lachrymation, and slight red- 
 ness of the eyes, and soon a hoarse, too.se cough, which is 
 characteristic of the disease. The rash appears first on the 
 
204 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 face in minute pimples in clusters, with a reddish blush, 
 deepening and increasing as it comes out — the first day 
 upon the face and neck, next upon the body, and the third 
 day extending to the lower extremities, by which time it 
 grows fainter upon the face, and disappears in the same 
 manner. There is fever, loose cough, hoarseness, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — Give the Specifio No. One, twelve pellets 
 in as many spoonsful of water, of which give a spoonful 
 every two hours, and continue this treatment through the 
 entire course of the disease, unless when sleeping quietly. 
 If the measles do not come out well, do not be alarmed about 
 that; keep the patient warm, give some warm tea or nour- 
 ishing soup, a hot foot-bath, but nothing else; the measles 
 win come out sufficiently. If the cough is troublesome, 
 alternate the Specific No. Seven with Specific No. One. 
 If very hoarse, give a few doses of the Specific No. Thir- 
 teen. If the eyes are at aU red, inflamed, intolerant of 
 light. Specific No. Eig^hteen will be found to act like a 
 charm, given in alternation with Specifio No. One, and for 
 any weakness of sight remaining or in consequence of 
 measles, the No. Eighteen may be rehed upon, giving 
 three pellets four times per day. Care should be taken 
 during the measles, to prevent taking cold, as serious di- 
 seases of the lungs may arise as a consequence. 
 
 SMALL-POX; ( Varioloid). 
 
 Small-pox and its modified form, termed varioloid, is a 
 strictly infectious disease, being always communicated by 
 contagion from those who have it. It is important to re- 
 cognize it at the earliest hour possible, in order to adopt a 
 proper treatment as well as to prevent others from expo- 
 sui-e. The following wiU aid us in establishing the dia- 
 gnosis: — The disease comes on in from nine to fourteen 
 days after exposure. It begins with chilliness, some fever. 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. FEVEBS 205 
 
 a peculiar Bwimming or dizziness of the head, and headache; 
 the face is flushed, and often bloated; pain in the back, often 
 quite severe and constant; derangement of the stomach, 
 often nausea and vomiting; aching in the bones and sore- 
 ness of the flesh; and among children and in violent cases, 
 it is ushered in by violent convulsions. 
 
 After the symptoms above have continued three days, 
 the EKUPTioN begins to come out, showing itself first on the 
 forehead and face in the form of minute red points, which 
 increase in size from day to day, while others make their 
 appearance on the face and by degrees over the hands, 
 arms and other portions of the body, but always more 
 numerous on the forehead and face. If the face is red and 
 swelled, it will be likely to assume the confluent form, the 
 pustules aU running together and forming a complete crust. 
 But if the face is but little swelled or pale, the pock coming 
 out scattered only here and there, the disease wiU assume 
 the discreet form, with only a few pustules that fill; the 
 fever, vertigo, headache and pains pretty much disappearing 
 as the pock comes out and the disease running a mild 
 course. After four days of development, during which the 
 pustules attain their growth, the suppurative stage com- 
 mences, during which the pock become filled with a yel- 
 lowish fluid, which gradually changes to a turbid ap- 
 pearance, each pock surrounded by a red circle with a dark 
 indentation at the top. About the tenth or eleventh day 
 from the commencement, and towards the close of this 
 stage, there is for two or three days considerable fever and 
 flow of saliva; after this has passed, the pustules gradually 
 grow brownish, dry up and fall off, leaving cicatrices or 
 marks of a deep red color, which are quite a period in 
 assuming the natural color of the skin. 
 
 Treatment. — This disease under Homeopathic treatment, 
 is more loathsome than dangerous; and, properly treated 
 and wjjderstood, generally passes off a,» b, mijd, though un- 
 
206 HOMEOPATHIC MKNTOK. 
 
 pleasant visitation. Two points are of especial consider- 
 ation, especially during the earlier stages of the disease, 
 namely: To keep the patient cool, with at aU times plenty 
 of fresh air. As soon as the nature of the disease is under- 
 stood, keep the room entirely cool, give no warm leas or healing 
 brinks, and thus prevent the formation of numerous pock, 
 the less of which the better. Children attacked with con- 
 vulsions should be taken at once into the open air or a 
 room without fire for relief. 
 
 All through the disease the greatest possible cleanliness 
 should be observed, with frequent change of linen. "When 
 the pustules begin to form, the room should be darkened, 
 which is a partial security against the pitting from the di- 
 sease. Give only cold water, cold toast-water or black tea 
 cold for drink. Gruel of meal, oat-meal, barley, rice or 
 farina, all taken cold, is the best nourishment. After the 
 disease has spent its force, baked apples, boiled rice, 
 custard, toast, etc., may be allowed. 
 
 As medicines, from the first symptoms, give the Specipio 
 No. One, twelve pellets in six spoonsful of water, of which 
 give a spoonful every hour during the entire presence of 
 fever. After the fever has measurably abated, prepare the 
 Specific No. FoiU'teen in like manner with No. One, and 
 give the two alternately at -two hours intervals, until the 
 drying off of the crusts. 
 
 P. S. — ^If the Sarracenia Purpurea (popularly known by 
 the names of Indian Gap, Pitcher-Plant, Side-Saddle Flower\ 
 can be procured, give it from the first and aU through the 
 disease: ten drops of the tincture in a glass haK-fuU of 
 water, which give in spoonful doses alternately with the 
 No. One. I have known it to arrest the disease when 
 given early, and to materially shorten its course and pre- 
 vent the pitting. 
 
 The Prevention of Small-Pox, by Vaccination. — There is 
 unquestionably some risk in vaccination, as formerly prac- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. FEVEBS. 2j1 
 
 ticed^ •with lymph taken from the human subject. Un- 
 healthy matter may thus be introduced, carrying disease 
 with it, and thus life-long evils be inflicted. But these 
 results, on the whole, have not been common; and have 
 generally proven to be the careless abuse of a system, 
 rather than its legitimate use. Undoubtedly, all the 
 danger to be apprehended from the use of ordinary 
 humanized IjTnph, as formerly practiced, is entirely ob- 
 viated by the modem use of bovine lymph, — i. e., the vaccine- 
 matter taken directly from the calf. Its use is so greatly 
 extending among the profession within a few years past, 
 and it is so easily procurable, that it may be considered 
 as in every way preferable to lymph taken from the 
 human system. Matter if taken from the human sub- 
 ject should be selected with care, from an unmistakably 
 healthy chUd, one who has no scrofulous or syphilitic taint 
 in its system, and has no eruption of any kind upon the 
 skin or scalp. The" matter taken should be introduced -just 
 beneath the skin of the outside of the upper third of the 
 left arm, inserted not so deep as to make it bleed, and yet 
 deep enough to show a slight discoloration. It will 
 run a mild course, and produce a pustule in ten or four- 
 teen days, that in drying, wiU give a tamarind-stone-like 
 crust, and leave a deep and peculiar cicatrix which wiU. 
 show during a life time. If, during the course of the 
 vaccination, any fever should manifest itself, give the 
 Specific No. One, and if any eruption of the surface, 
 give Specific No. Fourteen, night and morning, until 
 it disappears. 
 
 After many years of observation, and balancing all the 
 dangers and inconveniences of vaccination and non-vacci- 
 nation, my conclusion is, that every child should be vacci- 
 nated; and adults may be properly re-vaccinated when in 
 danger of exposure to immediate contagion. This is the 
 shortest, safest and best method. 
 
208 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 CHICKEN-POX.— ( Varicella). 
 
 This disease has sometimes been confounded with small- 
 pox or varioloid. But it may be known by the vesicles 
 appearing mostly on the covered parts of the body or scalp, 
 ■while in smaU-pox, they are mostly in the face; by the ve- 
 isfcles being smooth and transparent, fiUed with water and 
 growing rapidly, attaining the size of a pea in a day; while 
 • in smaU-pox they are pustules, firm and hard, and begin to 
 fiU only after three or four days of growth. With chicken- 
 pox there is some fever; the thin watery vesicles come out 
 often in clusters, commencing with a thin pellicle which 
 bursts or dries up, forming a small puckered scab and 
 rarely leaving a pit or depression. 
 
 The whole disease is mild, and usually runs its course in 
 four or five days, unattended with danger. 
 
 Tkeatment. — Give the Specific No. One, ten pellets dis^ 
 solved in as many spoonsful of water, of which give a 
 spoonful every one or two hours during the course of the 
 disease. If a new crop of vesicles comes out afterwards, 
 give six pellets of the Specipio No. Fourteen, morning 
 and night, until the case is cured. 
 
 MUMPS.— (Parotides). 
 
 This disease consists of a swelling of the salivary glands, 
 and is usually not dangerous unless the patient is exposed 
 to cold during the progress of the disease, when it is liable 
 to make a transition (metastasis) to some other organ. It 
 is first noticed as a swelling of the parotid gland in front 
 of, and beneath the ear, first commencing on one side and 
 then extending to the other, rarely both at once; sometimes 
 the whole neck is involved and the swelling extends beneath 
 the jaw. It is attended with fever, and pain when chewing, 
 especially firm or hard food, and at times pain in swal- 
 lowing. Sometimes (on the fifth or seventh day), the swelling 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — HOOPDfa COTjaH. 209 
 
 leaves the neck and attacks the breasts or testicles, which 
 become red, swollen and painful. At times, in sensitive 
 children with prominent heads, it has been known to fall 
 upon the brain, producing dehrium or other dangerous 
 symptoms. 
 
 Tbeatment. — Keep the child in a comfortable warm room, 
 prevent exposure, make no applications except a light 
 cloth around the neck and give no stimulants. Give the 
 Specitic No. One, ten pellets dissolved in as many spoons- 
 ful of water, of which give one every hour. After the fever 
 has abated, prepare the Specifio No. Twenty- Two in 
 like manner, and give alternately with No. One, at inter- 
 vals of two hours, until the disease has disappeared. Should 
 the disease fall upon the testicle, the SpEcrFio No. Thirty 
 will soon relieve, given every two or three hours. For 
 fever, delirium or congestion to the head, the No. One is 
 perfectly appropriate, and wiU soon relieve. 
 
 CEEEBEO-SPINAL MENINGITIS.— (%)«fe«? Fever). 
 
 This is an epidemic and infectious disease, occurring 
 generally in winter and spring, especially where there is 
 much moisture, and great variations of temperature. Its 
 disease-germ thrives best in circumstances of insufficient 
 nourishment, damp, overcrowded, badly drained and ven- 
 tilated houses with unclean ground floors; though it is 
 by no means uncommon among the better classes of com- 
 munity, when there is only a suspicion of sewer-gas, or 
 unsanitary surroundings. No age is exempt from it, 
 but childhood is oftenest and most severely attacked. It 
 begins suddenly with shivering, followed by fever; sick- 
 ness, and vomiting; intense headache, pains in neck, 
 trunk and limbs, and great prostration and restlessness. 
 The fever increases, and is irregular, varying from 100.4* 
 to 104° F..; breathing more rapid; pulse also irregular 
 
210 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 and not corresponding with height of the temperature, and 
 Tarying 30 or 40 beats within a few hours; the patient has 
 a look of great distress; the tongue is dry and cracked, or 
 else moist and heavily coated; when there is an eruption it 
 is lighter in color, comes on sooner and fades sooner than 
 that of typhus, and is succeeded by peeling of the skin. 
 These spots are of varied size, of a purplish, or "black and 
 blue" color, which do not fade under pressure; and usually 
 commence upon the upper eyelids, extending gradually to 
 other parts of the body. The sensibility of the body is intense, 
 every touch causing agony. The symptoms increase in vio- 
 lence up to the third day, when the swallowing and breath- 
 ing become affected; the head is dragged back upon the neck; 
 delirium, stupor, and death occurring from the fifth to the 
 eighth day; some cases even, becoming fatal in from 12 to 
 80 hours. 
 
 Its diagnosis is difficult in isolated cases, or when occur- 
 ing in connection with some other disease, but the sudden- 
 ness of attack; the extreme irregularity of pulse and tempera- 
 ture; its peculiar eruption; the pain in the front and back of 
 head, the stiffness of neck, and extreme tenderness of spine, 
 and to touch generally, should lead to a suspicion of its 
 nature. Its dangerous symptoms are a quick, feeble, or 
 very slow pulse; difficult breathing; delirium; persistent 
 vomiting; convulsions. Convalescence must be closely 
 watched, for among its after-affects, are (within two to four 
 weeks) paralysis, most often of the palate, causing nasal 
 voice, and fluids enter the nose at the back of the throat, 
 causing difficult swallowing; and paralysis of the eye, 
 causing squinting; or of the heart, causing death by fainting. 
 
 Treatment. — ^From the first, the Specific No. One^ twelve 
 pellets in six teaspoonsful of water, a teaspoonful at a dose 
 every hour. Sponging with warm water; nourishing diet, 
 small quantities at a time; great quiet, a darkened room, 
 etc. Consult a good homeopavbic physician promptly. 
 
DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 
 
 It has been common to treat all kinds of eruptions by 
 means of applications directly to the surface, which is the 
 ■particular seat of the disease. But the human system being 
 a unit, it follows, of necessity, that no eruption can form 
 upon the surface without the co-existence of a certain mor- 
 bid condition of the system.. Hence the propriety of 
 treating all such eruptions with internal remedies alone, 
 and hence the brilliant results which have attended such a 
 method of treatment. It is often not difficult to repel an 
 eruption from the surface by medicinal applications. But 
 the disease is usually not only not cured, but merely re- 
 pelled, to faU upon some other organ or surface, and is 
 generally as much worse than the former condition, as its 
 . new location is more unnatural and more difficult to heal. 
 Hence, for aU such forms of disease, we prescribe nothing 
 for the surface involved beyond the proper purity and 
 cleanliness, and merely advise the internal use of our 
 remedy for such forms of disease. A cure will then result 
 naturally, permanently, and without injury to the system. 
 
 ERYSIPELAS.— (i?ose). 
 
 This disease is an inflammatory affection of the skin, 
 arising (1.) from constitutional causes, in which case it 
 generally affects the head and neck; or (2.) from wounds, or 
 injury, when it may occur on any wounded part. Though 
 
212 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 sometimes trivial, is oftentimes a very serious disease. It 
 is known by a spreading inflammatory redness of the skin, 
 ■with considerable puffy swelling, tenderness, burning, pain- 
 ful tingling, and tension. The color varies from a faint-red 
 to a dark-red or purplish color, becoming white under pres- 
 sure, but resuming its former color on the removal of the 
 pressure. An attack is usually ushered in vnth shivering, 
 languor, headache, nausea, bilious vomiting, and the ordi- 
 nary symptoms of Inflammatory fever, accompanied or 
 followed by inflammation of the part affected. "When Ery- 
 sipelas attacks the face, it nearly always commences at the 
 side of the nose near the angle of the eye. 
 
 Erysipelas may prove fatal by exhaudion; by obstruciwn to 
 the air-passages (when the inflammation extends to the 
 tissues of the wind-pipe) ; and by coma (morbid drowsiness), 
 from effusion of fluid within the cranium, arising from ex- 
 tension of inflammation to the membranes of the brain. 
 
 Phlegmonous Erysipelas is marked by a deeper redness, or 
 it may be redness of a dusky or purple hue, which is scar- 
 cely, if at all, removed by pressure; the pain is burning and 
 throbbing; the sweULng is greater, and the surface irregu- 
 lar; and there is often deep-pitting upon pressure. Some- 
 times the swelling and disfigurement are so great that the 
 features are quite obliterated, and the parts lose all resem- 
 blance to anything human. Delirium often occxirs irre- 
 spective of an involvement of the membranes of the brain. 
 
 Causes. — Exposure to cold, impaired digestion; wounds 
 (particularly from dissecting and surgical instruments); 
 badly ventilated and over-crowded apartments; certain con- 
 ditions of the atmosphere; a morbid state of blood from 
 disease; the habitual use of stimulants, etc., and consequent 
 debility. The most common exciting cause of Erysipelas is 
 a recent wound, and the most frequent predisposing cause is 
 inattention to hygiene, combined perhaps with a personal, 
 or family proclivity to the disease. 
 
DISEASE AND THEATMENT. — DISEASES OP THE SKIN. 2l3 
 
 The simple or cutaneous variety is attended with much 
 ^s danger than the phlegmonous: or than that caused by 
 a wound. It is also more serious when it occurs in an 
 epidemic or endemic form. Mere extent of inflam- 
 mation is not of so much importance as a high degree of 
 blood-poisoning, combined with a rapid, weak pulse, a dry, 
 brown tongue, low muttering Delirium, and great prostra- 
 tion. When the disease attacks the head, unless it is con- 
 trolled by skilful treatment, the membranes of the brain 
 are in danger of being implicated. The disease in any of 
 its forms is most serious at either of the extremes of life. 
 Lastly, the habits and health of the patient, prior to the 
 attack, greatly influence the result. It is especially fatal to 
 drunkards and in broken-down constitutions. 
 
 Diet. — Pure water, gum-water, or barley-water, with 
 lemon-juice, to allay the thirst. Severe and tedious cases 
 require essence of beef, or Extract of Meat, and even wine 
 or brandy. Subsequently, a change of air, regular habits, 
 and nourishing diet, essential in the after-treatment of all 
 acute diseases, are necessary after severe Erysipelas. 
 
 Treatment. — Prom the first, the Specific No. Fourteen 
 is the proper remedy, not only for light and trivial cases, 
 but fcr those of the gravest character. Dissolve twelve 
 pellets in six large spoonsful of water, of which give to 
 children a small, and to adults a large spoonful, every two 
 hours, and continue this treatment without interruption 
 during the waking hours. In acute erysipelas, or when 
 there is fever, or in erysipelas of the face, or when there is 
 tendency to assume a severe or phlegmonous form, prepare 
 also the Specific No. One, in the same maimer as No. 
 Fourteen, and give the two in alternation, at intervals of 
 one hoTir, and so continue the use of No. One until the 
 fever, heat, and swelling is allayed, when the cure may be 
 finished with Specific No. Fourteen, a dose once in two 
 or three hours. 
 
214 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Local Measures. — ^In mild forms of the disease, no ex- 
 ternal applications are required; wet compresses, ointments, 
 etc., are not only useless, but favor the spread of the in- 
 flammation. Scorched flour sometimes allays the itching, 
 and absorbs any fluids that may exude from the affected 
 part. If there is much oedema, (dropsical swelling) of a limb, 
 moderate pressure should be maintained by the application 
 of well-adjusted bandages. If matter forms, incisions are 
 generally necessary to afford openings for its discharge; 
 poultices are then to be applied, and afterwards bandages, 
 to prevent the lodgment of matter. The patient should 
 hve on very light vegetable or farinacous diet; no meat 
 or meat soups until full convalescence. 
 
 Eeysipelas of the legs often appears in a very torpid 
 form, as a darkish red or mottled patch on the leg, without 
 fever or much heat or irritation of the part, and aside from 
 the discoloration, the patient would scarcely know of its 
 existence. In these cases, give the Specifio No. Four- 
 teen, six pellets four times per day, dry or dissolved in 
 water, living on very light, easily digested food; and res(' 
 the limb as much as possible, and the disease will dis- 
 appear. 
 
 'SEKPm.— {Shingles— Tetter). 
 
 Herpes consists of clusters of vesicles or minute blisters 
 upon inflamed patches of variable size. The eruption runs 
 a definite course, rarely lasts more than three or four days, 
 (except in the form known as "Shingles") is not severe, and 
 leaves no scar; it is frequently seen upon the lip as a " cold 
 sore." 
 
 " Shingles," {Herpes Zoster or Zona) is an acute form of 
 Herpes, lasting from fourteen to twenty days; and generally 
 affects the trunk, chiefly on the right side; but occasionally 
 the face, shoulder, abdomen, or upper part of the thigV' 
 
■JISEASE AMD TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 215 
 
 It follows the course of one or more of the cutaneous 
 nerves, generally stopping short in the middle, though it 
 may extend across to the other side, and has the appearance 
 of a line of patches, like a belt, half round the body. It is 
 most common in the young, particularly during change of 
 weather, and is often proceded by neuralgic pains, the 
 eruption following in the same locality. In some rare 
 cases, ulceration may supervene; there may be much pain, 
 smarting, or burning; and the scars may femain for some 
 time. It is now well established that it depends upon 
 disease of the trophical fibres of the motory and sensory 
 nerves supplying the part. Zona is much dreaded, and 
 uninstructed nurses foolishly state that if the patches ex- 
 tend round the body, death is certain to result. There is, 
 however, no danger, unless the patient is very old and feeble. 
 
 General Symptoms. — In addition to what is stated above, 
 there is often feverishness, headache, shivering — and, per- 
 haps, neuralgic pain in the side, which may be very acute. 
 The disease is mostly accompanied by sensations of heat, 
 tension, and burning, felt even before the appearance of the 
 eruption, and is followed by weakness and depression. 
 When the disease occurs in the aged, or in persons of 
 feeble constitution, there is much debility, and ulceration 
 may arise, further debiliating the patient. 
 
 Cause. — Irritation of the nerves — as when Catarrh affects 
 the nose or lips. 
 
 Treatment. — Give the Specific No. Fourteen, six 
 pellets every three hours, and if there is fever, alternate 
 the Specific No. One with it, as an intermediate remedy, 
 with light vegetable or farinaceous diet, rest, and avoid 
 heat and exposure. It will disappear in two or three days. 
 
 XiBJnCKRlk.— {Hives— Nettle-rash). 
 
 This affection mostly attacks children, though some 
 adults have it in a diffused form with much severity. 
 
21S HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 It generally appears as a feverless eruption, coming out 
 in spots much like the sting of a bee or mosquito, or the 
 sting of nettles, a pale, or red, or whitish eminence, some- 
 what hard, from half an inch to an inch in diameter, often 
 clustered together; these spots are attended with heat, 
 itching and burning, causing great annoyance. They dis- 
 appear after some hours, and reappear again in other loca- 
 tions, being more likely to appear in cool, than in warm 
 temperature. In adults, it sometimes appears as a deep 
 scarlet rash, attended with heat, itching and swelling, and 
 covering the entire person. It is most common in spring 
 and early summer; is usually developed by changes of tem- 
 perature; over-eating; certain kinds of food, such as bitter 
 almonds, cucumbers, mushrooms, oatmeal, fish or shell fish; 
 and in children is almost always connected with some de- 
 rangement of the digestion; also mental depression, anxiety, 
 the wearing of flannel and anything that irritates the skin. 
 It is apt to reappear from time to time. 
 
 Treatment. — Give the Specific No. Fourteen, six pellets 
 morning, noon and night. This will be sufficient in ordi- 
 nary cases. But if there is considerable of it on the per- 
 son, arms or limbs, or fever, and the itching is annoying, 
 dissolve twelve pellets of Specific No. One, in six spoonsful 
 of water, of which give one spoonful every hour until re- 
 lieved. The cure will then be completed by Specific No. 
 Fourteen, given four times per day. 
 
 In chronic cases and to eradicate the disease from the 
 system, and when the digestion is at fault, give six pellets 
 of Specific No. Fourteen, morning and noon, and six 
 pellets of Speoifio No. Ten, at night. 
 
 TINEA. — {Ring-worm). 
 
 This is an affection of the hairs, of the skin, scalp, chin, 
 or other parts of the body, due to the growth of a fine white 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 217 
 
 powdery fungus -which grows in the interior of the hair- 
 roots. The hairs swell, become paler and brittle, and tend 
 to crack across, or break off close to the head; and the re- 
 sulting inflammation of the hair bulbs, while killing th« 
 fungus, also leaves permanent baldness. 
 
 T^his disease usually commences in a limited spot and 
 thence spreads out in a circular form; and, as the centre 
 regains its natural appearance, and the borders extend, it 
 forms a ring — hence the name. At times rings form within 
 each other, in broken or imperfect forms, and extend in 
 various directions. The ring is occupied by small vesicles, 
 which after some days break and leave a rough, reddish 
 surface, with a rose-colored base. The duration of the 
 disease is uncertain. 
 
 This disease appears in different forms, is generally of a 
 vegetable parasitic origin, and is always contagious, being 
 readily communicated from one child to another, by means 
 of the comb, brush, towel or even by contact of the diseased 
 part. There are several forms, the principal of which are: 
 
 Tinea tonsurans {Tinea capitis), the common scurfy Ring- 
 worm of the scalp, is generally seen only in children, is con- 
 tagious, but not necessarily associated with impaired health, 
 and most common in lymphatic persons. It consists of 
 circular patches varying from half an inch to several inches 
 in diameter, the hairs of which look dry, withered, and as 
 if nibbled off at a short distance from the scalp. The para- 
 site is visible in a good light, appearing like powdered 
 sulphur when Chloroform has been applied. 
 
 Tinea decalvans {Forrigo decalvans) consists of smooth, 
 circular patches of perfect baldness, quite pale, of variable size 
 — half an inch to two inches or more in diameter, and of 
 which there may be several: the disease is sometimes seen 
 in young persons, chiefly in girls, but is most common in 
 adults. 
 
 Tinea sycosis {Barber's Itch), is transmissible by contagion, 
 
218 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 from the use of a razor previously employed in shaving an 
 affected person. This method of transmission has been 
 often noticed, and we call attention to it to suggest the 
 preventive means — ^viz., the immersion of the razor in hot 
 •water, and mping it before use. 
 
 Symptoms. — ^It is a disease of adult life, and commences 
 insidiously, a red itchy patch being first noticed, which, 
 after rubbing or scratching, and the lapse of a little time, 
 becomes much more troublesome, as the follicles enlarge 
 and pustulate; there is considerable sensation of burning, 
 and shaving is very painful. Successive crops of pustules 
 appear, often grouped together, the fluid exuded becoming 
 dry, and forming into crusts. The hairs become duU, 
 brittle, and easily removed; and much discomfort, and 
 sometimes disfigurement, is the result. The disease is very 
 apt to become chronic, recurring at certain seasons; and 
 is often very obstinate. 
 
 Tinea circinnata, is the form which attacks the body. 
 
 Tinea versicoloe commences as small reddened points, 
 ■with itching, which is increased by warmth: slightly ele- 
 vated, dry, rough patches of a fawn-color arise, somewhat 
 scaly at the edge, and from which branny scales can be 
 rubbed off; they occur on the chest, abdomen, and arms; 
 vary in size from that of a three-penny-piece to that of the 
 pahn of the hand, and are much irritated by flannel. It is 
 sometimes called variegated Dandriff, or Liver-spots. 
 
 Teeatment. — The Specific No. Fourteen is the appro- 
 priate remedy. Give six pellets three or four times per 
 day, either dry or in water, and the affection will soon dis- 
 appear. 
 
 TINEA FAVOSA.— (Pom^o favosa). 
 
 This is the crusted or honey-comb Ringworm. It com- 
 mences when the patient is about seven years of age, and 
 is characterised by the presence of small straw- or sulphur- 
 
DISEASE AND TEBATMENT. — ^DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 219 
 
 colored cupped crusts, which coalesce and give rise to a 
 honey-comb appearance, or remain separate. It is conta- 
 gious. 
 
 It is one of the most obstinate of eruptions, and very 
 serious consequences inevitably result from repelling it 
 from the surface, by means of ointments, or other external 
 applications. It usually commences as a cluster of minute 
 vesicles or pimples, in colored, irregular, circular patches, 
 on which appear yellow points or patches, which contain a 
 yeUowish-white, thick, viscid fluid, of an offensive odor. 
 This discharge is corrosive and irritates the surface, causing 
 the eruption to extend. The hair becomes glued up and 
 matted, and thick hard elevated crusts are formed of varied 
 shape and appearance. This form of tenia is most liable 
 to commence at the back of the head, towards the nape of 
 the neck, and swelling and enlargement of the glands of the 
 neck are not unusual. 
 
 Teeatment. — ^The less moisture, water, soap-suds, etc., is 
 applied to the scalp the better. Water and soap, while 
 they soften and cleanse the part, seem to convey the in- 
 fection to the healthy portion of the scalp, while the effect 
 upon the diseased point is not very beneficial Hence, 
 keep the head as clean as possible, and use as little water 
 or soap as possible, shingle off the hair over the diseased 
 part, or the entire head at once, the sooner the better. 
 
 Give the Specitio No. Fourteen, six pellets for an adult 
 or three for children, dissolved in a spoonful of water, four 
 times per day, and apply to the affected part every second 
 day a portion of the Witch Hazel Oil with the end of the 
 finger, or with a fine, soft sponge. The diet should be 
 mild and not exciting. Should there be heat and irritation 
 of the scalp, an occasional portion of six pellets of SpEciPia 
 No. One may be given with advantage to relieve the irri- 
 tation. 
 
220 HOMEOPATHia MENTOB. 
 
 ECZEMA. — {Catarrhal Inflammation of the Skin — Scalled 
 Head— Milk- Crust). 
 
 Definition. — ^Eczema is essentially a catarrhal inflamma- 
 tion of the skin characterized by more or less superficial 
 redness, of small closely-packed vesicles, usually not larger 
 than a pin's head, which run together, burst, and pour out 
 a serous fluid, that dries into thin yellow crusts. The exuded 
 fluid has the property, when dried, of stiffening linen, 
 which distinguishes this from other skin diseases. Paia, 
 smarting or itching, are also present. It is one of the most 
 common eruptions, constituting one-third or more of all 
 skin afiections; and lasts a varying time, in consequence of 
 successive local developments, and its tendency to spread. 
 After its disappearance no traces are left of the disease. 
 
 Symptoms. — The most usual is a red surface with vesicles 
 or fissures from which the serous fluid exudes. The ve- 
 sicles appear m successive crops, may prolong the disease for 
 an indefinite time, and are attended with itching and local 
 heat. The skin is irritable; occasionally excoriations or 
 crackings of the part occur, and sometimes the parts around 
 the patch inflame, probably from the irritating nature of 
 the discharge. If no vesicles be apparent, the disease may 
 be recognized by the skin feeling thick when raised by the 
 finger and thumb, by the starchy nature of the discharge, 
 the formation of thin yeUow crusts, and the irritation. The 
 most common seats of the patches are the scalp, behind the 
 ears, the face, the forearms, and the legs, and its appear- 
 ance differs greatly in each of these locations. If the di- 
 sease be extensive, there may be considerable fever, a pallid 
 appearance, headache, loss of appetite, etc. The mucous 
 surfaces may become the seat of inflammation, either by 
 the spread of the disease from the skin or as a consequence 
 of the general condition. The retrocession of Eczema may 
 be followed by other diseases — Diarrhoea, Bronchitis, or 
 Leucorrhoea in the female. 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 221 
 
 Vakieties. — E. simplex, in which the inflammation is 
 moderate, and often results from exposure to the sun's rays; 
 or from irritants — ^heat, cold, bad soap, etc. If it occur in 
 hot weather, the patient complains of fever, a "heated state 
 of the blood," etc., and the eruption follows, appearing on 
 the exposed parts of the body — the face, neck, arms, back 
 of the hands, etc.: this condition is commonly called "heat- 
 spots." E. rvbrum is a more highly inflammatory variety, 
 the eruption being very red and shining, and there is much 
 general disturbance; the burning is severe; brownish scabs 
 are formed; and the parts usually affected are the inner side 
 of the thigh, groin, elbow, wrist, etc. : it is apt to become 
 chronic in old persons, and when it occurs about the legs, 
 is called "the weeping leg,'' and often leads to Ulcers. It 
 often occurs on legs affected with varicose veins. E. impe- 
 tiginodes is the variety which occurs in lymphatic and de- 
 bilitated children, especially those who have a tendency to 
 the formation oipus; the discharge is soon mixed with pus, 
 which forms greenish-yellow thick scabs : it is commonly 
 seen on the heads of infants (Porrigo, Capitis, Scalled-head), 
 and is a combination of Eczema and Impetigo. E. chro- 
 nicum is the chronic form of any of the foregoing kinds of 
 the disease; it often oscillates between cure and recurrence; 
 and the skin becomes harsh, dry, red, and thickened. Sy- 
 philitic or scrofulous complications render the disease 
 very intractable. 
 
 Causes. — ^Eczema probably depends upon constitutional 
 irritability, and is sometimes hereditary; hence trivial ex- 
 citing causes are sufficient to develop the disease — the 
 action of the sun's rays, heat, cold, the use of cosmetics, 
 paints and washes, and stockings dyed with aniline, etc. 
 In adults, it is a common sequel to overwork, anxiety, 
 irregular habits, etc. The rash developed by sulphur- 
 baths, the rubbing in of Croton oil, and also that following 
 hydropathic treatment, is eczematous. Shoemakers, who 
 
222 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 sit long with their thighs together; grocers and cooks, from 
 handling sugar, etc. ; washerwoman, from the frequent use 
 of soda and soap; bricklayers and builders, from the con- 
 tact of lime, and others, from similar causes, are liable to 
 Eczema. In infants it is often due to friction and irritation 
 of clothes wet with urine; improper food; impoverishment 
 of the mother's milk; or being too warmly covered; or want 
 of attention to the general health. It is impossible to over- 
 estimate the influence of improper diet and regimen in the 
 production of Eczema. 
 
 Treatment. — The SpEomc No. Fourteen is the proper 
 remedy and should be given six pellets four times per 
 day, for adults, two or four peUets for children, dissolving 
 each portion in a teaspoonful of water, or they may be 
 given dry if the disease is only slight. After Specipio 
 No. Fourteen has thus been given a week, the doses 
 may be reduced to one at noon, and one at night, and six 
 peUets of Specitio No. Twenty-Two should be given 
 each morning in water. If there is violent itching, redness, 
 and burning, and intolerable restlessness in case of child- 
 ren, dissolve six pellets of Specific No. One in six spoons- 
 ful of water, and give a spoonful every hour, until the 
 itching abates, and rest is procured. This is the proper 
 treatment, and should be preserved in until the disease is 
 cured. 
 
 Accessory Measures. — The parts should be kept clean by 
 frequent gentle washing with cold or tepid soft water. 
 General Baths are of the greatest utility in Eczema, as in all 
 other chronic skin disorders, for they stimulate the healthy 
 surfaces to increased activity, and so compensate for the 
 imperfect action of the diseased portions. The great vas- 
 cularity of the skin, its large daily secretions, and its 
 breathing power in aid of the lungs, prove how corrective 
 the healthy play of its functions must be in cases of threat- 
 ened mischief to the internal organs. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OP THE SKIN. 223 
 
 Pure soft water is an agent of great A'alne, and in many 
 cases the only remedy needed. Hard water is irritating; 
 and when rain water cannot be obtained it may be softened 
 by boiling, and the addition of bran, flour/ or other muci' 
 laginous matters, which further abstract the lime salts. 
 The washing should be done so as not to spread the irri- 
 tating discharge over unaffected surfaces, and afterwards 
 well dried by pressure with a soft cloth, not by rubbing. 
 In Eczema, as well as other eruptions on the legs, we may 
 suggest the value of elevation as an element of treatment. 
 The clothes should not be allowed to produce friction on 
 the parts. Vegetable food, especially such as is eaten un- 
 cooked — ^lettuces, celery, watercresses, etc. — may be taken, 
 for vegetables contain potash salts, which are abstracted in 
 the process of boiling. The general health must also be 
 regulated. Cod-liver-oil is especially recommended. 
 
 ACNE.— (PimpZes). 
 
 Definitions. — "A chronic Inflammation of the sebaceous 
 glands and hair-foUicles, characterised by an eruption of 
 hard, conical, and isolated elevations of moderate size, and 
 various degrees of redness." 
 
 Names and Varieties. — The word " acne " (which in ftU 
 probability was given in error for acme), was intended to 
 signify the occurrence of the disease at the acme of man's 
 development — ^puberty, when, indeed, the simple form is 
 most common. In A. punctata there is simply a collection 
 of sebaceous or suety matter, in the form of a pointed 
 eruption: this collection, when squeezed out of the skin, 
 comes out in a cylindrical form, having the appearance of a 
 small grub or maggot {comedones) ; hence it is sometimes 
 called "maggot-pimple," and is most frequent in young fe- 
 males. A. indurafa — sometimes called "stone-pock" — de- 
 scribes the disease when it is chronic and indolent, and 
 when the pimples are became hard, with a dusky-red base; 
 
224 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 they are often painful, and produce a sensation of tightness 
 about the face, the skin being congested and thickened. 
 A. rosacea is seldom seen in young persons, but sometimes 
 occurs in women in whom the catamenial function is imper- 
 fect; the redness is bright, there being much congestion; 
 the veins are varicose, the face is much disfigured, the sur-; 
 face is red and dotted over with pustules, the skin is thick- 
 ened, .and food and stimulants produce great burning and' 
 flushing of the face. Alcohol, by flushing the face, causes 
 what are termed "grog-blossoms," which are spots of Acne; 
 but the disease is not necessarily connected with frequent 
 alcoholic stimulation, since it sometimes occurs in the ab- 
 stemious. A. strophulosa — "white Gum-rash" — consists of 
 small white pimples, chiefly about the face and neck. 
 
 Causes. —Congestion of the sebaceous or fatty follicles. 
 This condition may be induced by various internal and ex- 
 ternal agencies; by the stomach, which has a great reflex 
 action on the face, as seen in flushings after food, etc. ; by 
 enervation, intemperance, constipation; physiological 
 changes (as puberty) ; menstrual irregularities, and sexual 
 abuse by young men; cold; the use of cosmetics; the effects 
 of some medicine, as Iodine; neglect of cleanliness, etc. 
 It is of most frequent occurence in the spring season, and 
 then often returns for several successive years. 
 
 Treatment. — Take sis pellets of Specific No. Fourteen, 
 night and morning, or, if the face or pimples are red, take 
 Spechtc No. Thirty-Five, morning, and Specitic No. 
 Fourteen at night. If the eruption is driven from the 
 face by applications, it is liable to be followed by disease. 
 Such applications are, moreover, unnecessary, as the erup- 
 tion can be entirely cured by the Specifics Na Fourteen 
 and Thirty- Five, if perseveringly used. 
 
 Accessoey Meahs. — Simple diet, exercise, bathing, and 
 the correction of indigestion, menstrual derangement, de- 
 tility and any obvious constitutional or local causes. 
 
DISEASE AND IBEATMEKT. — DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 225 
 
 ITCH.— (Sbofties). 
 
 This well known disease consists of a peculiar eruption 
 of the skin, characterized by pointed vesicles, usually small, 
 transparent at the top, and filled with thin matter, and 
 sometimes these pimples become enlarged to pea size, like 
 pustules or blisters. The pimples on being scratched, often 
 bleed, or the tops become filled with dark blood. The 
 eruptions appear on every part of the body, except the face, 
 generally most abundant on the wrists, and between the 
 fingers, less so on the arms, and legs, and body. It is 
 attended with violent itching, worse at night and when un- 
 dressing, and is more common and more likely to appear 
 on children than adults. It is caused by the burrowing in 
 the skin of a minute insect, called the Acaris-scabei, and 
 the violence of the symptoms depends upon the number of 
 these insects present, the length of time they have been 
 present, and the degree of sensibility of the patient's skin. 
 It is strictly infectious and readily communicated by con- 
 tact, clothing, or sleeping in the same bed. 
 
 Treatment. — This is not a disease to be cured in a day. 
 It will at best require some weeks, if fuUy developed, oft- 
 times longer. The patient should have plain, but good, 
 wholesome food, free from condiments or stimulants as 
 possible, and the greatest care should be observed by fre- 
 quent bathing, and change of linen, to keep the skin as 
 pure and free from infectious matter as possible. Dissolve 
 daily twelve pellets of Specific No. Fourteen in four 
 spoonsful ®f water, of which give a spoonful four times per 
 day until cured. Prepare likewise a lotion, by putting one 
 ounce flour of sulphur to eight ounces of alcohol, and after 
 shaking well, put a table-spoonful of this tincture to a coffee 
 cup of water, and after bathing every night, apply this to 
 the svuiace. 
 
 In general practice, the free application of Sulphur' 
 
226 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 ointment is rapidly effective in destroying the insect and 
 its ova. After thoroughly nibbing the whole body with 
 soft-soap and warm water, then washing in a hot-bath, 
 or with hot water, and wiping thoroughly dry, the super- 
 ficial and effete cuticle is removed, and the bmrows and 
 parasites freely exposed; the ointment should then be well 
 rubbed in and allowed to remain on the body all night. 
 On the following morning a tepid bath, using yeUow soap to 
 wash off the ointment left on overnight, completes the cure. 
 If the application of the ointment and the ablutions be not 
 thorough, the process should be repeated once or twice. 
 Sulphur-ointment must not be continued too long, or it will 
 produce an irritable state of the skin, which may be 
 mistakeji for a persistence of the disease. The adminis- 
 tration of Sulphur, during the use of the ointment, and for 
 two or three days subsequently, is recommended. Greasy 
 substances alone are natural cures of Itch. Glenn's Sul- 
 phur Soap, which may be procured at any druggist's, is also 
 very effective. This m'ay be applied at night after bathing, 
 forming a lather upon the surface which may be sponged 
 off the next morning. All contaminated linen should be 
 put into boiling water; other garments should be well 
 ironed with a hot iron, or exposed to hot air at a tempera- 
 ture not less than 150° or 180° Fahr., or well fumigated 
 with the vapour of Sulphur, to destroy any insects or ova 
 concealed in the texture of the linen. The cure is often re- 
 tarded, and the disease conveyed to others, by neglecting 
 to carry out these suggestions as to clothing. 
 
 BOILS.— (Feruncles). 
 
 Boils are hard, painful swellings on the skin, which in^ 
 flame slowly, suppurate and discharged The matter first 
 discharged is bloody or mixed with blood, but afterwards is 
 pus or degenerated tissue, and at last is a hard mass termed 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 227 
 
 a core. Not unfrequently boils appear successively or in 
 crops upon the same individual, continuing for months, and 
 causing great annoyance and suffering. They are caused 
 by disordered condition of blood, from unwholesome food, 
 overwork, anxiety, some unknown atmospheric causes, or 
 from depressing influences generally. 
 
 Boils may be prevented from coming to a head by gently 
 rubbing the surface every three or four hours with the tips 
 of the fingers, wetted with Spirits of Camphor, and then 
 covering the spot with flannel soaked in Camphorated OiL 
 
 In order further to prevent a recurrence of Boils, atten- 
 tion must be directed to the constitutional causes in which 
 they originate. If, as is often the case, they arise from di- 
 gestive derangement, abstinence from rich gravies, pastry, 
 sweet-dishes, etc., is imperatively necessary. Correct diet, 
 cleanliness, and healthy exercise and recreation in the open 
 air, will do more towards eradicating a predisposition to 
 Boils and other affections of the skin than the use of drugs. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics No. Fourteen and No. 
 Thirty-Five should be given in alternation, six pellets 
 of each dissolved in as many spoonsful of water, and taken 
 in alternation four or more times a day, according to the 
 urgency of the case. A cloth wet in the Marvel of HBALiNa 
 (diluted) and laid on the boil wiU allay the pain and in- 
 flammation. 
 
 To prevent a recurrence of the boU, or a new crop, take 
 for two or three weeks, six pellets of Specific No. Four- 
 teen at night, and of No. Thirty- Five each morning. 
 
 CAUBUmGlM.— {Anthrax). 
 
 The carbuncle differs from the boil, though somewhat 
 similar. It is a deep seated, hard circumscribed swelling, 
 of livid hue, attended with great pain, itching, and burning 
 heat, occurring usually on the nape of the neck or back. 
 
228 flOMEOPATHIO MEHTOfi. 
 
 It does not suppurate and discharge like the boil, but a 
 thin acrid offensive fluid runs from several openings, which 
 communicate with each other, leaving for a time a whitish 
 mass within, which, on being discharged, leaves a deep, 
 Ugly cavity. Carbuncles arise from a disordered condition 
 of the blood, usually met with in debilitated constitutions, as 
 the result of chronic, exhausting diseases, or severe, acute 
 maladies; great alteration in habits, or diet; long continued 
 fatigue; they are usually found in persons who have passed 
 middle life, and oftener in men than in women. 
 
 The disease runs its course slowly, is attended with fever 
 and prostration; and when the tumor is large, and seated 
 on the head, spine or nape, is not free from danger. 
 
 Diagnosis. — Carbuncle differs from a Boil in its greater 
 size; its broad, flat shape; in usually appearing singly; in 
 giving way and discharging from several openings; in the 
 dusky redness of the inflamed iategument; and in the great 
 constitutional disturbance and irritation which accom- 
 pany it. 
 
 Teeatment. — ^At flrst, while there is considerable fever, 
 the Specific No. One should be given every hour two 
 pellets in fluid, and after the fever has abated, and the tu- 
 mor more advanced, the Specifics No. Twenty-TTVO and 
 No. Twenty-Three should be given in alternation every 
 two hours. Dissolve twelve pellets of each, in six spoonsful 
 of water, in separate glasses, and give every three hours a 
 spoonful alternately. An application of the Witch Hazel 
 Oil, or arnica diluted, wiU be of relief, or a poultice of flax 
 seed, where the tumor is very hard, hot and unyielding. 
 The medicLaal influence is the main relief, and the disease 
 at best yields slowly. 
 
 "WHITLOW.— (i^fefon). 
 
 This is an affection which usually appears at the end of 
 the finger, and at others, down deep beneath the fascia, or 
 
DISEASfi AKD tEEAf MeK*. — DlSEASfiS OF TBE SKIM. 229 
 
 in the ball of the finger or thumb. It is usually attended 
 with heat, swelling, and great pain, and is liable to re- 
 appear in the same person, unless the proper constitutional 
 Homeopathic remedies are used to eradicate the predispo- 
 sition from the system. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. Twenty-Two is the 
 proper remedy, of which dissolve twelve pellets in six 
 spoonsful of water, and give a spoonful every two or three 
 hours, continuing the same from day to day. On the first 
 indications of Whitlow being noticed, the finger should be 
 repeatedly plunged into water as hot can be borne, in 
 which common salt has been dissolved for two hours, or 
 longer; the hand should be held in a raised posture. If 
 these means be commenced too late, poultices of flax-seed, 
 slippery elm, or bread and milk, may be applied with ad- 
 vantage, to soften the sweUing and hasten suppuration, 
 and the matter had best be discharged as soon as fluctua- 
 tion is clearly perceived. 
 
 ONYCHIA. — {Inflammation of the substance from which the 
 nails grow). 
 
 May be induced by similar causes to those of Whitlow, 
 and especially by an in-growing nail; or by cutting the nail 
 down to the "quick." 
 
 Treatment. — Same as for Felon. 
 
 IN-GEOWING OF THE NAIL. 
 
 May be remedied by softening it in warm water, then 
 paring it thin on the upper surface, and cutting it down as 
 far as may be at the middle part of the extremity, avoiding 
 cutting the parts which tend to grow in. By these means tha 
 growth is diverted from the sides; since a nail will grow 
 most where it is cut most. 
 
230 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 ABSCESSES. 
 
 The term abscess is usually employed to indicate any 
 morbid collection of matter. 
 
 An abscess may be acute or chronic. The acute is al- 
 ways preceded by heat, soreness or sensibility of the part, 
 followed by suppuration. The appearance of the skin 
 changes with the commencement of suppuration. The 
 surface, usually red, becomes livid, the pain becomes more . 
 duU and throbbing, the swelling increases in bulk, and if 
 not too deeply seated, fluctuation may be discovered, and 
 at this time there are almost always more or less of chills 
 or slight rigors, succeeded by heat. After the abscess is 
 fuUy ripe it assumes a more conical form or is said to point, 
 and over this space the skin becomes livid, yellowish, and 
 ere long bursts and the contents are discharged. 
 
 Chrokio abscesses often begin and approach the surface, 
 without any considerable constitutional disturbance, and 
 the discharge is unhealthy, thin, serous, and containing 
 flaky or cheesy substances. If the abscess is large, after 
 the pus is evacuated and air admitted, the surrounding 
 cyst becomes inflamed, and severe constitutional disturb- 
 ance, hectic fever, etc., may arise. 
 
 Treatment. — We may hasten the suppurative process of 
 acute abscesses, by applying warm poultices or fomenta- 
 tions, and they likewise afford some relief. 
 
 After the formation of matter is clearly announced by 
 fluctuation, and the pointing or protrusion of some portioij 
 of the abscess, the matter should be discharged by a lancet 
 inserted at the most depending portion of the abscess, and 
 if the collection of matter is large, it may be necessary to 
 repeat the process. 
 
 The Specifics No. One and No. Twenty-Two should 
 be given alternately, every two hours, during the inflam- 
 matory stage, and until suppuration occurs. Then omit 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 231 
 
 the No. One, and in place give the No. Twenty-Three, 
 and SO continue the Nos. Twenty- Ttvo and Twenty- 
 Three, at intervals of four hours, until the abscess is healed. 
 For Chronic abscesses, Specifics No. Twenty-Two 
 and Twenty-Three should be given, six pellets in 
 water, and four times per day in alternation. 
 
 COKNS,—( Cfa-uMs), AND BUNIONS. 
 
 A Corn consists of a growth of the scarf-skin caused by 
 the pressure or friction of tight or badly fitting boots or 
 shoes. It not only lies on the true skin, but its pressure 
 causes the true skin to waste, and the corn fiUs up the 
 space, thus penetrating into the skin. Soft corns are those 
 situated where the secretions of the skin are confined, as 
 between the toes — ^keeping the corn moist and soft. 
 
 A Bunion is an enlargement of the sac, over the joint of 
 the great or little toe, chiefly the former, with more or less 
 deformity of the joint. It is caused by the pressure of 
 narrow-pointed boots or shoes, throwing the great toe over or 
 under the contiguous toes; in this way a sharp angle is 
 made on the inner side of the joint of the great toe, on 
 which the bunion is formed. Both corns and bunions give 
 rise to much pain, redness, and swelling of the part, which 
 soon subside on removal of the cause. 
 
 These troublesome excrescences are far more liable to 
 form on the feet of some persons than others, thereby 
 showing a constitutional predisposition, which is a proper 
 subject of medical treatment. Tight shoes, and especially 
 high heels which throw undue weight upon the baU or the 
 toes of the foot, commonly give occasion to their formation, 
 and hence frequent changes of boots or shoes are of advan- 
 tage. It is far from wise to constantly wear the same 
 covering for the feet. Heavy thick boots or shoes for 
 winter and wet weather, Arctic rubbers for snow and severe 
 cold, light shoes for summer, and slippers for evening and 
 
232 BOMEOFATHIO MEHTOB. 
 
 house wear. Tliis variety of covering is not only suitable 
 and comfortable, but relieves the feet from constant pressure 
 on the same or suffering parts, and withal is economical. 
 Often washing of the feet, and frequent change of stookinga 
 are also necessary to a perfect cure. 
 
 Treatment. — When Coens are inflamed and troublesome, 
 soak the feet well in warm water, with two ounces of bicar- 
 bonate of Soda to the gallon, for half an hour; then pare 
 the corn, or raise its hard head from the edge gently with 
 the finger-nail, or some convenient instrument; in the 
 centre will be found a white spot or root, going deeper in; 
 pick it out with the point of knife, and afterward wear a 
 piece of plaster with- a hole in the centre over the middle of 
 the corn. The free and frequent application of the Maevel 
 OF HEALma or Witch Hazel Oil and following the bathing 
 up for several nights, wiU give prompt relief. 
 
 Hard corns on the sole of the foot are best treated by 
 repeated filing with a rasp. 
 
 Soft corns are best treated by carefully cutting off the 
 thickened skin with sharpened scissors, then applying the 
 Maevel op Healing or Witch Ha ml Oil, and always wear- 
 ing a layer of cotton- wool between the toes, changing the 
 wool daily. 
 
 Besides, take of the Specific No. Twenty-Two, six 
 pellets each night, and of No. Thirty-Five,, six pellets 
 each morning for a week or more, to break up the predis- 
 position to their formation. 
 
 In the case of Bunions the direction of the toe must be 
 changed by wearing properly-shaped boots, made with the 
 inner side of the sole straight from the toe to the heeL If 
 irritation be accidentally excited in the part, a warm foot- 
 bath should be used, and afterwards the Maevel of Heal- 
 ing, or the Witch Hazel Oil freely used for two or three 
 days. Should matter form, a linseed-meal poultice will be 
 suitable. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT.— DISEASES OF THE SKIN. 233 
 
 CHILBLAIN.— (Pernio). 
 
 Chilblains are a low kind of inflammation, mostly affecting 
 the hands, or the sides, soles and heels of the feet, and cau- 
 sed by sudden changes from cold to heat; especially in 
 weakly persons of languid circulation, in children, scrofu- 
 lous people, and in old age. A chilblain begins with swell- 
 ing, slight purplish redness, pain, tingling, burning, itching, 
 and may go on to form a blister, followed by ulceration. 
 "Chapped" or "cracked" hands, during frosty weather, is of 
 the nature of chillblain, and requires similar treatment. 
 
 Teeatment. — Dissolve ten or twelve pellets of Specific No. 
 One, ill as many spoonsful of water, of which give every 
 hour to children a tea, and to adults a large spoonful until 
 the itching and irritation are relieved. Then give of Spe- 
 cific No. Fourteen, four pellets three times per day, to 
 complete the cure. 
 
 Bathe the parts with the Makvel op Healing or with the 
 Witch Hazel Oil. It will promptly relieve the burning 
 and irritation, and may be used in conjunction with the 
 other Specifics named. 
 
 Preventives. — As Chilblains generally occur in persons 
 whose nutrition is defective, free use of wholesome nutri- 
 tious diet, is necessary to prevent their recurrence. Pork, 
 salted meats, and all irritating or indigestible articles of 
 food, should be excluded from the dietary. Extremes of 
 temperature are to be avoided; and suddenly approaching 
 the fire after coming in from the cold, or warming the feet 
 on the fender, or the hands close to the fire. 
 
 FE03T BITES AND FEOZEN LIMBS. 
 
 When any portion of the person has been frost bitten or 
 frozen, the pai-t, ear, nose, cheek, fingers or toes, should im- 
 mediately be rubbed in snow or ice cold water, and this 
 
234 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 should be carefully continued until the part becomes red 
 and the sensation and circulation are restored. Then the 
 best application is Witch Hazel Oil. Moisten a fine rag 
 or some cotton batting with the same, and envelop the frost 
 Ditten part with it, and then from time to time remoisten 
 and apply it, as it gets dry^ until the part is restored. 
 Specific No. Fourteen, six pellets four times per dayj 
 win aid in restoring the part. 
 
DISEASES OF THE HEAD AND NERVOUS 
 SYSTEM, 
 
 Headaches are various in their character and are pro- 
 duced by a variety of causes. It is less frequently a di- 
 sease itself, than a symptom of some more general affec- 
 tion. Sometimes it is comparatively trivial, at other times 
 of very grave importance, often interrupting any constant 
 vocation of the patient, causing great suffering, and prost- 
 rating the system so frequently as to rapidly undermine 
 the general health. With some persons, the slightest in- 
 discretion in diet, or deviation from ordinary quiet habits, 
 is followed by an attack of headache. The pain may be 
 located in a single part, or involve the entire head; and is 
 often accompanied with extreme nausea and painful retch- 
 ing and vomiting. The attacks are often provoked by some 
 exposure, excitement, or error in diet, and sometimes they 
 return at pretty regular intervals of seven or fourteen 
 days. They may likewise be of congestive, rheumatic, bi- 
 lious, catarrhal, or nervous origin. 
 
 Congestive headaches occur in plethoric persons of full 
 habit, and are accompanied by a sense of fulness and 
 throbbing in the head, red or very pale face, redness of 
 the eyes, with sense of soreness on turning them, and often 
 intolerance of light. 
 
 In bilious headache there is often coated tongue, bad 
 taste in the mouth, and the pain is dull, aching or racking, 
 
236 aOMEOFATHIC UENTOB. 
 
 sometimes moving from one part to the other, while the 
 scalp may be sore and bowels constipated. Catarrhal 
 headaches are indicated by dull, heavy pains across the 
 forehead and upper part of the noee, attended with obstruc- 
 tion of the nose or fluent discharges. 
 
 Treatment. — Persons who are subject to headaches, 
 should abandon the use of coffee, and also of strong tea, as 
 the use of these beverages often contributes to keep up the 
 disease, and in some cases alone cause it. They should 
 live regularly and temperately, and avoid as far as possible, 
 the known or exciting causes of the disease. Beside this 
 regimen, they should take each morning six pellets of Spe- 
 cific No. Thirty-Five, and at night six more of SpEcina 
 No. Ten, as a preventive, and to eradicate the predispo- 
 sition to these attacks. 
 
 When a paroxysm of headache comes on, if it has the 
 symptoms of congestion mentioned above, the Specitics No. 
 One and No. Thirty-Five should be given every hour, 
 alternately, in fluid. 
 
 If the attack indicates a bilious condition, the Specifics 
 No. Nine and No. Ten should be given every hour in al- 
 ternation, two pellets at a dose. Should the attack com- 
 mence with blindness, soon followed, by nausea and vomit- 
 ing, or other severe symptoms, the medicines are best when 
 dissolved in water, and given every half hour, or even more 
 frequently. Should there be heat, fever or throbbing of the 
 vessels of the head or temples, substitute the Specific No. 
 One for No. Ten, and continue in the same manner. 
 
 For the usual form of sick-headache, as it is generally 
 termed, with nausea, vomiting, prostration, often intolerance 
 of light or noise, the Specifics No. Nine and No. Ten 
 should be given every hour or half hour, in alternation, 
 until relieved. 
 
 Headaches in Females, occuring just before or during the 
 monthly period, will be relieved by taking the Specifio No. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES 01" THE HEAD, ETC. 237 
 
 Eleven, either alone or in alternation -with No. Tllirty- 
 
 Five, especially if the periods are painful or too profuse. 
 Headaches from constipation wiU be cured by using the 
 Specific No. Ten, six pellets night and morning. 
 
 The cure of old, long-standing headaches requires time 
 and perseverance, but can always be accomplished by the 
 persistant use of the Specifics before mentioned. 
 
 Persons subject to headaches, find, on arising with the 
 symptoms of a headache in the morning, or at other times, 
 that by taking a glass of lemonade the 'impending attack is 
 Warded off. The free use of this beverage or of lemon-juice 
 has oftea prevented, and in some instances seems to have 
 cured old and inveterate headaches. It is an agreeablo 
 remedy and well worth a trial. 
 
 VEETIGO OE GIDDINESS. 
 
 This affection may arise from a variety of causes, and so 
 is cured by a variety of remedies. It may be a transient 
 condition, or become chronic and comparatively permanent. 
 It often arises from plethoric or full habit; from overloading 
 the digestive organs, or from debilitating discharges, or 
 from the use of narcotics. 
 
 Treatment. — ^When connected with full habit, red face, 
 sparks before the eyes, etc., the Specific No. One is the 
 remedy. If there is indigestion or overloaded stomach, 
 take Specifio No. Ten. If there have been debilitating 
 discharges, such as diarrhoea, leucorrhcea. Specific No. 
 Twenty- Fonr wiU cure, or in some cases Specific No. 
 Twenty- Eight. Chronic vertigo, referable to no im« 
 mediate producing cause, requires the Specific No. Thirty* 
 Five; dose, six pellets two or three times per day. 
 
 APOPLEXY. 
 
 What is termed a fit of apoplexy, is a sudden loss more 
 or less complete of consoiousnesg and motion, the patient 
 
238 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 sinking Sown as if dead, though the respiration and action 
 of the heart continue in a somewhat irregular manner. It 
 is different from spasra, the hands are not clenched or ex- 
 tremities rigid, but apparently dead and without motion. 
 It is occasioned by an effusion of blood or of serum upon 
 the brain, or from so intense a degree of congestion, as to 
 paralyze the action of this organ. It is always the expres- 
 sion of some constitutional defect or tissue-depravation: 
 ■ There is a popular error, shared to some extent by the 
 profession, that apoplexy is the frequent cause of sudden 
 death; and that persons with a short, thick neck and red 
 face are most liable to it. It is true that such persons often 
 die suddenly, but the suddeness of their death is generally 
 due to heart-disease. A man with a red face has no more 
 blood in his head than another with a pale face; and if 
 blood is poured out into the brain it is because the diseased 
 blood-vessel could no longer delay the fatal mischief. It is, 
 then, the person with diseased arteries in whom apoplexy 
 is most likely to occur, and this may exist in those who are 
 pale and thin and have long necks. Apoplexy is more fre- 
 quent as a cause of death after age of 50; the gradual de- 
 generation or ossification of arteries common to old age 
 rendering them inelastic, and as the blood is forced in them 
 by the heart's action, they give way. Intemperance, ex- 
 cessive eating or drinking, uncontroU«d passion, tight 
 clothing around the neck, too close mental labor, etc. — all 
 tend to cerebral congestion — so do diseases affecting the 
 heart, kidneys, or blood-vessels of the brain, suppressed 
 hoemorrhages, or menses. It is more important to know 
 and arrest the premonitory symptoms, as after the attack 
 has become fully developed, but comparatively little can be 
 done by way of treatment. The symptoms which point to 
 an attack, are these: Great disposition to sleep; feeling of 
 heaviness; dimness of sight; buzzing in the ears; hardness 
 of hearing; heavy, deep sleep and loud snoring; yawning 
 
DISISASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OP THE HEAD, ETC. ,• 239 
 
 ' and fatigue after slight exertion; vertigo or giddiness; irri- 
 table disposition; loss of memory; forgetfulness of words or 
 things; double or very acute vision; difficulty of swallowing; 
 numbness, torpor or pricking sensation in the extremities; 
 irush of blood to the head, with beating of the temporal ar- 
 teries; red face and quick, hard, tense pulse. These symp-. 
 toms are indicative of severe congestion of blood to the 
 head, and unless arrested, may result in an effusion or fit of 
 apoplexy. 
 
 Teeatment. — ^This condition requires, first the use of the 
 Spech'ic No. One, if the symptoms are at all urgent; give 
 six pellets every one or two hours until the oppression and 
 sense of fulness is somewhat relieved, and in some cases 
 this Specific will alone be sufficient for the time. Then 
 commence and give the Specifics No. Thirty-Five and 
 !No. Ten four times per day, six pellets at a time in alter- 
 nation, Specifio No. Thirty-Five before breakfast and 
 supper, and No. Ten before dinner and at bedtime until 
 entirely relieved. Then, to prevent a return, the No. 
 Thirty-Five should be taken each morning, and the No. 
 Ten each night for some weeks, six pellets at a dose. 
 
 "When a person falls down in a fit of apoplexy, (which 
 may be known from drunkenness by the absence of the smell 
 of liquor in the breath, and from epilepsy by the absence of 
 the peculiar. scream, and frothing at the mouth, and convul- 
 sion), cold applications should at once be made to the head, 
 
 «and the feet should be immersed to the knees, if possible, 
 in quite warm water, and the Specifics No. One and Na 
 
 .Thirty-Five given dissolved, six pellets in a few dropa 
 of water, at intervals of every half hour alternately, until 
 
 ' animation is restored, and then at longer intervals as the 
 patient improves. Afterwards, the Specifics No. Ten and 
 No. Thirty-Five may be continued to prevent a recur- 
 rence of the attack. 
 
 AcciasoBiES DUEiNG A FiT. — 1. The patient should be im- 
 
240 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 ■ mediately conveyed to. a large apartment where the cold air 
 can freely circulate around him. 2. The neckerchief, and 
 bandages of every kind, loosened, and the patient placed in 
 a -warm bed, with the head moderately raised. 3. Warmth 
 should be applied to the extremities and arm-pits, cloths 
 wrung out of hot water, and renewed as soon aa they be- 
 come cool, to the head; and heat applied to tne pit of the 
 stomach. 
 
 Afteb a Fit. — Should the patient recover from the fit, 
 great and unremitting care must be obsen'ed to prevent 
 another attack. The diet should be light, but nourishing; 
 milk, light puddings, cooked vegetables, fish, etc., are ex- 
 tremely valuable; a full animal-diet should not be allowed 
 till all fear of a relapse is passed; and stimulants should al- 
 most invariably be avoided. Physical and mental exertion 
 and excesses of every nature; fits of passion or excitement; 
 sudden changes of temperature, over-heated rooms, warm 
 baths, wet feet, exposure to a hot sun, violent emotions, 
 etc., as well as errors in diet must be uniformly avoided 
 by those predisposed to apoplexy. Moderate exercise of the 
 muecles is a remedial agent of high value; it tends to pro- 
 mote a more active circulation through the entire systym, 
 and, consequently, to diminish the pressure on blood- 
 vessels which a little extra force might cause to give way. 
 If active exercise cannot be taken, frictions performed by a 
 second person by means of towels or flesh-brushes over the 
 surface of the body and the extremities are necessary. 
 
 CONGESTION, OE KUSH OF BLOOD TO THE HEAD. 
 
 Persons of full habit, and who lead a sedentary life, are 
 subject to what is termed a rush of blood to the head. It 
 is brought on or excited by intense or long-continued men- 
 tal application, want of exercise, and often by too free in- 
 dulgence in stimulating food, wine or alcoholic drinks- 
 
btSEASE AMD TREATMENT. — filSKASes OF THE HEAD, ETC. 241 
 
 The symptoms are: a sense of fulness in the head and 
 necl;; unusual beating or throbbing of the arteries through- 
 out the body and head; heat, redness and bloating of the 
 face, or sometimes paleness and puffing of the face; attacks 
 of giddiness or vertigo, more after sleeping or sitting in a 
 warm room, or from exposure to the sun; frequent head- 
 ache, especially in the forehead, worse on coughing or 
 stooping; buzzing or noise in the ears; oppressed breathing; 
 dry, enlarged or reddish tongue; constipation; drowsiness 
 by day and sleeplessness at night. These symptoms may 
 come and go with the causes which excite them, or become 
 a more or less permanent condition. 
 
 Treatment. — If the symptoms are urgent, dissolve twelve 
 pellets of Specific No. One in six spoonsful of water, of 
 which take a spoonful every hour until relieved; then, each 
 morning, take six pellets of Specific No. Thirty- Five, 
 and each night six pellets of No. Ten, until every trace of 
 the affection has disappeared. 
 
 INFLAMMATION OF THE BBAD>i.—iEnc^haUtis; 
 Meningitis).* 
 
 The manifestations of this disease are varied very much 
 by the age, sex and temperament of the patient, the loca- 
 tion of the affection, and the causes which have produced 
 ii Children, from the greater delicacy and relatively 
 greater size of the organ, are far more liable to it than 
 adults, and from greater delicacy of nervous organization, 
 women are perhaps more so than men. 
 
 * By Encephalitis ia meant inflammation of the Brain, and its mem- 
 hranes, the term being only used when it ia impossible to locate the 
 exact seat of the inflammation. Meningitis is the term applied to in- 
 flammation of the Brain-membranea alone. Inflammation of the Brain, 
 ■refers to inflammation of the brain-suhstance itself, which is of com- 
 paratively rare occurrence, and always limited to one part of the 
 brain. 
 
242 HOUEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 When the coverings or tissues of the brain are affected, 
 the pain is more intense, and the symptoms more violent 
 than when the substance of the organ is the seat of the 
 disease; while in the latter case, the symptoms of dullnesg, 
 coma and tendency to paralysis are more prominent. 
 
 Causes. — Whatever tends to overtask and excite this 
 organ, is liable to induce the disease, such as extremes of 
 heat or cold; abuse of ardent spirits; intense mental emo- 
 tions; excesses of all kinds, or concussions of the brain; and 
 in children especially, falls or blows upon the head, expo- 
 sure to the sun, and overtaxing their faculties. And it may 
 also be the result of repelled scalp-eruptions, or a metastasis 
 of disease from some other organ. 
 
 The Symptoms, which usually precede the attack for some 
 days, are those indicating congestion of the blood to the 
 head; sense of weight, fulness and pressure in the head; 
 occasional darting or shooting pains; ringing in the ears 
 and feverish symptoms. Farther on, the giddiness and 
 sense of weight in the head are increased; pulse quickened, 
 with some heat, restlessness and tossing at night; the mind 
 becomes irritable, the patient peevish and annoyed at 
 trifles; and there may be stupefaction and drowsiness, and 
 muttering delirium or great excitability. The patient may 
 be wild and frenzied at the slightest light or noise, with 
 attempts to jump out of bed or run away; the eyes may be 
 wild and bloodshot or turned up and distressed at the 
 slightest approach of light. The fever varies according to 
 the seat of the disease and the excitability of the patient; 
 and the pulse varies from time to time, at one time quick 
 or irregular, at another full or even slow. A very quick of 
 very slow pulse indicates danger. Sometimes there is re-- 
 tention of urine, constipation, retracted abdomen, muscular 
 twitchings, stupor or incontrollable vomiting; as the stupor 
 increases convulsions commence, and the case . sooner ot 
 later ends fatally. 
 
DISEASE AKB TREATMENT. — DISEASES OP THE HEAD, BTO. 243 
 
 In children, as only the objective symptoms can be 
 known, it is of more importance to recognize them early. 
 They are observed to manifest a heaviness of the head, by 
 _ holding it backward when walking; frequently to hold the 
 , hand to the head from pain; to fall easily when walking or 
 running; to dread the light; and to be easily annoyed or 
 violently out of temper at trifles; or to have spells of vo- 
 miting and constipation, and to be drowsy or very wakeful, 
 with startings during sleep. 
 
 As the case is more developed, the child bores with its 
 head into the piUow; wants to lie down again when raised, 
 ■ and screams when the light shines in its face, or from any 
 noise ; or there is heavy, deep sleep, with great heat in the 
 head; swelling and redness of the face; violent throbbing of 
 ; the arteries of the neck, or great agitation and tossing 
 about, especially at night; the eyes may be red and spark- 
 ;lihg, convulsed or fixed, with dilated or very much con- 
 tracted pupils. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics No. One and No. Thirty- 
 Five are our main reliance, and they should be given, dis- 
 solved in water, at intervals of every hour, or two hours, 
 according to the urgency of the case. Dissolve twelve pel- 
 lets of each of these Specifics in six large spoonsful of 
 water, separately, and give to adults a table, and to children 
 , a teaspoonful alternately from the two, at the intervals 
 above mentioned, and so continue until the case is re- 
 lieved. 
 "Wet hot cloths may be applied with advantage to the 
 ; head, and the feet from time to time bathed in quite warm 
 : water, if the condition of the patient admits it. Room 
 should be well ventilated, kept perfectly quiet and some- 
 what darkened. Beef-tea, strong broths, milk and soda- 
 water, but no solid food should be given. Cold water or 
 other simple liquids may be freely given — and great caution 
 exercised during recovery. 
 
244 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 DROPSY OF THE BBAm.—iHydrocqaMus). 
 
 This affection is not uncommon among small children, 
 and sometimes even adults. It may come on as the sequel 
 of scarlatina, inflammation or other acute disease of the 
 brain, or in consequence of falls or blows upon the head, or 
 be excited from the long-continued irritation of teething; 
 or it may arise as an independent or idiopathic disease in 
 peculiar subjects. Scrofulous children with large heads 
 and precocious inteUeets, whose fontanel remains a long 
 time open, are peculiarly liable to it. In some cases it 
 comes on so insidiously that the premonitory symptoms 
 escape attention altogether, while in others the impending 
 disease is indicated by these symptoms: Hot skin, quick 
 pulse, especially at night; the child is peevish and disUkes 
 to be raised up when lying down, and sometimes has fits of 
 screaming, redness of the face and eyes, and even at times 
 squinting, convulsions or stupor. 
 
 "When the disease comes on in the more insidious form, 
 the earlier indications are: languor and easy fatigue on the 
 slightest exertion; aversion to moyement; tottering gait, 
 and great liability to fall; dislike of movement; indications 
 of pain in the back of the head and neck; the head is hot; 
 eyes look inflamed; pupils contracted; the stomach is drawn 
 in and very irritable; easily vomiting when the patient sits 
 or is raised upright; scanty urine and constipated bowels. 
 
 At a more advanced stage the child loses all sense of 
 pain; lies quiet unless disturbed; drowsiness or stupor in- 
 creases; the head sinks or bores into the pillows; the eyes 
 half closed; pupils dilated or immovable, or sometimes 
 drawn to one side or attended with double vision; the vo- 
 miting becomes less or ceases, and the child may eat, but 
 emaciation progresses rapidly. Following these symptoms, 
 convulsions more or less violent come on; constant moaning 
 and entire loss of consciousness; the eyes are dim, glazed 
 
DISEASE AND TltEA*MENT. — DISEASES 6i? THE HEAD, ETC. 245 
 
 and turned upward; pulse quick; the upper and lower ex- 
 tremities relaxed; the abdomen drawn up and breathing 
 irregular, and the scene may terminate in a very violent 
 convulsion. 
 
 Treatment. — So soon as any symptoms pointing to dropsy, 
 or even irritation of the brain are manifested, the Specifics 
 No. One and No. Thirty-Five should be called into use, 
 and two pellets be given alternately in fluid from these two 
 Specifics, at intervals of two hours, until the danger has 
 been averted. 
 
 Should the symptoms have become more decided, it will 
 be best to dissolve twelve pellets of Specific No. One and 
 the same of Specific No. Thirty- Five, in as many tea- 
 spoonsful of water, and from these two give alternately, 
 every hour a spoonful until the desired relief is obtained. 
 
 Benefit wiU be derived from frequently bathing the feet 
 in quite warm water, and afterwards wrapping them in 
 warm flannels, and applying cloths wrung out of cold or 
 ice water to the head. A bag of pounded ice applied to 
 the head, is often very serviceable; and these measures 
 should be continued perseveringly to the desired end. In 
 extreme cases the alternate use of the Specifics No. One 
 and No. Twenty- Five, given as above, is advisable; but, 
 in general, the first mentioned remedies wiU prove sufficient. 
 
 CHEONIC DKOPSY OF THE BBAm. —{Hydroc^halus). 
 
 This form of the disease generally comes on insidiously, 
 though it may be the result of the acute attack. The head 
 of the child gradually enlarges, while the face retains its 
 natural size; and in quite young children the bones of the 
 cranium may separate, and the presence of fluid even be 
 detected from its fluctuation. It generally occurs within 
 the first year, before the sutures and fontaneUes are closed, 
 so that the bones yield to pressure from within. Infanta 
 
246 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 are sometimes born hydrocephalic, when it is an occasional 
 cause of difficult labor. 
 
 Symptoms. — The premonitory indications of this disease 
 are not very distinctive: there may be squinting or rolling 
 of the eyes if the disease be congenital, followed by Convul- 
 sions and enlargment of the head. 
 
 The most marked features are — a disproportion between 
 the size of the skull and that of the face, the fontanelles 
 are wider than usual, and the bones feel thin under pres- 
 sure of the fingers. Emaciation is generally present 
 through non-nutrition; in some cases there is an unnatural 
 fat condition. If an infant, he sucks well, even voraciously, 
 and yet he does not grow; his bowels are constipated, and 
 his motions unhealthy. The gradually-increasing head 
 soon attracts notice: the anterior fontanelle pulsates; there 
 is heat of the head, and the child becomes very restless. 
 Fluctuation may be felt by applying the hand to the top of 
 the head; the hair ceases to grow aa usual; the face appears 
 small and triangular; the countenance is dull, having an 
 aged appearance; and the patient is continually wishing to 
 lie down. In fatal cases, the senses becomes impaired; 
 Paralysis sets in; and the patient dies from exhaustion, 
 Convulsions, or Spasmodic Croup, to which such children 
 are liable. 
 
 The duration of the disease varies from one to eight, or 
 (even ten years. Should effusion be arrested, the accumu- 
 lation of serum already present remains, for it is never ab- 
 sorbed. 
 
 Ca0Ses. — Chronic Hydrocephalus is usually associated 
 with the scrofulous cachexia; sometimes it follows Scarla- 
 tina, Hooping-cough, or Measles. The most common ex- 
 citing causes are — undue exposure to heat or cold, injuries 
 of the head, suppressed eruptions, or extended inflammation 
 of the ear. "One warning may be learned from this disease, 
 namely, that it is said to be most common in the children 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT.— DISEASES OF THE BEAD, ETC. 247 
 
 of parents addicted to drimkeimess, and from this cause it 
 often runs in families " (Aitken). 
 
 In some cases, the intellect is preserved for a con- 
 Biderable period, and the child may live for years, with 
 entire loss of some of the senses, as for instance the sight, 
 the general condition being, otherwise, of tolerable health. 
 Oftentimes the more immediate cause of death may be from 
 some acute, inflammatory affection, consumption oi ulcera- 
 tion of the bowels. 
 
 Teeatment. — ^But little can be hoped for in the more con- 
 firmed case of this disease. The Specifios No. Thirty- 
 Five and No. Twenty-Five, may be given two or three 
 times per day as palliatives, in alternation, but a cure caa 
 scarcely be expected unless in the earlier stages. 
 
 CONVULSIONS.— (i^josms, or FUs). 
 
 Convulsions are very justly dreaded among children, not 
 only because there is some danger attending them, but from 
 their suddeimess, and the evident distress and suffering of 
 the patient. Their danger depends much upon the cause 
 which has produced them. In some families the children 
 have fits, as they are called, from very slight causes, and in 
 such cases their appearance need not excite great alarm. 
 Convulsions are dangerous when they set in after a fall, 
 blow or injury upon the head, or after long continued di- 
 sease of the brain, or after dropsy of the brain has set in; 
 such are very frequently fatal precursors. They are of less 
 consequence when they come on as the result of di£6.cult 
 teething, excessive pain, anger, earache, etc. Often the 
 patient is better after the convulsion has passed over. Not 
 imfrequently a severe attack of small-pox, scarlatina or 
 measles is ushered in by convulsions. Chough such cases 
 are severe, they not unfrequently terminate favorably. If 
 Bpasma appear towards the end of acute eruptive disease^, 
 
2^ HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 they are symptoms indicating a dangerous, if not fatal 
 transition to the brain. The most common and among the 
 most dangerous convulsions in children, are those arising 
 from having eaten indigestible substances, such as raisins, 
 oranges, dried-apples, nuts, green fruit, and similar indi- 
 gestible articles, as the fit here depends upon the presence 
 of the injurious substances, which it may be difficult to neu- 
 tralize or dispose of. Tet even in these, the proper means 
 win, in most cases, prove effectual. 
 
 The phenomena of convulsion are well known. They 
 often commence with a holding back of the head; straight- 
 ening out of the arms and legs; holding the breath; tightly 
 clenching the hands; twitching of the muscles of the face; 
 frothing at the mouth; involuntary evacuations, etc., after 
 which the patient sinks into a deep sleep, lasting one or 
 two hours. 
 
 Treatment. — ^When children are observed to have some 
 degree of fever or heat of the head, and to twitch, or 
 suddenly start on going to sleep, or attempting to do so, 
 there is danger of convulsions, and the SPECiric No. One 
 should be given, two pellets dry in the mouth, and repeated 
 hourly until the surface becomes cool, and quiet sleep is 
 produced. "When a convulsion has come on, the first thing 
 is to get the child's feet into warm water as high as the 
 knees, if possible, which may be continued for five or ten 
 minutes, and apply cold water by means of cloths wrung 
 out of cold or even ice water to the head. Should the 
 spasm not pass off from these applications, a small stream 
 of cold water may be poured upon the head for a few mi- 
 nutes only, or the bath may be general; but these measures 
 rarely will be required. Give also upon the tongue, two 
 pellets of SPEorpic No. Thirty-Tliree, and afterwards 
 repeat it every hour in water. The chUd, after coming out 
 of the bath, should be wrapped in warm flannels, with head 
 quite high. Should there be fever, give the Speoitio No. 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — ^DISEASES OP THE HEAD, ETC. 243 
 
 One, the intermediate half hour between the portions of 
 No. Thirty-Three, until the fever abates. This will also 
 be the appropriate treatment, should you have reason to 
 suspect the invasion of small-pox or scarlatina as the cause 
 of the disease. 
 
 If the convidsion has been caused by eating indigestible 
 substances, in addition to the baths above advised, lose no 
 time in giving an injection of tepid water, in which a spoon- 
 ful of salt has been dissolved, and repeat it if needful until 
 full and free evacutions occur, giving the Specifics No. 
 Thirty-Three and No. Ten, alternately every hour. 
 
 If irritation from teething has been the exciting cause, 
 the Specifics No. Three should be given alternately with 
 No. Thirty-Three, at intervals of an hour, and untU the 
 immediate danger is passed, and then the treatment should 
 be continued as directed for teething. 
 
 COUP DE SOIIEL.— {Insolation, Sun-Fever, Sun-Stroke, 
 Heat- Stroke). 
 
 A paralysis of all the functions of the brain, allied to 
 apoplexy. 
 
 Causes. — Sun-stroke is generally caused by fatigue or 
 nervous exhaustion in a hot dry atmosphere, and want of 
 free perspiration. Though most common from direct expo- 
 sure to the rays of the sun; it may also be caused by a 
 heated atmosphere, combined with breathing vitiated air in 
 crowded apartments, such as barracks, upper lofts of ware- 
 houses, hot close nurseries, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — Giddiness, faintness, thirst, sometimes head- 
 ache, listlessness and torpor, with a desire to lie down, 
 succeeded by more or less sudden and complete insen- 
 sibility; the skin is hot and dry, the breathing rapid, the 
 pupils of the eye contracted, the face pale, and an attack 
 of vomiting or convulsions may usher in complete stupor 
 
250 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Just before death the pulse becomes fluttering, the breath- 
 ing irregular and gasping, and the pupils dilated. Death 
 may occur from five minutes to a few hours after the symp- 
 toms have set in. The patient is not free from danger until 
 the skin gets cool and moist again. After recovery from 
 the first symptoms, there is a great tendency to paralysis or 
 various forms of insanity, so that a person who has once 
 suffered from real sun-stroke, is never quite as sound a man 
 again. 
 
 AccEssoEY Treatment. — If there be no convukions, strip 
 the patient, and dash cold water over him by the bucketful 
 (in severe cases, rub the skin with pieces of ice, if it can be 
 had), especially around head and shoulders, till temperature 
 of body is reduced below 100°. Camphor should be in- 
 haled and given on sugar — or a teaspoonful of brandy and 
 water (half-and-half) may be given instead. 
 
 If there be convulsions, place patient in a tepid bath, 
 and add cold water till the body temperature is below 98°. 
 
 Medical Treatment. — Same as for Apoplexy (page 239); 
 Convulsions may be met with Speoific No. Thirty-Three, 
 (see page 248). 
 
 Prevention. — ^Light and loose clothing, avoiding pressure 
 on veins of neck. Flannel tends to prevent chills. Avoid 
 liquor, over-fatigue, and all irregularities of habit and 
 living. 
 
 PARALYSIS.— (Pa%). 
 
 A limb or portion of the body is said to be paralyzed 
 when it is not under the control of the will, or when the 
 will-power is not able to move or control it. The paralysis 
 may be only partial, or it may be complete, and may affect 
 the nerves of motion only, or may extend to those of sen- 
 sation as well, so that the part has neither sensation nor 
 power of motion. Sometimes the disease affects only a 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETC. 251 
 
 single limb, and at others the entire one side of the body, 
 or again only the lower extremities. It may be caused by 
 disease of the brain or spinal cord, from injury to, or pres- 
 sure upon a nerve-trunk, or from the action of a poison. 
 But in some, perhaps most cases, it is preceded by symp- 
 toms which, though often unnoticed, should excite attention. 
 These are a sensation of numbness or pricking in one of 
 the limbs, or the entire side, readily going to sleep, as it is 
 termed of the part, coldness or undue paleness of the part, 
 or shght convulsive twitching or jerking of the part or limb 
 involved. When such symptoms are frequently repeated 
 without apparent cause, they should excite apprehension. 
 The Causes, aside from those mentioned above, are long 
 continued strain upon the nervous system among men of 
 business, exhausting drains upon the system, and a too 
 luxurious or indolent mode of life, or other similar causes 
 of apoplexy. 
 
 There are different forms of Paralysis, some of which may 
 briefly noted; viz. : 
 
 Hemiplegia ("Paralytic Stroke") is the most common 
 form, and affects only one side of the body, most commonly 
 the left side. It indicates disease of the brain on the oppo- 
 site side to that paralysed. If one limb only is paralyzed, 
 it is usually the arm. The paralysis may be complete, 
 or some power of motion may be left. The eye remains 
 permanently open, the face is drawn to the sound side 
 and hangs down on the affected side; food accumulates 
 in the cheek, there is loss of power of chewing on that 
 side; speech is imperfect, and taste ,is lost in the front 
 two-thirds of the tongue. Sometimes, there is dropping 
 of the upper eyelid, dilated pupil, rolling outwards of the 
 eyeball and indistinct vision. The chief causes of hemi- 
 plegia are apoplexy, obstruction of brain blood-vessels 
 and consequent cerebral softening. 
 
 Paraplegia, is a paralysis, more or less complete, of the 
 
252 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 lower half of the body, and may be due to disease of the 
 spinal cord and its membranes; to reflex action from a sen- 
 sitive neiTe, (such as from the irritation of teething, or 
 worms in children); or from wounds; affections of the 
 womb; from urinary complaints, or emotional paralysis. It 
 usually begins slowly, with weakness, numbness and ting- 
 ling of the feet and legs, the weakness increases until there 
 is loss of sensation and motion in the legs, paralysis of the 
 bladder and sphincter muscle of the bowel, with involun- 
 tary movements and spasms of the legs. 
 
 Other forms of Paralysis are General Paralysis, or Paresis, 
 or "Paralysis of the Insane"; Wasting Palsy, not common, 
 arising from fatty degeneration of the muscles, is often 
 hereditary, and attacks aU ages, but men most frequently; 
 Locomotor Ataxy, most common in men between 35 and 50, 
 and caused by exposure to cold when fatigued, by rheuma- 
 tism or gout, or, most commonly, by sexual excesses; Para- 
 lysis Agitans, or " Shaking Palsy ", an involuntary trembling 
 or jerking movement of the muscles, with diminished mus- 
 cular power commencing in hands, arms or head and gra- 
 dually extending over the body; Writer's Cramp, attacking 
 muscles of the thumb and fingers which hold the pen; and 
 various forms of Local Paralysis, affecting particular sets of 
 , muscles. 
 
 Facial Paralysis, most often occurs from exposure to cold, 
 or from irritation from decayed teeth; comes on suddenly and 
 ■without pain, and is first discovered by the patient when 
 he begins to eat, or is told by a friend that his mouth is 
 awry. There is a greater or less degree of the facial 
 appearance noticed under the head of Hemiplegia — but the 
 affection is in most cases quite independent of any disease 
 of the brain, and is usually curable with facility. 
 
 Infantile Paralysis, is a form of palsy, of obscure origin, 
 occuring in children during teething — i. e. from the sixth 
 month tiU the third year. It occurs suddenly, and never 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETC. 253 
 
 extends from the limb first affected, to others. There may 
 be slight fever and convulsions; and when consciousness 
 returns, a foot, a hand, a leg, or an arm, or both legs, may 
 be found to be paralysed; but never a leg and arm on the 
 same side; the bladder and bowels are never paralysed. 
 Sometimes the disease ends in a day or two, in complete 
 recovery, but oftener it is stationary and permanent. After 
 a time, the affected limb becomes soft, relaxed, flexible, and 
 gradually withers. The skin becomes thin, fat is absorbed, 
 muscles waste, and even the bone is diminished. In a 
 year's time the affected limb is much smaller than its fellow, 
 the skin livid, and chilblains and ulcerations are easily 
 formed on it. The general health may remain unimpaired 
 and the sufferer live many years. 
 
 Treatment. — ^For the premonitory symptoms: tingling, 
 pricking or numbness, frequent going to sleep of the limb 
 or parts. Specific No. Fourteen is appropriate, and may 
 be given, six pellets at a time, and repeated before each 
 meal, and on going to rest. 
 
 If there is fullness and redness of the face, heaviness of 
 the head, and disposition to sleep, give Specific No. One, 
 six peUets at a time, in water, every two hours, for ten or 
 twelve hours, and then give Specific No. Ten, prepared in 
 the same manner, in alternation with it, at somewhat longer 
 intervals. For old cases, Specifics No. Fourteen may be 
 given each morning, and Specifio No. Ten at night; or, if 
 the case is more recent and hopeful. Specific No. Four- 
 teen may be given, six pellets, morning and afternoon, and 
 the same of Specific No. Ten, at noon and night. 
 
 EPILEPST. 
 
 This disease is characterized by convulsions, returning 
 at intervals, attended with sudden and complete loss of 
 consciousness and sensibility, and spasmodic contractions of 
 
254 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 the muscles. These conviilsive fits, which recur without 
 any special regularity, last from one to twenty minutes and 
 are followed by exhaustion and deep sleep. 
 
 The fit is often unattended by any noticeable premoni- 
 tory symptoms, or these are too brief to allow the patient 
 to remove to a convenient place, or even to give an in- 
 timation of what is about to happen. In other instances, an 
 approaching seizure is clearly indicated for many minutes, 
 or even hours, before its actual occurrence. The warning 
 is variable in different cases, often consisting of such symp- 
 toms as headache, shooting pains, giddiness, indistinctness 
 of vision, sparks of various colors, humming noises, or loud 
 reports, strong odors, sneezing, strange tastes, hoarseness, 
 irritability, gloomy mood, spectral iUusons, etc. But the 
 most striking premonition is that called the aura epileptica, 
 a sensation compared to a stream of warm or cold air, to 
 the trickling of water, or to the creeping of an insect, which 
 commences at the extremity of a limb, and gradually runs 
 along the skin towards the head; or, occasionally, it gets 
 no further than the pit of the stomach; and, as soon as it 
 stops, the fit occurs. A knowledge of these circumstances 
 is important, as, in some instances, time is afforded to inter- 
 pose remedies that may avert the paroxysm, or at least to 
 secure the patient's safety during a fit. 
 
 The Fit. — The patient utters a loud shriek or scream, 
 and falls suddenly to the earth, convulsed and insensible 
 The cry is peculiar and often terrifying, not only to man- 
 kind, but also to the brute creation. The convulsive move- 
 ments, especially of the head and neck, are often very 
 extreme, one side being frequently more affected than the 
 other; there is violent closure of the jaws; the tongue is 
 liable to be bitten; a foam issues from the mouth, often 
 colored by blood; the eyes quiver and roll about, or are 
 fixed and staring; the hands are firmly clenched, and the 
 thumbs bent inwards upon the palms; urine, etc., sometimes 
 
DISEASE AUD TREATMENT. — DISEASES 01* THE HEAD, ETO. 255 
 
 escape involuntarily; the breathing is impeded by spasms 
 of the larynx, and performed with a hissing sound; the 
 cheeks and lips are of a deathly pallor; the veins of the 
 neck and forehead are greatly distended, the heart acts 
 tumultuously, and death seems inevitable. Gradually, how- 
 ever, the symptoms remit, and the patient is left insensible 
 and apparently in a sound sleep. A fit rarely lasts longer 
 than from one to three minutes, although the painful na- 
 ture of the spectacle makes it appear longer to a by- 
 stander. 
 
 Symptoms following a Fit. — Some few patients recover 
 perfectly in a few minutes; some regain consciousness and 
 then sink into profound sleep; but more frequently con- 
 sciousness is not immediately recovered, the slumber suc- 
 ceeding the struggles without any lucid interval. On 
 emerging from the slumber, the patient may merely feel 
 languid and inert, or like a person stunned, or in a state 
 bordering upon idiocy, unconscious of what has passed. 
 
 The paroxysm may soon return again if the occasioning 
 cause is stiU in action; but generally in chronic cases, at 
 intervals varying from a few days to several weeks. Some- 
 times patients have several fits in succession, and then 
 escape them for several weeks. 
 
 But few persons die in a fit, but they may be repeated so 
 frequently as to induce a comatose state, from which the 
 patient sinks. Long continuance of the disease rarely fails 
 to destroy control of the appetite and passions and to arrest 
 the mental faculties, and idiocy; sometimes general para- 
 lysis, more or less complete, is the result. 
 
 When the disease commences before the age of puberty, 
 it is more amenable to the proper treatment than after- 
 wards, though even in the latter cases, homeopathic treat- 
 ment is able to do very much by way of mitigating and 
 prolonging the intervals between the convulsions, and in 
 many instances to effect a cure. 
 
266 BOMKOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 The most frequent ea;ctfegf causes are: A hereditary de- 
 rangement of the nervous or sexual systems, — ^Hysteria, 
 immoderate sexual indulgence. Self-abuse, and physical 
 and psychical prostration from any cause. The age at 
 ■which the attacks most frequently commence is from the 
 .tenth to the twentieth year, when the important change of 
 puberty takes place. The other most frequent period is 
 from the second to the tenth year, during which the per- 
 manent teeth are cut. 
 
 Fright, fits of rage, overstraining the mind; gastric dis- 
 orders, the irritation of worms (especially tsenia), menstrual 
 irregularity or suppression, repelled eruptions — especially 
 those about the head — and the sight of other epileptics, are 
 also exciting causes. 
 
 Treatment. — During a fit the patient should receive only 
 such attention as will prevent injury from the convulsive 
 movements. Bemove or loosen the cravat from the neck, 
 and stays from the body, and prevent the limbs from being 
 bruised, and if the tongue is liable to be lacerated, some- 
 thing may be inserted between the teeth to prevent it. If 
 the breathing is arrested for a dangerous period, by spasm 
 of the respiratory muscles, cold water may be sprinkled in 
 the face to return it. The body should be placed in a hori- 
 zontal position and the head elevated. After the patient 
 has come out of the fit, he should be allowed to rest quietly 
 an hour or two until he awakes. 
 
 The medical treatment consists in giving six pellets of 
 the Specific No. Thirty-Five each morning, and the 
 same of No. Thirty-Three each evening, which should 
 be continued for several weeks or even months 
 
 Persons subject to fits should be very particular in 
 regard to diet. Eat only pliin food, easy of digestion, 
 and in great moderation. Stimulants should be entirely 
 avoided. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT.— DISEASES OP THE HEAD, ETC. 257 
 
 CHOEEA.— (5i5. Vitus' Dance). 
 
 This disease mostly affects children of nervous tempera- 
 ment, between the ages of five and- fifteen years, and is 
 characterized by strange and unusual movements and jerk- 
 ings of the limbs, or of single muscles. 
 
 Generally, for some months previous to the full mani- 
 festation of the disease, the chUd is troubled with constipa- 
 tion, oppression of the stomach or chest, vertigo or head- 
 ache, occasional flushes of fever at night, palpitation of the 
 heart, nervousness and irritability of temper. Involuntary 
 motions generally commence with grimaces or slight mo- 
 tions or drawings of the face ; these gradually become more 
 decided and extend by degrees to the extremities, arms, 
 hands or legs, and even to the entire body. "When the 
 limbs are affected, the gait becomes difficult, awkward or 
 unsteady. The arms fail to obey the will, and then invo- 
 luntary motions or gestures, and if the tongue becomes 
 involved, the act of deglutition is impeded, and the speech 
 becomes stammering or difficult. The involuntary motions 
 are constant during the waking hours, and some cases are 
 attended with difficult respiration, pain in the limbs, fre- 
 quent micturition, confusion of ideas, and loss of memory. 
 
 It is usually unattended with danger, and often subsides 
 at the age of puberty, but it may also become permanent, 
 and be attended by perversion or permanent weakening of 
 the mental powers. It has frequently been caused by re- 
 pelled eruptions, such as tetter, scald-head or itch, also 
 from depressing emotions, fear, terror, or from mastur- 
 bation, or the irritation of worms. Overtaxing the mental 
 powers at school, and too long school hours are most fre- 
 quent causes. 
 
 Treatment.— The Speoieics No. Tllirty-Tliree and No. 
 Thirty-Five wiU usually be found effectual. Give two 
 to six pellets of the latter at night, and the same from the 
 
258 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 former each morning, and with the removal of the exciting 
 cause, the health will gradually be restored. 
 
 TETAJSTUS. — (LocJ^aw). 
 
 This disease is usually the result of some injury or wound, 
 at times apparently trivial, such as lacerating the hand, or 
 wounding the foot by a nail, or it may come on after sur- 
 gical operations by which a nerve is compromised, or it 
 may in rare cases be the result of a cold. The injury to 
 the nerve or tendon acting upon a peculiar nervous con- 
 dition, is the supposed cause of the general spasm termed 
 lockjaw. 
 
 In some cases it commences suddenly and with great 
 violence, but it more frequently begins by degrees; com- 
 mencing with slight stifiEness in the back part of the neck, 
 and an uneasy sensation at the root of the tongue, which 
 gradually increases, attended with diflSculty of swallowing, 
 oppressive tightness of the chest, and pain under the breast 
 bone extending to the back; the countenance becomes pale; 
 pulse small; urine high colored, and bowels constipated. 
 The lower jaw becomes immovable and tightly clenched, so 
 that at times the slightest particle cannot be inserted be- 
 tween them, hence the name lockjaw arises. In some cases 
 the spasm is confined to the jaws, but in others they extend 
 with increasing frequency to the arms, legs, and even the 
 entire body, bending it backwards, forwards, or to either 
 side. In the worst cases, the tetanus becomes general, the 
 eyes fixed and immovable, and the countenance distorted 
 with an expression of anguish, the breathing loud and 
 sobbing; the body and limbs fixed, or with frequently 
 occuring spasms, drawn in different directions, until nature 
 becomes exhausted and succumbs at about the fourth day 
 jn a continued general spasm. Sometimes, during the re- 
 fnission of spasms, they are renewed by the patient moving, 
 
CISKASE ASD TEEATMENT. — DISEASES Of THE fiEAS, ETC. 269 
 
 speaking, or taking food or drink. The mind remains clear 
 to the last. 
 
 Tkeatment. — ^After wounds or injuries, especially lacer- 
 ation or punctures with rough instruments, spikes, nails, 
 etc., in the hands or feet, great care should be taken to sub- 
 due the irritation and inflammatory action, and to have the 
 wound heal kindly. To this end, dress the wound with the 
 Marvel of Healing, and keep the dressing moist with it for 
 some days; avoid working with it, or irritating it, and 
 especially avoid taking cold. The wound wiQ thus heal up 
 kindly, with no evil result. 
 
 Should symptoms of lockjaw appear, give at once the 
 Specifics No. Thirty-Three and No. Thirty- Five in 
 alternation every hour, a dose of two pellets dissolved in 
 water, and continue these without intermission until the 
 spasm has entirely ceased. 
 
 When, from the constant clenching of the jaws, it is dif- 
 ficult to administer the medicine in the common method, 
 let the pellets be dissolved in only a few drops of water, 
 and be drawn in with the breath, or even be put in between 
 the lips. 
 
 Cases of extreme tetanus have been cured by placing the 
 patient sitting in a tub or bath, and pouring a stream of 
 cold water continuously over the head and shouldeirs and 
 down the spine, until violent, cold shivering is produced, 
 when the patient will be found to be relaxed, and should be 
 wiped dry, wrapped in blankets and put to bed. The ope- 
 ration will rarely have to be repeated, and is a very simple 
 remedy and may be tried when others faU. 
 
 NEUEALGIA.— (iVerue-Pam). 
 
 This is a comparatively modem and very common as well 
 as painful affection. As the name indicates, it is simply 
 pain in a nerve, and hence it may exist in any part of the. 
 
260 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 body. It is very common in the face, (prosopalgia), the 
 pain frequently extending from just before the ear, along 
 under and up over the eye. or it may descend along the 
 face and lovyer jaw of that side to the center of the face; or 
 it may extend to and along the root of the teeth. The pain 
 is violent, sharp or rending, tearing or lancinating, often 
 coming with paroxysms of increase and remission, and often 
 very regularly better or worse at certain periods of the day 
 or night. Sometimes the entire head or side are involved, 
 and the patient can scarcely describe his symptoms. The 
 pain is not increased, but generally diminished by pressure 
 jn the affected part, in distinction from pain of an inflam- 
 matory or rheumatic character, where pressure increases 
 the pain. 
 
 The duration of Neuralgia is very uncertain; an attack 
 may pass off after a few paroxysms, or it may persist for 
 many days or months, with a well-marked, or irregular, in- 
 termittent, or remittent character. 
 
 The hair sometimes undergoes remarkable changes under 
 the influence of Neuralgia. Dr. Anstie noted greyness of 
 hair on the same side in eleven instances out of twenty: 
 in four of these cases there was greyness of part of the eye- 
 brow on the affected side. The same observer has also 
 Aoted .fluctuation of the color, the greyness actually in- 
 creasing during, and for some time after, an acute pa- 
 roxysm, the hair subsequently returning more or less to its 
 'natural color. 
 
 The Causes may be hereditary, constitutional, or heal. 
 Neuralgia is distinctly hereditary, occurring in particular 
 families, and in successive generations. It is well knovra, 
 also, that such neuralgic families are liable to the more pro- 
 found derangements of the nervous system — Paralysis, Epi- 
 lepsy, Hypochondriasis, and even softening of the brain 
 and Insanity — indicating some congenital imperfections in 
 the formation of the nerve-ceUs and fibres. This seems to 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETC. 261 
 
 be proved by the fact that, though a precisely similar acci' 
 dent occur to a hundred persons, not more than two or threq 
 •will experience any Neuralgia; and these wiU probably ba 
 found to belong to a neuralgic family. 
 i Constitutional cawses are — Impairment of the general 
 'health; depressing influences, whether mental or physical, aa 
 night-watching, sleeplessness, anxiety, insufficient nourish- 
 ment, or violent exertion; haemorrhage and consequent de- 
 bility; affections of the alimentary or urinary organs; ex- 
 posure to wet and cold — to strong and cold vrinds, which are 
 frequent causes of irritation to the animal nervous system; 
 a gouty, rheumatic, or syphilitic taint; decay or loss of 
 teeth; malaria; and, lastly, organic degeneration at the de- 
 cline of life, which is the most severe and intractable form 
 presented to the physician. The great majority of patients 
 is found among the hard-working, the poor, and the badly- 
 nourished classes; men suffering less frequently than women. 
 The cause of this, that men are better protected, both na- 
 turally and artificially, from the effects of exposure, and that 
 women are tempted to indulge in brief exposures in the 
 open air from warm rooms without any suitable covering 
 to the head, or any protection to the face. The face of 
 man, on the contrary, is covered by a heard which shields 
 him from injury by exposure. He also spends less time in 
 the relaxing atmosphere of heated rooms, and enjoys to a 
 greater extent the bracing effects of out-of-door exercise. 
 
 Local causes may be — ^wounds; lodgment of a foreign body 
 in the substance of a nerve-trunk; gun-shot wounds, or 
 other injuries; tumors, especially Cancer; minute frag- 
 ments of bone pressing on the nerve (an occasional cause of 
 facial Neuralgia); carious teeth or stumps. Even Neuralgia 
 from injury is aggravated by any impairment of the con- 
 etitutional vigour. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifio No. Eight wUl usually be 
 found sufficient, and may be given in portions of six pellets 
 
26^ fioMEOtATHtC MfiNTOR. 
 
 dry on the tongue, and repeated every one or two hours, 
 according to circumstances. 
 
 In cases of chronic neuralgia, the Svecitic No. Thirty- 
 Five may be given in alternation v^ith the No. £ig'llt, and 
 six pellets of each be given twice per day, making four 
 doses in all. 
 
 Sometimes, in very violent attacks, attended with fever, 
 red face, or heat of the head, the Specific No. One may be 
 efficient, dissolved in water, twelve pellets in six spoonsful 
 and a spoonful given every hour. The use of the above 
 named remedies wiU usually be found effective, even in the 
 severest cases. 
 
 TOOTHACHE. 
 
 Toothache is an affection so well known as to require no 
 description. The pain is usually found in connection with 
 decayed teeth, but sometimes also in sound ones. "When 
 badly decayed teeth begin to ache, it may be best to have 
 them extracted. Yet, even here, the proper Specific treat- 
 ment wiU often entirely aUay the pain, and the teeth may 
 do good service for many years afterwards. But when pain 
 affects sound teeth, we should rarely submit to have them 
 taken out, until we have exhausted every means to relieve 
 them without this alternative. A most insane practice it is, 
 whenever we have a toothache, which may be occasioned 
 from a cold and wUl hence soon pass off, or from a bad 
 state of the stomach, or by fever, or from mental and phy- 
 sical excitement, or from drinking coffee, or pregnancy — all 
 transient conditions — to rush to the doctor or dentist and 
 lose a tooth — a loss which can never be repaired. Under 
 such circumstances, if we will exercise a little patience, a 
 little discretion and judgment, we may allay the pain, re- 
 iBove the exciting cause and save the tooth aa well as the 
 suffering of its extraction. 
 
DISEASE AUD TEEATMENT.— DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETC. 263 
 
 Teeatment. — ^Take first six pellets of the Specific No. 
 Ei^Ilt and repeat them every hour if needful. If not re- 
 lieved, dissolve twelve pellets in a glass half fuU of water; 
 also prepare the Specific No. One in the same manner and 
 take them alternately every hour, or every two hours, until 
 relieved. Sometimes the Specific No. rifteeil is very effi- 
 cient, especially in rheumatic subjects, or when the pains 
 appear to have a rheumatic origin, and in other cases the 
 Specific No. Ten is equally so. 
 
 "When the toothache does not seem to yield, and espe- 
 ' ciaHy in children who are fretful and impatient, relief may 
 be obtained by bathing the face on the affected side freely 
 with the Maevel or HEALma, and holding some of it in the 
 mouth on that side. K the tooth is hollow, wet a little 
 pledget of Mnt with the same, and press it into the cavity 
 of the tooth. Even better than bathing the face in the 
 same, is wetting a thin cloth or handkerchief with the same, 
 and wrapping it over the affected parts of the face or jaw 
 with a handkerchief. 
 
 It is a bad practice in toothache, to hold camphor spirits 
 or other stimulants in the mouth, or to apply creosote, lau- 
 danum, oil of cloves, etc., to the teeth. These more fre- 
 quently irritate than relieve — excite and irritate the entire 
 mouth and gums, and do more harm than good. Let the 
 diet be light if the stomach is deranged; if there is a cold, 
 cure that, and you wiU soon find relief, and save your teeth. 
 If relieved an hour or so after taking the remedies, take no 
 more; if it returns, try another dose, and even repeat it 
 after one hour or two. Often a single portion wiU cure a 
 .severe case. 
 
 Means or Peeseevation. — The function of the teeth is so 
 important, that their preservation is a matter of the highest 
 moment. The first teeth determine the nature of the 
 second set, and persons suffer lamentably from eaa:ly neg- 
 lect. Proximate decay might be prevented, in five cases 
 
264 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 out of ten, by simply passing a thread between an infant's 
 teeth, twice a week, from the time of their eruption. Pro- 
 fessional inspection should also be sought before symptoms 
 of decay present themselves, and while there is still hope 
 that the dentist may fulfill what should be regarded as hia 
 mission, that of saving the teeth. Cleanliness, with respect 
 to the teeth, is all-important for infants and children, as 
 well as adidts. The teeth should be kept clean by rinsing 
 the mouth with pure cold water, and brushing the teeth 
 with a moderately soft brush every morning; and, if possible, 
 after every meal, especially when animal food has been 
 taken; and contact with all disorganising agents avoided. 
 The idea that frequent brushing the teeth is liable to 
 lacerate the gums and separate them from the teeth is 
 erroneous, for it is one of the best methods of restoring 
 them to a healthy condition when they are spongy and 
 hable to bleed. But when a tendency to decay of the teeth 
 or inflammatory action of the gums exists, the use of Specific 
 NcEight and of the Marvel of Healings at morning and 
 night, as a wash, will be effectual. The habit of taking very hot 
 substances into the mouth should be avoided, as the expan- 
 sive power of heat may rupture the enamel, which in turn 
 becomes the nucleus of decay. On the other hand, the 
 habit of subjecting the teeth to the opposite extreme of 
 temperature, as by sucking ice, etc., is also to be avoided. 
 Chewing or smoking tobacco, and the habitual use of strong 
 drinks, tend to destroy the teeth. Lastly, as an important 
 'means of preserving the teeth, the general health should be 
 maintained in the highest state of integrity, by the use of 
 plain, nourishing food, cold sponging or bathing, and early 
 and regular habits. 
 
 SWELLED FACE. 
 
 Not unfrequently, and often as the sequel of toothache, 
 the face, more especially oa one side, becomes swelled or 
 
DISEASE AND TBEATMEKT. — DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETC. 265 
 
 puffed out sometimes to an extreme degree. The entire 
 tissue of the cheek and sometimes the face, becomes 
 thickened and swelled so as to distort the countenance, and 
 render deglutition or even opening the mouth difficult or 
 painful. The swelling may be red and hot with heat, and 
 some degree of fever or even erysipelas, or it may be pale 
 or hard. 
 
 It is not a very dangerous affair, but sufficiently disagree- 
 able and unpleasant to require attention, and more espe- 
 cially so when it assumes the graver forms. 
 
 Teeatment. — If the swelling is red or hot, or both, with 
 some fever, the Specefic No. One is the remedy, and may 
 be given in doses of two pellets dissolved in water, and re- 
 peated every two hours. If the swelling is firm or hard, 
 alternate Seecieio No. Fifteen in like manner with No. 
 One; or if the toothache has been cured by Spech'ic No. 
 Eig'Ilt, its continuous use wiU also cure the swelling of the 
 face. 
 
 In painful swelling of the face, the application of a cloth 
 Wet in the Makvel or Healing wiU relieve both the pain 
 and swelling. 
 
 LARYNGISMUS STBIDVLUS.— {Spasmodic Group, 
 Child-crowing). 
 
 Is a spasmodic affection of the windpipe, of nervous 
 origin, occuring almost solely in infants and young children, 
 most commonly between the fourth and tenth month. 
 Nervous, hysterical adults sometimes have it. ' 
 
 Causes. — Predisposing. — It appears to be hereditary in 
 some families; but is mainly found in children who have 
 other characteristics of Rickets. The nervous system shares 
 in the general debility, which is increased in the case of 
 those who live in close, unwholesome air, who are insuffi- 
 ciently nourished, or are fed with unsuitable food, or are 
 brought up by hand, and of those who are delicate and 
 
266 "HOMEOPATHia MENTOR. 
 
 reared -witli difficulty. These are always susceptible to the 
 least exciteraent or depression. 
 
 Exciting. — ^The attack is often brought on by the most 
 trifling causes; a draught of cold air, a simple cold, the 
 irritation of a growing tooth, disorder of the stomach, con- 
 stipation, diarrhoea, derangement of any function, a mere 
 start, a dance, excitement or irritation of any kind. 
 
 Sy3iptoms. — They come on suddenly, usually in the night 
 The child cannot inspire, struggles, gasps; presently, the 
 air enters with a crowing sound, and, for a time, the child is 
 well. But there may be relapse after an uncertain interval 
 Or the bre. ,th may not return so readily as we have indi- 
 cated; the larynx may be absolutely closed; for there is no 
 noisy breathing, no "croupy" sound. The child appears to 
 have fainted, is very pale, somewhat blue, not hvid, except 
 slightly in the lips; gasps and struggles for breath. Suffo- 
 cation seems imminent. Presently the spasm ceases, the 
 glottis opens, the air enters with a whistling, cooing, or 
 crowing soimd; the color returns; and the paroxysm has 
 passed away. Not unfrequently there are Convulsions; and 
 particularly steady muscular contractions of the thumbs, 
 and fingers which are bent towards the pahns, and of the 
 toes, which are bent towards the soles of the feet. These 
 contractions are attended with pain; and any attempt to 
 straighten the fingers or toes always causes more pain. 
 
 The following table presents the differences between 
 Child-crowing and Croup. 
 
 CHiij>-CEOWiNG. — No ■warning symptoms; attack sudden; no fever, 
 or cough; breathing is free in the intervals of the spasms; no false 
 membrane; improvement sudden. 
 
 caqup. — Premonitory feverishness, hoarseness, and dry cough; 
 attack not so sudden; fever, thirst and ringing cough; breathing more 
 or less rough, and affected during the whole duration of attack; 
 shreds of false membrane are coughed up ; improvement gradual. 
 
 Teeatment. — ^Dissolve twelve pellets of Specific No. One, 
 in as many spoonsful of water, and give a spoonful every 
 fifteen minutes, until the child is easier. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETO. 267 
 
 AooEssoKY Treatment. — ^The child should be promptly 
 raised up as soon as he begins to struggle, and placed in a 
 ■warm bath; the throat fomented by means of a sponge 
 wrung out of hot water; fresh air admitted to the room by 
 an open window; ether or ammonia may be applied to the 
 nostrils. A dash of cold water in the face or chest some- 
 times excites respiration. As it is rare for more than one 
 attack to occur in one night, the patient may be laid down 
 again, and comfortably wrapped up, as soon as the fit is 
 over. When teeth are seen to be nearly through, the guma 
 should be lanced; or the mother may rub through the gum 
 with a piece of loaf sugar. 
 
 Preventive Treatment. — To avert further attacks, and to 
 counteract the constitutional tendency, good hygienic con- 
 ditions should be secured, and exciting causes, especially 
 such as arise in the digestive organs, should be removed. 
 Plenty of fresh, pure air is imperatively required; the danger 
 of catching cold is less than that of Spasm. Cod-liver oil 
 should be given. The constitution must be strengthened 
 by generous diet, adapted to the age of the chUd. The 
 cold or tepid bath should be ia daily use. Excitement 
 should be avoided; quiet fondling ,is better than romping. 
 
 HYSTEEIA. 
 
 Is a disturbance of the nervous system characterized by 
 a perversion of the sensations, and generally (though not 
 exclusively) confined to females, between puberty and the 
 change of Ufe. 
 
 Formerly Hysteria was thought to be directly due to 
 disorders of the womb; but this is incorrect, for it exists in 
 women in whom aU the functions of the womb are healthily 
 performed, and even in women born without a womb; it is 
 also occasionally met with in the male sex; men of 
 exalted sensibility, under the influence of some powerful 
 
268 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 emotion, coupled perhaps with excessi>«i bodilj fatigue, 
 break down under their feelings and play the part ol 
 women. We "look to see what organ is diseased, but find 
 none; the machinery is good, but it is working irregularly; 
 it is the engine with the fly-wheel gone." 
 
 Symptoms. — Hysteria is remarkable for the wide range 
 and indistinetive character of symptoms, and the many di- 
 seases it may mimic; especially, loss of voice, stricture of 
 the oesophagus; Laryngitis, a barking cough (more annoy- 
 ing to the hearer than to the patient). Pleurisy, heart di- 
 sease, difficulty in urinating. Neuralgia, disease of the spine 
 or joints, and many inflammatory diseases. In these cases 
 the patient deceives herself, and by extreme statements of 
 her Bufferings often misleads others. In some cases there 
 may co-exist with Hysteria, indigestion, a more or less de- 
 finite affection of the head, chest, or abdomen, or other 
 condition of impaired health or constitutional delicacy. 
 
 The hysteric Fits. — The patient screams or makes an in- 
 coherent noise, appears to lose aU voluntary power and 
 consciousness, and falls to the ground. On closely watching 
 a case, however, it wiU be noticed that there is not absolute 
 loss of consciousness: the patient contrives to fall so as not 
 to injure herself or dress; an attack does not occur when 
 she is asleep or alone; the countenance is not distorted, as 
 in Epilepsy; the eyelids may quiver and the eyes be turned 
 up, but the eyes are not wide open, nor the pupils dilated, 
 as in Epilepsy, and the patient may be observed to see and 
 to look; the breathing is noisy and irregular, but there ia 
 not subh absolute arrest of breathing as to cause asphyxia; 
 the fit continues for an indefinite period, followed by great 
 apparent exhaustion, but not by real stupor. 
 
 Treatment. — The predisposition should be overcome by 
 correcting any unhealthy or unusual condition of the men- 
 strual function, if such exist. For an ordinary attack, the 
 SpECino No. Three, six pellets every half hour or hour, 
 
DISEASE AND TKEATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE HEAD, ETC. 269 
 
 will generally suffice. If connected with scanty menstrusr 
 tion, administer the Speoific No. Eleven in the same 
 manner. If there are attacks of cramps simulating, or 
 actual convulsions, administer the Specific No. Thirty- 
 Tliree, six pellets every hour until relieved. 
 
 HYPOCHONDEIASIS. 
 
 Is a functional disorder of the nervous system, attended 
 with exaggerated ideas or depressed feehngs, but without 
 actual disorder of the intellect. 
 
 Symptoms. — The patient imagines himself, without suffi- 
 cient ground, the subject of some serious disease, and is 
 often haunted with the dread of insanity or of death. Fre- 
 quently, at first, the patient considers himself dyspeptic 
 from the fact that he is troubled with flatulence, has a 
 furred tongue, foul breath, irregular appetite, and generally 
 obstinate constipation. After a time he complains of a 
 gnawing or burning pain, of uneasiness at the pit of the 
 stomach, or of more serious disease. He has great hope of 
 getting rid of his malady, and strong faith, notwithstanding 
 repeated failures, in treatment. Afterwards, from attention 
 being directed to particular organs, functional disturbances 
 arise, — ^flushes, palpitation, suppression of bile, or bilious 
 diarrhoea; symptoms which tend to confirm the belief that 
 organic disease exists. 
 
 Causes. — Hereditary influences are potent and common: 
 a taint of insanity, or other grave nervous disease, may be 
 generally traced in near or remote ancestors. The deve- 
 lopment of the disease is usually in connection with the 
 conditions of middle life, especially indolence and luxury; 
 or, on the other hand, with anxiety and conscious failure in 
 efforts to provide for relations and dependents. Severe 
 shocks of a moral or emotional nature may give rise to the 
 malady. The patient's complaints may, however, be not 
 
270 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 ■mevelyfancifid, but due to actual disease. Organic diseases 
 of the liver or stomach are especially likely to evoke the 
 symptoms of Hypochondriasis, or they may arise, or be ex- 
 cited into new action, by a concurrent morbid process- 
 The statements and symptoms of a hypochondriac should 
 therefore be carefully examined. It is often said that 
 reading medical books frightens persons into the disease. 
 This cause must, however, be very limited and trifling com- 
 pared with the more potent and general operation of such 
 influences as grief, fatigue, the failure of efforts, or the 
 miserable and heart-wearing habits of an idle life. 
 
 Teeatment. — ^In general the use of Specifics No. Ten and 
 No. Twenty- Eight is the proper course, giving the No. 
 Ten each morning and the No. Tfventy-Eight at night. 
 This may be continued for weeks or months, or it may be 
 omitted for a week and then resumed. Should there be 
 sleeplessness, Speoieig No. Three may be taken, one or more 
 doses at night, in place of No. Twenty-Eight, and the 
 use of any other Specifics may be invoked for any passing 
 aUment or disease. 
 
 AooESSOEY Means. — ^The weary mind should be relieved, 
 and vigor of body and cheerfulness of spirits secured by a 
 course of out-of-door exercises, physical training, bathing 
 and suitable dietetic arrangements. Horse-exercise is par- 
 ticularly advantageous. Exorcise should be employed in 
 such a manner as may be amusing to the patient, and to 
 the extent of the healthy action of the muscles, but never 
 sufficient to produce severe fatigue. If Indigestion exist: 
 the article on that subject should be consulted. Hypochon- 
 driasis from sexual vices requires the aid of a physician. 
 
DISEASES OF THE EYES. 
 
 The eye, from its importance and delicate nature should 
 claim our most careful attention Avhen it is the subject of 
 disease. We should, at all times, be careful not to apply 
 salves, ointments or irritating washes; but to treat this or- 
 gan with the utmost caution and tenderness, only applying 
 those substances herein recommended, trusting mainly to 
 the action of the remedies given internally. Nor should 
 we be hasty in intrusting them to the care of incompetent, 
 ignorant, or ill-advised pretenders. 
 
 It should be recollected that in all cases of diseased or 
 sore eyes, though the affection seems to be local, yet the 
 whole system is more or less in sympathy with it; and ofte» 
 the local affection is only the expression of a general morbid 
 condition of the system. Thus it is that scrofula, gout, 
 rheumatism, catarrh, or syphilis, may each locate them- 
 selves upon the eyes, producing their pecioliar forms of in- 
 flammation or disease, and hence in the process of cure, 
 those remedies appropriate to these conditions should be 
 employed in connection with those for the local disease. 
 
 SIMPLE OPHTHALMIA— INFLAMMATION OF THE 
 EYE. — ( Conjunctivitis). 
 
 The attack often commences with itching, or a feeling as 
 if sand or dust had got into the eye, the eyeball and inside 
 
272 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 of the lid become reddened, and the vessels distributed 
 over the eye injected, carrying red blood. The eyes be- 
 come irritated, intolerant of light and painful, with flow of 
 hot, scalding tears. In some forms, where tne inflammation 
 runs high or continues long, ulcers or smaU specks are 
 apt to form upon the cornea or ball of the eye. 
 
 Causes. — ^Exposure of eye to dust, smoke, impure air, 
 cold winds, too bright Hght, strain of eye, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — ^For the first twenty-four or forty-eight 
 hours, give the Specifics No. One and No Eighteen in 
 alternation, a dose every three hours. Prepare the medi- 
 cine by dissolving twelve pellets of each in six spoonsful of 
 water in separate glasses, and administer from the two in 
 alternation. After two days omit the Specific No. One, 
 and instead use the Specific No. Thilly-Five in like 
 manner, in alternation with No. Eighteen. As the in- 
 flammation subsides and the eye improves, the medicine 
 may be taken less frequently, and the medicine may be 
 taken dry, two pellets at a time, instead of in fluid form. 
 
 Let the eye be shaded from light if it is oppressive, and 
 avoifi. reading, writing or taxing the eye in any manner, 
 and live on very light, easily digested food. 
 
 For an application, use the Marvel of Healing, diluted 
 with an equal quantity of pure, soft water, and with this 
 bathe the eye; and at night wet a fine linen rag with it and 
 lay over the eye, renewing from time to time as it gets hot 
 or dry. If the same cannot be procured, dissolve six pellets 
 of Specific No. Eighteen in haK a teacupful of soft water, 
 and use in like manner. 
 
 In cases where scrofula or rheumatism are clearly con- 
 nected with the disease as a cause, it may be advisable, 
 should the cure linger, to alternate the Specifics for those 
 diseases, No. Tiventy-Three or No. Fifteen, with that 
 for ophthalmia. No. Eighteen. 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT". ^DISEASES OP THE EYES. 273 
 
 CHEONIC OPHTHALMIA. 
 
 Inflammations of the eyes are often met witli of many 
 months, and even years standing. They are sometimes 
 better for a season and then worse again, and generally 
 have their origin in some constitutional taint of the system, 
 such as gout or scrofula, or they may arise from the virus 
 of syphilis or gonorrhoea. The eyeball is generally red- 
 dened, blood-vessels injected, lids thickened, red and 
 swelled; intolerance of light, and discharge of thick or 
 purulent matter, or of hot, scalding water, when the irrita- 
 tion has been kindled up afresh. Ulcers, or the remains of 
 old ulcers, are not unfrequently met with. 
 
 Treatment. — These old cases, which are often met with 
 in bad, unhealthy or neglected subjects, only require care 
 and patience in their treatment. Under good management, 
 wonders can be effected in restoring these organs to sight 
 and usefulness. Give at first, the Specifics No. I^ig'llteen 
 and No. Thirty- Five, six pellets at a time and four times 
 per day in alternation. Continue this course a week or 
 two weeks, or as long as the eyes continue to improve. If, 
 after a time, the secretion is thick, gummy or abundant, 
 omit the Specific No. Thirty- Five and use the No. 
 Twenty-Three instead, and so continue for one or two 
 weeks, returning again to the former medicine to complete 
 the cure. 
 
 AccEssoEY Means. — Exposure to currents of cold and damp 
 air should be avoided, and if the weather is inclement 
 during an attack, the patient should remain in a room of 
 uniform temperature. A piece of lint, wet with in tepid or 
 cold water, as may be most agreeable to the patient, should 
 be laid over the eye, and covered with oil-silk, on retiring. 
 
 If the lids are gummed together in the morning, they 
 should on no account be opened without being first moist- 
 ened with tepid water or saliva; but any gumming together 
 
274 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 may be prevented by smearing the lids at night with a little 
 cold-cream or olive-oil, or by covering them with moist lint 
 and oil-silk, as just recommended. As long as the eyes 
 remain sensitive, they may be protected bj' plain blue or 
 smoke-colored glasses; they should be used with extreme 
 moderation; crowded rooms, or air poisoned by tobacco- 
 smoke or other impurities, should be avoided. The food 
 should be simple, nourishing, and digestible. 
 
 .Preventive Means. — Persons predisposed to Ophthalmia 
 should guard against all needless exposures during the pre- 
 valence of easterly and north-easterly winds. In reading, 
 writing, or when using the eyes on fine work, the morning 
 hours should be chosen, when the light is growing brighter. 
 The habits should, therefore, be early and regular; the 
 beneficial influence of out-of-door air should be regularly 
 taken advantage of; and bathing practised. 
 
 The Diet may be more generous than in acute ophthalmia, 
 but stUl should be free from stimulants of any kind. 
 
 INFLAMMATION OF THE EYELIDS. 
 
 Not unfrequently the eyelid becomes inflamed, red, 
 swelled and painful, especially along the margin of the hd, 
 while the eyebaU seems but slightly affected. In some cases 
 the frequent recurrence or persistence of this affection, 
 causes the thickening of the margin of the Hd, and the per- 
 taanent loss of the eyelashes. 
 
 Treatment. — The Spechtcs No. Eleven and No. Eigh- 
 teen are the appropriate medicines, and may be administ- 
 ered two or four times per day according to the urgency of 
 the case, as directed for acute ophthalmia. 
 
 HORDEOLUM.— (%). 
 
 This is a small, hard, generally inflamed tumor, seated on 
 the margin of the lid, commencing as a small, painful lump, 
 
DISEASE AND TtlEATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE EIES. 275 
 
 becoming inflamed, swelled, red, and finally softening. In 
 some cases a tumor like a small wen appears in the same 
 locality, and remains without suppurating or discharging. 
 Tbeatment. — It wUl be speedily removed by the use of 
 the Specifics No. Eighteen and No. Eleven in alter- 
 nation. A doseof six pellets may be given every two or 
 three hours at first; then morning and night is sufficient. 
 Small, indolent tumors or wens may require the use oi 
 Specifics No. Eighteen and No. Thirty- Five, given six 
 pellets night and morning. 
 
 BLOOD-SHOT EYES. 
 
 Sometimes from severe or violent coughing, blows, falls, 
 retchiag, vomiting or crying, the eye or a portion of it be- 
 comes suffused with blood, or " bloodshot " as it is termed. 
 It generally passes off itself by being absorbed, when the 
 occasioning cause has ceased to act. A few doses of Speci- 
 fic No. Thirty- Five, given two or three times per day, 
 will hasten the removal of the extravasation. Frequent 
 bathing with the Maevel of Healing may also hasten the 
 absorption. 
 
 WATEEY, WEEPING EYES. 
 
 When this is the result of the closure or obliteration of 
 the tear-duct, medicine wiU not avail. But when it arises 
 from weakness or over sensibility of the organ, or a partial 
 closure of the duct from inflammatory thickening or the 
 surrounding tissue, or from the secretion itself being thick- 
 ened, it is quite within the reach of medical treatment. 
 
 Administer in such cases the Specific No. Eighteen, 
 six pellets three times per day. If a catarrhal condition at 
 the same time exists, interpose an occasional dose of six 
 - pellets of Specifio No. Nineteen. 
 
276 HOMEOPATHIC MEKTOE. 
 
 STUAEIBMJJS.— {Squinting). 
 
 A condition in which the axis of one eye is not parallel 
 with that of the other; there is loss of harmonious move- 
 ment of the eyes, and if the unaffected eye be closed, the 
 squinting one looks straight. 
 
 The Causes are occasionally obscure. Sometimes the 
 disorder arises from an unequal use of the eyes, as from 
 imitatrug others who squint, looking at spots on the nose or 
 face, or forming the habit of turning the eye inward; some- 
 times as a consequence of Scarlatina or Measles; from irri- 
 tation, as of worms, teething, indigestible food; from 
 passion; from disease of the brain; and from general ill- 
 health. "When it occurs in the course of any disease of the 
 brain it must be regarded as an unfavorable symptom. 
 Sometimes it is congenital. In aged persons, the condition 
 is due to partial Paralysis of the inner muscle of the eye. 
 
 This affection, in its more serious form, can only be 
 reached by a surgical operation. But in some cases of 
 comparatively recent origin in young children, it may be 
 corrected by the use of the Specific No. Thirty-Five, 
 two pellets given morning and night. 
 
 WEAK, OR FAILING SIGHT. 
 
 In many cases, the sight fails or becomes obscured or 
 feeble before that period of life when it may naturally be 
 expected. Sometimes, there is a mist or ganze before the 
 eyes, or there are black points, spots or clouds hovering 
 before the sight; or the eyes become dim, watery, or the 
 sight misty on endeavoring to sew, read or use fine print 
 These conditions indicate weakness of these organs, or a 
 morbid condition of them, and it may be but the^ reflec- 
 tion of the general condition of the system. 
 
 Causes. — Excessive use of the eyes on too bright or too 
 
DISEASE AND TESATMEliT. — DISEASES OF THE EIES. 277 
 
 minute objects; too much sleep; the use of tobacco or sti- 
 mulants; suppressed exhalations from the skin from ex- 
 posure to cold and wet; suppressed period, etc. These and 
 similar causes may lead to temporary congestion of the 
 brain, and over-stimulate and exhaust the retina, causing 
 dimness or entire suspension of vision, without permanently 
 damaging the nervous structure of the eye. On the other 
 hand, an anaemic condition of the system may diminish the 
 supply of healthy blood to the brain and retina, and pro- 
 duce Amblyopia by exhaustion. Excessive drains on the 
 system, as from flooding in child-bed or at the monthly 
 period, prolonged nursing, sexual excesses, or severe ill- 
 ness. A similar condition may be induced by chronic 
 Dyspepsia from functional or organic disease of the stomach 
 or liver. These affections may cause impairment of vision, 
 through the medium of the sympathetic system, by dimin- 
 ishing the nervous and vascular supplies required for the 
 healthy functions of the eye. Dental causes may be in 
 operation, rendering the extraction of a tooth necessary. 
 Treatment. — Take six pellets of the Specific No. Thirty- 
 Five each morning, and the same of No. Eighteen every 
 night on retiring. Also, frequently bathe the eyes with 
 cold water, avoid fatiguing or straining the eyes with fine 
 work, reading fine print, or any long continued effort of 
 the eyes, and also the use of glasses, which fatigue or weary 
 the eyes. In all cases, avoid fatiguing or taxing the eyes 
 when the body is weak and enfeebled from sickness. 
 
 ADDITIONAL SUGGESTIONS ON THE PEESEEVA- 
 TION OP THE SIGHT. 
 
 1. Conditions of Light ,favoeable to the Eyes. — Daylight, 
 owing to its mildness, uniformity, and steadiness. The 
 most perfect artificial light is but an imperfect substitute 
 ior the clear light of day; being often too powerful or too 
 
278 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 feeble, or flickering or wavering; or the air is often inju- 
 riously heated, and deteriorated by the combustion of its 
 oxygen. To enjoy daylight to its fullest extent, involves 
 early rising. Morning light is also specially adapted to per- 
 sons having weakness of vision, as the light is then in- 
 creasing. If necessary that work should be done by arti- 
 ficial light, that kind should be selected which requires 
 least exertion, as writing rather than reading for the stu- 
 dent, and sewing lighter and coarser work instead of fine 
 and dark-colored for the seamstress. 
 
 2. UlTFAVOKABLE CONDITIONS FOE EXERTING THE EyES. The 
 
 eyes should not be exercised directly after a fuU meal; when 
 the body is fatigued; late at night, when sleepy; when in 
 a recumbent or stooping posture; when travelling; when 
 dressed in tight clothing — tight cravats, stays, or even tight 
 garters or boots; in badly-ventUated rooms lighted by gas; 
 during recovery from severe or exhausting disease. 
 
 Light must not be too strong; a weak light is equally in- 
 jurious; and if the eyeis are used when the light is declin- 
 ing, so that it becomes necessary to hold the book or work 
 nearer in order to see, the sight must inevitably suffer. An 
 unsteady light, as from imperfect gas; or using the eyea 
 when the waves of light are moving about, as under a tree, 
 or when riding, is highly detrimental, as the eyes are se- 
 verely exercised in continually readjusting themselves; if 
 persisted in, the sight will suffer, and Amblyopia or Amau- 
 rosis possibly ensue. The danger to the sight is very great 
 during convalescence from prolonged exhausting disease, 
 when patients are apt to read a great deal; to the weakness 
 of vision is then often added that of a bad posture, such as 
 the recumbent, or even artificial light, rendering such a 
 use of the eyes extremely prejudicial. Convalescents should 
 be read to, and the matter should be interesting and amus- 
 ing. The reading of a novel is more hurtful to the sight 
 than that of a scientific book, because it is read faster, and 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE EYES. ^279 
 
 :the eyes are more severely exercised. A broad page is 
 more fatiguing to the eyes than a narrow one. On the eyes 
 becoming dim after too long exertion they should rest, and 
 on no account attempt to persist in reading by increasing 
 the light. 
 
 Eye-shade. — An eye-shade or eye-protector, of brown or 
 -slate-colored paper, covered with green or gray silk, and 
 secured by a tape or piece of elastic, answers well for pro- 
 tecting the eyes from gas, etc., indoors; out-of-doors, a 
 wide-brimmed hat answers admirably. An eye-shade 
 -should be worn when there is unnatural sensibility to light. 
 
 Spectacles. — Spectacles of plain blue glass are useful for 
 morbid sensibility of the eyes to light, and may be darker 
 or lighter in shade, according to' the amount of protection 
 required; or brown or smoke-colored glasses may be used 
 if preferred. The latter cut o£f the rays of light, and con- 
 sequently render vision somewhat less distinct, while blue 
 glasses, excluding the orange rays only, interfere less with 
 the clear definition of objects. Green glasses protect the 
 eyes from the red rays; but it is the orange rays which are 
 most intolerable to a sensitive retina. Strong plate-glass 
 spectacles should be worn by persons finding it necessary 
 to protect the eyes against chips and particles of stone or 
 steel {Angell). 
 
 In all measures adopted for the general protection of the 
 eye, good ventilation and a healthy temperature must not 
 be forgotten. 
 
 Eye-Douche. — ^Much benefit often results from a cold 
 douche-bath, a stream of water being directed on the closed 
 eye and adjacent parts. Surgical-instrument makers sell 
 instruments specially adapted for this purpose. Or, water 
 may be thrown by the hand against the closed eyes when 
 holding the face over a basin of water. 
 
 AccBssoKY Measures. — ^The causes of the disease should be 
 correctly ascertained, and as far as possible, be removed 
 
280 HOMEOPATHIC MEKTOK. 
 
 and guarded against. Patients in crowded and unhealthy 
 towns should remove to the country, at least for a time, 
 where they may take daily out-of-door exercise, and enjoy 
 a piu:e, bracing air. Frequent careful tepid washing of the 
 eyes to prevent accumulations of matter; a spacious well- 
 ventilated apartment; and avoidance of all causes likely to 
 keep up the inflammatory process, are all necessary pre- 
 cautions. The food should be plain and nourishing, coffee 
 and fermented drinks being excluded; the habits early and 
 regular, and frequent bathing should be practised. A small 
 wet compress, covered with oil-silk or india-rubber, worn 
 over the nape of the neck, is a valuable counter-irritant 
 when the more violent inflammatory symptoms have been 
 Bub&ued; it is also useful in obstinate cases. 
 
Affections of the Ears and Hearing. 
 
 ECZEMA. 
 
 The cutaneous affections to which the external ear is liable 
 are, chiefly, Herpes, Erysipelas, Impetigo, Pemphigus, and 
 Eczema. The last is probably the most common, and is 
 generally of the chronic variety. It appears most commonly 
 behind the ears, but also invades the auricle, or external 
 ear, and not unfrequently extends to the meatus, the open- 
 ing or canal into the ear. When this extension takes place 
 there is some degree of deafness, in addition to the great 
 smarting and itching which characterise the disorder. The 
 general causes and symptoms and treatment, are similar to 
 those of Eczema when it occurs in other parts of the body. 
 
 Treatment. — Give Specifio No. Fourteen each morning 
 and of No. Twenty-Two each night for old cases of 
 moderate extent and severity; a dose of three pellets for 
 children or six pellets for adults. In acute or severe cases 
 give the Specifics four times per day. 
 
 AcoEssoKY Treatment. — This consists chiefly in dusting 
 the part with flour or finely-powdered starch, to soothe irrit- 
 ability, and to absorb any fluid that may exude. A warm 
 douche may be used occasionally, when the canal is invol- 
 ved, to allay itching, and to prevent the accumulation of 
 matter within. Great care should always be exercised to 
 dry the ears of children, after being washed. 
 
282 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 EAEACHE— INFLAMMATION OF THE EAE. 
 
 Earache may have a neuralgic or rheumatic origin, or 
 even from a toothache, and is very common in children. 
 It is often brought on from exposure to cold, rough or 
 damp weather. The pain is usually severe, sharp, lancinat- 
 ing or beating, extending deep into the ear, causing great 
 suffering. In very young children it occasions great un- 
 easiness, cries, and rolling of the head. When the ear fce- 
 comes inflamed, the brain may become implicated from the 
 extension of the disease, and delirium or convulsions with 
 vomiting and cold extremities may be the result. In many 
 instances, when young children have been crying, fretful 
 and peevish for several days, a discharge from the ear first 
 informs the nurse that an inflammation of the ear has been 
 the cause of all the suffering. 
 
 Treatment. — ^The principal Specifics are the No. One and 
 No. Twenty-Two. Give first Specific No. One, two 
 peUets every hour, either dry or dissolved in a spoonful of 
 water, and for simple otalgia or earache it will suffice. If 
 the case is complicated with inflammation, very severe pain 
 or redness of the external ear, or of the passage, as is not 
 unfrequently the case, give Specific No. Twenty-Two, 
 four peUets every hour, either alone or in alternation with 
 No. One until the disease has yielded, and for any remain^ 
 ing swelling or discharge give Specific No. Twenty- 
 TwOj four pellets four times per day. 
 
 In severe cases, a little cotton-wool wet with the Marvel 
 OF Healing and placed gently in the ear, affords prompt re- 
 lief, and may at any time be resorted to. 
 
 HAEDENED CERUMEN.— (^ar-woa;). 
 
 Cerumen, or ear-wax is composed of oil, stearine, a little 
 coloring matter, scales of epidermis from the lining of the 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. AITECTIONS OF THE EARS, ETC. 283 
 
 meatus, and other substances. It contains only about O'l 
 per cent of water, and is only very partially soluble. After 
 remaining for some time in the canal, its watery constituent 
 passes off by evaporation, and thus it becomes a hard mass. 
 In advancing age the wax contains a less proportion of 
 water than during the early periods of life, as it becomes 
 drier and more brittle. This wax seems to render the 
 canal pliable, and perhaps also prevents the entrance of 
 insects. 
 
 The commonly-alleged cause of hardened ear-wax is a 
 " cold," although frequently there is no evidence whatever 
 that the patient has suffered from any catarrh of the head 
 or'throat. In some cases it is due to neglect of cleanliness, 
 or to the use of the twisted end of a towel pushed too fai 
 into the canal, or to some similar method of cleansing the 
 ear, which tends to impact the cerumen or to exhaust its 
 watery element. But in the majority of cases the disorder 
 is not simply a local affection, but a sign of some inflamma- 
 tion of the mucous membrane lining the entrance to the 
 ear, or of a diseased state of the glands, consequent on the 
 degenerative changes of old age, lessening the nutrition of 
 parts of the organ of hearing other than the auditory canal. 
 
 Symptoms. — Defective hearing which has come on suddenly; 
 tinnitus aurium, (ringing, or other noise), and other nervous 
 symptoms — ^vertigo, giddiness, pain in the ear, probably 
 from pressure on the membrana tympana. In aged per- 
 sons, especially, chronic accumulations may lead to absorp 
 tion of the bony walls of the meatus. 
 
 The deafness, instead of being constant, is intermittent, 
 the hearing is better in the morning, or after eating, or 
 after rubbing the ear with the finger, or after insertion of 
 the finger in the meatus. The deafness may be increased 
 by cold and inflammation. 
 
 The disorder may be palliated by removal of the wax. 
 The wax is best removed by a careful use of the syringe, 
 
284 HOMBOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 throwing a small jet of water, at tlie temperature of full 
 blood heat, along the roof of the cavity. If the water be 
 too hot or too cold it will cause giddiness. If pain ensue, 
 the syringing should be discontinued. In syringing, the 
 ear should be seized with the thumb and finger of the left 
 hand, and pulled gently upward and backward as far as it 
 .wiU go, thus straightening the meatus. If the wax be not 
 removed within a few days, a few drops of warm glycerincj 
 or warm solution of soda, put in the ear at night, will 
 soften the wax and facilitate its removal. To ascertain the 
 progress of removal, the ear should be frequently examined 
 with an ear-speculum. Nothing is so effective a solvent of 
 wax, as simple warm water. 
 
 FUEUNCLE, BOIL.— {Abscess of the Meatus). 
 
 Is a very common, painful, and somewhat serious disease, 
 to which some persons seem peculiarly liable, and is often 
 associated with boils in other parts of the skin. The fre- 
 quent recurrence of abscesses causes thickening of the walls 
 of the meatus and of the drum, and, if the tendency to them 
 is not eradicated, some degree of deafness is an invariable 
 result. They are always exquisitely painful, and produce 
 very decided tenderness around the ear. They are liable 
 to recur. 
 
 Symptoms. — Acute, throbbing, darting pain in the meatus, 
 great tenderness, tense swelling, temporary partial deaf- 
 ness, consequent on obstruction of the canal. 
 ' Treatment. — Dissolve twelve pellets of Specipto No. One 
 in a half glass of pure water, and the same of Specific No. 
 Twenty-Two in another similar portion of water and 
 give a spoonful every two hours in alternation. 
 
 AccESSOKT Treatment. — ^A free use of fomentations and 
 poultices as hot as can be borne, will relieve the acute pain, 
 and hasten the formation of matter. The abscess should be 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — AFFECTIONS OF THE EARS, ETC. 285 
 
 opened early, as soon as, the throbbing indicates the forma- 
 tion of matter, because the tissues are so dense here, that 
 spontaneous rupture is a long and very painful process, and 
 the bone may become carious. A little piece of lint may be 
 moistened with two or three drops of Mabvel of Healing, 
 and introduced into the ear. Subsequent cold must be 
 averted by avoiding draughts after fomentation, and by in« 
 sertion of cotton wool in the ear. The latter is desirable for 
 the absorption of the suppurating matter, but should be 
 frequently changed, lest, by drying, the wool should increase 
 the irritation. 
 
 OTO^BUCEA..— {Discharge from the ear). 
 
 Discharges from the ear frequently remain for a time 
 after the acute affection has disappeared. But it is also 
 frequently the result of scarlet fever, measles, or of some 
 scrofulous development. Repeated attack of earache are 
 quite sure to result in long continued discharges from the 
 ear, with its concomitant results, noises in the head, and 
 hardness of hearing. The discharge is sometimes fetid, 
 offensive, thick, green, cream-like, varying in consistence, 
 quantity and character. 
 
 Teeatment. — The successful treatment of old, long stand- 
 ing otorrhcea, requires some time and patience. It cannot 
 be done at once, but fortunately can be accomplished, and 
 the hearing of the organ generally preserved. The Specific 
 No. Twenty-Two, four pellets (for children) three times 
 per day, will generally accomplish the desired result. 
 Sometimes the occasional interposition of a dose of Specific 
 No. Thirty-Five accelerates the cure. 
 
 Geneeal Measures. — The intractable character of this 
 affection is often, in . great measure, due to the neglect of 
 strict cleanliness. The irritating discharge, if allowed to 
 accumulate within the ear, undergoes decomposition, and 
 
286 HOMEOPATHIC HENTOB. 
 
 gives rise to changes in the deeper structures of the ear. 
 A little cotton wool, frequently changed, may be put into 
 the ear when the discharge is declining, to protect it, out of 
 doors, in cold weather; but even this should be done with 
 great caution, particularly when the discharge smells offen- 
 sively, for nothing can be more prejudicial than stopping 
 the ear with cotton-wool to prevent its escape. To correct 
 the foetor of the discharge, which is often very great, a 
 lotion of Candy's Fluid should be injected, in the proportion 
 of thirty drops to eight ounces of warm water. AH fluids 
 injected into the ear shoidd be warm. 
 
 The improvement of the general health of the patient is a 
 point of great importance; for this purpose, change of air, 
 and, in the autumnal months, sea-air, is often attended with 
 most beneficial results. In the absence of sea-air, country- 
 air, in a bracing district, is of great advantage. Cod-hver 
 oil is also strongly recommended. 
 
 It is a very common and very foolish idea, which has 
 been fostered in the minds of the laity by ignorant or in- 
 dolent physicians, that it is dangerous to cure a discharge 
 from the ear. It is doubtful whether a single instance of 
 CAdl results, under wise treatment, can be cited. Of course 
 irritating lotions too often repeated may set up an acute 
 Otitis based upon the chronic condition, but it very rarely 
 happens; and the idea that the eat in these cases serves as 
 a vent-hole for peccant humors is worthy only the dark 
 ages. The continuance of this disease not only makes the 
 patient a filthy and disgusting nuisance to himself and aU 
 around him, but it often greatly endangers life itself. 
 
 DrPFICULT HEAEING; NOISES IN THE HEAD. 
 
 These two affections niay properly be considered in con- 
 nection. Buzzing, roaring, whizzing, and other noises in 
 the head are often the incipient stage of deafness, and the 
 
DISEASE XSD TREATMENT. AFFECTIONS OP THE EAES, ETC. 287 
 
 noise must of necessitj impair the hearing. Noises in the 
 head may result from a cold or some obstruction, or be the 
 consequence of a running or discharge from the ear. Hard- 
 ness of hearing may result from any of the cases heretofore 
 named, or from dryness of the ear, insufficient secretion of 
 the cerumen or ear-wax, or various morbid conditions of 
 the internal ear. The ear should be examined and any 
 accumulations of wax carefully removed. If the ear or wax 
 is dry or hard, put in, on the point of a small camel's-hair 
 pencil, one drop of pure glycerine, night and morning until 
 the wax is softened, or the dryness removed. Syringing 
 the ears as is often done results in more harm than good. 
 The less water or soap in the ear the better, aside from 
 mere purposes of cleanliness. Recent cases are often 
 cured, while the old and long-standing are not unfrequently 
 obstinate; or, if the bone is involved, intractable. 
 
 Treatment. — The SPEcmo No. Twenty-Two is in gene- 
 ral the remedy, and may be administered either for noises 
 in the head or hardness of hearing, six pellets night and 
 morning for adults. If after eight or ten days there is no 
 decided improvement, use the Specific No. Thirty- Five, 
 in like manner for eight days, and again return to the first 
 prescription, and so continue for weeks, or months if ne- 
 cessary, using one medicine for eight days at a time and then 
 resortiag to the other. 
 
 GENEEiLL HINTS ON AFFECTIONS OF THE EAE. 
 
 1. Wet or damp ears. — A frequent cause of disease of the 
 ear is, the practice of leaving the head and ears of children 
 imperfectly dry after washing. It is the more necessary to 
 guard against this danger if there already exist any dis- 
 charge from the ear. After bathing, the greatest care 
 should be taken to dry the hair and ears thoroughly. As a 
 further precaution, a piece of fine linen or blotting-paper 
 
288 HOMEOPATHIC MEKTOR. 
 
 should be twisted into a coil, and gently introduced into 
 the cavity of the ear, to absorb any remaining moisture. 
 
 2. Boxing the ears. — Parents, governesses, and others ■who 
 have the care of children, should be aware of an accident 
 very liable to occur from blows on the head or boxing the 
 ears, namely, rupture of the membrana tympani, a membrane 
 which closes the bottom of the meatus, and is stretched 
 something like the parchment of a drum. The accident 
 may be recognised by a sense of shock in the ear, deafness, 
 and a slight discharge of blood from the orifice; and if 
 examined by an ear speculum, the rent may be seen. There 
 should be complete rest for several days, and a weak Arnica 
 lotion used. 
 
 3. Deafness not stupidity. — Another point of considerable 
 importance is the case in which a chUd, from being slightly 
 deaf, has been thought io be stupid or obstinate. "Very 
 sad is it to think how often a child is thus punished for his 
 misfortune, and, it may be, irremediable injuries inflicted 
 on the mind or temper of this poor victim of unintentional 
 injustice. It is hardly necessary to insist upon the care 
 which is requisite in examining the state of the hearing- 
 power in a child, or to refer to the fact ' that children wUl 
 often say, and doubtless think, that they hear a watch when 
 they do not." 
 
 4. Wet compress. — A small wet compress, covered with 
 oil-silk or tissue, worn over the nape of the neck, as re- 
 commended for Ophthalmia, is equally applicable in afifeo- 
 tions of the ear, especially when of an obstinate nature; and 
 if persevered in steadily for some time wiU frequently 
 relieve chronic ailments. 
 
DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES. 
 
 APHONIA.— (Sbarsenm). 
 
 Definition. — Aphonia is a temporary or permanent para- 
 lysis of the muscles, which approximate the vocal cords in 
 the production of sounds. 
 
 This affection is common, and generally the result of a 
 cold or some irritation at the upper portion of the wind- 
 pipe or larynx. It is sometimes deserving of serious atten- 
 tion, as it may indicate changes in the upper part of the 
 larynx of a very grave character. It is also a symptom in 
 Croup, laryngitis, bronchitis and measles. Sometimes the 
 voice is wholly lost, the patient being only able to speak in 
 whispers; at others, it is low, rough, hoarse or piping. 
 
 Treatment. — ^When the hoarseness is the result of a cold, 
 bronchitis, or other disease, no special attention need be 
 paid to this particular symptom. It will disappear under 
 the use of the Specifics given for the general disease. 
 When it is idiopathic, or even the most prominent symptom, 
 the Specuic No. Seven, six pellets every two or three 
 hours, will soon restore the voice. In cases of chronio 
 hoarseness or loss of voice, give six pellets of Spbcific No. 
 Seven, four times per day, continuing the same tmtil 
 relief is obtained. 
 
 Clergymen, after speaking, or persons who, after singing, 
 find the voice fatigued, hoarse, furzy, or the throat irritated, 
 
290 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 will find relief from taking of tte Specifio No. Seven, six 
 pellets at once, and the portion may be repeated at inter- 
 vals of three hours, until the unpleasant sensation or hoarse- 
 ness has disappeared. 
 
 CEOUP. 
 
 Croup is usually a disease of childhood, nevertheless 
 there are even adults who are sometimes subject to it in a 
 quite serious form. In children it is always a serious and 
 sometimes a suddenly fatal disease, and hence it is impor- 
 tant to be acquainted with its earlier symptoms in order to 
 be able to arrest them. Children from fifteen months to 
 five or seven years of age are most subject to it. Often it 
 comes on suddenly at night, after the child has been ex- 
 posed, or out playing in a damp, cold or rough wind during 
 the day. The child wakes out of sleep with a sudden 
 hoarse, rough, barking cough, often Kke the barking of an 
 old dog, and sometimes, at first a hoarseness or difficulty in 
 speaking, and a degree of anxiety with difficulty of breath- 
 ing. In some cases there are frequent returns of this 
 hoarse, rough, croupy cough, with little or no fever, or diffi- 
 culty of breathing for some hours, or even a day or two; 
 and t^e child runs about and is even at times playful until 
 the fuU disease is ushered in. At others, there is high fever, 
 quick pulse, red face, hoarse cough and difficult breathing 
 from the first hour of the attack. As the disease progresses 
 the fover increases, the cough returns in more frequent 
 paroxysms, is more harsh, dry and tight, and the difficulty 
 of breathing increases, (often by paroxysms), becomes 
 wheezing, with rustling of mucus; labored, and in the worst 
 cases as if breathing through fine brazen pipes, and by 
 degrees becomes loud and hairsh, and may be heard all ove* 
 the room or even the house. Towards the last the breath- 
 ing becomes increasingly difficult, the voice fails, or is only 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE AIB PASSAGES. 291 
 
 heard in wliispers, the head is thrown backward to facilitate 
 respiration, the larynx rises and falls with every breath, 
 and the child is bathed in perspiration from the suffering 
 and effort. If the child improves, the breathing becomes 
 easier, freer, and the rattling of mucus looser; the cough 
 more loose and moist, and the voice more natural. If 
 worse, the breathing is more difficult, finer-toned and 
 tighter, the cough dryer, and voice failing. 
 
 Sudden attacks of croup are usually not so formidable, 
 and sooner yield to proper treatment. But the worst cases 
 of croup (angina membranacea) come on more insidiously. 
 The child may be considered only slightly unwell for several 
 days, vMh little or no cough, or a mild, veiled cough, but the 
 speech is changed and is a hoarse whispering, or ::i entirely lost, 
 and in these cases the difficulty of breathing comes on very 
 gradually, and may not be noticed except on careful obser- 
 vation, or wh0n the child is making some effort. Such in- 
 sidious cases are always dangerous and often fatal, and this 
 symptom ' f loss of voice or whispering voice in children should 
 always demand attention. It generally marks the deposi- 
 tion or formation of the false membrane, and requires only 
 its continued deposition to become fatal.* 
 
 Causes. — The predisposing cause is explained by the fact 
 that the trachea (wind-pipe) is very small in infants, and 
 does not enlarge in the same proportion as other parts of 
 the body tiU after the third year; after this period, it en- 
 larges rapidly, and the liability to Croup diminishes 
 accordingly. In some families the predisposition is here- 
 ditary. 
 
 Exciting causes are — cold; dark, damp, and unhealthy 
 localities; sudden changes of temperature; wet feet; poor or 
 scanty food, especially the adoption of improper diet when 
 a child is weaned; insufficient olothing, or previous iHQesft 
 
 * See differences between Croup and Child-crowing, page 266. 
 
Sd^ HOMEOPATHIC MENTOS. 
 
 Like most diseases of the respiratory organs, Croup is 
 most fatal in the winter and spring. Low and moist 
 districts are its favorite haunts. Towns situated near the 
 banks of rivers have an extra share of it; and it has been 
 noticed to prevail in such places, especially among the 
 children of washerwomen, clearly showing the relationship 
 of cause and effect. It has been observed as often occa- 
 sioned by children sitting or sleeping in a room newly 
 washed, and as frequently occurring on a Saturday night — 
 the only day in the week it is customary for the lower 
 classes, in some places, to wash their houses. 
 
 Treatment. — For the hoarse, croupy cough that often 
 precedes the croup, the SpEcrpio No. Thirteen will be 
 sufficient, giving two pellets every two or three hours, and 
 keeping the child well housed and protected from the cold, 
 and especially from exposure to rough, damp air. Where 
 an attack comes on with hoarse cough and some difficulty 
 of breathing, dissolve the Spech'ics No. One and No. 
 Thirteen, six or eight pellets of each, in as many tea- 
 spoonsful of water in separate glasses, and give the child a 
 spoonful alternately every fifteen minutes, first from No. 
 One, and next from No. Thirteen, and so on in alter- 
 nation, if the case is urgent, with these two medicines, only 
 prolonging the intervals between the medicines to half an 
 hour or an hour, as the patient improves. After the fever 
 abates and the cough becomes moist or assumes its natural 
 tone, and the breathing is relieved and free perspiration 
 established, Specifio No. One may be omitted and the No. 
 Thirteen continued untU the cure is completed. 
 
 Accessory Measures. — During the ■ treatment everything 
 should be avoided that would be likely to excite or irritate 
 the patient. A partial or complete warm bath at 98° Pahr., 
 repeated in a few hours if the patient continue very hot; 
 sponges or cloths squeezed out of hot water and applied to 
 the throat; the feet and general surface of the body should 
 
Dl&EASE AMD TEEATMEN*. — DISEASES OF THE AiB PASSAGES. 293 
 
 be kept warm, and the air of the apartment raised to about 
 65° Fahr., and this temperature uniformly maintained by 
 day and night; watery vapor should be thoroughly diffused 
 therein by keeping a kettle of water constantly boUing on 
 the fire, or over the flame of a spirit-lamp, and fixiug a tin 
 or paper tube to the spout to convey the vapor near to the 
 patient. In very severe cases, a tent should be formed over 
 the patient's bed, and steam conducted under it by a tube 
 from boiling water. 
 
 It is quite useless and pernicious to give castor oil, hive 
 syrup, ipecac, or to rub oil, goose-grease, or similar sub- 
 stances over the chest, as is often done. Simply make the 
 chUd comfortable, keep it weU covered in bed or in the 
 nurse's lap, and in a mildly warm room free from exposure 
 or drafts of air, and give the Specifics as directed, and the 
 v&,st majority of cases of croup wiU terminate favorably. 
 Care should also be taken not to expose children to the 
 cold or to let them go out too soon after an attack of croup. 
 They should be kept well housed and protected until en- 
 tirely recovered, to prevent a relapse 
 
 Diet and Eegimen. — During the attack, water is almost 
 the only article admissible, and may be given in . small 
 quantities. During recovery, milk-and-water, arrov?root, 
 gruel, etc. In the case of delicate children, or if great 
 weakness suddenly occur during the course of the disease, 
 it may be necessary to support the patient by essence-of- 
 beef and wine-and-water, which should be administered in 
 small quantities, at regular and frequent intervals. 
 
 TUSSIS.— ((7oM^;i). 
 
 Cougli is in general only a symptom of some other di- 
 sease, such as ^atarrh, bronchitis, inflammation or conges- 
 tion of the lungs, or the bronchia, or influenza, whooping- 
 cough, etc. ; and the cure of the cough will be effected by 
 
294 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 the cure of the disease upon which it depends. But In 
 many cases the cough may be the chief, and perhaps the 
 only indication of diseased action, and hence demand treat- 
 ment of itseK. Often it is the forerunner or first stage of 
 .some disease which is thus cured through the indications 
 furnished by the cough. A suspicious cough, especially in 
 persons of delicate health, or weak lungs, should never be 
 permitted to continue from week to week, but should al- 
 ways excite our suspicion and demand the persistent use of 
 the proper measures for its reliet 
 
 Treatment. — In general the Specifio No. Seven will be 
 sufficient. Give six pellets, dry or in water, four times per 
 day, avoiding exposure to new irritation, and the desired 
 end will generally soon be reached. 
 
 Should the cough, however, be harsh and dry, with 
 some fever or pain in the chest or side, it is better to 
 alternate Speoieig No. One with the No. Seven, giving 
 six pellets every two hours alternately, until the cough is 
 relieved. 
 
 Violent spasmodic coughs, approaching hooping-coughs, 
 often require the use of Specieic No. Twenty, either alone 
 or in alternation with No. Seven, given as directed above. 
 
 OlA chronic coughs, of long standing, are often cured by 
 Specieio No. Seven and No. Thirty- Five, in alternation, 
 given four times per day, preferable before meals and on 
 retiring at night. If the case is urgent, the medicine may 
 (be given, a portion every three hours. 
 
 Beverages. — Gum-water, barley-water, linseed-tea, and 
 other mucilaginous drinks; or, if preferred, small quantities 
 of cold water, at frequent intervals. 
 
 Peeventives. — Cold bathing or sponging the whole sur- 
 face of the body every morning; clothing adapted to the 
 varying conditions of the atmosphere; exercise every day in 
 the open air, if possible in the country; familiarity with a 
 free atmosphere affords a security against excessive sensi- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. ^DISEASES OF THE AIB PASSAGES. : 295 
 
 bility to variations of the weather. Morning air is best; 
 damp, confined air, or that of crowded assemblies, should 
 be avoided. 
 
 PERTUSSIS.— (fibqpin^-CoM^A). 
 
 This disease, like scarlet fever and measles, may be com- 
 municated from one child to another by means of the 
 breath, expectoration, or even exhalation from the persons 
 affected, and rarely attacks the same individual the second 
 time. It is more severe and dangerous in some seasons 
 than at others, and though under Homeopathic treatment 
 but few hooping cough patients are lost, yet it is often a 
 troublesome disease, and not unfrequently, under bad 
 management, or in severe cases, leaves serious after suffer- 
 ings in its train. Under Specific treatment, it generally 
 passes off as a mild and not tedious visitation. 
 
 It usually commences as a common cold, with cough, 
 some fever, hoarseness, sneezing, or running from the nose, 
 and this catarrhal stage may continue for eight, ten or four- 
 teen days, before the true character of the disease is mani- 
 fested. But the cough, if carefully noticed, has from the 
 fii'^t a more spasmodic or convulsive character than a com- 
 mon cold, and by degrees its true form is developed, 
 namely: severe shocks of expiration or cough, following each 
 olfher in rapid succession, succeeded by a deep prolonged in- 
 halation or inspiration, called the "hoop," or "whoop," or 
 "kink." Each paroxysm consists of a number of sudden, 
 violent, and short expiratory efforts or coughs, which expel 
 so large an amount of air from the lungs that the patient 
 appears on the point of suffocation: these forcible efforts 
 are followed by a deep-drawn inspii-ation, in which a rush 
 of air through the partially-closed glottis gives rise to the 
 distinctive crowing or hooping noise. This hooping is the 
 sigiiai cf ■ihe patient's safety, for when suffocation does take 
 
29S HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 place, it is before the crowing inspiration has been made. 
 During the paroxysms, the face becomes deeply red or 
 black, and swells; the eyes protrude, and are suffused with 
 tears; and the expression and appearance of the sufferer are 
 such as apparently indicate imminent suffocation. The 
 paroxysm terminates by the expectoration or vomiting of a 
 considerable quantity of glairy, ropy mucus, almost imme- 
 diately after which the chUd returns to his amusements, 
 and appears quite well. The ropy kind of expectoration 
 which follows the cough enables us to distinguish it from 
 common cough even before the hoop has been heard. The 
 attacks recur three or four times a day, or every three or 
 four hours, or oftener; sometimes blood escapes from the 
 nose, mouth, and even from the ears, during the fits. 
 
 Diagnosis. — It should be distinguished from " Spasmodic 
 Croup.". In Hooping-cough the "hoop" follows the cough; 
 in Spasmodic Croup, it precedes it, when present; but 
 cough is not an essential symptom of Laryngismus Stri- 
 dulus. 
 
 Cause. — An unknown materies morbi acting in the body, 
 transmitted by the air and by fomites, and spreading by 
 infection. Its infectious power is great, when at the height 
 of its development. A frequent source of infection occm . 
 when there has been partial recovery followed by mild re- 
 lapse, and the disorder is transmitted to others to be deve- 
 loped in its worst form. 
 
 Hooping-cough may be complicated with Small-pox, 
 Measles, Bronchitis, Pneumonia, Pericarditis, etc. It is 
 therefore desirable that the chest should be examined 
 occasionally during the disease by a physician, especially 
 in obstinate cases, so that any complications may be early 
 met. Convulsions are liable to occur if teething be in 
 progress at the time. If there exist a predisposition to 
 Consumption, Hooping-cough may hasten its development. 
 
 Uncontrolled by treatment, the disease often lasts twelva 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE AIK PASSAGES. 297 
 
 weeks, or even a longer period, while treated by our simple 
 method, one half or fourth of that period is sufficient for a 
 cure. 
 
 Treatment. — If the disease is prevailing, or children have 
 been exposed to this disease, and you do not wish them to 
 have it, give the Specific No. Twenty, two pellets three 
 times per day, and you wiU generally prevent its access. 
 
 Should the disease have commenced as a common cold, 
 with cough, fever, sneezing, or sore throat, give the Specific 
 No. One and No. Seven for one or two days, two pellets 
 at a time, every two hours in alternation, and after that 
 omit the No. Seven, and instead give the No. Tiventy, 
 in the same manner; and as soon as the feverish condition 
 has subsided, omit the No. One and give only the No. 
 Twenty, two pellets four times per day, and so continue 
 during the course of the disease. 
 
 If during the course of the disease the cough becomes 
 frequent, tight, dry, and it loses the usual hooping sound, 
 and with some fever, indicating the access of inflammation 
 of the bronchi, or of the substance of the lung, at once 
 return to the Specific No. One, and give two pellets every 
 hour in solution until the threatening symptoms have been 
 warded off; and then go on again with Specefic No. 
 Twenty, either alone or in alternation with No. One. 
 
 Often by taking the disease at the commencement, you 
 wiU arrest its progress before its fuU development, and it 
 will pass off in a week or two as a mere catarrhal cough, 
 having never reached the hooping-cough form. 
 
 During the disease, the child should be carefully nursed 
 and fed on light, easily digested diet, with but little or no 
 jneat, avoiding cake or rich, heavy food, pies or sweetmeats; 
 but, on the contrary, giving an abundance of mucilaginous 
 drinks, such as gum-water, rice-water, barley-water, Ice- 
 land moss, weak chicken or lamb broth, or weak black tea 
 or chotiolate. 
 
298 BOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Vaccination during hooping-cough usually causes the 
 disease to run a very mild course, and if it has been 
 omitted until this period, it may be well to have it then 
 performed. 
 
 ACUTE GATASR'R.—iTnfluenzar— Grippe). 
 
 An attack of acute catarrh is generally manifested by 
 sneezing often repeated, followed by a sensation of irrita* 
 tion, itching or tingling, extending along the nasal passages 
 to the head and throat, and often down along the larynx 
 and bronchi into the lungs. To this there may be added 
 coryza, tearfulness and weeping from the eyes and dis- 
 charge of mucus from the nose; at first, thin, acrid, irritating 
 and gradually becoming more copious, thick, yeUow. and 
 sometimes offensive, as the disease subsides. To this is 
 sometimes added sore throat, cough and irritation of the 
 lungs. 
 
 Where many people are attacked during the same period 
 with the above symptoms, which are, however, often widely 
 modified, but always attended with a degree of debility, 
 prostration and persistence of symptoms above what is war- 
 ranted by the local irritation, it is usually denominated 
 Grippe or "Influenza." 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics No. Nineteen and No. Seven 
 are usually all that is required. Should there be consider- 
 able fever or heat of the surface, either at once or succeeding 
 a chUl, it will be best to commence with Specific No. One, 
 and give of this every hour six pellets dissolved in watei 
 until the fever abates. Then give the Specific No. Nine- 
 teen every two hours, six pellets alone; or, if there is some 
 cough or bronchial irritation, alternate Specific No. Seven 
 with it at the same intervals until the disease is sub- 
 dued. 
 
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 298a 
 
 " LA GRIPPE," OE IKPJ.UENZA op 1890-91. 
 
 The foregoing description of La Grippe hardly does justice 
 to the epidemic of 1890-91. The latter has been the most 
 widely extended as well as the most deadly known in modern 
 times, if not in history. Prom its first appearance in Russia 
 in the early Winter of 1889-90, it visited in succession aU 
 the countries of Northern Europe including the British Isles, 
 and from thence extended over the whole North American 
 Continent, with varying degrees of severity. In the following 
 Winter of 1890-91, it appeared again in all its old haunts 
 and even in a more pernicious form, increasing largely the 
 customary death rate and extending its depressing influence 
 fver a very large proportion of the entire population. WhUe 
 no special class were exempt from its attacks, the aged or 
 those of advanced life were its most numerous victims, and 
 among these the mortality from its visitation was truly 
 serious. 
 
 The Symptoms and course of the disease vary considerably 
 from previous visitations. While the usual symptoms of 
 choryza or nasal irritation and discharge with cough and 
 sore throat are frequent, there is a much more decided 
 invasion of the vital forces i« the form of pain in the head, 
 hack, chest or liynhs, attended with decided languor or sense 
 of general prostration or debility, and evidence of the 
 invasion of the throat, bronchia and lungs soon become 
 apparent. The pain in the head and the consequent cerebral 
 excitement has been in not a few cases such as not merely 
 to prostrate the subject of the attack, but in many instances 
 to produce delirium and even insanity with suicidal intent; 
 and in such cases this cerebral and nervous excitement and 
 aberration seemed the most prominent effect. The pulmonary 
 extension of the morbid influence forms the chief or more 
 
2986 DISEABB AND TREiTMENT. — THE GBIPPB, OR XNTLTTENZA. 
 
 prominent danger, as the complication witli bronchitis or 
 broncho-pneumonia becomes the principal focus of the 
 disease. The headache, backache, nasal or pharyngial 
 discharge, are of comparatively small consequence and soon 
 yield to treatment, while the cough or bronchial irritation 
 are more serious and persistent and so demand more 
 consideration, and the more so if the patient is constitutionally 
 feeble, or of advanced age, or -whose vitality is from any 
 cause impaired or feeble. Hence the treatment should 
 from the first, and aU along, have this in view. 
 
 The Specific No. Seventy-Seven, is the general remedy 
 and cure. It meetr the epidemic condition and is the 
 cure for all its manifestations. Taken early it cuts it short 
 promptly. Taken during its prevalence it preoccupies the 
 system and prevents its invasion ; taken while suffering 
 from it a relief is speedily realized, which is continued 
 to an entire cure. Six pellets repeated every two hours, 
 or, in extreme cases every hour, is the rule. 
 
 For Extreme Fever, or any inflammatory action, Specitio 
 No. One may be taken in alternation with it, a dose every 
 hour. 
 
 For violent coughing or pains in the chest or lungs 
 Specific No. Seven may be alternated with it in like 
 manner, or No. Nineteen for profuse flowing catarrh. But 
 in general no other remedy than Specifio No. Seventy- 
 Seven will be required. 
 
 The No. Seventy- Seven will " break up " an obstinate 
 Cold that " hangs on " and does not yield to treatment ; 
 relieves in a few hours ; cures in a few days. 
 
 a©" Be very moderate in the use of coffee or tobacco, 
 and especially avoid exposure. Keep warm and comfortable, 
 and live upon very light and easily digested diet. 
 
DISEASE ASD TBEATMBNT. — DISEASES OF THE AUt PASSAGES. 299 
 
 CHRONIC CATAERR 
 
 Chronic catarrh often may be said to be constitutional. 
 In some families every member is affected with it more or 
 leas. From tlie first years of childhood, there is an excessive 
 secretion from the nose and air passages. The disease is 
 characterized by an excessive flow of mucus, more or less 
 changed, from the lining membrane of the nose and its 
 back passages, the frontal sinus and throat, and sometimes 
 involving the bronchi and lungs. The discharge is varied 
 in color, character and consistence. Often it is yellow, 
 thick, abundant and offensive; or it may be drier, in plugs 
 or crusts, obstructing the passages and only detached occa- 
 sionally and with difi&culty, accompanied with soreness or 
 ulceration. Sometimes the membrane lining the passage is 
 very red and painfully irritated from every inhalation of 
 the air, and the discharge watery, thin and acrid; but the 
 most common form is the profuse discharge of yellow, 
 thick, offensive matter. Generally the sense of smell is im- 
 paired and sometimes quite lost, and not unfrequently the 
 sense of hearing and taste are likewise more or less im- 
 paired. Though a chronic catarrh may continue many 
 years and be very annoying and offensive, it is rarely fatal, 
 and never terminates in consumption, whatever quacks 
 may say about it. It is generally better in warm, dry 
 weather, and worse in the spring and fall and in variable 
 weather. 
 
 Treatmeni'. — The Specific No. Nineteen is the proper 
 remedy, and may be given, six pellets at a time and from 
 two to four times per day, according to the urgency of the 
 case. Shoiild there be bronchial irritation, cough or 
 hoarseness, the Spechtc No. Seven may be used in alter- 
 nation with No. Nineteen to good advantage. 
 
300 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 PALL GA.TAS,UB..—{Peach-Gatarrh-~E:ay Asthma). 
 
 This is a peculiar form of catarrh, to which many peiv 
 sons, especially in the better walks of life, are subject, and 
 which has received quite a variety of designations. It 
 comes on at rarely varying periods, generally about the 
 20th of August, and having made its attack, is almost sure 
 to rettuTi every year at about the same day. It continues 
 with varying degrees of intensity until about the first of 
 October or the first cold or frosty day, when it gradually 
 abates. The attack commences with sneezing, commonly 
 violent and repeated, to which there is soon added tearful- 
 ness and discharge of thin watery secretion from the nose, 
 sometimes so abundant as to fall in drops, or to soil a dozen 
 or more handkerchiefs in a day. The eyes become watery, 
 the lining membrane of the nose reddened and exceedingly 
 irritated from the dust of traveling, or the pollen of flowers. 
 Gradually the irritation extends along the air passage, in- 
 volving the bronchia, and paroxysms of asthma set in, worse 
 at night, obliging the patient to sit bolstered up, and rend- 
 ering a horizontal position for the time impossible. "While 
 the difficulty of breathing is so great, the discharge from 
 the eyes and nose and the sneezing abates; but after two or 
 three days the asthma passes off and the eyes and nose have 
 it again. And so the disease wears on with varying degi-ees 
 of severity from bad to worse, until time and the cooler 
 days afford relief from this most disagreeable and annoying 
 of physical visitations. 
 
 Numerous theories have been advanced as to the cause of 
 this annual catarrh. It has been attributed to the down of 
 peaches, the fragrance of roses, the dust of making hay, the 
 pollen of flowers, etc. But whether any or all of these 
 theories are correct, it seems clearly to be connected vrith 
 an advanced stage, or possibly, an incipient decay of soma 
 forms of vegetation; for we find it cured for the time by a 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OP THE AIB PASSAGES. 301 
 
 Jiea voyage, and patients suffering from it who domicile in 
 those locations most removed from such influences are pro- 
 portionately relieved. Thus, those who go to the CatskiH 
 or Twin Mountain House say they are sensibly benefited, 
 and those at Fire Island, where scores of fashionable people, 
 who flee from this visitant, are to be found every year, as 
 certainly as the returning swallows, aver that they suffer 
 only about one fourth as much as when on the main land. 
 
 Old school medicine has accomplished little or nothing 
 toward relieving this class of patients, and the Homeopaths 
 have not done much better, patients of the most distin- 
 guished physicians of all schools in our large cities, being 
 found in abundance at these places of refuge every year. 
 
 Treatment. — ^If the patient can sojourn for the time at 
 any of the localities named, or can take a sea voyage, it is 
 to be advised. The Specieios No. JVineteen and No- 
 Twenty-One had best be taken, six pellets, from one at 
 night and the other in the morning, for some days before 
 the expected attack, to ward it off if possible. "When the 
 attack comes on, commence at once with these two numbers 
 and take six pellets every two hours alternately either dry 
 or dissolved in water, and continue this at longer intervals 
 as the disease abates. "V^Tien the eyes are much affected 
 with redness, intolerance of light, and profuse tearfulness, 
 suspend the Specific No. Nineteen and take instead No. 
 I^igllteen, every two hours six pellets, and so continue 
 them until the irritation of the eyes are relieved. 
 
 These three Specifics may be used, either alone or 
 in alternation with each other during the course of the 
 diseas9. You will thus relieve, shorten and wonderfully 
 modify, if you do not entirely arrest this most unpleasant, 
 if not dangerous annual visitation. , 
 
 We have a Special Case of three vials of fluid, for 
 Aotomn or Hay Catabbh, with fuU directions, price $3.00. 
 
302 HOMEOPATHIC MKNTOB. 
 
 ACUTE BRONCHITIS.— (Common Gold— Bronchial 
 
 Irritation). 
 
 Acute Beonchitis is acute Inflammation of the mucous 
 membrane of the bronchi — the air-tubes of the lungs. It 
 may afifect either the large or the small bronchi; and the 
 smaller the tubes in •which the inflammation exists, the 
 greater the danger. Bronchitis is most common in elderly 
 persons, although it is not infrequent in children. 
 
 Chronic Bronchitis is a somewhat different disease, very 
 common in advanced life. In mild cases there is only ha- 
 bitual cough, shortness of breath, and copious expectora- 
 tion, and entire absence of Pyrexia. Many cases of winter 
 cough in old persons are examples of chronic Bronchitis. 
 It is often insidious in its approach, although it sometimea 
 succeeds to acute Bronchitis, when that disease has been 
 neglected or badly treated. 
 
 These conditions have so many symptoms in common, 
 and so frequently run into and overlap each other, that it is 
 preferable to treat them in connection. Laymen would 
 find it difficult to distinguish one from the other, nor would 
 it be necessary in a practical point of view. A cold gener- 
 ally commences with a sensation ,of tingling, itching, irri- 
 tation, or roughness along the lining membrane of the nose, 
 and thence gradually extending backward along the air 
 passage into the bronchi or lungs. There is often sneez- 
 ing, sometimes repeated, and soon a discharge, at first of 
 thin acrid, and then by degrees thicker, yellowish mucus 
 from the nose, and cough, at first harsh, dry, violent, often 
 accompanied with a sense of roughness or excoriation in 
 the larynx and upper part of the chest, and as the disease 
 progresses, raising of at first thin, and then of thicker, or 
 yellowish sputa. Sometimes the bronchi and chest are 
 but little affected, and the disease expends itself upon the 
 mucus membrane of the throat, nose and eyes, producing 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATkENt. — DISEASES OP *HI; AIB PASSAGES. 30S 
 
 frequent sneezing, redness and irritation of the eyes, and 
 profuse secretion of the acrid mucus from the eyes and 
 hose. When the bronchi are particularly invaded, the 
 cough is dry, harsh, painful and frequent, often inducing 
 headache, together with more or less hoarseness, and sore 
 throat if the upper part of wind-pipe (larynx) ia involved. 
 Fever to a greater or more limited extent is almost always 
 present, and the disease presents aU grades, from a sharp, 
 well defined, acute bronchitis to a simple catarrhal irri- 
 tation. As the disease declines, and sometimes from the 
 first, an eruption of pimples or fever blisters appears around 
 the mouth or hps, which are often very annoying. 
 
 Treatment. — ^When a cold begins with cough, sneezing, 
 pain in the breast, and general feeling as from having taken 
 cold; resort at once to the Specitic No. Seven, of which 
 take six pellets dry. and repeat it every two hours. 
 
 If the cold commences with more severe symptoms, and 
 some fever and considerable irritation of the lungs or bron- 
 chi, commence with Specitic No. One and take six pellets 
 every hour at first, and after a few hours continue them in 
 alternation with No. Seven at intervals of two hours, and 
 so continue the two remedies until the force of the disease 
 is broken, when the No. Seven, will complete the cure. 
 
 Should the disease assume more the catarrhal form, 
 affecting the eyes, nose and throat, the Specifics No. Nine- 
 teen and No. Seven are the proper remedies, and should 
 be administered as above. 
 
 In aU cases of colds, drink freely of cold water, live some- 
 what abstemiously, avoid coffee, stimulants, over-feeding 
 and exposure and fatigue. 
 
 ACUTE BRONCHITIS OF CHILDREN.— (GastorrA of the 
 
 breast — Lung Fever). 
 
 This disease consists of an acute inflammation of the 
 iining membrane of the air-passages. The inflammation 
 
304 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 may be limited to a portion of the bronchi, or involve the 
 entire membrane; and it may be but slight and easily 
 arrested, or it may be from the very first a very serious and 
 dangerous malady. In young children, it is particularly 
 /dangerous, forming the so-called "lung fever," and the 
 younger the child the more critical the attack. 
 
 In children, of an early age, it is quite frequent, and 
 commences usually with symptoms of an ordinary cold; but 
 soon the breathing becomes quick, oppressed and labored, 
 and from the increased action of the diaphragm, the abdo- 
 men becomes prominent; the shoulders and nostrUs are in 
 continual motion from the effort of breathing; on applying 
 the ear to the chest, and often at quite a distance from the 
 patient, the crepitation and mucus-rattle of the chest is very 
 auaible; expectoration coughed into the mouth and then 
 swallowed, temporarily relieves, and occasionally the mucus 
 is thrown from the air-passages by the effort of vomiting; 
 the cough is frequent, short and distressing; the face be- 
 comes pale, anxious, and somewhat livid. The disease has 
 its paroxysms and seasons of remission, during which the 
 child appears drowsy, and, unless relieved, the paroxysms 
 recur with increasing severity untU death takes place from 
 suffocation. There is no appetite, but considerable thirst, 
 and the symptoms are generally worse at night. Children 
 at the breast find it difficult to nurse, from the oppression 
 of the chest and impeded respiration. 
 
 Tbeatment. — The Specifics No. One and No. Seven are 
 the proper remedies, and may be administered in fluid form 
 as follows: If the symptoms are at all urgent, prep&re the 
 medicine for children of two years or under, by placing 
 eight pellets of Speoifio No. One in as many teaspoonsfui ' 
 of water, in one glass, and the same quantity of Specifio Na 
 Seven in like quantity of water in another glass, then from 
 these two give a spoonful every hour in alternation. Older 
 children, or adults, may take twice as much at a dose as 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. ^DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES. 308 
 
 the above. In milder cases, a dose of two pellets every two 
 hours may be sufficientj and these may be continued until 
 the disease is arrested. 
 
 If in children, who are in far the most danger in this 
 ■disease, the fever should have been allayed, but the cough 
 and difficulty of breathing, attended with great weakness, 
 remains, then omit the Specific No. One, and in. place give 
 the Specific No. Six, the same dose, in alternation with 
 No. Seven, and continue these so long as they are bene- 
 ficial. 
 
 LAEYNGITIS. — {Inflammation of the Larynx). 
 
 "We distinguish two forms of this disease, the one acute 
 and running its course in a comparatively short time; the 
 other chronic, which may continue for months or years. 
 The acute form is characterized by hoarseness, or low, dull 
 voice, or a difficult, whispering voice, wanting in modula- 
 tion; a sense of soreness or of tightness in the larynx and 
 upper part of the chest; difficult, tight or wheezing inspi- 
 ration; sensation of constriction in the throat, and inability 
 to breathe freely accompanied with pain, is increased by 
 pressure on the protuberance of the throat, or along the 
 larynx. There is usually a hoarse, muffled cough, some- 
 times convulsive and dry, or with expectoration of tough 
 adhesive mucus, sensation as if there were a foreign body 
 or lump in the throat. If the inflammation involves the 
 pharynx, there wUl be difficulty and pain in swallowing. 
 There is more or less fever, and increased redness on look- 
 ing into the throat. In some cases the fever runs so high, 
 and the hoarseness and difificulty of breathing are so great, 
 as to approximate a case of true croup. But, as the treat- 
 ment is similar, the fear of confounding the two diseases 
 need occasion no embarassment. 
 
 Tbeatment. — In all serious, acute cases the Specifics Na 
 
306 fiOMEOPATHtC MENSOS. 
 
 One and No. Thirteen should be dissolved in water, 
 twelve pellets of each in six spoonsful of water, in separate 
 glasses, and of these give alternately every hour until the 
 fever has abated, when the Specific No. Seven may be sub- 
 stituted for the No. One, and the Nos. Thirteen and 
 Seven may be continued until the disease is arrested. 
 
 CHRONIC JjASiYNGITlS.— {Laryngeal Consumption). 
 
 This chronic inflammation of the larynx, in some of its 
 forms, is almost daily met with. It forms the so-eaUed 
 "ministers' sore throat," and presents every grade of severity, 
 from slight hoarseness and irritation, down through all 
 shades of inflammation and ulceration, to the most invet- 
 erate forms of laryngeal consumption. The disease often 
 commences with slight hoarseness and irritation of the 
 throat, frequent belching or raising of scanty mucus and 
 slight cough. As the disease progresses, these symptoms 
 increase, and there is also dryness, burning, itching or 
 tickling and tightness, or in some cases a duU, smarting, or 
 an acute pain in the larynx. The voice may be hoarse or 
 whispering, or piping, and only formed with effort. In the 
 earlier stages, the voice is uncertain and often breaks in 
 singing or loud speaking. The cough, at first dry and short, 
 becomes graduaJly loose, with raising of mucus or purulent 
 expectoration. Gradually, as the disease progresses, ulcera- 
 tion takes place, generally marked by pain in the throat as 
 from a sharp-pointed body, especially when speaking. 
 Should the disease involve the pharynx, there is also diffi- 
 culty in swallowing, and in the effort the food or drink may 
 be returned through the nostrils. If the ulceration involves 
 the rim of the glottis, the voice is lost and the patient only 
 speaks in whispers. As ulceration progresses, the dis- 
 charge becomes purulent, bloody and even offensive; por- 
 tions of lymph, cartilage and even ossific matter are dia* 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OP THE AIR PASSAGES. 307 
 
 charged; the cough and difficulty of deglutition increase, 
 often in paroxysms; the general health gives way; hectic 
 fever, night sweats, emaciation, swelling of the limbs, loss 
 of appetite, vomiting with the cough, and diarrhcea, are un- 
 favorable indications, and lead us to look for the worst- 
 There is usually soreness of the larynx on pressure, and 
 from the inhalation of cold air. Coughing, sneezing, speak- 
 ing, laughing or swallowing frequently bring on a fit of 
 severe suffering. 
 
 Treatment. — In the earlier stages, while there is simply 
 hoarseness and some degree of dryness or irritation in the 
 throat and cough, the Spechtc No. SCTen will be sufficient 
 to control it, and may be given six pellets at a time, and 
 repeated every three or four hours, and so continued from 
 day to day. 
 
 Should the hoarseness be more decided, with cough, dry- 
 ness, heat and irritation of the throat, or if the disease is 
 fairly developed, resort to the Specific No. Thirteen, of 
 which give six pellets, dissolved in water, every three hours, 
 and so continue for two or three days. After that, give the 
 Specifics No. Seven and No. Thirteen in alternation, 
 every three hours which may be given until the disease is 
 cured. 
 
 Should there be decided fever, a dose or two of Specifio 
 No. One may by occasionally interposed with advantage. 
 
 PLEURISY. 
 
 This disease is of rather frequent occurrence, and is 
 usually one of grave importance. It is an inflammation of 
 the pleura or membrane, covering the lungs on one side 
 and being reflected upon the walls of the chest upon the 
 other side, thus forms what is termed the pleural-sac. It is 
 a very thin membraneous tissue, having a serous surface 
 and quite liable to inflammation and consequent exudation 
 
308 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR 
 
 of serum. The inflammation and pain may be located in 
 any part of the chest, or even affect a considerable portion 
 of it. A well marked pleurisy commences with a decided 
 chUl, lasting often some hours, followed by high fever, heat, 
 red face, sharp, quick pulse, and ^lery severe stitching, stabb- 
 ing, or lancinating pains, often confined to one spot in the 
 side, or front of the chest. The pain is sharp, catching, 
 lancinating, arresting or intercepting the breathing, and is 
 greatly aggravated by coughing or even by movement; and 
 the chest is sensitive to pressure at the place where the pain is 
 located. The respiration is difficult and anxious, often inter- 
 cepted by the stitch, but less oppressed than in pneumonia. 
 The cough is short and dry, and greatly increases the stitch 
 or pain in the side. The pulse is quick and hard; tongue 
 inclined to dryness or parched; thirst decided; urine scanty 
 and high-colored; and the patient generally lying on his 
 back. If effusion of serum has occurred in one side of the 
 chest, lying upon the opposite side is very difficult. The 
 effusion is generally absorbed in the process of cure, but, 
 when the absorbent powers of the system have become 
 weakened, and the cure is imperfect, the secretion may be 
 only partially taken up, and adhesion of the pleural sur- 
 faces may occur, thus practically uniting the surface of the 
 lung to the walls of the chest, and occasioning more or less 
 inconvenience in after life. 
 
 Physical Signs. — On applying the ear, or the stethoscope 
 to the affected part of the chest at an early period, the dry 
 inflamed surfaces may be heard rubbing against each other 
 and producing a friction-sound; this rubbing may also be 
 felt by placing the hand on the corresponding part of the 
 chest; it is probably due to the pleura being pretematurally 
 dry by exhalation, or to its being roughened by effusion of 
 fibrine. 
 
 Causes. — Exposure to atmospheric vicissitudes, and 
 sudden checking of the perspiration, are the most frequent 
 
DISEASE AUD TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE AIB PASSAGES. 309 
 
 causes, especially in persons of unhealthy constitutions; 
 snrgical operations and mechanical injuries are frequently 
 exciting causes; thus the rough ends of a fractured rib may 
 set up inflammation of the pleura. It may also be excited 
 by extension of other diseases. The cause of the disease 
 inay materially alter the treatment. 
 
 Teeatment. — The Specifics No. One and No. Seven are 
 the proper remedies, and should be given thus: Dissolve 
 twelve pellets of No. One in as many spoonsful of -water, 
 and of this give a spoonful (large if for an adult, and small 
 if for a child) every half hour, and continue this medicine 
 until the pulse is reduced and softened, the pain is di- 
 minished and the surface cooled, and for twenty-four hours, 
 unless the disease has yielded before this period. Then 
 prepare Specitic No. Seven in like manner, and administer 
 it in alternation with No. One, at intervals at first of one 
 hour, and then of two hours, until the entire disease has 
 succumbed. 
 
 In some rare cases, where the fever has been subdued, 
 and some degree of pain in the chest or soreness yet lingers, 
 the use of Spectfic No. Tifteen, either alone or in alterna- 
 tion with No. Seven, may remove it. 
 
 AccEssoEY Measuees.— Either in pleurisy and inflam- 
 mation of the lungs, or of other large organs, if the attack 
 is decided or well marked, it is advisable to give the 
 paitient at once a hot foot-bath in the manner heretofore 
 recommended in this work, so as to induce a deter- 
 mination of blood to the extremities, and excite general 
 perspiration. After the patient has been put to bed, 
 should the pain on breathing, and the oppression of the 
 chest be severe, a hot fomentation, applied directly to 
 the part, wUl be of great advantage. The best mode of 
 making it is thus: Take common muslin, and cut out and 
 run up a bag — say eight or ten by twelve inches — enough 
 to entirely cover the suffering part. FiU this with meal and 
 
310 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 bran, in proportion of one part of meal to two of bian, so 
 that when the fiUing shall be evenly distributed, the fomen- 
 tation shall be about a half an inch or. more in thickness. 
 Pour, say, half an inch of hot water into a tin pan, and lay 
 the bag in, evenly spread out. It wiU at once become 
 thoroughly hot and saturated, and may be applied directly 
 to the chest as hot as can be borne, and covered with a 
 flannel to prevent wetting the clothes. It rarely fails to 
 afford prompt and decided relief, and may be repeated from 
 time to time, if necessary, and is far better than blisters or 
 mustard plasters. 
 
 Pleurisy, both before and after effusion, is now treated by 
 strapping the affected side firmly with broad pieces of com- 
 mon plaster, placed obliquely to the direction of the ribs, 
 so as to secure rest. Many cases, it is said, have been cured 
 very quickly simply by this means. 
 
 Perfect quiet with a semi-recumbent posture should be 
 secured. The diet should be light, — gruel, arrowroot, 
 broth; frequent sips of cold water will allay thirst. In case 
 of effusion into the pleura, the diet should be dry. 
 
 PLEURODYNIA.— (i^'aZse Pleurisy— Stitch in the side). 
 
 This is a rheumatic affection of the intercostal muscles of 
 the chest, and similar to pleurisy, in that it is characterized 
 by a sharp stitch or stinging pain in ttie chest. It may be 
 distinguished from pleurisy in not being preceded by a 
 chiU, and being without fever. The pain shifts from place 
 to place. The surface of the chest or side is usually sore 
 and the pain may be excited by drawing the flnger along 
 between the ribs. A few doses of six pellets of Specimc No. 
 One or No. Fifteen will generally cure it, and they may 
 be repeated every two hours. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE AIK PASSAGES. 311 
 
 TimUMOlHIA..— {Inflammation of the lungs). 
 
 Inflammation [of the substance of the lungs may occur 
 alone, or in connection with pleurisy, which is indeed its 
 most common form. If one lung only be involved, it is 
 termed single Pneumonia; if both, double. The latter 
 occurs in about one out of every eight cases; in the single 
 variety two cases out of every three are Pneumonia of the 
 right lung. The portions chiefly involved are the lower 
 posterior and the base of the lung. The disease frequently 
 co-exists with Pleurisy, when, if Pneumonia forms the chief 
 disease, the double affection is called Pleuro-pneumonia_ 
 If, however, Pleurisy predominates, it is termed Pneumo- 
 pleuritis. It commences like pleurisy, with a chill, frequent 
 rigors passing over the body for some hours, followed by 
 fever, with great heat of the surface, which is hot and dry; 
 pulse quick, but rarely so quick or bounding as in pleurisy; 
 breathing is quickened, hot, oppressed, anxious, and some- 
 times interrupted by the pain; tongue dry, sometimes 
 parched; urine high colored and scanty; cough short, 
 distressing, and dry at first, gradually becomes more moist, 
 raising a little adhesive viscid, or tenacious mucus, which is 
 at first semi-transparent, but soon becomes greyish, mixed 
 with blood, rust colorei or even like prune-juice; the speech 
 is interrupted, hesitating, with frequent pause and ab- 
 dominal respiration. Sometimes the pain is not sharp, only 
 dull, with a sense of oppression or tightness. The face is 
 less red but more lived than in pleurisy; the vessels of the 
 neck become swelled and turgid, and the frequent cough 
 often causes severe headache. The patient lies upon his 
 back, dislikes to talk and desires to be let alone; some- 
 times is very irritable or careless of his situation. 
 
 In persons having a low vitality, purulent infiltration may 
 occur, which consists of difiiised suppuration of the lung- 
 tissue. In rare cases, a circumscribed abscess forms, and 
 
312 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 on applying tlie ear to that part of the chest, a gurgling 
 Bound may be heard; this condition is usually preceded by 
 rigors; and a hollow or cavernous sound follows when the 
 abscess has been emptied by coughing ard expectoration. 
 The occurrence of copious expectoration of whitish or 
 yellowish mucus, general perspiration, a sudden abundant 
 discharge of urine with copious sediment, diarrhcea, or 
 even bleeding of the nose, may be regarded as forming a 
 crisis, encouraging the- hope of a favorable termination. 
 
 Occasionally, in old or enfeebled constitutions, gangrene 
 of a portion of the lung may occur. This condition is easily 
 recognised by a most intolerable odor of the patient's 
 breath, resembling that proceeding from mortification of 
 external parts. Unless the gangrenous portion is extremely 
 limited, the case is almost certain to terminate fatally. 
 
 Causes. — Severe or long-continued exertion, or over- 
 fatigue, either alone or combined with cold. Brief exposure 
 to cold, however intense, is rarely sufficient to excite this 
 inflammation; it is rather a prolonged and deep-reaching 
 cause of cold that can produce this eflfect. "Thus," writes 
 Dr. C. J. B. Williams, "if a person gets thoroughly wet, and 
 remains long in wet clothes, or lies out on damp ground; 
 or a sentinel standing or slowly pacing for hours in a cold 
 wind, the chiU goes to the heart, as it were, and paralyzes 
 the deep circulation, and Pneumonia is likely to be the 
 result. Boys who get heated at football, or some other 
 violent exercises, throw themselves on the damp grass, or 
 remove clothing to cool themselves, or stand about; the 
 chiU operating on the exhausted body causes extreme con- 
 gestion in the lungs, the circulation of which has been 
 weakened by the previous violent respiratory efforts. The 
 result is Pneumonia, generally asthenic, commonly double^ 
 and attended with much prostration." 
 
 As the patient improves, the heat of the surface is re- 
 duced: the breathing is more free; the skin and tonguv 
 
DISEiSE Alfb TEEATMENT. DISEASES OF THE AIR PASSAGES. 313 
 
 become and remain moist; the sputa becomes more free, 
 less tenacious and lighter colored, and the cough less fre- 
 quent and painful; a,nd quiet sleep, with general perspira- 
 tion and free discharge of urine, indicate a crisis and the 
 breaking up of the disease. On the contrary, increased 
 oppression of the chest, dryness of tongue and skin, fre- 
 quency of the cough and scanty viscid, rusty, expectoration, 
 hiccough and deKrium, indicate the progress of the disease. 
 It is, however, generally curable in its earlier stages, under 
 our management. 
 
 Teeatment. — Should be commenced with Specific No. 
 One^ of which dissolve twelve pellets in six large spoonsful 
 of water for adults, of which give a spoonful every hour for 
 the first twenty-four hours; also, give the patient a hot foot- 
 bath, and if the tightness, oppression of the chest or pain 
 is very severe, apply the hot fomentation to the chest, as 
 directed under the treatment of pleurisy. After twenty- 
 four hours give the Specific No. Seven, prepared in the 
 same manner as No. One, and give the two medicines in 
 alternation, at intervals of one hour. Continue this until 
 the disease is removed, gradually increasing the intervals 
 between the doses to two or even three hours, as the im- 
 provement progresses. 
 
 After convalescence, should there remain some tendency 
 to cough, debility and sweating at night, six pellets of Spe- 
 cmo No. Ten at night, and of No. Thirty-Five each 
 morning, rarely fail to complete the cure. 
 
 AccEssoEY Means. — ^The patient should be warmly but 
 jightly covered; the temperature of the apartment 60° to 
 65°. A large, thick linseed-meal poultice, or spongio-piline, 
 to fit the chest in front and back. A continuous poultice is 
 one of the best methods of providing for the local loss of 
 vitality in Pneumonia and similar diseases. Niemeyer 
 says: "In all cases I cover the chest of the patient, and the 
 affected side in particular, with cloths which have been 
 
314 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOB. 
 
 dipped in cold water and well vnmag out. The compresses 
 must be removed every five minutes, unpleasant as this 
 procedure is in all cases, yet even after a few hours the 
 patients assure me they feel a material relief. The pain, 
 dyspnsea, and often the frequency of the pulse, is reduced 
 Sometimes the temperature goes down an entire degree." 
 The patient must be kept very quiet, have mucilaginous 
 drints and farinaceous diet, and be treated generally as 
 directed under Enteric Fever, pages 189 — 192. 
 
 CONGESTION OP THE CHEST. 
 
 This condition, determination of blood to the chest, may 
 be supposed to exist where there is a sensation of fulness, 
 heaviness, weight or oppression in the chest. There may 
 be also throbbings, or palpitations of the heart, attended 
 with anxiety, short, sighing, or difficult breathing, and 
 sometimes a short cougL It is most common in young 
 plethoric subjects, or those of consumptive habit It is 
 sometimes occasioned by over exertion, exposure to heat 
 and cold, use of stimulants, coffee, spices, vinous or alco- 
 holic beverages, or may be caused by suppression of erup- 
 tions or accustomed discharges. 
 
 Treatment. — In general a few doses of Specific No. One, 
 six pellets, taken at intervals of two hours, will promptly 
 relieve it. Should there be frequent recurrence of the 
 attack, or the condition threaten to become chronic, ad- 
 minister the Specifics No. Thirty- Five each night on 
 retiring, and the No. One each morning. If it has beer 
 caused by suppression, or too scanty flow of the menses, 
 give the Specific No. Eleven, and repeat every two hours 
 until relieved. If connected with constipation, hemorrhoids 
 or indigestion, administer the Speoifio No. Ten in lite 
 mannert 
 
AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE AJB PADSAGES. 315 
 
 ASTHMA. 
 
 This affection of the lungs and air passages is character- 
 ized by difficulty of breathing, coming on in paroxysms, 
 attended with a suffocative, or constrictive sensation, ccugli 
 and expectoration. The paroxysms may come on suddenly, 
 ■without warning, and more frequently at night, but often 
 they are preceded by a feeling of irritation in the air- 
 passages, or a sense of fulness or oppression at the pit of 
 , the stomach. During the attack the respiration ia labored, 
 wheezing, or sighing long drawn, accompanied with anxiety, 
 and the shoulders, larynx and chest are moved with the 
 violence of the effort. The patient usually sits or stands, 
 (can rarely recline), with his arms elevated .so as to expand 
 the chest; and often requires the doors or windows to be 
 opened to give him air. There is a sense of constriction or 
 tightness in the chest, or as if he was breathing through a 
 sponge; frequent cough, at first short, dry; then, by degrees, 
 becoming more moist; or with frequent profuse expectora- 
 tion of mucus, even from the first; the face is pale, some- 
 times livid; eyes anxious and protruded; often cold sweat 
 on the forehead, face and chest; with palpitation of the 
 heart or arteries, and the pulse is irregulai-, quick or inter- 
 mittent. These paroxysms last from a few hours to as 
 many days, and recur again in a few days or weeks, leaving 
 the patient comparatively free in the interval. It is com- 
 mon to divide the disease into two varieties, — the dry and 
 moist asthma. In the first the attacks are more sudden, 
 and cough short, dry, with little expectoration, even towards 
 its close; while in the latter, the attack is more gradual and 
 the cough severe, and the expectoration becomes copious, 
 as relief is afforded. 
 
 The disease arises from irritation of the nerves of respi- 
 ration resulting in most cases from deranged digestion, 
 from the intimate nervous connection existing between the 
 
SiS HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 digestive and the respiratory organs; it may also he pro- 
 duced by changes of the atmosphere, or by introduction of 
 some poisonous but subtile material floating in the atmo- 
 sphere, and brought by inspiration into contact with the re- 
 spiratory surface, such as the minute particles, or the mere 
 odor, which passes off from powdered ipecacuanha or hay, 
 the vapor of sulphur, sulphurous acid gas, or chlorine. 
 Asthma is often associated with the gouty or rheumatic dia- 
 thesis. Excessive exertion and mental emotion frequently 
 bring on a paroxysm. After it has once occurred, Asthma 
 is easUy reproduced in indigestion, especially after late 
 dinners or suppers. A frequent repetition of the fits leads 
 to a dilated state of the air-passages and air-cells of the 
 lungs (Emphysema), dilation of the right cavities of the 
 heart, and the general displacement of that organ which 
 uniformly exists in persons who have long suffered from 
 this disease. The disease may also be hereditary. 
 
 Treatment. — Our success in curing this disease depends 
 upon our ability to remove the morbid condition from 
 whence it arises. In some cases, the Specifics directed will 
 perfectly meet the indication, and so a permanent cure will 
 be effected. In others it may be in its nature incurable, and 
 in these cases we are only able to palliate the disease, or 
 fundamental condition, and to relieve the attacks when they 
 recur. 
 
 During the interval, and to prevent a recurrence of the 
 attack, take six pellets of the Specific No. Twenty- One 
 at night, and six of No. Seven each morning, unless some 
 particular demand be made for some other medicine, foi 
 some other symptom or indication. During the paroxysm, 
 dissolve twelve pellets of Specific No. Twenty- One in six 
 spoonsful of water, and of these give one every hour, and 
 BO continue until the paroxysm has abated, gradually prO' 
 longing the intervals as the amendment progresses. 
 
 If there is palpitation, or violent beating of the heart, 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF THE AJE PASSAGES. 317 
 
 you njay give in alternation with No. Twenty-One, the 
 Speoifio No. Thirty-Two. Sometimes very violent 
 paroxysms have been relieved by Speoifio No. 8ix, given 
 in like manner. Children require only half the above 
 doses. 
 
 Accessory Means. — During a fit, striking relief may often 
 be obtained by putting the feet and hands into hot water. 
 A.t the same time, ventilation must not be neglected; the 
 windows should be regularly thrown wide open to renew 
 the air of the apartment. 
 
 Preventive Measures. — Persons predisposed to Asthma 
 should strictly avoid aU. its exciting causes, especially indi- 
 gestible food and heavy suppers; wet feet, damp clothes, 
 and sudden changes of temperature. The inclination to 
 stooping should be corrected, and the shape and capacity 
 of the chest improved by a systematic course of drilling. 
 The "plan of dietary" sketched in the first portion of this 
 volume should be adhered to; for the slightest disorder of 
 the stomach may occasion an attack. Pastry, highly-sea- 
 soned dishes, too great a variety or too great a quantity at 
 one meal, coffee, and heating beverages, should be avoided. 
 "More is to be done for asthmatic patients on the side of 
 the stomach than in any other direction." In some cases 
 the diet should be weighed, the hours of meals fixed, and 
 rigidly adhered to. An important point is to take the last 
 solid meal at such an hour as shall aUow time for its com- 
 plete digestion before retiring to bed. Although suppers 
 are generally injurious, a cup of bread-and-milk or a small 
 sandwich is acceptable in the evening, and is by no means 
 hurtful to an asthmatic patient desiring food at that time. 
 
 The Shower-bath is a valuable and poient agent to fortify 
 the body against Asthma ; the sudden application of water 
 strengthens the whole system, and renders the body less 
 sensitive to atmospheric changes. Out-of-door exercise, 
 walking or riding, is also useful; but it should not be taken 
 
318 • HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 ■within one or two hours after a meal, or to such an extent 
 as to occasion fatigue. 
 
 H.MM.0TTYS1S.— {Pulmonary Hemorrhage— Bleeding from 
 the Lungs). 
 
 This is always a very grave affection, sometimes very 
 dangerous indeed. Not more so from what it is in itself 
 than from the condition of the pulmonary tissue which it 
 indicates. The bleeding may arise from one of several con- 
 ditions: Thus, it may arise as a mere exudation from the 
 mucus surface of the lungs, bronchi or throat; or from 
 congestion or engorgement and overfilling of the vessels 
 and substance of the lungs; or it may arise from a rupture 
 of one or more important, or of numerous minute, blood- 
 vessels in the substance of the lungs. Thus, in any case, it 
 points to a morbid and more or less critical condition of the 
 pulmonary organs. The first and second forms mentioned 
 are generally curable, and the cure of the last depends upon 
 our ability to control or cure the general disease. All blood 
 thrown from the mouth is not necessarily from the lungs. 
 Sometimes it comes from the stomach, but in this case it is 
 vomited up — comes up with retching and nausea, in quan- 
 tities, and is of dark color; while if it comes from the lungs, 
 it comes with coughing or "hehming," and is lighter colored, 
 or bright red, or frothy, — comes with a hot or boiling sen- 
 sation, or sense of effervescence in the chest, the patient 
 often knowing just where it comes from, and it is generally 
 attended with great sinking and prostration of strength. 
 
 Bleeding from the lungs sometimes comes on as the vica- 
 rious effect of a suppression of the menses, or other dis- 
 charge, and is cured with the restoration of the suppressed 
 function. It occasionally occurs in stout, fuU-blooded, ple- 
 thoric individuals, and is of less consequence than when it 
 occurs in spare, meagre, consumptive individuals. 
 
DBEASE AND TEEATMENT. DISEASES OF THE AJR PASSAGES. 819 
 
 Treatment. — ^When a liemorrliage occurs, it is all impor- 
 tant that the patient and all the attendants should be calm 
 and discreet, not rash or hasty. Noise, haste and fright are 
 the most dangerous auxiliaries of the accident, while com- 
 posure and presence of mind are half the battle. 
 
 The patient should be placed as quietly as possible in a 
 half-sitting or reclining position, and be perfectly at rest, 
 "without speaking or being spoken to, having his wants 
 anticipated if possible. Supply the patient with cloths or 
 a vessel, so he may discharge the blood from the mouth, 
 ■without effort of the bodj'. If a good Homeopathic phy- 
 eician is at hand, let him be sent for. 
 
 If you have Humphbeys' Marvel op Heaxing, get it at 
 once, and put a large spoonful into a common drinking 
 glass, half full of water, and of this give a dessert spoonful 
 every five, ten or fifteen minutes, according to the effects 
 being careful to prolong the intervals to half an hour, one 
 or two hours, in proportion as the bleeding is arrested. It 
 •will act very promptly if the blood is a little dark, not 
 bright red. If you have not the Marvel or Witch Hazel, 
 use a tablespoonful of common salt, with the same quantity 
 of water, and give in the same manner. 
 
 If the hlood is more red and frothy, and especially with 
 young, plethoric individuals, put twenty pellets of the Spe^ 
 ciFics No. One in the quantity of water mentioned above, 
 and give a dessert spoonful at the intervals above mentioned, 
 in alternation with the Marvel. These remedies will very 
 generally arrest the hemorrhage, yet the patient should, foi i 
 some days, be exceedingly careful to avoid effort, coughing, 
 exertion, or exposure, to prevent a recurrence of the attack. 
 To prevent fever, or an inflammatory condition of the lungs, 
 after hemorrhage, or the development of consumption, give 
 the Specifics No. One and No. Seven, six pellets every 
 three hours, in alternation, gradually prolonging the inter- 
 vals, until they are taken only four times in the day, before 
 
320 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 each meal and on going to rest at night, which may be con- 
 tinued until the health is restored. 
 
 When, after a hemorrhage from the lungs, a soreness in 
 the chest or any part of it remains, wet a napkin or smaller 
 thin cloth, large enough to cover the chest or affected place, 
 in Maevel or Healing, and lay this on over the part, cover- 
 ing it again well with a dry flannel, which may be con- 
 tinued over night, or even be worn with advantage through 
 the day. 
 
 PHTHISIS 'PTJLM.O'NAIAS. — {Pulmonary Consumption). 
 
 Consumption is a wasting constitutional disease, in which 
 the lungs are destroyed by the degeneration of morbid pro- 
 ducts, or deposits — tubercles, pneumonia, exudation, etc., 
 and consequent ulceration. The term tubercular disease, 
 tuberculosis and phtihsis are synonymous. It is one of 
 the most frequent and fatal diseases to which the human 
 family are subject; prevailing in aU countries and in all 
 climates, and among all classes, the poor and iU-cared for, 
 as well as the rich. It is, also, doubtless less in some 
 countries and climates than others, but none has yet been 
 found which is exempt from it. So of classes and conditions 
 of society. None have been found among whom the disease 
 is a stranger. The most nearly exempt are those famiUes 
 who for years have exclusively used appropriate and pro- 
 perly prepared (potentised) Homeopathic medicines. For 
 I think it demonstrable, that proper Homeopathic medi- 
 cation tends to destroy and eliminate from the system the 
 tuberculous diathesis, which is the foundation of this 
 disease. True, consumption may come from numerous 
 morbid conditions, which, by exhausting or debilitatiag the 
 system, produce that condition of innervation, or vital 
 prostration, during which only tubercles are deposited; so 
 that these diseases or conditions have been only the etepp- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DI&EASES Ot TSE AIR PASSAGES. 3^1 
 
 ing stone to the tuberculous deposit and consumption itself. 
 This disease may approach in several different ways, some 
 of which we will indicate. It is most common among sub- 
 jects from seventeen to twenty-five years of age. It is per- 
 ceptibly lessened at thirty-five, and over fifty quite unusual. 
 In the more insidious form, the patient may be noticed to 
 have a little ess vi or and energy than usual; to have" less 
 of flesh or embonpoint; lips and cheeks a little paler than 
 usual; complains of being out of breath on exercise, or has 
 even a slight tightness on breathing; has a persistently 
 accelerated pulse — ranging from 90 — 120 or higher; * has a 
 little dry cough or a hack, as it is called, and may raise a 
 little frothy m-jcus. These symptoms may go on for months, . 
 without attracting particular attention, or pass off al- 
 together, and then recur again. If not arrested, the cough 
 gradually grows more frequent, dry, irritating, troubling the 
 patient, especially at night; the loss of flesh becomes more 
 manifest,** while the appetite may be yet fair, or only capri- 
 cious ; gradually there is some chilliness in the morning hours, 
 and some heat towards evening;*** the cheeks are more pale. 
 
 * A persistent rapidity of the pulse, ranging from 90 to 120, or 
 higher, is an invariable symptom of active Phthisis. The pulse is 
 especially liable to become quicker towards evening; and, as the 
 disease advances, more rapid and also feebler. It is rarely under 
 100, and maj run up from this to 140, or till it is impossible to b» 
 reckoned; and there is no more disastrous symptom. 
 
 ** Slow and gradual emaciation — "the grain-by-grain decay" — is far 
 more indicative of Phthisis than a rapid or irregular diminution of 
 weight; and emaciation is more marked, and also more dangerous, in 
 individuals who have been previously stout. To detect the con- 
 tinuously progressive emaciation, it is necessary to have patients 
 accurately weighed from time to time. By this means we are also 
 able to judge of the proportion of the weight of a patient to his height, 
 age, breathing, and other functions. 
 
 *** Tbmpeeatube. — The value of the thermometer in the diagnosis of 
 Phthisis will be recognised by the fact that during the growth of tu- 
 bercle in the lungs, or in any organ of the body, the temperature of 
 the patient is raised from 98" Fahr., the normal temperature, to 102° 
 or 103°, or even 104°, the temperature increasing in proportion to the 
 rapidity of tubercular growth. The sign may occasionally be detected 
 
322 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 and the fingers more attenuated, and the ends of the nails 
 somewhat hooked;* by degrees the cough becomes more 
 frequent, expectoration more abundant, white, frothy and 
 streaked with yellow, and may be saltish or sweetish to the 
 taste; chills now become more decided, recurring every day, 
 usually in the morning, with heat, and circumscribed red- 
 ness of cheeks every afternoon; the bowels, until now con^ 
 fined, become loose, with frequent stools; sweat comes on 
 at night, at first around the neck and chest, greasy or 
 sticky, and gradually over the entire person; the cough, ex- 
 pectoration and emaciation progress more and more; the 
 feet and legs swell; the mind wanders, and death gradually 
 closes the scene. 
 
 In very many or most cases consumption comes on as the 
 sequel to other diseases. These being imperfectly cured, 
 leave the system exhausted, and tubercles are deposited, 
 which beginning to soften, produce irritation, cough, pain 
 in the chest or side, quick pulse, hectic fever, emaciation, 
 night sweats, diarrhoea, expectoration of pus, or yellow, 
 heavy, thick, adhesive mucus, and all the usual symptoms 
 attending the advanced stage of the disease. Wcmeis, after 
 confinement, not unfrequently run into consumption after 
 this fashion. Yet, on looking back over the history of the 
 case, it wiU be found that there had existed previously, 
 some cough, pain in the side, or oppression of the chest, 
 emaciation or debility, which was in fact the premonitory 
 stage of the disease, and which was suspended for a time. 
 
 ■everal weeks before reduced weight or other signs indicate the un- 
 doubted existence of tubercle and, in the absence of other signs pe- 
 culiar to the disease, will determine the diagnosis of Consumption 
 from Chlorosis, or from Heart-disease. 
 
 * It is due to the reader to state that this supposed symptom of 
 Phthisis is now believed to be simply one of emaciation, having no 
 value whatever as a sign of tubercles, but occurs more or less m 
 emaciation from any cause. 
 
BKEASS: AM) TEEATilENT. — ^DISEASES OF OBE AIE PASSAGES. 323 
 
 and only warmed into vigor by the debility occasioned by 
 the new attack of disease. 
 
 In some subjects, especially those in early life and of 
 peculiar temperaments, the disease runs so rapid a course, 
 as to have secured the name of "galloping consumption." 
 This is especially so with persons of scrofulous habit, viz: 
 Thin, light skin, fair hair, long teeth, waxen complexion, 
 taU stature, or with thin chest and pointed shoulders, and 
 enlarged glands beneath the cheek or along the sides of the 
 neck. Not unfrequently in such individuals, with few or no 
 premonitions, beyond a slight cough and some degree of 
 debility and weakness, a slight or severe hemorrhage from 
 the lungs occurs, by which the strength of the patient is cut 
 down at once; and in comparatively few days, cough, expec- 
 toration and hectic fever set in, and the patient runs along 
 the course of the consumption with rapid strides. 
 
 Advanced cases of consumption are easily recognized; 
 the earlier stages; the incipient beginnings are readily over- 
 looked, and, but too frequently, grave mischief has been 
 done before the patient or friends have been aware of 
 danger. But whenever a person has some slight or severe 
 cough, which does not pass off readily, some shortness or 
 tightness of breath, or pain in the chest or side, and above 
 all, if she is feeble, easily fatigued and emaciated, or losing 
 flesh, it is better to give ourselves the advantage of the 
 doubt, and at once apply the remedies and means for a 
 cure, rather than wait the farther development of the 
 disease. 
 
 Causes. — Pneumonia, capillary bronchitis, haemoptysis, 
 hypersemia of the lungs, the irritation of foreign bodies — 
 tubercles, coal, iron or slate dust, etc. Also hereditary 
 taint, contagion, dampness of soil, and "the impoverished 
 nutrition resulting from impure air, and an improper quan- 
 tity, quality, or assimilation of food; and so long as misery 
 and poverty exiafc en the one hand, or dissipation and 
 
324 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 enervating luxuries on the other, so long will the causes be 
 in operation which induce this terrible disease " (Bennett). 
 Duration. — The average may be said to be from nine 
 months to two years; but in acute cases, the disease ad- 
 vances rapidly through the entire substance of both lungs, 
 and it may prove fatal in two or three months, or even in 
 as many weeks. 
 
 The Cueability of consumption is a mooted question, and 
 one upon which popular impression and medical testimony 
 are at variance. But the moderate view of the cure is this: 
 That aU cases of incipient or undeveloped consumption are 
 easily curable, by proper remedies and appropriate sur- 
 roundings. That cases in the second stage have a fair 
 chance of recovery; while in the more advanced cases the 
 recoveries are only rare. 
 
 Treatment. — As the earliest and perhaps most striking 
 symptom is the cough, all that has been said in the chapter, 
 upon that subject, is applicable here. In the earlier stages 
 of the disease, the Specific No. Seven is the appropriate 
 remedy. But should there be fever, or some heat of sur- 
 face on the palms of the hands, or some pain or soreness in 
 the chest or sides, the Specifics No. One may be given in 
 alternation with it, at intervals of two or three hours, six 
 pellets at a time. Should the case have made considerable 
 progress, with hard, racking cough, considerable expecto- 
 ration and some emaciation, and especially in scrofulous 
 subjects, the Specifics No. Thirty- Five and No. Seven 
 should be given in alternation, at intervals of three or four 
 hours. 
 
 If the patient is confined to the house or room, the medi- 
 cine had best be given in solution, in the proportion of six . 
 pellets in a spoonful of water, of which a spoonful should 
 be given at a time. But if the patient is yet around, the 
 pellets may be taken dry, six at a time. 
 
 In the treatment of this disease, too much stress cannoi 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF THE AIE PASSAGES. 325 
 
 be laid upon the diet, habits and surroundings of the 
 patient; as the disease is essentially one of debUity, affect- 
 ing not only his nutrition, but also the revivification of the 
 blood, by the atmospheric air, it is all important, in the 
 process of cure, that these two indications be fully met. 
 Hence the patient should have a diet the most nourishing 
 and easUy digested possible, such as cream, milk if it 
 agrees; good bread, not too new; good fresh butter; pudd- 
 ings of Indian wheat, rye, oatmeal or rice; all succulent 
 and ripe fruits in their season, unless they produce diarrhoea. 
 Use meat and meat soups, without spices; in moderation; 
 beef, mutton, poultry, venison, game, small birds. For 
 beverage, cold water, cocoa, black tea, and some good, 
 light, native or pure foreign wine, once or twice per day. 
 In cases where good wine cannot be had, good whisky is 
 to be recommended, in portions from a dessert spoonful to 
 a wineglass. Oft-repeated experience proves that the use of 
 stimulants in the treatment of consumption is indispen- 
 sable, and I have succeeded in curing many patients by 
 this procedure, who, I am satisfied, could otherwise never 
 have been saved. The quantity commenced with should 
 be small, and may be increased as the appetite, strength, 
 and tone of the system improves. 
 
 The apartment of the patient should be high, dry, large 
 and airy, and the temperature in winter or rough weather 
 kept as uniform as possible, or at least, free from extremee, 
 and he should have all the out-door air possible. If the 
 patient is sufficiently vigorous, walking and horseback exer- 
 cises are best; but in general, daily or constant rides in 
 carriage are the preferable modes, and of these, in good 
 weather, the patient can scarcely have too much up to the 
 point of fatigue. Changes of location whether South or 
 North, inland or seaward, are always beneficial, provided 
 we do not leave home comforts for the vexations and expo- 
 sures almost necessarily incident to travel. 
 
Diseases of the Circulatory System. 
 
 ANGINA FEGTOBIS.— {Breast-Pang). 
 
 This consists of sudden, severe paroxj'sms of pain, or 
 spasm, of an enfeebled or diseased heart, with a constricted, 
 burning sensation, and intense anxiety, chiefly occurring in 
 persons past the middle of age. It is also most common 
 among literary men, or those subject to long continued 
 mental effort, anxiety or disquietude. It is not always 
 manifested in the same manner or with the same symptoms. 
 The first attack most commonly comes on during walking, 
 or some severe effort; but afterwards the most trivial exer- 
 cise, excitement, or mental effort., or even indigestible food, 
 will produce them; and they finally come on suddenly with- 
 out any assignable cause, and even while in bed and asleep. 
 The pains are, in most instances, severe and sometimes ex- 
 cruciating, at first confined to the chest, but afterwards ex- 
 tending to the shoulders, and sometimes along both the 
 upper extremities. These paroxysms fi-equently terminate 
 in a few minutes, leaving the patient comparatively free, 
 and return again at uncertain intervals; whUe in other 
 cases, they last some hours, or indeed, rarely leave the 
 patient free from severe pain. In severe cases, the suffer- 
 ing is extreme; the face pale and haggard, with an ex- 
 pression of extreme anguish; the eyes sunken; nose pointed; 
 surface cold, and even cold clammy sweats; respiration diffi- 
 cult and rapid; palpitation or intermitting pulsation of the 
 
DISEASE AKD TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE CIECUIATOBY SYSTEM. 327 
 
 heart; anxiety or feeling of approaching death; the pulse 
 may -be quick, strong and irregular, with hot skin and 
 flushed face, but is most frequently slow, feeble, oppressed 
 and remittent. Sometimes the attack passes off, leaving no 
 trace, but commonly soreness about the chest remains for 
 quite a period, and the digestion is more or less impaired. 
 The duration and result of the disease are uncertain, and 
 the pathological conditions upon which it is founded, vary 
 in different cases. 
 
 Tbeatment. — ^Por stout, plethoric, full-fed persons, the 
 Specifio No. One is most ef&cient, and should be resorted 
 to at once, and may be given, dissolved in a spoonful of 
 water, in doses of six pellets, repeated every half hour, or 
 even every ten minutes, if the suffering is severe. Should 
 the patient not be relieved after an hour, give the Specific 
 No. Thirty-Two in the same manner, and repeat at 
 intervals of half an hour until relief is afforded. For any 
 remaining suffering, give the two Speoitics No. One and 
 No. Tllirty-Two, in alternation, at intervals of one, two 
 or three hours, according to the urgency of the case. 
 
 To prevent a repetition of the attack, give the Specific No. 
 Thirty- Two, six pellets at a dose, morning and night, 
 either dry on the tongue or dissolved in water, as may be 
 most convenient. 
 
 CARDITIS — ENDOCAEDITIS — PERICARDITIS.— {In- 
 flammation of the substance of. the heart; inflammation of the 
 lining membrane of the heart; and inflammation of the inventing 
 membrane of the heart). 
 
 The non-professional reader would be unable to dis- 
 tinguish the differences between these three forms of disease, 
 and would find it impossible to base a treatment upon them. 
 He can at best only expect to ascertain that some portion 
 of the heart is the subject of disease, and to apply general 
 
328 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 remedies adapted for its cure in the absence of competent 
 medical aid. In some cases the symptoms are, at least for 
 a time, masked and insidious, and in others more decided 
 and marked; but in general we may conclude that some 
 form of inflammatory disease of the heart exists, from the 
 presence of the following symptoms: — 
 
 Sharp, burning, prickling or darting pains in the region 
 of the heart, attended with fever, and shooting to the left 
 shoulder and shoulder blade; frequently along the arm. 
 They are aggravated by deep inspiration, and are increased 
 by pressure on the spaces between the ribs in the region of 
 the heart. The patient cannot lie on the left side, but finds 
 the position easiest on the back; breathing is rapid, irregu- 
 lar and laborious, especially on movement; a feeling of con- 
 traction, restlessness, anxiety and frequent faintness. The 
 pulse is accelerated; at times hard, full and vibratory; then 
 again, feeble, irregular or intermittent; while if the ear is 
 applied to the region of the heart, its action wUl be found 
 to be tremulous and violent; sometimes again it is found to 
 be muffled, veiled and indistinct, indicating an effusion of 
 lymph within the pericardium or investing membrane of 
 the heart. Sometimes the sounds seem double, prolonged, 
 rough, or even blowing or grating, from defective action of 
 the valves. In all cases, the impulse of the heart against 
 the walls of the chest will be found more violent than in 
 health. If extensive effusion has taken place around the 
 heart, the extremities wiU generally become oedematous or 
 enlarged. 
 
 Treatment, — So far as it can be conducted without com- 
 petent professional aid, consists in the Specifics No. One 
 and No. Thirty-Two. They should be given alternately, 
 dissolved in water, twelve pellets in six large spoonsful, of 
 which give a spoonful, at intervals of from one to three 
 hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms. After 
 the more immediate attack has passed, the Specitig Na 
 
DISEASE AND TBEATMENT. — DIS. OF THE CIEOtJLATOEY SYSTEM. 329 
 
 Thirty-Two should be continued for some time, repeated 
 four times per day, to remove and correct any remaining 
 morbid action. 
 
 In case of effusion within the pericardium, indicated by 
 oedema of the extremities or predominant suffocative sen- 
 sation, the Specitio No. Twenty- Five may be given with 
 advantage, repeated every two hours, six pellets in water. 
 
 PALPITATION, AND lEEEGULAEITY OF THE 
 ACTION OP THE HEAET. 
 
 In health, we are scarcely sensible of the heart's beat; 
 the perfection of action, therefore, is indicated by entire un- 
 consciousness that such action exists at all. When, how- 
 ever, the pulsations of the heart become much increased 
 in force or frequency, or both, the unpleasant sensation 
 known as "Palpitation" is experienced. Palpitation is 
 evidence of a want of balance between the blood to be 
 driven and the power of the heart to drive it. It is not, 
 then, evidence of excessive power, but that the muscular 
 power has been taxed and found unequal to the demand. 
 "It is laboriousness, not excessive power, that is indicated by 
 Palpitation" {Father gill). 
 
 We infer Palpitation to be caused by functional disorder, 
 (as of Indigestion) when it occurs only occasionally, and 
 when the action of the heart is uniform during the inter- 
 nals. It is often observed, that patients with serious or- 
 ganic disease of the heart rarely suspect anything radically 
 wrong untU the disease has made considerable advances; 
 whUe patients with mere functional disorder of that organ 
 frequently entertain the gravest apprehension. Most cases 
 of Palpitation are from functional disorder and not from 
 structural disease, and are consequently quite curable. 
 
 Causes. — Predisposing. — A nervous temperament; Hy- 
 steria; a full habit; and disease of the heart. Exciting. — 
 
330 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Excess! v^e joy, grief, fear, and other mental emotions; severe 
 or prolonged exertions; profuse discharges; menstrual de- 
 rangements; a disordered — especially an overloaded — • 
 stomach; flatulence, etc. Whenever the heart is acting 
 under disadvantageous circumstances. Palpitation is never 
 long absent. Thus any cause, (such as too full a meal; or 
 pregnancy, during the later months) which, by pressure on 
 the diaphragm, diminishes the space for the heart and im- 
 pedes its beat, places the heart at a disadvantage, and Palpi- 
 tation takes the place of the normal quiet contraction. The 
 excessive use of tea is one of the common causes of irregu- 
 larities of the heart's action in weak or nervous women; in 
 some persons Palpitation follows tobacco-smoking, as it 
 may also result from the administration of other deleterious 
 agents. In such cases, of course, a cure can only be ex- 
 pected after the discontinuance of the noxious substance- 
 There are also other eases in which it depends upon organic 
 changes in the structure of the heart itseK, its valvular 
 apparatus, or the large vessels immediately connected with 
 it, and where the use of medicine can have but a subordi- 
 nate effect in relieving it. 
 
 Table of the Chief DiFFEEENCiSS between Organic and 
 Functional Diseases of the Heaet. 
 
 Okganic. — Palpitation usually comes on slowly and insidiously; 
 though more marked at one time than another, is constant; elicits in- 
 creased extent and degree of dulness in the region of the heart; lAvidity 
 of the lips and cheeks, congested countenance, and dropsy of the 
 lower extremities, are often present. The action of the heart is not 
 necessarily quickened. Palpitation often not much complained of by 
 the patient, but occasionally attended with severe pain extending to the 
 left shoulder and arm (see "Angina Pectoris"); is increased by exercise, 
 stimulants, and tonics, but reheved by rest. Is more common in the 
 male than the female. 
 
 Fottctionai,.— Palpitation generally sets in suddenly; is not constant, 
 having perfect intermissions, dulness in the region of ihe heart is not 
 extended beyond the natural limits; no lividity of the lips and cheeks, 
 countenance often chlorotic, and, except in extreme cases, there is no 
 dropsy. The action of the heart is generally quickened. Palpitation 
 much complained of by the patient, often with paiK m the left side; is 
 increased by rjedentary occupations, but relieved by moderate exercise. 
 Is more common in the female than the male. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE CIECULATOET SYSTEM. 331 
 
 Treatment. — ^In general, a dose of six pellats of Specitio 
 No. One, repeated every hour, if need be, speedily removes 
 it. Should the. No. One fail, the Specific No. Thirty- 
 Two may be resorted to in like manner, and will rarely 
 fail to afford relief. Should the palpitation arise from in- 
 digestion, that complaint being relieved by Specific No. 
 Ten, the palpitation or irregular action of the heart wiU 
 cease, or may be speedily controlled by the No. Tiiirty- 
 Two. When it arises in connection with scanty, delayed 
 or interrupted menses, the Specific No. Eleven, six 
 pellets, four times per day, wiU relieve. 
 
 Accessory Meastees. — The patient must avoid mentai 
 excitement, stimulants, coffee, sleeping-draughts, indi- 
 gestible food, etc. Pure air; cola water, used internally 
 and externally; regular, moderate exercise in the open air, 
 short of inducing fatigue; a contented and tranquil dis- 
 position, with light and nourishing diet, are excellent 
 auxiliaries in the treatment of this affection. 
 
 CHRONIC DISEASE OF THE HEART. 
 
 There are various organic (or structural) alterations of 
 the heart or some portions of it, or of its complicated appa- 
 ratus, (such as enlargements in various directions, thicken- 
 ing or thinning of its walls, defects of its valvular structure, 
 aneurism or dilatation of its larger vessels, etc.), aU of which 
 give rise to various symptoms and inconveniences, and are 
 more or less critical, according to the nature of the case. 
 With some of these cardiac changes, the patient hves on for 
 years and with ease, and scarcely suffers more than incon- 
 venience; while others have a constant sense of oppression, 
 shortness of breath at exercise, mounting stairs or mental 
 emotion, constant palpitation or labored action of the heart, 
 difficulty in lying with the head low ; and, not unfrequently, 
 pain in the region of the heart or chest, or along the left 
 9xm, 
 
332 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 It would be impracticable here to describe these various 
 cases and the treatment appropriate to each, and such had 
 best be submitted to competent medical examination. But 
 in the absence of a good Homeopathic physician, the patient 
 may take with great relief and often with permanent ad- 
 vantage, the Specific No. Thirty-Two, six pellets at n 
 time, and may repeat them two, three or more times per 
 day, according to the urgency of the case. Often, under 
 such treatment, very grave diseases of the heart are wonder- 
 fully modified and controlled. 
 
 VAEICOSE YBINS. 
 
 Frequently, the veins, especially of the lower extremities, 
 become enlarged, knotted, dark-blue, or purple, sometimes 
 the size of the finger or larger, and are termed varicose 
 ^}e^ns. They are very apt to occur in women during preg- 
 nancy, and in men of hemorrhoidal or venous habit of body, 
 and especially in those who are obliged to stand much. 
 The varicose veins are generally painless, but sometimes are 
 attended with burning, shooting or stinging pains, and at 
 times terminate in indolent, obstinate ulcers. Occasionally 
 they occasion general dropsical swelling of the limbs. 
 
 Tbeatmbnt. — ^If the varices are not specially troublesome, 
 bathing them at night with the Maevel of Healing will 
 aUay any pain or irritation, and the Specific No. Thirty- 
 Two, six pellets, may be taken morning and night. 
 
 For their radical cure and removal, an elastic stocking 
 should be worn from the arch of the foot well up over the 
 enlarged veins, and each morning and night the part should 
 be bathed in the Mabvbl of Healing; or, yet better, a cloth 
 wet with the same and laid on over the enlarged veins, and 
 the stocking turned over that, and so worn, while the 
 medicine above directed may be taken internally. This 
 course will promptly relieve and ultimately restore even the 
 most formidable cases. 
 
Diseases of the Alimentary Track, 
 
 SOBE THEOAT. 
 
 Simple soreness, or swelling of the throat, uncomplicated 
 by ulceration, or quinsy. 
 
 Cause. — Catarrh; the sore throat being a simple extension 
 of the catarrhal affection. This disease should not be 
 neglected, as it is apt, in some persons, to degenerate into 
 more troublesome forms. 
 
 Teeatment. — See Tonsillitis. 
 
 TONSILLITIS.— ( Quinsy). 
 
 This disease is an acute inflammation of the tonsil or 
 tonsils and adjoining mucous membrane of the throat, and 
 quite common, some persons being subject to it from the 
 slightest provocation or exposure. It usually commences 
 with a feeling of tightness or constriction, or a sensation 
 of a lump or plug in the throat, and some soreness, parti- 
 cularly in the act of swallowing; as the disease progresses, 
 swallowing becomes more painful and difficult; the root of 
 the tongue, the tonsils, the curtains of the palate, and ad- 
 joining soft parts, become swelled, red and .painful. There 
 is considerable thirst, fever, pulse quick and strong; the 
 tongue becomes coated and breath offensive; heat of sur- 
 face, red cheeks; eyes sometimes inflamed; headache, and 
 even delirium. Sometimes the throat is so swelled that 
 swallowing becomes almost impossible, the fluid returning 
 
334 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 through the nose, and the throat, where it can be seen, is 
 the seat of more or less extensive ulceration. In some 
 cases this is superficial, and confined to slight suppuration 
 of the tonsils; in others abscesses are formed in the tonsil, 
 and the discharge, when it occurs, is quite extensive. If 
 taken in time and properly treated, the disease disappears 
 by resolution, otherwise it yields only when the abscess 
 breaks. It more commonly affects only one side or one 
 tonsil, sometimes passing over to the other, and is more 
 serious when both are involved, Though not generally 
 dangerous, it is in some cases, and in particular epidemics, 
 liable to assume a putrid character with typhoid symptoms, 
 and is then a serious malady. 
 
 Chronic Enlaegement or the Tonsils. — Eopeated attacks 
 of acute Inflammation, or partially-cured attacks, are 
 followed by chronic enlargement and induration, causing 
 difficult swallowing; hoarse voice, noisy and laborious 
 breathing, especially during sleep; affections of the ears, 
 arising from an extension of the disease along the mucous 
 membrane; and extreme liability, from slight causes, to a 
 frequent recurrence of acute inflammation. Excision of 
 these enlarged tonsils, though often practiced, is not to be 
 recommended, unless in very extreme cases where the ton- 
 sils have become so large and hard, that the inconvenience 
 or suffering from them wiU not admit of further delay. 
 But, generally, persistent Homeopathic medication wiU re- 
 duce them. 
 
 Caitses. — The predisposing are — scrofulous constitution, 
 abuse of mercury, [disorders of the digestive organs, and 
 previous attacks of Quinsy. The exciting are — atmospheric 
 changes, wet feet, etc. Quinsy is most frequent in ple- 
 thoric persons, between fourteen and twenty, and is liable 
 to recur for several years, unless preventive means are 
 adopted. 
 
 Treatment. — At the commencement, when there ia con- 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT.— DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAEV TRACK. 335 
 
 siderable heat, fever and pain on swallowing, the Specitio 
 No. One, two pellets, should be given every hour, in a 
 spoonful of water, for two or three times, and then the 
 Specd'ic No. Thirty-rour should be prepared in the 
 same manner, twelve peRets in six spoonsful of water, and 
 one spoonful be given every hour from the two medicines,' 
 in alternation, and so continued until the disease yields; 
 only as the amendment progresses, the intervals between 
 the doses may be prolonged to two hours, and finally to 
 three or more. When there is simple soreness of the throat 
 and pain on swallowing, without fever, the Specitio No. 
 Tllirty-Four may be used from the first, and exclusively. 
 In some cases, where the disease may have gone on to 
 suppuration, and the discharge has taken place, and the 
 pain and difficulty of swallowing diminished, only the td- 
 cerative process is slow to heal, the Specifics No. Twenty- 
 Two and Twenty -Three may be given in alternation, 
 in doses of six pellets, four times per day, until entire res- 
 toration. 
 
 In Chbonic Enlaegement of the tonsils, especially of child- 
 ren. Specific No. TUirty-Five, six pellets each morning, 
 and No- Thirty-Fomr before dinner, supper and on going 
 to bed, will, in reasonable time, remove the difficulty. 
 Sometimes, in old cases, we give No. Thirty- Five in the 
 morning, and No. Twenty-Two, at night, six pellets at 
 a dose. 
 
 AccESSOEY Means. — The constant sucking of ice during 
 the commencement of an acute attack, moderates the heat 
 and pain, and checks the secretion of mucus, which gives 
 rise to disagreeable and painful efforts to detach. In severe 
 cases ice may be employed in this manner till the disease 
 has abated. When ice is not procurable, or admissible, the 
 next most effectual local application is the steam of hot 
 water, and equally so whether the object be to bring about 
 resolution or to facilitate the suppurative process. It acts 
 
336 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 as a fomentation, and removes the mucus from the crypta 
 and follicles of the tonsils. 
 
 In some cases a warm milk-and-water gargle, frequently 
 used, wiU be found useful and soothing; or, in severe 
 attacks, a hot poultice may be applied across the tluroat, 
 extending nearly to each ear; in mild attacks, the throat* 
 compress may be used. The patient should remain indoors, 
 and in bad cases in bed. The air of the patient's apartment 
 should be maintained at a temperature of about 65° or 70°, 
 and be kept moist by the evaporation of hot water from 
 shallow dishes near the bed; but proper ventilation should 
 also be preserved. 
 
 EELAXED JJVULA.— {Dropped PaMe). 
 
 This is a very common and trifling complaint; yet suffi- 
 ciently annoying to deserve notice in a work of this kind. 
 It proceeds generally from a relaxation of the tissues of the 
 throat and pharynx, dependant on some digestive Irre- 
 gularity; and is easily remedied by the use of Specifio No. 
 Thirty-Four, three or four times a day, six pellets at a 
 
 PUTRID OR MALIGNAJSTT SOKE THROAT. 
 
 Generally a* 'ears as an epidemic, often as an accom- 
 paniment to the malignant scarlet fever. It is not often 
 seen isolated, yet some cases of quinsy may assume some of 
 its features. 
 
 It usually commences with shivering-, followed by heat; 
 and, from the first, there is decided languor and prostration; 
 some opprension in breathing; nausea, and often, repeated 
 vomiting and sometimes purging; eyes inflamed and watery; 
 cheeks deep red color; tonsils become inflamed, throat 
 bright reel color and mv.<i\> swelled,: tiin- acrid disch^^Mt 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DI8. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 337 
 
 from the tonsils and throat, which excoriates the nose and 
 lips; pulse weak, small and irregular, and scarcely percep- 
 tible; tongue white and moist, and swallowing very difficult. 
 This condition soon changes, and ulcerations, varying in 
 size and situation, appear upon the tonsils and surrounding 
 soft parts, which, on inspection, are seen to be swollen and 
 livid. These ulcerations may extend over the curtains of 
 the palate and forward into the posterior portion of the 
 mouth, or back down into the windpipe, and assume a 
 sloughing or decomposed appearance as they increase "in 
 magnitude. The prostration of strength becomes more de- 
 cided; the lips and teeth are covered with sordes or blackish 
 incrustations; the breath becomes very offensive; there is 
 more or less delirium; the countenance becomes sunken 
 and there is some purging. Sometimes the entire neck be- 
 comes swelled and livid, and in some very severe cases livid 
 spots or petechioB make their appearance on the surface of 
 the body. Extreme prostration, bleedings from the nose 
 and mouth, and weak, fluttering, intermittent pulse, mark 
 the extreme violence and dangerous character of the disease. 
 When, about the third or fourth day a gentle perspiration 
 breaks out, and the sloughs are thrown off so as to leave a 
 clean, healthy surface upon the ulcers in the throat, and the 
 countenance brightens up, and the respiration and pulse 
 become more natural, a favorable termination may be anti- 
 cipated. 
 
 Treatment. — ^The Specietcs No. One and No. Thirty- 
 Four should be given from the commencement and con- 
 tinued through the entire course of the disease. They may 
 be given in alternation, a spoonful every hour, and during 
 the height of the disease, every half hour. 
 
 Dissolve twelve pellets of each Specihc in six gpoonsfid of 
 water, in separate glasses, and give to children a teaspoon- 
 ful, and to adults a tablespoonful of the fluicJ in alternation, 
 at the intervals above mentioned, "^vd- so coSitinue, only 
 
g38 HOMEOPATHIC MENtOR. 
 
 omitting wlieii the patient is quietly sleeping, and pro- 
 longing the intervals between the doses as the patient im- 
 proTes. 
 
 Diet and Eegimen. — Earely can patients suffering from 
 this disease take much food of any description, and only 
 that which has been divested of its rough or harsh particles 
 can be allowed, such as milk, rice-water, soft-boiled rice, 
 toast-water, arrow root, farina, gum-water, corn-starch or 
 thin flour gruel. When the mouth and lips become dry, or 
 the sloughs dry and hard, they should be frequently and 
 carefully moist iued with warm milk and water. Care should 
 be taken, when the patient begins to recover, that the 
 stomach is not overloaded, lest painful after-diseases may 
 be provoked. Hence, begin moderately with rice, toast, 
 black tea, cocoa, baked or stewed apples, milk-toast, and 
 light soups, and only very gradually return to a more sub- 
 stantial diet. 
 
 DIPHTHERIA. 
 
 This disease has of late years made terrible ravages in 
 certain portions of the United States, and has come to be 
 regarded as a much dreaded visitation. It is not a new 
 disease, but has latterly attracted more attention, and 
 probably assumed a more malignant and fatal form than in 
 previous years. It is a specific and contagious disease, and 
 sometimes the same influences that excite its attack in one 
 member of a family are likely to produce it in others, or to 
 invite its approach; and the exciting causes of its attack are 
 more potent in its immediate presence than at a distance 
 It is a blood-disease with distinctive local symptoms, result- 
 ing generally from bad drainage, or poison of sewer-gas 
 and hence may involve a given locality, or at times be- 
 come epidemic. It is characterized by an exudation of 
 lymph on the lining of the mouth, fauces, and upper part of 
 
DISEASE AND XEEATMENT. — DIS. OP THE ALlMENlAEt QfEACK. 339 
 
 the air-passages, or, occasionally, on an abraded portion of 
 the skin, attended with great general prostration and some- 
 times remarkable nervous phenomena. Sometimes Diph- 
 theria is a light and easily-managed disease, whUe at others 
 it is terribly fatal and runs its desolating course, paying but 
 little attention to the best medical means devised for its 
 arrest. Hence, every head of a family should be able to 
 recognize its earlier symptoms and in an emergency to 
 apply the most approved medicines for its cure. But it is 
 one of these diseases which should rarely be entrusted to 
 the care of even intelligent laymen, in an emergency, or in 
 the absence of a competent Homeopathic physician. In aU 
 severe cases, as soon as the nature of the disease is knovm 
 it should be handed over to the most skUlful medical atten- 
 dance, and his directions followed with fidelity. 
 
 Diphtheria generally prevails among children and young 
 people; adults being less liable to attack. Its earlier symp- 
 toms are like those of some other diseases, especially 
 simulating mumps or scarlet fever. In the simple variety, 
 happily the most common, the symptoms are at first so mild 
 as to excite little complaint beyond slight dilficulty of 
 swallowing, or pain in the throat, burning skin, pains in 
 the Umbs, etc. The child is at first languid and uneasy, 
 with a pulse quickened but not extremely full, and is rest 
 less, without much appetite. These symptoms may con- 
 tinue for some days without any appearance of inflammation 
 of the throat or fauces. Malignant diphtheria is ushered in 
 with severe fever, rigors, vomiting, or purging, sudden, 
 great prostration and restlessness, anxious countenance, 
 etc, pointing to some overwhelming disease, under which 
 the system is laboring. The skin is hot, the face flushed, 
 the throat sore, and the mucous membrane bright-red; the 
 tonsils are swollen, and grey or white patches of deposit 
 appear on them, small at first, but gradually enlarging, so 
 that one patch merges into another, forming a false mem- 
 
340 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 brane in the throat, rendering swallowing and even breath- 
 ing difficult. Should the evacuations be examined at this 
 period, the stools wiU be frequently found covered with 
 mucus, and the urine loaded with albuminous matter; severe 
 periodical pains in the limbs are also present. An exami- 
 nation of the throat, which is in many instances a very diffi- 
 cult matter, owing to the patient's inability to sufficiently 
 open the mouth, will exhibit patches of membranous exu- 
 dation quite small, often at first not larger than a split pea, 
 whitish, or of a yellovdsh or tawny hiie, deposited mostly in 
 the irregularities of tonsils, or in the arch of the palate or 
 in both, and the tonsils are at times enormously swollen. 
 Salivation, which may have commenced earlier in the 
 progress of the disease, continues; the pulse is quick and 
 the prostration of the system decided. If, under the in- 
 fluence of the proper remedies, the disease is arrested and 
 convalescence begins, it will be manifested by a sense of 
 ease and quiet, refreshing slumber and free perspiration; 
 diminution of the swollen glands; arrest of the membranous 
 formation, and the gradual disappearance of that already 
 existing; slower pulse and returning appetite. 
 
 In some cases, as the disease progresses, there may be no 
 farther increase of the exudation in the throat, but a watery 
 fluid is discharged from the nose; the eye becomes brighter, 
 and countenance anxious; the breathing is labored and 
 rattling, and worse when the patient attempts to sleep; the 
 voice is impaired; the exudation has increased and even 
 reached the roof of the mouth, with increasing prostration. 
 Such cases a*€ very severe, yet some from even this stage 
 have recovered. 
 
 As the disease progresses, the difficult, stridulous breath' 
 ing increases, and a hollow, croupy, metallic, whistUng 
 cough shows that the larynx is invaded. The discharge 
 from the nose continues, and fluids taken into the mouth 
 return by the nose. The cheeks have a pale, ashen hue, 
 
DISEASE AND TKEATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAET TRACK. 341 
 
 and there are some mottled or slightly congested spots. 
 Periodical and severe pains occur in the limbs; hemorrhage 
 from the nose and mouth may be verj' troublesome; and 
 new and large patches of the exudation may be found upon 
 the fauces. The difficulty of respiration increases, the pa- 
 tient grasps at the neck or clothing in the vain attempt to 
 get air; the blueness of the face and surface increases, and 
 death comes to close the scene. Or in some cases the swell- 
 ing of the glands subside, the false membrane disappears 
 from sight, and the patient sinks from the effects of con- 
 stitutional poisoning, and ultimately dies with scarcely a 
 sigh or a groan. 
 
 There are several diseases which simulate and are liable 
 to be mistaken for diphtheria, or indeed may appear in 
 connection with it; or diphtheric symptoms may be mani- 
 fested in other diseases to which we call attention. First, 
 and perhaps most important among these is scarlet fever. 
 Sometimes diphtheria is accompanied with a rash, and as it 
 may appear during or at the close of an epidemic of scarlet 
 fever, and so be the more liable to be confounded with that 
 disease. But the two diseases may in general be recog- 
 nized by observing that the attack of scarlet fever is more 
 sudden and that of diphtheria is more insidious; that the 
 early swelling of the glands of the neck in diphtheria is out 
 of all proportion to the soreness of the throat, and also to 
 the intense pain in the head, high fever and very frequent 
 pulse, which characterize the worst forms of diphtheria. 
 After some hours, the decisive symptoms of the false rnem- 
 brane, like "wash-leather," in the throat, soft palate and uvula 
 will leave no doubt of the character of the enemy we 
 have to deal with. In membranous croup we have the 
 same false membrane as in diphtheria, but in croup it 
 commences in larynx and trachea, and only rarely ex- 
 tends up into the throat and fauces, while from the first 
 the croupy cough, difficult breathing, and absence of 
 
342 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 swelling of the glands mark the disease as different from 
 true diphtheria. 
 
 The premonitory symptoms of mumps — chilliness, fever^ 
 languor and want of appetite — are similar to those of diph- 
 theria, and the swelling of the parotid and neighboring 
 glands of the neck much the same. The characteristic 
 distinction lies in the presence of the false membrane be- 
 fore mentioned in the throat, and the hollow, barking, 
 croupy cough, and difficult stridulous breathing, especially 
 during sleep, and the extreme depression of strength, which 
 mark true diphtheria. 
 
 Treatment, — During the invasive stage, before the disease 
 has been fully pronounced, it will of course be treated 
 according to whatever symptoms should be most manifest, 
 amonji, which the remedies for fefoer and for croup will be 
 prominent. But if diphtheria is prevalent, or there is 
 reason to suspect it in the case presented, the Specific for 
 this disease. No. Thirty-Four, should be given, in water, 
 two pellets at a time, and repeated every two hours, eithef 
 alone or in alternation with Specific No. One, especially if 
 there should be any chilliness, fever, or unusual heat of the 
 system. 
 
 During the prevalence of the disease, or when it has in- 
 vaded a family, it is wise to administer two pellets of Spe- 
 cmo No. Thirty- Four, four times per day, as a preven- 
 tive, to all who may be liable to an attack. The outbreak 
 of the disease may thus be prevented altogether, or at least 
 greatly modified and lessened in its violence. 
 
 "When the disease has manifested itself with some degree 
 of fever, swelling of the neck or glands, sore throat, whether 
 it may be simple, or complicated with scarlatina, commence 
 at once with the Specifics No. One and No. Thirty- Four, 
 and of these, two pellets should be administered in water 
 every hour, in alternation. This course should be continued 
 without variation or intermission except when the patient 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 343 
 
 is in quiet sleep, wlieii the interval may be prolonged until 
 ■waking affords opportunity for repeating the dose. The 
 better mode is to dissolve tvsrelve pellets of each Specific in 
 six dessert spoonsful of water, each in separate glasses, and 
 of these administer in alternation as before directed. The 
 Marvel of Healing may also be used as a gargle from time 
 to time vyith great benefit. As the disease yields, the me- 
 dicine may be given at rather longer intervals as the disease 
 improves, and when the fever and heat has measurably dis- 
 appeared, the .Specific No. Thirty- Four should only be 
 given, administered as before in fluid, every hour. 
 
 Accessory Treatment. — Warm Vapor. — The temperature 
 of the room should be maintained at 68° Fahr., and the at- 
 mosphere made moist by the steam from a kettle with a 
 long spout constantly boiling on the fire. Such an atmo- 
 sphere is easily secured by forming a tent with blankets 
 over the bed, and then bringing a pipe to convey the steam 
 under it. 
 
 Warm baths, — are valuable accessories. The skin is hot 
 and dry, the urine is often suppressed, the bowels confined, 
 and thus the poison is retained in the system. Warm 
 baths, and the free use of cold water as a beverage, often 
 restore the functions of the skin, the bowels, and the 
 bladder. 
 
 Ice, — as recommended in Quinsy. 
 
 Diet, etc. — ^From the very commencement of the disease 
 the strength of the patient must be well sustained by 
 nourishment, and he must be urged to swallow it in spite 
 of the pain, which it occasions. Eggs beaten up in milk, 
 or in brandy with water and sugar; beef-tea slightly thickened 
 with rice or pearl-barley; arrowroot or sago, with port or 
 sherry ; sudden, extreme prostration requires wine or brandy. 
 
 Children who persistently refuse to swallow, must have 
 nutritive injections in bad cases; such as the yolk of an 
 egg beaten up with a tablespoonful of new milk, and two 
 
344 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 teaspoonsful of fresh essence of rennet, or an ounce of ex« 
 tract of beef with a scruple of pepsine. Injections (aboui: 
 one ounce at a time) should be commenced, if necessary, 
 immediately the true character of the disease is recognised, 
 and repeated every two to four hours. 
 
 CoMVALESOENCE. — Much cautiou and patience are requirei^ 
 during convalescence, as relapses are prone to occur. Nou- 
 rishing diet, rest, and change of air, are of great utility. 
 Nothing does so much good as a thorough change of air. 
 
 Pbeventive Measures. — The cesspools should be emptied, 
 and if too smaU or defective, new ones built. The house, 
 water-closets, and local drainage should be thoroughly ex- 
 amined, and imperfections scrupulously rectified: also, if 
 necessary, chloride of zinc or of Ume constantly kept there- 
 in, and throvm down the drains. AU dust-holes and 
 accumulations of refuse should be cleared away; while a 
 plentiful supply of water should be kept in the house, and 
 every room regularly well cleaned, whitewashed and thor- 
 oughly ventilated. (See, also, Am, page 121; Wateb, page 
 125; Healthy dwellings, page 127.) 
 
 PHARYNGITIS.— (i?eZaa;e«i Throal—Ulcercded Throat- 
 Clergyman's Sore Throat). 
 
 These affections are of a similar nature, and require 
 similar treatment. 
 
 Symptoms. — The patient first complains of an uneasy sen- 
 sation in the upper part of the throat, with a frequent dis- 
 position to swallow, as if something existed there which 
 could thus be removed. If proper treatment be not adopted, 
 the voice soon undergoes a change; it becomes feeble and 
 hoarse, and sometimes, especially towards the evening, 
 there is complete loss of voice. The patient complains of 
 pain in the larynx, and makes frequent efforts to clear the 
 thi'oat of phlegm by coughing and spitting. On looking 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAET TRACK. 345 
 
 into the throat the parts are found to have an unhealthy- 
 appearance, being raw and granular, and the mucous 
 foUicles filled with a yellowish substance; a viscid muco- 
 purulent secretion may also be seen adhering to the palate 
 and adjacent parts. 
 
 Causes. — This condition is probably most often induced 
 by the exercise of the organ of voice when in an inflamed 
 state. An extension of the affection is almost certain to re- 
 sult from exercising the voice during an attack of sore 
 throat or hoarseness, as the muscles of the larynx lose their 
 nutrition through extension of the morbid materials from the 
 inflamed mucous membrane. The disease may also result 
 from an immoderate or irregular exercise of the voice; or, it 
 may follow inflammatory disease of the bronchial tubes or 
 lungs, by much exercise of the voice before recovery has 
 taken place. It is also occasioned bj' an unnatural style or 
 tone of reading or speaking, as with preachers and military 
 officers. 
 
 AccESSOBT AND PREVENTIVE Means. — 1. Perfect rest. — An 
 inflamed larynx, like an inflamed joint, always demands 
 a state of almost complete rest. As a preventive remedy 
 in the case of clergymen, we would strongly urge the 
 general adoption of Monday as a day of out-of-door recrea- 
 tion and cessation from all work, and thus compensate for 
 the great mental and physical expenditure involved in the 
 discharge of the duties of an earnest minister of the gospe! 
 on the Sunday. 
 
 2. The throat compress. — ^When this is applied, the patient 
 should retire, and he will generally have the satisfaction of 
 finding his throat-difi&culty much relieved in the morning. 
 In more obstinate cases, the compress should be worn in 
 the day-time, being frequently re-wet. When discontinued, 
 throat and chest should be bathed with cold water, followed 
 by drying and brisk friction. The beard and moustaches 
 should be peLinitted to grow, as they afford an excellent 
 
346 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 protection to the throat, especially in the case of bairistera, 
 clergymen, public singers, and others subjected to the un- 
 due or irregular exercise of the organ of voice. 
 Tbeatment. — Same as for Labtngitis, page 305. 
 
 SCTJEYY OP THE MOTJTS.— [Canker sore mouth). 
 
 This affection manifests itself in various forms, sometimes 
 being quite severe and obstinate, and at others, more in- 
 convenient and painful than dangerous. It occasionally 
 occurs in ill-fed, tuberculous children, from two to six years 
 old, especially in low damp situations. In some cases the 
 gums become hot, red aiud very sensitive; they swell, become 
 spongy, and shrink from the teeth, leaving them loose, and 
 the gums readily bleeding at the slightest injury; the breath 
 becomes offensive, and sometimes there is discharge of 
 tough, sanious phlegm and saliva; mastication may become 
 difficult from the loose, sensitive teeth, and deglutition 
 painful from the soreness of the throat; the glands of the 
 throat sometimes swell and become painful, and there is 
 often great prostration and a torpid, feverish condition of 
 the system. 
 
 In other cases the disease is principally manifested by 
 apthous ulcers appearing upon the gums, the tongue, or the 
 inside of the lips and cheeks, attended with a painful, burn- 
 ing, smarting sensation, and at times free flow of saliva, 
 and a feverish, prostrated condition of the system. This 
 form is very common with nursing mothers, and is often 
 very painful and lingering, apparently arising from an ex- 
 hausted or debilitated condition of the system and defective 
 nutrition. 
 
 Tbeatment. — ^In general, the Specific No. Twenty-Nine 
 wiU be sufficient for all forms of sore mouth or apthous ul- 
 cerations in the mouth. It may conveniently be given, two 
 pellets at a dose, dissolved in a spoonful of water, and ad- 
 
DISEASE ANB TREATMENT. — BIS. OP THE ALIMENTAET TEACK. 347 
 
 ministered four times per day, before meals and on retiring 
 at night. 
 
 In a prostrated or debilitated condition of the system, 
 the Specific No. Twenty- Four may be given to advan- 
 tage, in alternation wi{h No. Twenty-Wine, at the inter- 
 vals before directed. Sometimes a weak solution of borax 
 and water may be used to advantage for rinsing the mouth. 
 Sometimes the mouth may be rinsed with a weak solution 
 of brandy and water, with benefit in bad cases with debili- 
 tated subjects. Care should be exercised in regard to diet. 
 When the disease exists in a bad form, with extensive in- 
 flammation of the mouth or gums, stimulants and animal 
 food, even in soups, should be avoided, and the diet con- 
 fined to farinaceous or vegetable forms of food. In cases 
 of nursing sore mouth, a glass of ale morning and night 
 may be used with advantage in connection with the Spe- 
 cifics mentioned. 
 
 ANOREXIA.— ( Want of appetite). 
 
 This may arise from various causes more or less in- 
 timately connected with the process of digestion, such as 
 derangement of the stomach, inaction of the liver, results of 
 over-eating, irregularity of meaJs, eating between meals, 
 late hours and too little out-of-door exercise, indigestion, 
 etc. This morbid condition should be relieved in order 
 that the natural desire for food should be manifested. 
 When it seems to arise from a debilitated condition of the 
 entire system, some stimulants, such as light wine or malt 
 liquers may be taken with advantage. Loss of appetite 
 during acute disease or a weakened state of the system, 
 should be respected; for thrusting food into the stomach in 
 ^ite of its dictates, will generally give rise to more serious 
 symptoms. Sometimes instead of loss of appetite there is 
 voracious or depraved appetite; tb^se symptoms are usually 
 
348 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 associated witli Chlorosis, nervous irritation from ■worms, 
 etc. ; they can only be removed by correcting the condition 
 on which they depend. A glass of cold water taken morning 
 and night is often beneficial in promoting an appetite. 
 Aside from these measures, the Specific No. Ten, taken 
 four times per day, six pellets before each meal, and at 
 night, will generally be found efficacious. 
 
 GASTRIC DERANGEMENT. — (Indigestion— Biliousness). 
 
 We distinguish this affection from chronic dyspepsia and 
 from jaundice. It is very common and liable to come on 
 suddenly, from irregularities in diet, over-eating, or par- 
 taking of heavy, rich, over-stimulating food, or food un- 
 suited to the existing condition of the digestive organs; 
 excessive use of wines, spirits, or strong malt liquors, or 
 strong tea or coffee; eating too rapidly; irregularities in 
 taking meals; too long fasting between meals; want of exer- 
 cise; intense mental application; late hours, or from excesses 
 of any kind. When the tone of the stomach has been weak- 
 ened by purgatives, and in persons of naturally feeble di- 
 gestion, this condition may be readily provoked by any 
 transient violation of the ordinary regimen. 
 
 The symptoms are usually, want of appetite or deficient 
 appetite; coated tongue; flat, insipid, putrid or bitter taste 
 in the mouth; desire for acid, cooling or refreshing things; 
 frontal headache or heaviness of the head; dullness, stupid- 
 ity or disposition to sleep; constipation, or sluggish, in- 
 active bowels; and sometimes nausea, regurgitation of food, 
 or vomiting of food and bile. 
 
 Treatment. — In general, little or no food should be taken 
 into the stomach while the nausea and indisposition to food 
 continues; only after these symptoms have passed away, 
 should at first the more light and easily-digested food be 
 given, such as water-gruel, rice-water, boiled rice, toast, or 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OP THE AlIMENTABY TRACK. 349 
 
 some nice ripe fruit. As medicine, the Specific No. Ten 
 will be found sufficient, taken six pellets at a time, and re- 
 peated every three hours, untU the condition has been 
 removed. 
 
 Should there be fever, alternate the Specitic No. One 
 ■with No. Ten, at the intervals mentioned, and so continue 
 until the febrile symptoms have yielded. Should there be 
 nausea or vomiting, interpose between the portions of No. 
 Ten, two or three doses of six pellets each of Specific No. 
 Six, until that symptom has been removed. 
 
 DYSPEPSIA. — {Indigestion — Weak stomach). 
 
 This is one of our most common diseases, and generally 
 of very obstinate and lingering character. It may arise 
 from various organic changes in the organs of digestion, 
 and so may likewise manifest itself in diversified forms 
 from the most trivial weakness of digestion, down to grave, 
 organic changes in the substance of the stomach itself. 
 
 It may be induced or brought about by various causes, 
 among which may be especially mentioned the use of ca- 
 thartic or anodyne medicines in early life, or the habit of 
 giving such drugs to infants; imperfect mastication of the 
 food, in consequence of too rapid eating — a very common 
 and wide-spread fault; the loss of teeth; the presence of 
 decayed teeth in the mouth and the consequent swallowing 
 of vitiated saliva; — ^habitual low spirits and desponding 
 state of mind, likewise weakens and impedes digestion; too 
 long fasting, inducing exhaustion of the vital powers, tends 
 to impair the power of digestion; the excessive use of 
 (stimulants produces changes in the coats of the stomach 
 which may render digestion difficult and finally impossible; 
 want of exercise, sedentary habits, intense and long-con- 
 tinued mental application may likewise be named among 
 its causes. 
 
350 HOMEOPATmO MEKTOB. 
 
 It is usually manifested by distress after eating; heaviness 
 or weight in the pit of the stomach, as if a load or a stone 
 lay there; tenderness of the prsecordia on pressure; inability 
 to wear tight clothes; frequent headache; dullness and con- 
 fusion of the head; bloating after eating; sometimes water- 
 'brash, or rising of the food and fluid into the mouth after 
 eating; want of appetite; bad taste; coated tongue; flatu- 
 lence; constipation or sluggish or torpid bowels, and not 
 unfrequently, piles or hemorrhoids; palpitation of the heart; 
 and nightmare. Such are among the more prominent 
 symptoms by which this affection is manifested, yet they 
 are frequently varied, relieved or intensified by the habits 
 or food and regimen of the patient, or the intensity of the 
 morbid condition. 
 
 Flatulence, Waterbeash, Heaetbdbn, are merely symp- 
 toms of dyspepsia, or of gastric derangement. Yet, they 
 may either of them form the principal feature of the 
 complaint, and almost exclusively occupy the attention of 
 the patient. Flatulence (wind) by disturbing the stomach, 
 which thus being made ti) encroach upon the space occupied 
 by. the lungs, heart or other organs, impedes their healthy 
 action, and thus gives rise to disturbances in distant parts. 
 It is caused by defective nerve-force, or general debility; 
 food may be detained in the stomach and undergo fermen- 
 tation, owing to imperfection or arrest of the vital and 
 chemical processes characteristic of health. At other times 
 flatulence is apparently generated by the mucous membrane 
 of the intestinal canal; for the symptoms are very apt to 
 arise in dyspeptic persons when a meal is delayed beyond 
 the accustomed hour, or when the stomach is empty. 
 Flatulence is often associated with faintness, nausea, palpi- 
 tation, and other disagreeable sensations. In waterhmsh 
 there is a frequent rising or regurgitation of acid or taste- 
 less watery fluid, into the mouth, from the stomach. It 
 seems to arise from closure of the oesophagus (food-pipe) 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMEKT. — DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAEY TRACK. S51 
 
 by musciJar spasm, so that the trickling saliva is prevented 
 from passing into the stomach, and re-ascends to the mouth 
 without any effect. Sometimes this is accompanied with 
 belching of air coming up with the eructation, and accom- 
 panied with loud, unpleasant noise, and not unfrequently a 
 portion of every meal is thus thrown off. There is also a 
 feeling of fullness, distention, and often of pain and distress 
 in the stomach and praecordia. 
 
 With heartburn, there is a burning or gnawing uneasiness, 
 felt principally in the pit of the stomach, but often extend- 
 ing far around or up into the chest, and down into the 
 abdomen. Sometimes it is attended with anxiety, nausea, 
 coldness of the extremities, debility and fever, faiatness, 
 and there are also sour, acrid risings, or regurgitations into 
 the mouth. 
 
 Hiccough {singultus) is a common accompaniment of 
 heartburn, and consists of brief spasms of the oesophagus. 
 In infants it is easily removed by administering a small 
 quantity of milk or water. 
 
 NiGHTMAKB (lucubus). — In this condition the patient ex- 
 periences confused and frightful dreams, with a sense of 
 weight or pressure impeding breathing and producing great 
 anguish; or he fancies himself in imminent danger or diffi- 
 culty, from which he vainly strives to extricate himself, 
 until at length he succeeds in uttering a cry, or moving, 
 when the distressing condition terminates. It is caused by 
 disorder of the digestive organs, and most frequently 
 follows a late, especially a heavy supper. It may also be 
 induced by fatigue, or an uneasy posture in bed, or in 
 children, by enlarged tonsils; sometimes the cause is 
 very obscure, and requires professional examination and 
 treatment. 
 
 As these are but symptoms or phases of dyspepsia or 
 gastric derangement, the same treatment is indicated. 
 
 Tkeatment. — The course usually pursued by the subjects 
 
352 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 of this disease tends mucli to aggravate and prolong it. 
 Because the bowels are constipated, recoui-se is had to 
 cathartic or aperient medicines, which afford only momen- 
 tary relief, while permanently intensifying the disease. 
 Costiveness may be bad, but not half so bad as the effects 
 of drugs given to remove it. Persons subject to this disease 
 should be careful of their diet, and use only such food as 
 experience has taught them agrees with their digestion. A 
 physician can only recommend the articles most likely to 
 suit, and having ascertained from experience what diet or 
 kinds of food are for the time best, the diet should be com- 
 posed of these articles, and only, by degrees as the digestion 
 is improved, a more liberal bill of fare, or more questionable 
 articles may be allowed. Take plenty of time for meals, 
 eat moderately, and masticate the food well, using only a 
 small quantity of fluid with the meal, and eat not too often, 
 or too much at a time. Each night, on retiring, and in the 
 morning on rising, take also a glass of cold water. Of me- 
 dicines, the Specipio No. Ten will usually be found efficient, 
 and may be taken, six pellets at a time, before each meal, 
 and on retiring to rest at night. Perseverance in this course 
 will rarely faU to cure the most inveterate and stubborn 
 cases. If the bowels remain obstinately costive, an injection 
 of tepid water may be taken every morning so long as it 
 may be necessary. Very soon, under the influence of the 
 medicine and proper food and habits, the bowels wiLL act 
 regularly. 
 
 But with females, and delicate subjects, the Specific No. 
 Eleven may be preferable to No. Ten, or, the two may 
 be taken in alternation. In obstinate cases of waterbrash, 
 brilliant results often foUow the free use, when hungry, or 
 thirsty, of buttermilk Fresh milk is not so well borne. 
 
 AcoESsoRT Measures. — The following points in the treat- 
 ment and prevention of indigestion should, as far as 
 possible, be adopted. _ 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT.— MS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TEACK. 363 
 
 1. Mastication.— The reduction of food to a state of minute 
 division in the mouth is a most essential step towards easy 
 and perfect digestion. A stomach, especially a weak 
 stomach, acts tardily and imperfectly upon food, introduced 
 in an incomplete state of comminution. Further, food re- 
 quires to be well masticated, that it may be duly mixed with 
 saliva. The salivary secretion is intended to moisten and 
 lubricate the food, and is a most essential chemical aid in 
 digestion. The action of the saliva is especially necessary 
 for the digestion of vegetable food; for it is only by means 
 of this fluid that such articles of diet as potatoes, bread, 
 rice, etc., ai-e rendered at all capable of absorption. We 
 therefore warn the busy, the studious, the solitary, or, on the 
 other ' hand, those persons who talk too much during meal- 
 time, of the danger of neglecting the perfect mastication 
 of their food. The loss of teeth is a frequent cause of in- 
 digestion. 
 
 2. Overloading the stomach. — Too large a quantity of food 
 interferes with digestion, 1. by so distending the stomach 
 as to interfere with its necessary contractions. 2. By 
 furnishing the stomach with a greater amount of food than 
 can be properly saturated with the saliva supplied. After 
 a long abstinence from food, as in the case of persons who 
 dine late and take too little lunch, there is great danger of 
 eating too much, unless the meal be taken slowly, or 
 finished before the sensations of hungei' are completely 
 'appeased. 
 
 8. Suitable food. — See Section on Food. 
 4. Beverages. — See Section on Beverages. 
 6. Disposition in which to eat. — A cheerful and tranquil 
 frame of mind, especially during meals, is a most essential 
 point in the treatment and cure of indigestion. Cheerful 
 conversation and ease of mind favor digestion by in- 
 creasing the secretion of gastric juice. The aliment received 
 under pleasurable circumstances may be expected to furnish 
 
SSi HOMEOPATHIC MEN'fOfe. 
 
 in abundance, and in the highest state of perfection, thj 
 secretions necessary for good digestion. 
 
 6. General habits. — ^Mental or bodUy occupations should 
 not be resumed immediately after a full meal; nor should 
 food be taken without a few minutes' pause after exhaustive 
 fatigue. Violent muscular exertions arrest digestion by 
 engaging the nervous energies in other directions. The 
 weary man, whether weary from the sweat of the brow or 
 the sweat of the brain, should rest before he eats; and if the 
 cause of fatigue has been in operation tUl the time of rest 
 approaches, solid food might then be productive of the 
 most serious results. Under such circumstances, if nourish- 
 ment be deemed necessary, it should be limited in quantity 
 and of the lightest kind, as a cup of beef-tea, cocoa, or 
 chocolate, or the yolk-of-an-egg weU beaten up with milk. 
 We particularly recommend the general plan of dietary 
 sketched in the introductory chapter for general adoption. 
 Begularity in the habits of life, such as in taking food, sleep, 
 exercise, etc., is an important condition in the prevention 
 of dyspepsia. Feather beds, and too much sleep, should be 
 avoided; the patient should retire and rise early; bathe or 
 sponge the body every morning with cold water, and take 
 moderate open-air exercise daily. An occasional change of 
 air and scenery exercises a wonderful influence in removing 
 or preventing an attack of indigestion, diverting the mind 
 from its ordinary train of thought, business and family 
 anxieties, or gloomy pondering over personal ailments. 
 
 GASTEALGIA.— (Pam or spasm of the stomach). 
 
 This is a very painful and distressing affection of the 
 Btomach, arising, generally, at somewhat regular periods of 
 a few weeks or months, leaving the system in the interval 
 comparatively free. It consists in spasmodic pains or con- 
 tractions of the stomach, sometimes slight, but more com- 
 
DISEASE ANb THEATMEi^T. — btS. OF (TflE ALIMENtART TRACK. 355 
 
 monly with almost insupportable violence; returning at 
 intervals of a few moments with increasing vigor, after a 
 comparative calm; the pain is most severe in the pit of the 
 stomach, but often extends up into the chest and sides, or 
 into the back, exciting nausea, vomiting and great anguish. 
 Belching up of wind, which sometimes relieves the patient; 
 faintness, coldness of the extremities, and anxiety are 
 generally present. An attack may last from a few hours to 
 one or two days, and it may return in some subjects, at any 
 time, from very slight provocation, or at intervals of a few 
 weeks or months, from slight or no apparent cause. 
 
 The disease originates in a morbid condition of the 
 nerves of the stomach, and is often associated with disease 
 of the Hver or spleen, or both, or in cancerous or other dis- 
 organizations of the stomach or intestines. An attack may 
 be ezcited bj eating indigestible food, fresh bread, chest- 
 nuts, sweetmeats, unripe fruit, cherries, figs, cheese, and in 
 some cases, by taking coffee or strong tea. It may likewise, 
 in gouty or rheumatic constitutions, be excited by exposure 
 to cold and wet. In females it is sometimes found in con- 
 nection with the monthly periods. In many instances the 
 system seems to have acquired a predisposition to this form 
 of disease, and' in such subjects it masks or overshadows all 
 other symptoms, and may be produced at any time from 
 very slight indiscretions. 
 
 Tkeatment, — As precautionary measures, persons subject 
 to this form of disease should be exceedingly careful in 
 regard to their diet, avoiding rich food, gravies, fresh 
 bread, warm cakes, preserves and cheese, or any article of 
 food which experience has shown to disagree, or to occasion 
 these attacks, and also to take as preventives, six pellets of 
 the Specific No. Ten, morning and night. When the 
 premonitory symptoms, or a slight gastric derangement 
 threatsns to culminate in an attack, recourse should be had 
 at oiice to the Specifio No. Ten, one or more doses of 
 
356 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 which, at intervals of two or three hours, will suffice vo 
 correct the derangement, and thus prevent the attack. 
 During the attack, the Specific No. Ten is the proper 
 remedy, and may be given in doses of six pellets, dissolved 
 in a spoonful of water, and repeated every fifteen, thirty or 
 sixty minutes, according to circumstances, until the pain is 
 reUeved. If the suffering is intense, and the pain does not 
 yield to the Specimo No. Ten, after an hour or so, it may be 
 best to alternate the No. One in the same manner with it, 
 and so continue until the patient is relieved. Hot cloths 
 laid upon the stomach, and a large injection of tepid water, 
 are useful auxiharies for relief during an attack 
 
 BALITOBIS.— {(pensive Breath). 
 
 This unpleasant affection may be dependant upon other 
 causes than decayed teeth or impurities in the mouth. Not 
 unfrequently it arises from imperfect digestion or other 
 derangement of the system, and in some persons and fami- 
 lies, it may be constitutional. 
 
 TEEiTMENT. — Pcrsons subject to this affection cannot be 
 too careful in keeping the. teeth clean and free from tartar, 
 and in rinsing the mouth after every meal. With regard to 
 medicines, the Specific No. Ten, six pellets morning and 
 night, win correct it if dependent upon imperfect digestion. 
 If it occurs in females during the monthly period, the Spe- 
 cifics No. Eleven, six pellets morning and night, vrill re- 
 move the difficulty. Where it is constitutional or resists 
 these medicines, the third trituration of Aurum fol, or of 
 BarytJi carb. a small powder taken daily, often works an 
 entire cxu:e. 
 
 COLIC— BILIOUS COLIC. 
 
 Most persons are acquainted with what is termed colic, 
 which is the violent constriction {spasm) of the muscular 
 
DISEASE ANE TREATMENT. VIS. OF THE ALIMENTART TEACl. 357 
 
 coats of the large bowel. It consists of paroxysms of 
 greater or less degree of pain, generally very severe, felt 
 more particularly about the navel, and thence, extending 
 upward or out over the abdomen. The pain is sharp, 
 griping, tearing, cutting, or gnawing, coming on in par- 
 oxysms lasting a few moments and then remitting; some- 
 times the abdomen is drawn in, and at other times distended 
 like a drum; pressure generally relieves the pain in colic, 
 while in inflammation the pain is similar, but the abdomen 
 is very sensitive when pressed upon, and in severe cases, 
 cannot bear even the slightest pressure. Sometimes the 
 pains are accompanied by costiveness, and often by vomit- 
 ing or diarrhoea. In colic there is seldom fever or heat of 
 the surface, or a quick pulse, or pain on pressure, all of 
 which are characteristic of inflammation. It may also be 
 distinguished from hernia, or rupture, by the tumor either 
 in the navel region or in the groin, which is always present 
 and easily recognized in hernia, and from enteritis, or in- 
 flammation of the smaller bowels, by lack of the accom- 
 panying fever and by extreme tenderness of the abdomen, as 
 weU as by an absence of complete intermissions of pain. 
 
 Colic may be caused by excess in diet, flatulent food; 
 dissipation; grief; cold, or anything that induces derange- 
 ment of the digestive organs, or constipation of the bowels. 
 Sometimes it arises from stricture of the intestine, or may 
 in rare cases arise from cancerous disorganisation of some 
 portion of the intestine, or from intussusception. 
 
 Flatulent, or wind colic, is common in children who are 
 fed with improper diet, and in dyspeptics after the use oi 
 heavy, improper or flatulent food. 
 
 Bilious colic is generally preceded by symptoms of biliary 
 or gastric derangement, such as: Tellow-coated tongue, 
 bitter taste, loss of appetite, duU headache. There is, 
 generally nausea and vomiting; severe cutting, wri/.hir.g 
 pain, with thirst and anxiety; pain more especially <3xteil«- 
 
358 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 ing from above the umbilicus towards the liyer; coming on 
 in severe, intense paroxysnia. The pain is relieved after 
 vomiting and discharge of free, bilious stools. 
 
 Lead colic or painters' colic is produced by the exposure to 
 the action of lead, (especially the oxide of lead and white 
 lead) and is common among painters and among workers in 
 lead factories, or in smelting ores. The most dangerous 
 modes by which lead is introduced into the system are its 
 absorption by the respiratory apparatus, as by the continued 
 inhalation of the dust or vapour of lead by workmen, and 
 by taking [food -with, bands soiled with that form of the 
 poison they are in the habit of using; this explains why 
 workers in lead-mines, and in white-lead factories, painters, 
 potters, type-makers, and others, are particularly liable to 
 lead-colic. Less frequent causes are — indulgence in snuff 
 wrapped in tinfoU, wine sweetened by sugar-of-lead, the 
 preparation of food in leaden vessels badly glazed, and 
 water contaminated by passing through leaden pipes. 
 
 Lead-colic has also been observed in cows feeding on the 
 fields in the neighbourhood of lead-mines and in animals 
 drinking water from rivers which originate in lead-mines. 
 The symptoms are: Loss of appetite, restless sleep, and 
 nervous excitability. This is succeeded by vomiting, pain 
 in the abdomen, coming on at first in paroxysms, but gra- 
 dually becoming continuous. There is but little fever, but 
 headache, pain in the limbs, and obstinate constipation, 
 and sometimes even paralysis of the extremities. A bluish 
 line along the edge of the gums may be often noticed in 
 persons suffering from lead-colic. 
 
 Treatment. — In general, and for ordinary attacks of coUc, 
 the Specitio No. Tive is the proper remedy, and will be 
 found efficient. Should, however, the disease have been 
 caused by heavy or indigestible food, or be accompanied 
 with symptoms of gastric derangement, such as a coated 
 tongue, bad taste, flatuleuoe, etc., it will be well to alternate 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK, 359 
 
 the Specific No. Ten with the No. Five. Dissolve twelve 
 peUets of each Specific, in six large spoonsful of water, in 
 separate glasses, and of these give alternately, every fourth 
 or half hour, until relieved. This is the mode of procedure 
 in aU severe cases of colic from whatever cause, except that 
 in cases where the bowels become tender, or sensitive on 
 pressure, there may be some fever, showing a tendency 
 to the development of inflammatory action. In these latter 
 causes, the SpEcmc No. One should be prepared and given 
 in alternation with No. Five, in the manner indicated 
 above. Simple, uncomplicated spasmodic colic, yields 
 promptly to the Specific No. Five, administered in water, 
 six peUets every fifteen or twenty minutes. 
 
 In all cases of severe colic it is advisable, and in all ob- 
 stinate cases, it may be necessary to administer to the 
 patient, and the more so if caused by indigestible or noxious 
 substances, injections of warm water. To a pint of warm 
 water, add a tablespoonful of salt, and with a good syringe, 
 pump it into the abdomen. If the patient can retain it a 
 little time, it may be more effectual, and these injections 
 should be repeated until, in connection with the medicines, 
 relief is obtained. Hot flannels may be laid over the ab- 
 domen. 
 
 Diet. — It is obvious that little or no food, and that only 
 of the lightest kind, such as oat-meal gruel, rice-water, 
 toast-water, or some light soup, should, be given until after 
 the disease has yielded. 
 
 Persons subject to attacks of colic should be specially 
 careful in avoiding the occasioning causes of it, such as in- 
 digestible food, the use of beans, cabbage, krout, or green 
 vegetables, acidulated drinks, or veal or young meat; and 
 should also be careful to keep the feet and abdomen dry 
 and warm. They may also find benefit by wearing flannel 
 around the abdomen, and keeping the feet ■well-protecte4 
 from the damp. 
 
ggQ HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 The use of the Specific No. Ten, six pellets at night, 
 will also do much to correct the digestion, and so prevent 
 attacks. 
 
 Pbevention. — Change of occupation is necessary. Some 
 persons are much more readily affected than others; and, if 
 one member of a family suffers from ansemia, nervousness, 
 and debility of the upper extremities, while the others are 
 in apparent health, the blue line on the gums should be 
 looked for, and the condition of the water-supply, and other 
 possible means of lead-poisoning, carefully inquired into. 
 
 NAUSEA AND VOMITING. 
 
 Nausea and vomiting seldom occurs except as a symptom 
 of some other complaint or disease. It generally proceeds 
 from improper food or too large a quantity; a disordered 
 condition of the digestive functions; pregnancy; disease or 
 irritation in the other organs, as the brain, kidneys, uterus, 
 etc.; cancer or ulcer of the stomach; mechanical obstruction 
 of any part of the intestinal canal; morbid states of the 
 blood; it also occurs in most of the eruptive fevers. 
 
 Prognosis. — ^Nausea and vomiting occurring in diseases 
 of the brain, as in epilepsy, are unfavorable indications; on 
 the contrary, in pregnancy or hysteria, no alarm need be 
 felt, as they are merely symptomatic of irritation conveyed 
 by the nervous system to the stomach. We may learn 
 much by observing the time of the occurrence of vomiting, 
 the nature of the matters ejected, and the extent and ur- 
 gency of the symptoms. If vomiting afford relief, and the 
 nausea, oppression of the chest and stomach, and headache 
 cease, the case may be considered favorable; if, on the other 
 hand, the symptoms preceding vomiting are not relieved by 
 it, but increase, the disease must be regarded as having 
 taken an alarming form. 
 
 Treatment. — Should vomiting arise from over-repletion, 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAKT TEACK. 361 
 
 or from indigestible food, it may be regarded as a conserva^ 
 tive effort, and should be encouraged, within proper limits, 
 by drinking warm water, or tickling the throat with a 
 feather until the offending material is expelled. 
 
 After the noxious substance has been ejected, the Spe- 
 cific No. Six, six pellets dissolved in a spoonful of water 
 and given every hour, wiU soon allay the remaining irri- 
 tation, and relieve the nausea. Ayhen it occurs in the case 
 of pregnant females, consult what is said under that head. 
 
 Sea sickness — Sickness from car or carriage riding. — 
 The peculiar sickness and utter wretchedness and pros- 
 tration experienced by persons on first going to sea; and 
 even, in a measure, by some persons from riding in a car, 
 stage or wagon, is so well known as not to require de- 
 scription. 
 
 Pkeventiost. — For several days before embarking, indi- 
 gestible food, over-repletion, or any irregularity in diet, 
 should be avoided. 
 
 Treatment. — It can, in most cases, be cured by the Spe- 
 cific No. Twenty-Six taken for some six or eight hours 
 previous to sailing, if convenient, six pellets every four 
 hours, permitting them to dissolve on the tongue. 
 
 During the early part of the voyage, unless the weather 
 be very fine, the patient should remain in his berth in a 
 horizontal posture, and take chiefly liquid food — beef-tea, 
 chicken broth, etc. Good draughts of warm water, more 
 often relieve than anything else. A girdle, moderately tight, 
 round the waist and abdomen, or a stomach compress, have 
 also been recommended Warmth to the stomach and feet 
 tends very much to prevent sea-sickness. Anything to 
 amuse, and divert the attention from the waving lines of the 
 horizon is useful. 
 
 After sailing, for the first two or three days, as a preven- 
 tive, take six pellets every four hours; and should there, 
 jiotwilhstanding, be severe sickness, vertigo, nausea, or 
 
362 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 vomiting, dissolve twelve pellets in half a glass of wate/^ 
 and take a dessert-spoonful every hour until relieved. 
 
 For sickness, nausea, or vomiting from riding in a car- 
 riage or similar motion, take of Specific No. Tiventy-Six 
 six pellets, every hour untU relieved. 
 
 Eematemesis — Vomiting of blood. — ^This disease is knowa 
 by the vomiting, or sudden ejection of blood from the 
 stomach. It is generally preceded by nausea, distress or 
 pain of the stomach, indigestion, a feeble pulse, pallor and 
 other signs of fainting. The blood vomited is generally 
 dark, rarely bright red, and is occasionally mixed with the 
 food, mucus, bUe, or other contents of the stomach, and is 
 thrown off in large quantities; blood is also frequently dis- 
 charged by stool, in coagula. It may be known from bleed- 
 ing of the lungs, by reference to the accompanying tabic. 
 
 Ip FROM THE Stomach. — Tlie blood is of a dark color; is vomited} 
 is often mixed with food, and is not frothy; is preceded by nausea 
 and stomach distress; is generally passed vnth the evacuations from 
 the bowels. 
 
 Ip pbom the Lungs. — The blood is of a bright-red color; is 
 generally coiighed up ; is generally frothy and mixed with sputa; is 
 often preceded by pain in the chest and dyspnoea; is not found in 
 the stools. 
 
 Vomiting of blood is always preceded by more or less 
 decided symptoms of gastric disturbance or weak digestion, 
 such as: Pressure, weight, fulness, or tensive pain in the 
 region of the stomach; burning heat in that region; anxiety 
 or uneasiness on partaking of food or drink, or on pressure 
 of the stomach; saltish taste in the mouth; impaired appe- 
 tite and nausea; vertigo, faintness, or cold perspiration; 
 sometimes, also, an intermittent pulse is felt at the pit of 
 the stomach. If the attack is very severe, there may be 
 delirium or wandering of the mind, accompanied with 
 spasms, and gradually increasing weakness and remission 
 of pulse, with frequent fainting. It is most frsquently 
 caused by the suppression of some habitual discharge, as 
 from hemorrhoids or the menstrual flow. -Other caus^^; 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 3GS 
 
 acliirrlius, or internal lesions, or disorganizations of tlie 
 stomach, or the use of poisonous or drastic purgatives, or 
 an external contusion, or obstruction of some important 
 viscera, may occasion congestion and the rupture of some 
 vessels distributed over the surface of the stomach, and 
 hence, become the immediate cause of the hemorrhage. 
 
 Treatment. — The first thing to do is to arrest the hemor- 
 rhage, and for this purpose Humphreys' Marvel of Healing 
 is the most efficient remedy known, and may be given in 
 doses of twenty drops, in a large spoonful of cold water, 
 and repeated every fifteen minutes, until the bleeding is 
 arrested, when it may be continued at intervals of an hour, 
 or even a longer period, especially if the system seems ex- 
 hausted, or there are yet indications of internal hemorrhage. 
 
 If there is fever or heat of the system, administer the 
 Specifio No. One, six pellets in a spoonful of water, and 
 repeat every half hour. If the hemorrhage come on in con- 
 sequence of the suppression or non-appearance of the raen- 
 strual flux, the Specifio No. Eleven should be given every 
 hour, either alone or in alternation with the Marvel or 
 Healing. The diet should be carefully considered; all soUd 
 food must be avoided, and all warm drinks. Animal jellies, 
 preparations of milk, light puddings and broths, merely 
 tepid, may be allowed in cases where the condition of the 
 patient requires nourishment, but no more food should be 
 taken than 5s absolutely necessary to sustain the strength, 
 and for some hours after an attack, no food should be given, 
 and then, only in small quantities, and very cautiously. 
 
 Vicarious hemorrhage. — ^In vicarious hemorrhage, as in 
 females when bleeding from the nose or stomach takes the 
 place of the menstrual discharge, the treatment should be 
 directed to restoring the normal monthly function. 
 
 Accessory Measures. — Calmness and judgment should be 
 exercised, or the discharge of blood may cause alarm to the 
 patient and his friends, and unfit them for carrying out the 
 
364 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 measures necessary for the safety or even life of the sufferer. 
 The patient should immedieately lie down on a sofa or 
 mattress, with the head and shoulders elevated: aU tight- 
 fitting clothes should be removed or loosened, quiet main- 
 tained, and no talking, crowding, noise, or confusion per- 
 mitted; at the same time the room should be keep cool and 
 airy — at about 55° Pahr. Ice is a most useful agent for 
 arresting hsematemesis, and it should be swallowed in small, 
 oft-repeated pieces; it then comes in more immediate con- 
 tact with, and tends to constrict, the bleeding vessels. 
 
 It also important in hemorrhage from the stomach, that 
 the organ should have perfect rest. As long as any ten- 
 dency to hemorrhage continues, the patient should remain 
 in bed, and take nothing by the mouth except sips of iced- 
 water. Food, beef-tea, etc., should be introduced by the 
 rectum. 
 
 Should faintness occur, no alarm need be excited, because 
 it is often nature's method of arresting the bleeding. After 
 the hemon-hage, the patient must still be kept cool and 
 quiet, and the diet be light and unstimulating, while the 
 posture of the body should be such as to favor the return 
 of blood from the bleeding organs. Should the faintness 
 persist, iced champagne is often an excellent restorative, 
 and is not likely to induce vomiting. 
 
 CHOLEEA MOEBUS. 
 
 This disease is of frequent occurrence in warm climates, 
 (md during the warm seasons of the year. It is generally 
 brought on by the use of unripe fruit, or that which is over 
 ripe, or stale, such as melons or cucumbers; or eating too 
 much, or too many, or incongruous things at a time, and 
 being over-heated afterwards; sudden changes of tempera- 
 ture; over-fatigue, or too free use of ice or ice-water. 
 
 The symptoms are violent vomiting and purging; throw- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTABT TRACK. 365 
 
 ing off the contents of the stomach and bowels at first, and 
 afterwards bile; pain in the stomach and abdomen; thirst, 
 and in severe cases, cramps, and coldness of the extremities; 
 the face may also become pale, cold, bluish and sunken; 
 features pinched, and cold, clammy-skin; and great anxiety 
 and prostration, simulating an attack of cholera. 
 
 It is generally preceded by some symptoms indicating 
 disturbance of the system, such as shivering, pain in the 
 stomach, and nausea; but in some cases it makes its attack 
 without sensible premonitions. 
 
 It is liable to come on suddenly at night, and, properly 
 managed, is of short duration. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. Six is the proper remedy, 
 and may be admiaistered by dissolving twelve pellets in 
 six dessertspoonsful of cold water, of which a spoonful may 
 be given every fifteen minutes, until the discharges are 
 arrested and the warmth returned to the surface. In ex- 
 treme cases, with violent cramps, coldness and blueness of 
 the surface and great anguish, with little or no discharges, 
 a dose of two or three drops of spirits of camphor, in a tea- 
 spoonful of water, repeated every few minutes, wiU soon 
 relieve. The Specific , No. Six, however, wiU be found 
 promptly to arrest the disease. Diet should be light for 
 some days, until the tone of the stomach is measurably 
 restored, 
 
 CHOLEEA— ASIATIC CHOLERA. 
 
 As this terrible scourge — a miasmatic disease (often epi- 
 demic) propagated through the air, and cmnmunicahle from 
 one person to another, — is liable at any time to visit our 
 country, and as the earlier treatment of it must frequently 
 be entrusted to the hands of the people, it is most important 
 that aU should be acquainted with its earlier stages, and be 
 prepared to meet them. Hence we give the symptoms and 
 
366 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 treatment at greater length than may be required in other 
 less important or sudden diseases. 
 
 Peecuesoes.— 1. It has been frequently observed that the 
 cholera has been preceded by some form of influenza, 
 'attended with sneezing, discharge from the eyes and nose, 
 hoarseness, sore throat, and cough. 2. It has also been ob- 
 served that previous to the outbreak of cholera in a parti- 
 cular locality, bowel complaints, as they are caUed, diarr- 
 'hosa, dysenteries, colics, etc., have been much more fre- 
 quent and obstinate, and less under the control of the ordi- 
 nary remedies than usual; so that physicians, from these 
 manifestations among their patients, have been able to re- 
 cognize the presence of the disease in the atmosphere 
 weeks before its final outbreak among the people. 3. Sud- 
 den attacks of cholera are more liable to occur at night 
 and after midnight than during the day. Hence the 
 necessity of every family being provided with prompt and 
 efficient remedies to avoid the hurry, alarm and delay in 
 Bending foi a physician in the night. 
 
 Symptoms. — Choleea Diaerhcea. — Almost invariably an 
 attack of cholera is preceded by a peculiar form of diarr- 
 hoea. It may precede the cholera several days, as nothing 
 more than loose bowels, attended with rumbling or bor- 
 borigmi and slight nausea, or faintish feeling at the stomach; 
 but usually it continues but a few hours, and is manifested 
 with frequent loose stools, rumbling and uneasiness of the ab- 
 domen, and a faintish, sinking sensation at the pit of the 
 stomach. This is the cholerine or cholera-diarrhoea, and 
 the immediate precursor or first stage of the disease, and 
 demands prompt attention. 
 
 After the diarrhoea has continued for a period varying 
 from a few hours to several days, the second stage of the 
 disease is ushered in with the following manifestations: 
 Kepeated Evacuations, attended with great prostration, at 
 first, of the usual contents of the intestinal track, then gra- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DlS. OF THE ALlMENTAfiT TRACK. 367 
 
 dually becoming more thin, watery and flocculent, until 
 they present the true cholera characteristic of peofuse rice 
 Water evacuations; vomiting in sudden, violent attacks, with 
 copious discharges; first of the contents of the stomach, 
 then ofi thin serum or the characteristic rice-water-like 
 matter; attended with frequent cramps, first in the fingers, 
 toes, and calves of the legs, then over the entire person, 
 especially the abdomen, knotting up the limbs, and causing 
 exquisite anguish. The breath becomes cold, the lips and 
 tongu^ cold, the skin dry, inelastic, pale or leaden-gray, or 
 a bluish-violet around the eyes and at the ends of the 
 fingers and toes, and point of the nose, the hands becoming 
 shrivelled like a washer - woman's. The face becomes 
 peculiar in extreme cases, eye-baUs glazed and turned 
 up, pupils dilated, the upper eyelid drooping, the lower 
 surrounded by a bluish half-moon; the color is pale, varying 
 from a leaden gray to violet; the skin on the lips, cheeks, 
 and point of the nose is glazed, nose pointed, cheeks sunken, 
 upper lip drawn upward, the nostrils and cartilage of the 
 ear very movable and wrinkled from the nose to the comers 
 of the mouth, presenting a frightful aud ghost-like appear- 
 ance. The voice becomes hoarse, whispering, or lost. The 
 pulse at the wrist is very soft, small and disappearing 
 during an attack of spasms, and later becomes thread-like 
 and imperceptible. Grradually the anguish and indifference, 
 the coldness and blueiiess, and prostration become more 
 decided, until the patient sinks into a condition of absolute 
 collapse, succeeded by death after some hours. During the 
 attack, the secretion of the urine, the bile, the saliva, per- 
 spiration, and even of the tears, is entirely suppressed, and 
 the reappearance of these secretions is a most favorable in- 
 dication. With these manifestations of coldness, blueness, 
 and shrivelled skin, and even cold breath, the patients yet 
 complain of burning heat, long for ice and ice-water, and 
 dread all heating applications. 
 
368 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Not always does the cholera present the above pictura 
 Different epidemics have presented varieties in the symp- 
 toms which are very decided. Thus the disease has been 
 divided into three stages, called the pbemonitoev, the stage 
 oi collapse and the stage of consecutive fevee. 
 
 The first, or premonitoet stage, is manifested by symp- 
 toms of indigestion, flatulence, weight or oppression at the 
 pit of the stomach, slight nausea, acidity, diarrhoea, vertigo, 
 some form of headache, or ringing in the ears. These 
 symptoms may continue some time, but occasionally pass 
 off altogether, leaving the patient well, though this is rare; 
 and unless proper remedies are used, the symptoms above 
 mentioned continue to increase until the second stage is 
 ushered in. 
 
 Second Stage — Stage oe Collapse. — The stools at first 
 feculant and bilious, now become characteristic; they appear 
 like thin gruel or rice-water; sometimes they are limpid, 
 intermixed with smaU flakes of curdy-looking matter; at 
 others they look hke water in which fresh beef has been 
 macerated; sometimes the stools are even darker, looking 
 like the dregs of wine. There is no natural smell from the 
 stools, but a faint, peculiar odor, which also arises from the 
 body. The desire to go to stool is irresistible and in- 
 stantaneous, and sometimes with great tenesmus, accom' 
 panied by griping. GreneraUy the stools are very copious — ■ 
 sometimes, however, they are scanty, often accompanied 
 with discharge of noisy flatus from the bowels. There is 
 burning heat in the pit of the stomach, and vomiting of large 
 quantities of similar matter as the stools. The thirst is in- 
 tense, with urgent desire for cold water. The mind gener- 
 ally remains clear, or comparatively so, but the vertigo and 
 ringing in the ears increases. Cramps are almost universal 
 attendants — sometimes confined to the fingers and toes; at 
 others, affecting the legs and arms, and often the body, 
 particularly the abdomen. The urine is generally sup- 
 
DISEASE AND TBEATMEST.— MS. OP THE ALtMBNTAfeY tKACK. 369 
 
 pressed ; the Toice is whispering. The respiration, though 
 ■weak, is often natural, even when the pulse is scarcely per- 
 ceptible at the wrist ; occasionally, however, the breathing is 
 hurried, oppressed, laborious. The pulse becomes weak 
 and rapid early in the disease, even when the action of the 
 heart is strong and tumultuous ; but, frequently, both the 
 pulse and heart are feeble. As the disease progresses, both 
 become fainter and weaker ; the pulse is only now and then 
 felt like a " flutter," and often ceases at the wrist some hours 
 before death. The tongue is cold and shrunk. The rest- 
 less tossing, uneasiness, and impatience of the patient is 
 pitiful ; especially, when they are restrained, or when heat is 
 applied, of which they seem to have a horror. The tem- 
 perature of the body, especially of the extremities, dimin- 
 ishes early in the disease, and constantly sinks, until after 
 death, when it gives place, for a time, to a genial warmth. 
 As the disease progresses, the hands, feet, nails, face, and 
 even the entire surface of the body, becomes ashen, leaden- 
 gray, or blue, and this color remains or deepens until 
 reaction occurs. Blood drawn from a vein or artery during 
 this stage is of dark color, flows with difficulty, and does 
 not coagulate. The surface of the body is covered with a 
 cold moisture, the features and eye-balls shrink, and death 
 closes the scene — sometimes very unexpectedly, and at 
 others, the body seems to be lohg dead, while the functions 
 of the brain are still going on, and comparatively entire, 
 la some cases the prostration of strength is great, but in 
 others not so apparent. 
 
 Symptoms of improvement and recovery from the second 
 stage are usually : Diminution of the number and quantity 
 of the evacuations, both by vomiting and stools ; cessation 
 of the restlessness and tossing about ; diminution of the 
 cramps and thirst ; increase of the strength and fullness of 
 the pulse, and increase of the temperature of the body ; 
 more natural and animated expression of the countenance, 
 
S70 HOMEOPATHIO BrBKTWR, 
 
 and disposition to sleep; later, change of the stools from 
 the watery to bilious and feculent matter; reappearance of 
 the secretion of the urine. When these symptoms are 
 manifested, they indicate the safety and early convalescence 
 of the patient. 
 
 Consecutive stage. — In some rare cases, and in some epi= 
 demies more than others, patients instead of rallying at 
 once from the second stage, slide over into what has been 
 termed a thikd stage, or a typhus cholera, coming on after 
 this fashion: The reaction has been established and patients 
 seem to be doing well, not having tenesmus or vomiting, 
 nor cramps, or any unusual degree of thirst, and the rest- 
 lessness has passed off, and the patient seems to be tranquil. 
 But gradually, symptoms of coma, deep sleep, or delirium 
 come on, and there may be convulsions, partial paralysis, 
 rigidity of the flexor muscles of the extremities, distressiag 
 nausea, bilious vomiting and thirst, diE&cult breathing or 
 hurried respiration, cough, expectoration, palpitation or 
 irregular action of the heart, more or less heat of the sur- 
 face, bilious diarrhoea, dark port-wine stools, tenesmus and 
 pain or tenderness increased on pressure in some part of 
 the abdomen. These symptoms may be variously combined 
 and modified in particular cases, and may continue from 
 four or five to fifteen days, ending in death, or the gradual 
 recovery of the patient. 
 
 Hygienic Pbecautions to eb oesekved dubino the fbesencb oi' thb 
 CHOLEBA. — All experience has demonstrated that the disease rioti 
 among the filthy, ill-fed, iU-olad, and ill-housed multitude; that its 
 especial play-ground is along narrow streets, confined areas, iU-ven. 
 tilated dwellings, low, damp, or confined apartments, and that the 
 miasm is much more intense and concentrated in such localities than 
 elsewhere, and its attacks far more intense and fatal. Hence, clearf 
 liness, both of persons and habitations, is of the first importance. 
 The yard, gutter and cess-pool, should be cleansed often, and kept 
 clean, and frequently sprinkled with chloride of lime, or plenty of 
 lime, and the adjoining walls should be repeatedly whitewashed. No 
 stagnant water should be permitted in the cellar or yard, and if the 
 basement is damj), fires should be kindled daily to expel foul air, and 
 afford better ventilation. All garbage should be removed daily, and 
 nothing suffered to remain on the^ premises to be deoopiposed. 
 
KBEASE AND TfeEATMmr. — filS. OP THE AlJMENTA&t TEAOK. 371 
 
 Houses should be daily ventilated. Avoid damp, low habitations, 
 and in selecting a residence, the higher and more airy the situation 
 the better. Narrow lanes and alleys, cellars and basements, and 
 crowded apartments should be especially avoided. 
 
 The USUAL HABITS of eating, drinking, living, and business, should 
 be followed, except when absolutely interdicted. Kash changes 
 should be avoided. Temperance in eating and drinking, exercise and 
 labor, both physical and mental, is specially enjoined. Keep good 
 hours. Take proper food in reasonable quantities, at proper times. 
 Plainly cooked meats, lamb, beef, mutton, or fowl, with polled rice 
 or hominy, stale bread or crackers, and well-cooked potatoes, should 
 torm the ordinary staple of diet. If wine or spirits are habitually 
 used, they may be continued in moderation, but to persons not 
 accustomed to them, they are especially objectionable and to be 
 avoided. Drunkenness or debauchery powerfully invite the disease. 
 Abstain from all unripe fruits, or stale, wilted, or overkept vegetables. 
 Fruit of any kind should be avoided, if it induces loose bowels. 
 Cucumbers, salads, lettuce, cabbage, or krouts, soda-water, root-beer, 
 melons, turnips, or unripe potatoes, are articles especially to be 
 avoided. Beer, cider, minerEU-waters, are objectionable. Purgative 
 or cathartic medicines, by relaxing the integrity of the intestinal 
 canal, may give rise to a sudden and fearful attack of the disease. 
 Avoid exposure and sudden changes of temperature, and at all times 
 keep the body sufSciently warm and protected, especially the abdomen. 
 To this end wear flannel next the skin, at least around the abdomen. 
 Keep the feet and legs well protected and warm. 
 
 Above all things, maintain an even, cheerful tone of mind. Hurry, 
 fright, fear, anxiety, and all depressing emotions, tend to lower the 
 vital power, and so invite the disease, while a firm determination to 
 do our duty, and a cheerful reliance upon our Heavenly Father, are 
 among the best safeguards. 
 
 Peedisfosing Causes. — Persons of middle age are more 
 subject to attack than infancy and old age. The female sex 
 are considered more liable to it than males. Chronic 
 diarrhoea predisposes the system for it, as do all prostrating 
 or debilitating habits or excesses, scrofulous diafhesis, and 
 intermitting fevers. Among children, the male sex are 
 more subject than the female sex, and those affected with 
 gore mouth, jaundice, worms, and teething. 
 
 Infancy and old age are most exempt, and those suffering 
 from ulcers of the legs, consumption, and influenza, least 
 liable to an attack. 
 
 Preventive Treatment. — The homely adage, " an ounce of 
 prevention is better than a pound of cure," was never more 
 clearly manifest than in this disease. Dirt, filth, irregular 
 
37^ aoMEOPATHlC MENTOR. 
 
 habits, and vice, induce the disease, while cleanliness, re< 
 gularity, and order, keep it at bay. Aside from the hygienic 
 observances enjoined above in regard to living, labor, and 
 habits of thought, we earnestly recommend, also, the use 
 of a simple medicinal prophylactic or preventive. Ex- 
 perience has amply demonstrated the utility of medicinal 
 prophylactics. It has abundantly shown that smaU-pox, 
 scarlet-fever, measles, hooping-cough, and fevers, as well as 
 cholera, can be prevented by fortifying the system by 
 appropriate medicinal influences. Not, indeed, by drug- 
 ging, overwhelming and thus depressing the system, but by 
 the judicious use of the (similar) Homeopathic Specific, 
 which, by pervading and preoccupying the system, fortifies 
 it against, and thus prevents an attack of the disease. 
 Hence, we advise the use of the Spsch'ic No. Six, in doses 
 of six pellets, morning and at night, as a true prophylactic 
 for the cholera. Safer still wiU it be to send for a case of 
 the Choleba Specifics in fluid form, and to follow the di- 
 rections therewith given. 
 
 Directions. — Live temperately; avoid the predisposing 
 causes of the disease as before mentioned; avoid coffee and 
 camphor, which might antidote the effects of the medicine; 
 and take each morning, on rising, or before breakfast, and 
 each night on retiring, six peUets of the SpEcmo No. Six. 
 Children need but one-half as much as adults. In families, 
 the best manner is to place the proper number of peUets 
 for each person in a glass, and add a large spoonful of 
 water for adults, and a teaspoonful for children, and so give 
 them, morning and night, while the disease prevails. Trav- 
 elers may simply take the Specific dry on the tongue, it 
 other conveniences are wanting. The result wiU be, that 
 either no attack will occur, or it will be in a modified and 
 very mUd form. 
 
 Treatment . or the Cholera Diaerhcea, or Premonitory 
 Stage of the Disease. — The earlier symptoms of the disease 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 373 
 
 are: A sense of uneasiness, or sinking at the pit of the 
 stomach, rumbling, or borborigmi in the bowels, and loose 
 stools or diarrhoea. Sometimes, to these symptoms are 
 added, aciditj' of the stomach, griping pains in the abdomen. 
 Vertigo or headache, and ringing or noise in the head. 
 
 As soon as the above symptoms, or even the diarrhoea 
 alone has declared itself, the patient should retire at once 
 to his home, or room, and lie dovra, taking six pellets of 
 the Specieic No. Four. If the symptoms are but slight, 
 that is, onlj some diarrhoea, and slight uneasiness of the 
 bowels, repeat the dose every hour, or every two hours. 
 But if the stools are urgent or frequent, with uneasiness 
 and nausea, vertigo and sinking at the stomach, repeat the 
 dose every half hour until relieved. 
 
 If the diarrhoea should not yield in, say four or six hours, 
 under the influence of the Specific No. Four, administered 
 as above directed, and the disease threatens to pass over 
 into the second stage, indicated by more frequent or urgent 
 stools, coldness, nausea, or some faintness at the pit of the 
 stomach, then omit for a time the diarrhoea Specific, and 
 give the Specifig No. Six, repeated every half hour, in its 
 place. In rare cases the Camphoe has been e£B.cient in 
 checking the diarrhoea, in doses of two drops of the tincture 
 on a bit of sugar, every half hour. 
 
 Earely will more than two or three doses of the Specific 
 be required to check and control the disease at this stage, 
 provided, also, that the following conditions are observed: 
 
 It is or the utmost impoetanoe that the patient should lie 
 down in bed, get warm, keep well covered, with a bottle of 
 hot-water, or hot bricks, to the feet, if necessary, and so 
 remain warm and in bed, until the diarrhsea, rumbling and 
 uneasiness has passed off. Being about, or frequently 
 getting up, and running out, is very prejudicial, and most 
 surely tends to prolong and keep up the disease. 
 
 Avoid teepidation, ok hueey, unnecessary anxiety, or 
 
374 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOE. 
 
 alarm in prescribing for yourself or others. Do not mul- 
 tiply doses, or measures of relief, from whicli nothing is 
 permitted to avail; but give every dose carefully, and then 
 give it time to act, and afford relief, and only when one 
 has failed, give another. The one course perseveringly 
 followed win be successful, while if you attempt others, all 
 wiU fail. Nothing but Homeopathic medicines must be 
 given under Homeopathic treatment. All other medicines, 
 or means, interfere and must not be allowed. 
 
 This stage may end in health: By the stools becoming less 
 frequent and finally natural, the rumbling, uneasiness of 
 the bowels disappearing, and the sinking or anxiety at the 
 prsecordia going off, or: — it may terminate in the next 
 stage by the stools becoming more frequent and fluid, the 
 uneasiness and sinking increasing, until vomiting comes on 
 with the characteristics of the second stage. 
 
 Teeatment of the Cholera proper, or Second Stage of the 
 Disease. — This stage is known by profuse, thin, flocculent, 
 or rice-water-like evacuations coming on suddenly and fre- 
 quently. Sudden vomiting of the same or similar material, 
 attended with cramps in the extremities, or even body, and 
 great coldness or blueness of the surface, anxiety and pros- 
 tration, and other symptoms, as before described. 
 
 Where this condition, profuse vomiting and diaeehcea, is 
 present, the Specific No. Six is only required, of which 
 give six pellets, either at once upon the tongue; or better, 
 in a spoonful of cold or ice-water, and repeat the dose, 
 every fifteen minutes, according to the result; and so con- 
 tinue until the cramps, the vomiting and diarrhoea have 
 abated, when the intervals between the doses may be pro- 
 longed to half an hour, and then, gradually, as the patient 
 improves, to intervals of an hour or more. 
 
 The patient should at once go to bed, and, if possible, 
 not get up to attend to the evacuations, but use a bed-pan, 
 or other convenience, for that purpose. Bottles of hot 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TBACK. 375 
 
 water, or Lot bricks, should be placed to the feet, if the 
 patient can bear them. Give nothing but the medicine and 
 small sips of ice-water; or better, give from time to time 
 email pieces of ice, to remain in the mouth to allay the 
 thirst. These are better than water or other fluid, more 
 g^atefu], and less likely to provoke vomiting, stools or 
 griping. Let the patient remain quiet as possible after the 
 storm is over, and if he falls asleep, do not waken him, 
 even to administer medicine. 
 
 To ALLAY THE CRAMPS, it is better to grasp and hold the 
 knotted limb or part in the warm, firm hand, than merely 
 to rub the surface, as you may, by severe rubbing, easily 
 excoriate the surface, without relieving the cramp, while 
 the warm pressure of the hand is very grateful and effective. 
 
 If the attack occurs in the following form from the first, 
 or, if in the course of the disease this condition is developed, 
 viz. : but little, or only slight vomiting, or purging, or scanty 
 evacuations, but great dullness or confusion of the head, 
 severe, frequent, long-continued cramps, predominant cold- 
 ness and blueness of the surface, loss of voice, and weak, 
 thread-like, or wanting pulse, give at once five drops of spirits 
 OF CAMPHOR, in half a teaspoonful of cold water, and re- 
 peat the dose every ten minutes, or even every five minutes, 
 in extreme cases, until the returning pulse, or warmth of 
 the surface, and returning evacuations show the reaction of 
 the system to have come on. Then gradually omit the 
 CAMPHOR, and return to the use of the Specific No. Six, 
 ■which continue every fifteen or thirty minutes, and at 
 longer intervals, until entire relief is obtained. The cam- 
 phor is the best remedy to arrest the sinking, coldness, blue- 
 ness, failing pulse, and tendency to absolute collapse; and 
 when the evacuations have ceased, or nearly so, a few doses, 
 given at intervals of five or ten minutes, wlU promptly bring 
 up the pulse and warmth to the surface, and with this 
 reaction the vomiting and evacvations may again return. 
 
376 HOMEOPATHIC MEKTOR. 
 
 Then the Specific No. Six comes again in use and may be 
 continued as above mentioned, a dose of six pellets every 
 ten or twenty minutes, until the evacuations have ceased 
 and relief is fully pronounced. 
 
 After the storm has passed over, and the vomiting, 
 diarrhoea, and cramps have vanished, and returning pulscj 
 warmth, sleep, and rest, and secretions have become re- 
 established, a little nourishment may be given. Tliis should 
 consist of very light meat broth, and in very small quantities 
 at first, as experience has shown that the stomach long re- 
 mains weak after an attack, and heavy or indigestible food, 
 or any food in too large quantity, may easily provoke a 
 relapse, always more dangerous than the original attack. 
 Hence, give at first a little weak black tea, or chicken or 
 lamb broth ; afterwards boiled rice, toasted bread, and only 
 very gradually return to a more substantial diet. 
 
 The patient will remain weak and enfeebled for some 
 time, and not unfrequently, the digestive organs are long in 
 regaining their former strength and vigor. For this de- 
 bility, beer and good malt liquor have proved beneficial. 
 Too free perspiration diminishes the strength ; and slight 
 mental excitement, too much warmth, too much drink or 
 food, cause anguish, palpitation, small, soft pulse, vomiting 
 or diarrhoea, uneasy sleep, and extreme debility. 
 
 The second stage mat terminate in convalescence, in- 
 dicated by : Diminished violence and frequency of the 
 evacuations, first the vomiting, later the diarrhoea ; diminu- 
 tion of the cramps ; increasing strength and fullness of the 
 pulse ; returning warmth of the surface ; more natural ex- 
 pression of the countenance ; less tossing about, restlessness 
 and jactitation ; diminished thirst ; bilious stools ; natural 
 warmth of the surface, return of the natural secretions, 
 urine, saliva and perspiration ; quiet, tranquil sleep ; or, 
 this condition may slide into the third stage indicated by 
 the following symptoms : — ■ 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAET TRACK. S77 
 
 Diminished vomiting; great indifference; extreme pros- 
 tration; the patient, lying on the back, sinks down towards 
 the foot of the bed; some return of warmth or moisture to 
 the skin; increasing lividity or blueness of the surface, and 
 the blue, sunken, pointed Cholbka face; the pulse cannot be 
 felt, and later, not even at the carotids or heart; eyes duU 
 and glassy; only occasional and not characteristic vomiting 
 and diarrhoea; later, the stools are involuntary, as if coming 
 from a spout; respiration labored, rattling and almost 
 ceasing. This stage may last from one or two hours, to as 
 many days, and usually terminates in death, preceded by 
 cold, clammy sweats, complete cessation of circulation and 
 respiration, and final paralysis of the lungs. 
 
 Teeatment. — In this stage of entire coUapse, which may 
 last a day or two, the patient is not absolutely hopeless, 
 and should be carefully and judiciously treated. The case 
 win doubtless be placed in the hands of a competent 
 Homeopathic physician, who, by the alternate use of Carb. 
 veg. and Arsenicum, administered every hour, may save 
 the patient. 
 
 As the pulse comes up, the medicine may be given at 
 longer intervals. It is useless, and often cruel, to make 
 hot applications to the patient, who, however cold, com- 
 plains of heat, and refuses aU covering. Hence, make them 
 comfortable, covering only as decency and the weather re- 
 quires, give the medicines and patiently await the vesult. 
 
 J®' I have prepar^ a case of three large viais of Spe- 
 cifics for the special treatment of Cholera, and in case of 
 ihe prevalence of this disease, I recommend its use, as the 
 Specifics are in fluid form, and in larger quantities and 
 more reliable during an epidemic. If the case of Cholera 
 Specifics is used, it is only necessary to substitute drops 
 for pellets, or adopt the directions which come with the 
 case. 
 
378 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 DIAHEHCEA. — {Looseness of the bowels). 
 
 This is a condition of the bowels in which they are moved 
 more frequently than in health, and the stools are more or 
 less fluid in form. The stools may be very numerous, or 
 only two or three in the twenty-four hours, and may be 
 of almost every variety of character and consistence. 
 
 Simple frequency of evacuation may exist while there may 
 be no increase in the qaan^ 'ty of faecal matter discharged, 
 or it may even be deficient. True Diarrhoea depends upon 
 defective absorption of the intestines, so that an excess of 
 matter passes through them, and less is taken up for the 
 nourishment of the body. 
 
 Sometimes, loose bowels or a transient diarrhoea is merely 
 the»salutary effort of the system to rid itself of some in- 
 jurious or indigestible substance; and hence, when these is 
 reason to suspect such a condition, it is proper to wait a 
 reasonable period before attempting to arrest it, and only 
 when the condition is clearly morbid, seek to control it by 
 the proper means. 
 
 When the evacuations seem to afford the patient relief, it 
 is safe to wait a day or so to see if it is not merely a salutary 
 effort of nature, and which will speedUy correct itself. 
 
 The chief forms are: irritaiive diarrhoea (from excessive, 
 stimulating, irritating, or impure food or drink) ; congestive 
 or inflammatory diarrhoea (from cold, cold drinks or ices 
 when the body is overheated, checked perspiration, or 
 suppressed accustomed discharges); diarrhoea lienterica (or 
 discharges of unaltered food from arrest of the digestive 
 and assimilative functions) ; and summer-diarrhcea. 
 
 Symptoms. — Nausea, flatulence, griping pain in the bowels; 
 followed by loose motions, which may vary as regards con- 
 sistence — being fluid or watery; in their nature — slimy, 
 bilious, or bloody; and in their odor and color. Furred 
 tongue, foul breath, and acrid enictations, are generally 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE ALIlrfENTAET TRACK. 379 
 
 superadded. The circulation, breathing, and other functions 
 are usually unaffected. In summer-diarrhoea, the discharges 
 are chiefly bilious, and there are often violent pains in the 
 abdomen, cramps in the legs, and great prostration. 
 
 Causes. — 1. Over-repletion of the stomach may occasion 
 irritation and diarrhoea by the mere quantity of the aliment 
 introduced, but these results more commonly follow the 
 mixture of yarious kinds of food and drink in one meal. 
 2. Indigestible hinds of food. — Such are, especially, — sour, 
 unripe, or decaying fruits or vegetables; badly-cooked food; 
 fatty and rich food; various kinds of shell-fish; putrid or 
 diseased animal food. Numerous proofs have been often 
 furnished in the public journals that the flesh of diseased 
 animals is extensively sold for human food. 3. Impure 
 water, — contaminated with sewage or sewage gases, or with 
 decomposing animal matter, is almost certain to occasion 
 diarrhoea, especially in recent visitors to a neighbourhood 
 supplied with such water. 4. Atm,ospheric influences. — The 
 heat of summer, the hot days but chilly nights and morn- 
 ings oi autumn, are frequent exciting causes of diarrhoea; 
 so is the application of cold to the perspiring body, or the 
 sudden checking of perspiration. Hot weather is a frequent 
 exciting cause of diarrhoea, called on this account. Summer 
 or "English Cholera." Probably, to the influence of the 
 change of temperature — from the excessive heat of the day 
 to the cool of the evening in the autumnal months — may be 
 added that of bad drainage, and the impurities which then 
 exist in our rivers and springs. 5. Mental emotions. — The 
 depressing influences of fear or anxiety, or the violent ex- 
 citement of anger, are frequent exciting causes. "A sudden 
 fright," vrrites Sir Thomas Watson, " excites in many per- 
 sons the action of the bowels as certainly as, and much more 
 quickly than, a black-draught." 6. Functional or organic 
 disease. — Diarrhoea is often a symptom of other diseases 
 arising from local or constitutional causes, as in enteric 
 
380 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 fever; and in hectic fever, and phthisis, when it is called 
 colliquative diarrhoea, because it appears to melt down the 
 substance of the body; cachectic diarrhoea, as from chronic 
 malarious diseases; bilious diarrhoea, from excessive flow 
 of bile, as in hot weather or after passing a gall-stone. 
 Looseness of the bowels is a very common precursor of 
 cholera, when that disease is epidemic. 
 
 The irritation of teething in children is one of the most 
 frequent causes of diarrhoea, and it is generally observed 
 that teething children who have diarrhoea, are less liable to 
 serious illness than those who have constipated bowels. 
 
 Diarrhoea, also, usually comes on at the close of several 
 diseases, as some forms of fever, measles and consumption. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. Four is appropriate for 
 almost all forms of diarrhcea and loose bowels, and will 
 speedily control it. It may be given dry on the tongue, six 
 pellets at a dose, and repeat at intervals' of from an hour to 
 two or three hours, according to the urgency of the case. 
 Should the stools be loose, thin, watery, or urgent, and 
 especially if there should be some nausea or vomiting, the 
 Specifio No. Six should be given in alternation with No. 
 Four, as before directed. Should there be pain, griping, 
 or straining, showing a tendency to dysentery, the Specific 
 No. Five is appropriate, and may be given alone, or in 
 alternation with the No. Four. 
 
 Diet and general management. — Best and quiet are very 
 beneficial in all severe cases of diarrhcea. The patient 
 should avoid acids, coffee, and all highly seasoned or salted 
 articles of food; also, all fruit, eggs, oysters, and chicken or 
 veal. The diet should be: Stale bread, rice, hominy, oat- 
 meal, barley, or drinks m-ade from these; milk, thickened 
 with flour; or mutton-soup, thickened with rice or oat-meal. 
 As the appetite returns, the diet may be more liberal, but 
 still care and discretion should be exercised in the selection 
 of food until the disease is arrested. 
 
DISEASE AND TBEATMENT.— DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 381 
 
 Accessory Means. — The extremities should be kept warm, 
 and exposure to cold or wet avoided. Rest, in the recum- 
 bent posture, is desirable in acute cases. Severe griping 
 pains may be relieved by heated flannel applied to the ab- 
 domen, dry, or wrung out of hot wafer. A roll of flannel, 
 fitting moderately tight around the abdomen, is very com- 
 forting, and hastens the cure. Persons liable to diarrhaea 
 should always wear flannel abdominal-belts. Night air and 
 late hours predispose to attacks. Except in severe cases, 
 moderate out-of-door exercise should be taken daily. On 
 recovery relapse should be guarded against, by careful 
 avoidence of improper food, clothing, exposure, mental ex- 
 citement, or over-exertion. 
 
 Chronic Diarrhcea. — Is quite common in the hot climates 
 or where persons have been long subjected to unfavorable 
 influences of chmate, exposure or bad food. It is often, 
 also, the result of badly-cured fevers and diseases of the 
 liver, and a not rare result of an imperfectly cured dysen- 
 tery. It may also be the result of scrofulous disease of the 
 bowels, tubercular deposits, or degeneration of the follicu- 
 lar and mucous surface, or of ulceration. The stools vary 
 according to the seat, location, and character or nature of 
 the local degeneration from which they arise. They are 
 however, frequent, more or less liquid, sometimes muco- 
 purulent, or may at times be even blood-stained or mucus. 
 They are usually accompanied by general prostration, im- 
 paired digestion, emaciation, or other evidences of organic 
 disease. 
 
 Treatment. — The alternate use of Specifics No. Four and 
 No. Five have proved curative in numerous cases. Six 
 pellets may be given at a time, dry on the tongue, and re- 
 peated every four hours, in alternation. For diet, consul^ 
 Tfh&t is said under diarrhoea. 
 
382 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. ... ^ -, 
 
 CHOLERA. INFANTUM. 
 
 Few diseases are more destructive among young children 
 than Cholera Infantum. It prevails principally in our cities 
 and larger towns during the hot or summer season, and is 
 mostly confined to children under two years of age. It is 
 much more liable to attack those who are reared on the 
 bottle than those that nurse, and far more fatal or destruc- 
 tive among those who are iU fed, or are living in close, ill 
 ventUated or low rooms, and in the close streets, than 
 among those who have better or larger apartments, or purer 
 air. Oftentimes removal to free country air and the use of 
 pure, wholesome milk:, is sufficient to effect a cure. To 
 those who cannot remove to the country or to the sea side, 
 the riding on our rivers or bays, in a cool, well shaded boat, 
 is a precious resource. 
 
 Symptoms. — The disease generally commences in the form 
 of diarrhcea, with frequent, thin or watery stools, which are 
 whitish, yellowish or ash-grey, sometimes green or greenish, 
 having a very penetrating, peculiar "odor, or sometimes a 
 sourish or sweetish, fresh smeU. After a few days, and 
 sometimes from the first, nausea and vomiting is associated 
 with the diarrhcea. The stomach becomes very irritable, 
 vomiting everything that is taken, within a short time, so 
 that nothing seems to be retained. The stools become more 
 frequent or profuse, and the emaciation progresses from 
 day to day. There is usually decided thirst, either from 
 the beginning or after a few days, and the child eagerly 
 watches and greedily drinks of the proffered fluid, often 
 only to have it vomited up again, unless given in very small 
 quantities. Unless relieved, the stools increase in fre- 
 quency, or become only occasional, but are excessive in 
 quantity and offensive; the uneasiness, thirst and vomiting 
 increase; the emaciation progresses; wrinkles form about 
 the nates; the neck becomes thin; the skin hangs in folds 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 383 
 
 about the arms and legs; the face is sallow, pale and 
 shrunken, and the features have an old look; the eyes be- 
 come dull, and the patient sinks into a stupid slumber, or 
 glides into an " encephalaid " condition which, after a day or 
 two, closes the scene. 
 
 Sometimes the attack is much more sudden, the child 
 from the beginning having vomiting and repeated thin, 
 watery stools, with rapid sinking and collapse of the system. 
 In the first case the disease may run from three to twelve 
 weeks, until the child is reduced to a skeleton; or in the 
 latter, or more acute attack, the patient may sink in three 
 or four days. 
 
 Treatment. — ^In the treatment of this disease the diet and 
 air of the patient are of first importance. Children who 
 nurse have a much better chance than those brought up by 
 hand, and goat's milk is often better than that of cows, 
 especially for very feeble children. Good, healthy, country 
 air, by preference in an elevated region, or at the sea side, 
 and fresh-drawn cow's mUk are usually the best sources of 
 restoration, and place the system in the best position to be 
 aided by medicine. 
 
 At the first indication of Diaeehcea, or relaxed bowels, 
 give Specific No. Four — two pellets, which may be given 
 dry in the mouth, and repeated every two hours — and this 
 medicine may be continued through the entire course of 
 the disease, prolonging the intervals between the doses as 
 the patient improves, or even giving it every hour if the 
 stools are as often, or are very frequent. When we have 
 diarrhoea remember to avoid all acids, fruits, tea, coffee, 
 eggs, oysters, chicken or veal, or soup made from them, but 
 use milk, thickened, if need be, with flour, or rice water, or 
 farina. If the child nurses let it be confined to the breast 
 as far as possible, recurring to the above only as auxiliaries. 
 
 If the stomach has become irritable, the child vomiting or 
 nauseated, throwing up its food or drink from time to time, 
 
3 4 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 the Specitic No. Six is demanded, and should be prepared 
 by dissolving twelve pellets in six teaspoonsful of water, in a 
 glass, of which, after well stirring, a spoonful should be 
 given every hour, and this should be continued until the 
 vomiting and nausea are allayed. Should the diarrhoea 
 continue, and the nausea or vomiting be only abated, but 
 not entirely subdued, and more especially if the stools are 
 quite large, thin or watery, then give the two above men- 
 tioned Specifics in alternation, at intervals of one or two 
 hours, according to the urgency of the symptoms, giving 
 two pellets of No. Four, dry one time, and a spoonful of 
 the solution of No. Six the next time, and so on in alter- 
 natioUj^ so long as the condition requires. Care must be 
 taken in this irritable condition of the stomach not to give 
 the child food or drink too often, or too much at a time. Give 
 a few spoonsful, or let it nurse a few moments, then after 
 one or two hours give again, for the stomach often retains 
 a few spoonsful when a larger quantity is rejected, thus in- 
 creasing the irritability. 
 
 If the child moans, frets and worries, is sleepless or 
 tossing about, you can interpose occasionally, as an inter- 
 current remedy, a few pellets of Speoiho No. Three with 
 advantage. 
 
 DYSENTERY. 
 
 Dysentery generally prevails in the late summer and fall 
 of the year, when the days are hot and the nights cool. It 
 is often epidemic, but may be induced by exposure to drafts 
 of air, over-exertion, sitting on the damp or cold ground, 
 use of acid or unripe fruits, or stale fruits and vegetables, 
 melons, cucumbers, etc. 
 
 Catises.— "I believe dysentery to be caused by the action 
 of a poison in the blood having a peculiar affinity for the 
 glandular structures of the large intestine. This poison I 
 
DISEASE AND T&EATMENi?. — DJS. OF THE ALIMJajTAEY TRACK. 385 
 
 believe to be a malaria generated in the soil bj the decom- 
 position of organic matter" (Maclean). The efluvia from 
 dysenteric stools are infectious, and, consequently, are a 
 cause of the disease. 
 
 It is liable to attack all ages and both sexes, but is more 
 dangerous for infants, children, the aged, and females 
 generally, than for men. 
 
 An attack of dysentery is usually preceded for some days, 
 or in some cases only for a few hours, by precursory symp- 
 toms, such as: Sense of general depression, pains in the 
 neck, back, or limbs, headache, loss of appetite, chilliness, 
 heat, transient sweats, nausea or vomiting. Gradually 
 there are colic pains passing about the bowels, in the navel 
 region, and along the course of the colon; rumbling, and a 
 feeling as if there was some foreign body low down in the 
 rectum, producing an inclination to stool, and diarrhoea, or 
 in some cases constipation. 
 
 The disease is characterized by pains in the abdomen, 
 which pass from the navel region to the right, then up and 
 across the abdomen and down the left side, and extending 
 towards the rectum, terminate by producing the tenesmus, 
 or urgent desire for stool. Usually these pains and tenes- 
 mus precede every stool, and often remain quite a time 
 after it, and so there may be an almost incessant urging to 
 stool, caused by the swelling and irritation of the rectum. 
 This feeling of tenesmus or straining, a violent constriction 
 of the rectum, is a characteristic of the disease. The stools 
 are very frequent, often twelve, twenty-four, fifty, or more 
 in the twenty-four hours. Sometimes the urgency is so| 
 constant that the patient can scarcely leave the vessel. The 
 quantity is very small, often not more than a spoonful, and 
 consists of mucus, fluid, or coagulated blood, more or less 
 mixed with greenish or mucus masses, or membranous clots 
 like scrapings of the intestines, with little or no fecal matter. 
 Often there is fever, thirst, headache, hot, dry skin, acceler- 
 
386 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 ated pulse, diminislied urine, sleeplessness, and the ab- 
 domen is painful to contact. 
 
 The disease may continue eight or ten days, and termin- 
 ate in recovery by the remission of the colic and tenesmus, 
 stools becoming less frequent, more copious and feculent, 
 warm perspiration, quiet and sleep coming on; or it may 
 end fatally, with increase of violent symptoms, until peri- 
 tonitis, or a typhus condition sets in. Under our treatment 
 it is rarely fatal, except in quite you-ng children, and gener- 
 ally terminates in health in four or six days. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specipic No. Five is the appropriate 
 remedy, and may be administered, if the stools are quite 
 frequent, as often as every twenty or thirty minutes, in 
 doses of six pellets for adults, dissolved in a small spoonful 
 of water. Should there be considerable fever, thirst and 
 restlessness, the SPEcnrio No. One may be given in alter- 
 nation with No. Five, at the same intervals and doses until 
 the fever is subdued, when the No. Five should be con- 
 tinued alone, at intervals of from half an hour, to an hour, 
 diminishing the frequency of the doses as the disease is 
 subdued. 
 
 Diet and Ejsgimen. — When the disease comes on, the 
 patient should at once keep quiet; avoid exercise or labor 
 of any kind; if possible, lie down, and confine himself 
 strictly, during the whole course of the disease, to a por- 
 ridge made of milk and flour well cooked, or to farina 
 gruel, or rice-water and boiled rice. No vegetables or fruit 
 can be allowed, nor meat, nor meat-broths; and spirits, or 
 stimulants of any kind, are absolute poisons. Use no other 
 medicines of any kind. Opium only conceals the disease 
 by quieting the pain and evacuations, while the hidden 
 disease rages more destructively. 
 
 During the disease, if the evacuations are very frequent 
 and the tenesmus or straining very distressing and painful, 
 occasional injections of thin starch may be given, or the 
 
DISEASE AND lEEATMENT. DIS. OF THE ALIMENTAEY TEACK. 387 
 
 patient may have aai occasional seat-bath of tepid water. 
 This .course strictly followed will rarely fail to afford decided 
 relief in from twelve to twenty-four hours, and an entire 
 cure wDl follow in four or six days. 
 
 CONSTIPATION.— (Cos^we bowels). 
 
 This condition can scarcely be called a disease. It is 
 mainly a symptom of some morbid condition of the system, 
 upon the removal of which, this inconvenience is relieved. 
 In many cases it is habitual, the stools are hard, dry and 
 infrequent, which indeed often indicates a more healthy and 
 vigorous condition of the system than a diarrhoea, or even 
 soft, frequent stools. The philosophy of the condition itself 
 is but little understood. The fecal matter is a secretion, 
 and as this is eliminated, it passes into the common recep- 
 tacle, the rectum, and there remains until the irritation 
 caused by its presence, or the evolutions of the system, 
 occasion its expulsion in the form of feces. Whether this 
 expulsion shall occur every twelve, twenty-four, forty-eight, 
 or sixty hours, or six days; or, as I have known in one case, 
 fourteen or sixteen weeks, depends altogether upon cir- 
 cumstances. The fact of an undue or unnatural accumu- 
 lation or retention, does not of itself constitute disease. It 
 is an inconvenience, and may or may not occasion disease; 
 or it may be occasioned by a morbid condition of the 
 system. "Whenever the morbid condition is relieved, the 
 bowels will of themselves act naturally, and the retention 
 wiU be relieved. 
 
 The difficulty itself is usually greatly aggravated by the 
 means employed to cure it. Cathartic or aperient medicines 
 may move the bowels for the time. But after the first ope- 
 ration is exhausted, the reaction of the system recurs, and 
 the bowels are more constipated than before. Then new 
 and larger doses, and stronger and more active medicine* 
 
§68 HOMEOPATHIC JIENtOK. 
 
 are used, until an almost incurable condition is induced. 
 It should be remembered that cathartics are always in- 
 jurious in cases of habitual constipation, the disease often 
 originating in dryness and irritation of the lining of tha 
 intestinal track, the very condition which cathartics en- 
 gender and sustain. It may be safely averred that no case 
 of habitual constipation was ever cured by cathartic medi- 
 cines, while thousands of cases have been aggravated or 
 rendered incurable by them. In one condition the operation 
 of a cathartic or laxative medicine is allowable; when 
 some hurtful or indigestible substance has been taken into 
 the system, which does not pass off, and by its presence 
 causes irritation, fever, pain, convulsions or other incon- 
 venience. In such cases, a spoonful of castor oil acts as a 
 prompt laxative, and removes the oifending substance with- 
 out drugging or medicating the system, and is altogether 
 the safest and most efficient remedy. An enema, of simple 
 water, may always be resorted to in emergency, or may be 
 taken daily until the Specific has had time to affect the 
 system. 
 
 Teeatment. — Persons subject to constipation will gener- 
 ally find some form of indigestion connected with it, and 
 on the removal of this, the constipation wiE vanish. But 
 they should, moreover, be careful in regard to diet; eat 
 slowly, masticate the food sufficiently, choose relaxing ar- 
 ticles of diet, fruits, wheaten grits, coarse bread, farina, 
 puddings of rice, bread, and sauce of prunes, peaches, or 
 plums. Use fresh beef, mutton, or lamb, and soups made 
 of them, avoiding salted meats, cheese, rice, and bread or 
 crackers made of superfine flour. Cold water should be 
 used freely, and a glass drank on going to bed and on rising 
 eaich morning, are important auxiliaries. At times, consti- 
 pation has been induced and sustained by an insufficient 
 degree of heat in the bowels, and this has been corrected 
 by wearing ajlannel swathing around the bovxls. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OP THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 389 
 
 Lastly, the habit of going to stool every morning should 
 be formed and persisted in; go regularly, and wait a certain 
 time, if at first, fruitlessly. With these helps, and the use 
 of the Specific No. Ten, six pellets dissolved in water and 
 taken each morning and at night, the difficulty will- soon be 
 overcome, and regular, healthy evacuations established. 
 
 PILES— HEMOKRHOmS. 
 
 This troublesome and frequently obstinate disease is 
 very common. The symptoms are varied according to the 
 character of the disease and the stage of its development. 
 Most commonly there are discharges of blood from time to 
 time from the anus, more frequently during a hard stool; 
 but in some cases the blood may be discharged at other 
 times, and frequently in quite large quantities, often 
 attended with a feehng of relief. Tumors are frequently 
 formed about the anus, or within the rectum, which come 
 down or are protruded at every stool. They may be smaU, 
 bluish, filbert or walnut size, or even much larger, single or 
 grouped in clusters; sometimes painless, but often inflamed, 
 painful and tender; and they may remain dry, or discharge, 
 forming either mucus or bleeding piles. In some cases a 
 violent itching and irritation within the rectum seems to 
 be the predominant characteristic of the disease. During 
 what is termed an attack of piles, the patient has a sense of 
 fuUness and heaviness of the abdomen, pain in the lower 
 part of the back, fullness of the head or headache, failing 
 appetite or indigestion, which ie relieved often after a dis- 
 charge of blood from the tumors. 
 
 Causes. — Predisposing are — a general plethoric condition 
 of the system, or any circumstances which determine blood 
 to, or impede its return from, the rectum; such are seden- 
 tary habitH; luxurious living, especially the use of highly- 
 seasoned food, wines and spirits; tight-lacing; pregnancy; 
 
390 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 confined bowels; and disease of the liver. Besidence in 
 moist, warm and relaxing climates; soft, warm beds oi 
 cushions, and over-excitement of the sexual organs, may 
 also be classed among predisposing causes. The exciting 
 caiises include anything which irritates the lower bowel, 
 such as straining at stool, hard riding, and the use of drastic 
 purgatives, especially Aloes and Rhvharb. 
 
 Probably the most potent causes of this disease are the 
 indolent and luxurious habits of the wealthy, which, by 
 diminishing tone, occasion plethora and a tendency to ab- 
 dominal congestion. Accordingly we find piles much more 
 prevalent among the wealthy than among the industrial 
 and frugal classes. 
 
 Age and sex appear to exercise considerable influence on 
 this disease. In early life, it is probably much more fre- 
 quent in young men than in young women. The compara- 
 tive exemption of young women is readily accounted for by 
 the regular action of the catamenial function, which prob- 
 ably obviates congestion that might otherwise occur. At a 
 later period, after the cessation of the menses, or during 
 the pressure of the gravid uterus in pregnancy, congestion 
 is apt to occur in certain neighbouring organs, and so give 
 rise to piles. 
 
 It is common for old school treatment to excise these 
 tumors in attempting a radical case. This only disposes of 
 the results of the disease, leaving the causes still at work; 
 and the consequence is that the tumors form again, either 
 at the same place, but more frequently higher up, and in a 
 more difficult and inaccessible locality. Our treatment re- 
 quires no such expedients, as we possess the means of reach- 
 ing the disease at its source, and of permanently curing it, 
 
 Tkeatment. — Persons subject to piles, should take much 
 care in regard to diet. A fit of indigestion often brings on 
 an attack of pUes; hence, use easily digested, relaxing food, 
 use some care in the selection of food, and much care in 
 
)n. 
 
 DISEASE AND TREATMENT. —DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TEACK. 391 
 
 properly masticating it. Graham bread, or that made of 
 unbolted or coarse flour is best, and so is the free use of 
 wheaten grits, farina, and other relaxing food. For medi- 
 cine, the Specific No. Seventeen, six pellets, three times 
 per day — morning, noon and night — for cases of chronic 
 piles. If there is dyspepsia or indigestion also, the Specifio 
 b. Ten may be given in alternation. Thus, taking six 
 pellets of Specific No. Seventeen before breakfast and 
 supper, and the same of No. Ten before dinner and at bed- 
 time with the No. Seventeen. Should there be an attack 
 of pUes, the tumors becoming swelled, painful and tender, 
 the Specifics No. One and No. Seventeen should be 
 given in alternation, each dissolved in water, six pellets in 
 a large spoonful, and administered every one or two hours 
 until relief is afforded, then go on with the No. Seven- 
 teen for a permanent cure. Should there be bleeding of. 
 internal piles, the above wiU. be proper and promptly 
 efficient treatment. 
 
 For an application to the part, during an attack of piles 
 the Maevel of Heaxino is the best, that can be made; 
 simply saturate a' cloth of suitable size with the Marvel 
 and apply it to the part, and keep it in place by means of 
 a T-bandage (that is a belt around the loins just above the 
 hips, to which a band is attached at the back and brought 
 up between the thighs and fastened to the belt forward). 
 The cloth saturated in the Marvel may be removed from 
 time to time as it gets hot or dry, and the part thus kept 
 saturated with the Marvel. The Marvel is best, but an 
 application of cold water is frequently beneficial. When 
 the piles are external, or can be readily reached, Humphreys' 
 Witch Hazel Oil applied night and morning, or in- 
 jected, if they are far up, is the sovereign remedy, and has 
 cured thousands of the most inveterate cases. Simply 
 apply the oil with the end of the finger say three times per 
 day and take in chronic cases the Specifici No. Seventeen 
 
393 HOMEOPATmO MENTOB. 
 
 four times per day, six pellets at a dose and the disease -will 
 soon show an improTement which with good habits may be 
 continued to the point of cure. 
 
 PEOLAPSUS ANI.— {Falling of the bovxl). 
 
 Definition. — A protrusion of the mucous lining of the 
 rectum through the anal orifice, after the action of the 
 bowel. 
 
 This affection is not uncommon in children, and is occa- 
 sionally met with in adults. It is generally the result of 
 straining while at stool, in connection with a weakness or 
 relaxed condition of the sphincter of the rectum. Some- 
 times the parts are protruded several inches, and in other 
 cases but slightly, and readily return of themselves. When 
 the protrusion does not return of itself, as is sometimes the 
 case in children, the child should be laid upon its side, and 
 the part gently presaged upon with the hand which has been 
 oUed, or with a cloth wet in cold water, or oil or soft lard; 
 and the pressure continued gently until the part has been 
 returned to its place. 
 
 In severe cases, the protrusion takes place from walking, 
 riding, or even too long standing, and can only be replaced 
 with difficulty. 
 
 To prevent a recurrence of the prolapsus, the Specific No. 
 Ten, six pellets at night, and the No. Tllirty-Five, six 
 peliets each morning, wiU be the proper remedies. The 
 same treatment is proper for chronic tendency to prolapsus. 
 If the prolapsus occurs in the course of diarrhoea, the cure 
 of the diarrhoea will also arrest the prolapsus. 
 
 LIVER COMPLAINT. 
 
 This disease may be divided into the acute and chronic 
 forms, the latter, however, is generally known by the name 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE ALIMENTARY TRACK. 333 
 
 of liver complaint, althougli a careful examination of the 
 disease, will many times reveal the fact, that the real disease 
 is rather in the stomach and bowels than the liver. In some 
 cases the liver itself may have become implicated, and may 
 become properly the subject of treatment. Consult Chronic 
 ■ Inflammation of ike Liver. 
 
 HEPATITIS.— (.4cMfe Inflammation of the Liver). 
 
 This disease is more common in the Southern States of 
 the Union and in tropical climates, than in the Northern or 
 Middle States. In the Southern States, the use of fat and 
 heavy food, exposures to heavj' dews or damps in the even- 
 ing, and the powerful rays of the sun by day, are among 
 its most frequent exciting causes. It may also be caused 
 by violent mental emotions, the use of stimulants or ardent 
 spirits, suddenly suppressed evacuations, violent emetics 
 or purgatives, the abuse of mercury, gaU-stones, external 
 lesions, or even injury of the brain. 
 
 The symptoms differ according to the seat of the inflam- 
 aiation. When the outer or convex surface of the liver is 
 inflamed, the symptoms closely resemble those of pleurisy; 
 there is usually a violent burning pain in the right hypo- 
 chondrium or liver region, sometimes resembling stitches, 
 at others burning, shooting to the breast-bone, the shoulder- 
 blade, or the point of the shoulder, or the right arm; sen- 
 sation of numbness or tingling in the arm of that side, the 
 pain increased by inspiration; a dry, short cough, and 
 symptoms of acute fever; bowels irregular, generally con- 
 stipated, and stools in most cases of an unnatural color. In 
 this form of the disease, the patient can only lie on the left 
 Bide. When the seat of the inflammation is upon the inner 
 vr concave surface of the liver, the pain is much less, and 
 the patient complains rather of a sensation of pressure than 
 of actual pain, but the entire biliary system is much more 
 
394 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 involved. The eyes and face become yellow, as in case of 
 jaundice; the urine is orange-colored, the evacuations 
 mostly hard, and generally of a whitish or clay color. We 
 also find bitter taste in the mouth, vomiting and distress in 
 the region of the liver. The patient can only lie on the 
 right side. The fever is usually high also. 
 
 Inflammation of the liver, unless properly treated, is 
 liable to assume a chronic form, and may also terminate in 
 suppuration, and the matter may burrow into the lungs or 
 the intestinal tract; or may form a vomica or point and dis- 
 charge externally; or it may form indurations or other 
 alterations of structure in the Uver, or may result in the 
 formation of adhesions. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. One is the proper remedy 
 from the first, and should be continued either alone or in 
 alteration with some other Specific, untU the disease is sub- 
 dued. Dissolve twelve pellets in sis spoonsful of water, 
 and of this give a large spoonful every hour for the first 
 twenty-four or forty-eight hours, or untU the fever is mostly 
 subdued, and pain and distress relieved. Then prepare 
 the SpEorFic No. Ten in the same manner, and give the 
 two medicines in alternation, at intervals of two hours, until 
 the disease is subdued and convalescence established. 
 
 The diet should be the same as in fevers or other inflam- 
 mations: toast- water, thin gruel of corn-meal or oat-meal, 
 milk-toast or light meat-soups, according to the stage of 
 the disease. 
 
 LIVEE COMPLAINT— CHRONIC INFLAMMATION OF 
 THE LIVER— ENLARGEMENT OF THE LIVER. 
 
 There are numerous morbid conditions of the liver which 
 are popularly known as liver complaint, such as, enlarge- 
 ment, softening, abscesses, adhesion with adjacent organs, 
 or other results of acute inflammation. "What passes as 
 
DISEASE AOT) TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE AUMENTAET TRACK. 395 
 
 dyspepsia, is often some morbid condition or degeneration 
 of the liver. 
 
 The symptoms of chronic inflammation of the liver are 
 essentially those of acute inflammation, with the distinction 
 of their duration, and their being less clearly expressed 
 and their slower progress; and fever also only comes on 
 after the disease has made considerable progress. The 
 usual symptoms are as follows: "Weight in the stomach after 
 eating, flatulence, cramp of the stomach, acid eructuations, 
 nausea, sometimes bilious vomiting, loss of appetite or 
 canine hunger, thirst, whitish dry tongue, bitter taste, 
 feeling of heat, heaviness, fullness or dull pain in the region 
 of the liver and epigastrium, and tenderness of these 
 regions on pressure; sometimes the pain is wanting or 
 comes at irregular iatervals, or is increased by exercise or 
 filling the stomach; often sympathetic pains in the right 
 shoulder, wandering pains in the limbs, alternating with 
 those in the liver region; feeling of numbness or of para- 
 lysis in the lower extremities. There is often distention of 
 the liver region; protrusion of the liver down below the 
 false ribs, especially in a sitting or upright position of the 
 body; difficult lying on the left or on either side; consti- 
 pation, feces hard, without bile, clay or putty -like; some- 
 times diarrhoea, dark-mixed Uke tea-grounds, or flocculent 
 stools; not unfrequently, vomiting of dark, adhesive, coa- 
 gulated blood. The urine is thick, yellowish, oily, or scant, 
 with thick sediment; often dry, hollow cough, with inability 
 to take a deep inspiration; yellow or an earthy pale com- 
 plexion, but in some cases there is not a trace of jaundice 
 present. Usually there is mental depression and despond- 
 ency, unquiet sleep or sleeplessness. In the latter stages 
 the pulse, which up to this period had been slower than in 
 the normal condition, becomes feverish towards evening. 
 The disease often makes but slow progress, continuing for 
 years, with frequent pauses at irregular iotervalg. 
 
396 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Treatment.— The Specific No. Ten is generally the best 
 remedy, and may be taken in portions of six pellets, dry on 
 the tongue, before each meal and on going to rest at night. 
 Should there be at any time heat, fever or swelling, or ten- 
 derness of the region of the liver, the gpEcmo No. One 
 should be administered in fluid form, six pellets every two 
 hours, as directed for acute inflammation of this organ. 
 Aside from this, the use of Specific No. Ten should be 
 relied upon for a permanent cure of this disease. Diet as 
 for Dyspepsia. 
 
 IGTEEUS.— (Jaundice). 
 
 This disease is well known, and may occur to persons at 
 all ages of life. It may continue for weeks, or even months, 
 and there are some who are quite subject to such attacks. 
 The disease generally commences with some form of indi- 
 gestion, such as: Loss of appetite, somnolence, constant 
 drowsy, "full feeling, giddiness or swimming of the head, 
 flatulence, nausea, vomiting, and there is some degree of 
 tension or sense of pressure in the region of the liver. 
 Gradually the face and skin, and especially the whites of 
 the eyes become yellow, and in some cases the skin becomes 
 dark-brown, or even black, giving rise to the appellation of 
 "black jaundice;" the urine becomes orange-colored, and 
 the feces whitish, clay, or putty-like, and there may be pain 
 in the region of the liver. There is also frequently a very 
 disagreeable tingling of the skin. It is likewise attended 
 with more or less depression of spirits and loss of strength, 
 In general there is but little fever, but in severe cases there 
 may be an unusual amount of fever, with a tendency to the 
 brain, producing a sort of stupid sleep, from which the pa- 
 tient is aroused with difficulty. This condition may be 
 considered dangerous, as a fatal result may follow from 
 oppression of the cerebral organs. 
 
DlStASE AND TlSEA^MENt. — MS. OF THE A^JVJSrftAE-f USACK. 397 
 
 Causes. — Jaundice may be produced: 1. By some impedi- 
 ment to the flow of bUe into the duodenum, and the conse» 
 quent absorption of the retained bile; and 2. by defective 
 secretion on the part of the liver, so that the constituents 
 of the bile are not separated from the blood. Pressure of 
 the enlarged womb in pregnancy, or the growth of tumors, 
 causing obstruction of the gaU-ducts, are also occasional 
 causes. But sedentary occupations, mental anxiety, and high 
 living, are probably the most frequent. 
 
 Gall- Stones. — A not uncommon impediment to the flow 
 of bile is the impaction of a gall-stone in the natural channels 
 of the bUe. A gaU-stone consists of bile in a crystalline 
 fonp, the solvent properties having been released. The 
 pain attending the passage of gaU-stones is very severe; 
 comes on suddenly, with paroxysm, often accompanied by 
 Vomiting, hiccough, etc. ; is constant for a time, and termin- 
 ates suddenly, and is thus distinguished from Colic, and by 
 the pains being of a more local character, and in the site of 
 the gaU-duct. 
 
 When the disease has been caused from some unusual 
 emotion, it may come on very suddenly, but in general it 
 comes on in a very gradual, and not unfrequently, unob- 
 served manner. It mav be caused by acute or chronic 
 inflammation of the liver; or from diseases of the stomach, 
 or other portions of the intestinal track; blows upon the 
 head, or in the region of the liver, may produce the disease; 
 also moral emotions, or violent fits of passion; the in- 
 ordinate use of chamomile tea, quinine, rhubarb, calomel, 
 or mercury, may also be mentioned as causes, as these agents 
 often tend to obstruct the biliary duct. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics No. One and No. Ten are 
 the proper remedies. In slight cases, six pellets of No. 
 One each morning, and six pellets of No. Ten before each 
 meal and at night wiU be sufficient. Should the disease be 
 more decided and well marked, and the patient have some 
 
398 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 degree of feTer, the two remedies mentioned may be tal^eu 
 in alternation, six pellets every two hours until amendment 
 occurs, and then at somewhat longer intervals until the 
 disease is cured. 
 
 The diet should be of easily-digested food, free from con- 
 diments or stimulants of any kind, and may consist chiefly 
 of chicken or veal soup, with stale bread, tapioca, sago or 
 rice, and gruels made of arrow-root, corn-starch or farina. 
 The drink should be principally water, and all stimulating 
 or tonic bitters made of cider, barks, or wine, should be 
 avoided, and especially all indigestible food, such as eggs, 
 butter, fat-meats, milk, etc. 
 
 ■ AccESsoET Means. — Flannel squeezed after immersion in 
 hot water, or a hot hip-bath, relieves j)ain. Jaundice from 
 inactivity and chronic congestion of the liver requires 
 change of air and scene, travelling, daily walking, or horse- 
 exercise, regular and temperate habits, and the use of the 
 abdominal compress. 
 
DISEASES OF THE URINARY SYSTEM. 
 
 AliBUMINUEIA. 
 
 This is defined as a morbid condition of the urine, 
 symptomatic of renal disease, but not always a result of it; 
 and manifested by the presence of albumen. 
 
 Albuminuria is not Bright's disease. But it is always 
 associated with it, and it may exist prior to and inde- 
 pendently of any renal disease. If there is neither blood or 
 pus in the urine, and nevertheless it is coagulable in even 
 a slight degree, thus indicating the presence of albumen, it 
 does not follow that there is any structural change in the 
 substance of the kidney. It may be a symptom of several 
 diseases or conditions and may even be a consequence of 
 cold bathing. It may occur in febrUe or inflammatory 
 diseases; dyspepsia; excessive albuminous diet, as eggs; 
 prolonged or very frequent cold bathing, by repressi n; the 
 cutaneous secretion increases the blood pressure of internal 
 organs, and so may produce degeneration in the structure 
 of the kidneys. Occasional bathers are more likely to suffer 
 than active swimmers. The symptoms are, that the quan- 
 tity, color and density of the urine is natural, and yet it 
 coagulates by heat or nitric acid. 
 
 Treatment. — ^When associated with inflammatory disease 
 or cold bathing, give Specific No. One, six pellets before 
 meals and at bed time. If from dyspepsia use Specific No. 
 Ten in the same manner. If chronic the Specific No. 
 Twenty- Seven at the same intervals and doses will be 
 lound effective. 
 
400 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR 
 
 NEPHRITIS.— (Jn/a»Mn<rftbn (f the Kidneys). 
 
 This disease is kaown by a pungent aching pain in the 
 small of the back, on one side, generally the left, alongside 
 of the spine, in the region of the kidneys. The pain is 
 constant, and but slightly increased by contact or pressure, 
 extending forward and downward along the course of the 
 ureter. The secretion of urine is diminished when only 
 one kidney is affected, and even entirely arrested in those 
 rare cases where both are involved. There is frequent 
 urging to urination, pain in the urethra, especially at the 
 neck of the bladder during urination, sometimes even 
 cramps of the bladder, and hence difficulty in voiding it 
 The urine is dark red, and often shows traces of blood. 
 Not unfrequently the bladder becomes involved, and occa- 
 sions a permanent constriotive pain in that region, which is 
 increased by contact or pressnre over the part. There is 
 h'kewise nausea or even actual vomiting; sharp, decided 
 fever, usually commencing with a severe chiU, followed by 
 heat; dry, hot skin; coated tongue; extreme thirst; fuU, 
 hard, tense pulse. 
 
 The disease is rather rare, but it may arise in conse- 
 quence of gout, or renal calcuh, or be occasioned by a fall, 
 or injury in the kidney region; or by suppression of the 
 hemorrhoidal or menstrual flow; or by the use of certain 
 medicines, such as squills, cantharides, turpentine, etc. 
 
 Tkeatment. — If there is considerable fever, the treatment 
 may commence with the Specifio No. One, of which six 
 pellets may be dissolved in water and given every half-hour 
 for three or four hours. Then the Speoitic No. Thirty 
 may be given in alternation with it at the same intervals. 
 Dissolve twelve pellets of each of No. One and of No. 
 Thirty, in six spoonsful of water, in separate glasses, and 
 of these give every hour a spoonful in alternation, until the 
 fever has abated; then substitute the No. Twenty-Seven 
 
DlSfiASli AND TEEATMENT. — MS. Oi IfiE fjElilAilY SYSTEM. 401 
 
 for the No. One, and so continue these two (No. Tiventy- 
 Seven and No. Thirty) in alternation, at increasing 
 intervals as the disease improves, until convalescence is 
 established. The diet should be the same as in fevers or 
 inflammation; only light soups, gruels, toast, etc., and 
 wine, malt-liquor or other stimulants should be strictly 
 avoided. 
 
 HEIGHT'S DISEASE OF THE KIDNEY. 
 
 This disease has become better understood of late years, 
 and has attracted much attention from its persistent <!ha- 
 racter and the number of its victims. It has several forms, 
 which may be included in an inflammation of one or both 
 kidneys producing a morbid condition of the gland and its 
 secretions. 
 
 The symptoms of Acute Nephkitis, or Acute Beight's 
 Kidney are: Anasarca of the upper as well as the lower 
 parts of the body; the face, hands, as well as the fast are 
 puffy and swollen; febrile symptoms; a dry, harsh skin; 
 quick, hard pulse; thirst; and often sickness from sympathy 
 with the stomach or kidneys. The skin is tense with infil- 
 tration of serous fluid through the subcutaneous aveolar 
 tissue, but is not doughy, does not pit. Frequent passage 
 of urine, which is scanty, high colored, or smoky looking, 
 albuminous and of high specific gravity. Examined by 
 the microscope, blood corpuscles may be seen in it, and 
 granular casts of the minute tubes of the kidneys, the kid- 
 neys themselves being in an active state of congestion if 
 not of inflammation. Tested by heat or nitric acid the 
 urine will deposit albumen. This condition has been called 
 desquamative nephritis, from the rapid separation of epi- 
 thelium which goes on. These renal symptoms are some- 
 times complicated with pleurisy, pericarditis, or peritonitis. 
 It is frequently the effect^ of fever, especiaMy scarlet fever 
 
402 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 generally coming on in its later stages; exposure to wet and 
 cold; action of irritating drugs, alcohol, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics No. One and No. Thirty 
 wiU generally be found effective. Dissolve twelve pellets of 
 each in six spoonsful of water in separate glasses, of which 
 give a spoonful once in three or four hours, alternately, 
 according to the urgency of the case. Give the patient a 
 milk diet, and mostly vegetable food. 
 
 CHEONIC NEPHEITIS. BRIGHT'S KTDNE'y. 
 
 Symptoms. — Debility, general impairment of health, and 
 pallor of the surface, coming on insidiously with pain in the 
 loins and frequent desire to pass water, particularly at 
 night, the quantity at first being increased. The patient's 
 face becomes pallid, pasty, and cedematous or puffy, so that 
 the features are flattened; and there is lose of appetite, acid 
 eructations, nausea, and frequent sickness, which nothing in 
 his diet wiQ account for. The urine wiU be found to be of 
 less specific gravity than natural; it is also albuminous and 
 coagulates by heat or nitric acid. There is most albumen 
 in the beginning of the dis ase, as the kidneys are then more 
 congested, and towards the last it is heavier and may go 
 down to 1.004, and the quantity becomes very small. At 
 first, the urine may be very dark or smoky color, from con- 
 taining blood corpuscles; but it afterwards becomes paler. 
 The kidney itself becomes large and white. 
 
 The disease progresses slowly; but sooner or later there 
 is anemia in consequence of the blood losing its albumen, 
 and so is incapable of producing or maintaining the floating 
 cells characteristic of healthy blood, (Edema of the feet 
 and ankles is present; and, in advanced stages, there may be 
 ascites or general dropsy. But dropsy is not invariably a 
 marked symptom of this disease, and in some cases is 
 scarcely observed. Death arises from urcemia, an accumu- 
 
DISEASE AND TEEA'J-MlSNT. — MS. Of THE UHmART SYSTEM. 403 
 
 lation of urine in the blood, from the kidneys being unable 
 to excrete it. Urea acts as a poison to the brain, producing 
 delirium, convulsion and coma, of which latter the patient 
 dies. Sometimes from the ursemic poisoning of the blood, 
 inflammation of a serous membrane arises, especially peri- 
 carditis or endocarditis, inducing valvular disease of the 
 heart, and then the patient becomes extremely dropsical 
 and is carried off by asphyxia from complication of heart 
 and kidney disease. 
 
 Chronic nephritis often foUows acute nephritis; or it may 
 result from bad living, intemperance, constant exposure to 
 wet, struma, gout. Painters, plumbers, and workers in lead 
 are very liable to the disease. Both kidneys are usually 
 affected, probably from defective assimilation or some 
 change of nutrition. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifics most appropriate in the more 
 chronic form of this disease are the No. Twenty- Seven 
 and the No. Thirty. They may usually be given in doses 
 of six pellets and repeated one dose every three or four 
 hours, in alternation, and wUl be more effective if each is 
 given dissolved in a spoonful of water. Should the dropsy 
 . be extreme, the Specifio No. Tiventy-Five may be sub- 
 stituted for No. Thirty with advantage, and thus the 
 iNfo. Twenty- Five and No. Twenty- Seven be given 
 ia alternation. "When patients are yet about and able to 
 attend to their business the medicines may be taken dry, 
 six pellets at a dose and repeated four times per day. 
 
 Diet aot) Accessoey Means. — Brilliant results have been 
 obtained by an exclusively milk diet, when other treatment 
 has failed; an adult sometimes taking as much as a gallon' 
 in twenty-four hours. It may be taken cold or tepid and 
 from half a pint to a pint at a time. A vegetable diet is 
 likewise recommended. Warm baths and vapour baths 
 are beneficial in lessening the dropsy and promoting the 
 healthy function of the skin. If there should be much 
 
404 HOMisoPATiiic MfeKfoH. 
 
 anemia, warm baths should be used with discretion. Warm 
 clothing, woollen garments, favor the free action of the skin; 
 and chills and cold draughts should be guarded against. 
 By such means and the action of appropriate specifics 
 patients suffering from chronic kidney disease may be spared 
 in reasonable health for many years, enjoying the pleasures 
 and fulfilling the duties of life. 
 
 CYBTITIB.— {Inflammation of the Bladder). 
 
 This disease is not very common in its more severe forms, 
 but in its slighter manifestations, is not unfrequently met 
 with. It may be occasioned by the abuse of cantharides or 
 other deleterious drugs, or from suppressed piles, or the 
 menstrual flow. Also, blows or injuries, or the immoderate 
 use of alcoholic stimulants may excite its appearance. The 
 acute form is known by pain and sense of weight in the 
 bladder; also by tension, heat and swelling externally 
 in that region; severe pains when the region of the blad- 
 der is pressed upon or even touched; frequent and pain- 
 ful discharge of urine, or suppressed, scanty discharge, 
 or frequent, painful or even ineffectual efforts to pass the 
 urine; fever, rigors, and vomiting are common. When the 
 neck of the bladder is principally involved, the spasms may 
 be so great that the urine is only passed in drops under the 
 most powerful straining, and the bladder becomes distended 
 and mounts like a hard painful ball over the public bone 
 in front; if the lower or posterior portion is principally in- 
 volved, the pain is increased by pressure on the perinssum. 
 The virine is hot, reddish or high colored, but in some cases 
 quite pale; and sometimes there may be a discharge of 
 mucus or pus tinged with blood. It is rare among young 
 people, and mostly a disease of advanced life. 
 
 Treatment. — When there is fever, the Specifio No. One 
 may be given in alternation with No. Thirty, but in gen' 
 
DISEASE AND TBEATMENT. DIS. OF THE UEIKAEY SYSTEM. 405 
 
 eral the latter Specific will be found sufficient alone. Dis- 
 solve twelve pellets of No. Thirty in six large spoonsful 
 of water, and of these give one every half hour if the pain, 
 straining, and distress is very great. But if there is con- 
 siderable fever, prepare the Specific No. One in the same 
 manner, and give the two in alternation at intervals of halt 
 an hour at first, and gradually increase the intervals to an 
 hour or two hours, as the disease yields. Hot fomentations 
 to the parts may be of service, should the painful urging 
 and tenesmus be severe. 
 
 Chbonic Cystitis is more common; and may be the sequel 
 to an acute attack; or may be caused by calculi, disease of 
 the prostate gla,nd, stricture, etc.; but the most common 
 cause is inability of the bladder to empty itself, either from 
 loss of muscular power of its coats, or prostatic enlarge- 
 ment. The decomposing urine then becomes a source of 
 irritation to the mucous lining of the bladder; the urea is 
 soon decomposed into carbonate of aiLjaonia, and this salt 
 is acrid and irritating, and the bladder in time acquires a 
 condition which has been aptly compared to that of a badly- 
 washed utensil. The symptoms are the same as described 
 under the acute form, though to a modified extent; but 
 while the pain is less, the discharge is generally greater. 
 The mucus is often very abundant, . a pint or more being 
 often passed in a day, and it becomes very tenacious on 
 standing, so that when a vessel containing the urine of such 
 a patient is emptied, an abundance of ropy mucus foUows 
 the urine in a mass. 
 
 Cystitis may be distinguished from Inflamm,ation of the 
 kidneys, thus in the former the pain travels upwards, towards 
 the loins; while in the latter the pain extends from the loins 
 down to the bladder. 
 
 Teeatment. — To allay the chronic irritability of the 
 bladder, and restore, if possible, the organ to its natural 
 condition, the SPEcmcs No. Twenty-Seven and No. 
 
406 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Thirty aa-e tlie proper remedies, and of these six pdlefa 
 should be taken, in alternation, morning and at night, or 
 even four times per day, taking of No. Tklrty six pellets 
 each morning before breakfast, and afternoon before supper, 
 and of No. Twenty-Seven, each noon before dinner, 
 and at night upon going to rest. 
 
 For an attack of painriil or difficult urination, the Speoi- 
 Fio No. Thirty should be given in fluid, twelve pellets in 
 six spoonsful of water, and of these let one spoonful bo 
 given every half hour, or hour, until the pain and spasm has 
 abated and the urine passes freely. Then return again to 
 the No. Twenty-Seven and No. Thirty for the treat- 
 ment of the chronic disorder. The Speoipio No. Ten may 
 often in such oases prove exceedingly beneficial, either alone 
 or in alternation with No. Tlill'ty. 
 
 AcoESsoBY Measubes. — For the relief of pain, hot fomen- 
 tations; and in acute cases, rest in the horizontal posture. 
 The warm hi^^-bath, the abdominal compress, and mucila- 
 ginous drinks, favor recovery. 
 
 CATAKRH OF THE BLADDER. 
 
 Old chronic irritations and frequent inflammation of the 
 bladder, are apt to result in a chronic irritation and thicken- 
 ing of the mucus membrane of the bladder, urethra and 
 surrounding organs. This results in fr'equenl denire to 
 urinate; the fluid is forcibly or spasmodicinlly ejectod in 
 small quantities, ami the passage in attended with aching, 
 burning or spasmodic pain, (strangury). The pain nmy bo 
 confined to the bladder or extends to the end of the ptniis, 
 round the pelvis or down the thighs. The urine may or 
 may not be unnatural; but when the disease has become 
 chronic, mucus or pus is passed with it, thus constituting 
 what is called Catarrh of Ih'- Bladder. Healthy persona 
 urinate on an average five or six timers in the twenty-four 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF THE TJEINABY SYSTEM. 407 
 
 liours, but when there is inflammation or a degree of irri- 
 tation, a slight distention is painful and the calls are more 
 frequent. 
 
 Treatment. — The Speoifios No. Twenty-Seren and 
 No. Thirty are the appropriate remedies, and may be 
 taken in ordinary cases four times per day. The No. 
 Thirty each morning and afternoon, and the No. 
 Twenty- Seven at noon and at bed time, six pellets at 
 a time. If urgent, the medicines may be taken one dose 
 every three hours. This treatment has relieved thousands 
 of the most inveterate cases. 
 
 CALCULVS.— {Stone,— Gravel). 
 
 In the urine, are washed away refuse matters arising 
 from digestion, assimilation and the wear and tear of the 
 body. Any departure therefore, from the healthy process 
 of digestion and nutrition is sure to be followed by a de- 
 parture from the natural properties of the urine. A deposit 
 may exist occasionally in small quantity unnoticed; it is the 
 constant or abundant presence which furnishes important 
 evidence of disease; but a frequent sediment* should never 
 be disregarded. 
 
 The most common varieties of calculus are, the lithic de- 
 posit (observed in fever, chronic liver-disease, etc., forming 
 pink or brick-dust-like coloring-matter in the urine). "When 
 abundant, as in more advanced stages, it is commonly called 
 red-gravel, and chiefly occurs in robust persons of florid 
 appearance, who live high and suffer from irritable gastric 
 
 * Demnition. — A precipitate settling from the urine after it has been 
 voided, it is called a sediment; when formed in the bladder or kidneys, 
 it is called gravel, the urine being muddy as it passes; and when 
 gravel, lodging in any of the urinary passages, becomes concrete, it is 
 called stone. When the urine of a person habitually presents any one 
 kind of deposit, he is generally said to have a corresponding diathesis} 
 as the lithic diathesis, etc. 
 
408 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 dyspepsia; and sometimes are associated with rheumatism 
 and chronic skin diseases, but most frequently with gout; 
 the uric acid condition often alternates in the same indi- 
 viduals with gout; even in generations this may be ob- 
 served, gout manifesting itself in one, gravel in the second, 
 and gout again in the third. This is the most common 
 variety, and may occur at any age. The phosphatic, usually' 
 depends (unless arising from changes in the bladder) on 
 atonic Dyspepsia, and an anaemic or broken-down state of 
 the constitution, and occurs chiefly in the aged; the oxalic, 
 which evidences feeble powers of assimilation, and ex- 
 haustion of the nervous system, from over-work, anxiety, 
 or veneral excesses. The patient is usually pale and hj'po- 
 chondriacal, suffers from disturbed sleep, acidity, etc. 
 There is no gravel or sediment, properly speaking; the par- 
 ticles of oxalate float as crystals in the urine, or subside if 
 it be allowed to stand, but are not in large quantity. 
 
 In the adult male, stone is most common between the 
 ages of flfty and seventy, or, perhaps, between the ages of 
 fifty-five and seventy- five; and it h^s a history something 
 like the following: — A calculus, in eighteen or nineteen 
 cases out of twenty, has uric acid for its basis, the uric acid 
 or gouty tendency (for the diseases are identical) being 
 hereditary; and the first symptoms are frequent deposits of 
 pinkish matter in the urine on cooling, resembling minute 
 particles of cayenne pepper, which are first formed in the 
 kidneys. When a patient habitually or frequently passes 
 urine which yields a pinkish deposit on cooling, and which 
 cannot be traced to cold weather, errors in diet, or other 
 accidental causes, he has what is called the uric acid dia- 
 thesis. Afterwards, these cayenne-pepper-like particles 
 become aggregrated, forming little calculi, popularly known 
 as "sand" or "gravel;'' then, again, these tend in time to 
 become larger, often as large as peas, or even beans. 
 During the descent of the calculus from the kidney to tho 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF THE UEINAET SYSTEM. 409 
 
 bladder, the patient complains of severe pain in the back, 
 hip, groin, and testicle, and great discomfort. In a day or 
 two, or earlier, it is usually voided with the urine, and thus 
 the matter is disposed of. But when the bladder is unable 
 to expel the calculus by its natural efforts, the calculus in- 
 creases in size, by deposit on its surface, and in time a 
 stone is formed that cannot be removed except by an 
 operation. Some are smooth and roundish, others rough 
 and ragged, and irregular, or like scales; more commonly, 
 brown or of reddish chocolate color, or of amber color, or 
 chalk-like, etc. 
 
 Symptoms. — There are four very conclusive symptoms: 
 1. Increased frequency of passing water, chiefly during the 
 day, and when moving about, riding on horseback, and less 
 so at night and when at rest. 2. Pain in the glans penis 
 during and immediately after micturation, and a continuous 
 desire to pass water for a few minutes untU fresh urine 
 trickles down and separates the stone from the lining of 
 the neck of the bladder, which is a highly sensitive part- 
 As soon as sufficient urine collects, relief is experienced. 
 Pain at the end of the penis is highly diagnostic of stone in 
 the bladder. Pain low down in the abdomen is generally 
 due to chronic inflammation of the bladder. Pain before 
 urinating is generally caused by a sensitive or inflamed 
 mucous membrane. 3. The urine contains muco-pus, such 
 as is found in cystitis, only to a greater amount. "With 
 calculus the urine is almost invariably clouded by mucus or 
 pus.* 4. Blood is passed from time to time, and the quantity 
 
 * It is important to discriminate between urine clouded by mucus 
 or pus, and urine clouded by deposited salts. In cold weather the 
 urine, on cooling, readily deposits its lithates, where none would be 
 seen in hot weather, On the application of heat it becomes quite 
 clear, which is never the case if the thickness be caused by pus or 
 mucus. Occasional thickness of urine from lithates is of no great 
 importance. But if the deposit be constant and heavy, habits must 
 be corrected, diet restricted, and indigestion removed. If the urine 
 does not become clear with heat, an organic compound is the cause 
 of the thickness, and the source of it must be investigated. 
 
410 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 is increased by mucli exercise, sucli as riding in a springiest 
 carriage, or over a rough road, on horseback, much walk- 
 ing, and by all rapid movements of the body. But if the 
 • patient remain quiet no blood at all may be passed, or a 
 mere drop or two, with pain in the last expulsive effort at 
 urination. Generally the urine has a florid tint, whUe 
 blood passed from the kidneys gives the urine a brownish 
 color from long contact of the urine with the blood. The 
 same remark applies to haemorrhage due to enlarged pro- 
 state. The four symptoms occurring simultaneously, un- 
 mistakably indicate stone in the bladder. But, if additional 
 evidence be desired, there are the chemical tests of the urine, 
 and the! sound, an instrument, bent a little shorter than the 
 ordinary catheter, by means of which nearly every portion 
 of the bladder can be explored. 
 
 Prevention or Calculus Disease. — Cider has a beneficial 
 influence on those v^ho possess a lithic diathesis. Milk, 
 however, has the reputation of being the great anti-lithic. 
 
 The classes of food which it is especially necessary to 
 restrict are : 1. sugar, in whatever form or combination this 
 substance is presented; 2. fatty matters — ^butter, cream, and 
 fat meat — whether simply cooked, or in the form of pastry; 
 3. alcohol, especially in the form of sherry, port, and the 
 stronger wines; tea and coffee; also strong beer, champagne, 
 etc. Abstinence from these substances is recommended on 
 the ground that the labor of the liver wiU be thus greatly 
 lightened, and coiTespondingly the vicarious work of the 
 kidneys will be diminished. Filtered rain, or soft or distilled 
 water, has a very great solvent power, and may be taken to 
 the extent of two or three pints daily. Further, a fair 
 amount of open-air exercise daily, and the promotion of 
 the healthy functions of the skin by bathing, frictions, and 
 suitable clothing, as directed in the first part of this Mentor. 
 
 Tbeatment of the Diathesis. — Patients having a predis- 
 position to the formation of stone, especially if they have 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMEKT. — DIS. OF THE URIMAET SYSTEM. 411 
 
 passed calculi ■with their urine, require medical treatment 
 and careful supervision to correct the tendency; for 
 although useless to remove a stone of size, remedies aid in 
 the expulsion of sand or gravel; and also correct the ten- 
 dency to such formations. Under our treatment many 
 patients who formerly passed smaU calculi have entirely 
 ceased to do so. 
 
 First and foremost, aU avoidable causes must be removed 
 — high living, the use of alcoholic liquors, and insuflS.cient 
 exercise, on the one hand; and over-vrork, anxiety, and 
 excesses of all kinds, on the other. Dyspeptic symptoms 
 should be met by such means as are pointed out in the 
 section on dyspepsia; and any other concurrent disorders 
 should be corrected. Eemoval to a locality where pure soft 
 water can be procured is often alone curative. 
 
 All cases in which there is even room for a suspicion 
 of stone, should be at once placed under good Homeopathic 
 treatment. 
 
 Treatment. — For an attack of gravel or renal calculi, at- 
 tended with pain as before mentioned, frequent desire to 
 urinate, etc., give the Specipio No. Thirty, twelve globules 
 in six spoonsful of water, of which give a spoonful every 
 half hour. Give the patient a hot foot or sitz bath, or 
 apply hot fomentations over the side of the abdomen where 
 the pain is; or give large injections of warm water so as to 
 relax the system and arrest the spasm, and so facilitate the 
 passage of the gravel. 
 
 To prevent theformaiion of the calculi, take of the Specific 
 No. Thirty, six peUets at night, and of the No. Twenty- 
 Seyen, six pellets each morning, and so continue for 
 months. 
 
 Persons afflicted with this disease should subsist as far 
 as possible upon farinaceous food and mucilaginous drinks, 
 in preference to the more heavy and heating meats. 
 
412 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 STRANGrUAET.— (-Di^cmZ^, painful, or suppressed urination). 
 
 We group together these various conditions of iriorbid 
 urination, as they frequently arise from the same causes, 
 run into each other in the progress of the complaint, and 
 generally require the same remedies. 
 
 When the urine is retained, while the kidneys continue toj 
 secrete the fluid, the bladder becomes after a few hours so 
 filled and distended, that it rises like a large ball or swelling, 
 immediately over the pubes, which may be perceptible to 
 the touch. The lower portion of the abdomen also becomes 
 swelled and sensitive to pressure. There is some fever, 
 and the inclination to pass water is frequent and urgent, 
 though ineffectual. Should this condition continue any 
 great length of time, inflammation and subsequent morti- 
 fication may ensue, or the bladder become ruptured with 
 fatal result. 
 
 Eetention may be caused by inflammation of the urethra> 
 or from stricture, or it may result from suppressed piles. 
 Going too long without urinating, and hence over-distention 
 of the bladder may in some cases close the internal orifice 
 of the organ; or it may be occasioned by spasm of the neck 
 of the bladder. Paralysis or inflammation of the neck of 
 the bladder may also produce it. Also tumors in the neck 
 of the bladder, or calculus or swelling of the prostate gland. 
 
 Difficulty of discharging the urine is manifested by fre- 
 quent desire to urinate, attended with heat, smarting pain, 
 uneasiness and a sense of distention and fullness in the 
 region of the bladder. The urine is only voided in drops 
 or small quantities, sometimes mixed with blood, after great 
 urging or straining. 
 
 This condition may be occasioned by gonorrhoea or -in- 
 flammation of the urethra, spasm of the neck of the bladder 
 excesses in drinking, exposure to cold in sensitive subjects, 
 suppression of some habitual discharge, presence of grave] 
 
DISEASE AMD TEEATMENT. — DIS. OP THE UEINAET SYSTEM. 413 
 
 in the neck of the bladder or urethra, or from the appli- 
 cation ^of cantharides in the form of a blister. 
 
 In some rare cases the secretion of urine may be suppres- 
 sed, the kidneys failing to elaborate this secretion from the 
 blood. It mostly occurs in persons of advanced age, or in 
 very young children. It may occur in the course of fevers 
 or La dropsy, or inflammation of some organ of the body. 
 Gouty subjects, particularly after being exposed to cold or 
 wet, or on the suppression of some accustomed discharge, 
 such as hemorrhoids, are most liable to it. Generally there 
 is no inclination to make water, there being no accumu- 
 lation; and there is no swelling or enlargement in the region 
 of the bladder, indicating an accumulation. Other symp- 
 toms are: Nausea, sense of weakness and sinking at the 
 prsecordia, sometimes there is also frequent turns of vomit- 
 ing, severe hiccough, pain in the back, intense headache 
 and restlessness. The skin generally presents a normal 
 condition, but profuse perspiration sometimes supervenes, 
 in some cases with a decided urinous odor. If the secretion 
 is not again established, the system soon suffers, the blood 
 is not purified, and cerebral symptoms declare themselves, 
 and life terminates in coma. 
 
 Treatment. — When there is retention of urine, frequent 
 effort, and but little or no discharge, the Specifio No. 
 Thirty should be given dissolved in water, six pellets in 
 a spoonful, and repeated every hour, or even every half 
 hour in urgent cases. Hot fomentations applied to the 
 region of the bladder, and warm seat-baths, are also- very 
 efficient auxiliaries. 
 
 Painful, difficult urination requires nearly the same treat- 
 ment, only there is less necessity for seat-baths or warm 
 fomentations. The SpEcnrics No. Thirty may be taken, 
 six pellets dry on the tongue and repeated every two hours, 
 will be sufficient in most cases. Should there be calculus, 
 tumors, or other mechanical obstructions in the neck of the 
 
414 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 bladder or iirethra, tlie case will be more obstinate, yet the 
 use of the medicine and warm fomentations will be proper, 
 and generally eificient. If there is inflammation of the 
 virethra, the same treatment as in gonorrhoea must be pur- 
 sued. 
 
 When the secretion of the kidneys appears scanty or 
 suppressed, a few portions of the Specefic No. Eleven, 
 either alone or in alternation with No. Thirty, at inter- 
 vals of two or three hours, will be probably sufficient to 
 restore the secretion again. 
 
 ENURESIS. — {Urinary Incontinence — Wetting the bed). 
 
 This difficulty is manifested in a frequent desire to pass 
 off the water, and an inability to retain it for any length of 
 time after the inclination comes on. Sometimes the call 
 comes on every hour, or even more frequently during the 
 day, and the urgency is very pressing. It may arise from 
 weakness or relaxation of the neck of the bladder, or from 
 the urine being to acrid or irritating, or from the presence 
 of gravel, or some diseased condition of the bladder itseK. 
 
 A frequent phase of this disease manifests itself in the 
 involuntary discharge of the urine at night, or what is 
 termed "wetting the bed." It is mostly noticed among 
 children under ten or twelve years of age, but has occasion- 
 ally been known to continue to adult age. Sometimes it 
 appears in children apparently disconnected from any other 
 morbid condition of the urinary organs; the child has per- 
 fect control while awake, but during the unconsciousness 
 of sleep the system becomes relaxed and the urine is passed 
 involuntarily. It may arise in some cases from the irritation 
 of worms, or from the secretion being too acrid, but in 
 general its foundation, especially in obstinate cases, will be 
 found in scrofulous diathesis. 
 
 Treatment. — In all cases of frequent calls to urinate or 
 
DISEASE JLND TREATMENT. — DB. OP THE UEINART SYSTEM. 419 
 
 inability to retain the secretion, the Specific No. Thirty, 
 three pellets for children three times per day, wiU be suffi- 
 cient, and be found promptly curative. 
 
 When the disease may be supposed to arise from the 
 irritation of worms, the Specific No. Two may be given in 
 alternation with No. Thirty, each taken twice in the 
 course of the day. 
 
 In obstinate cases of wetting the bed, the Specifics No. 
 Twenty-Two should be given, three pellets for children 
 every morning on rising, und the No. Thirty, three pellets 
 at night, and this course pursued until the cure is effected. 
 
 In the case of children subject to this infirmity, care 
 should be taken not to let them drink of water or other 
 fluid late in the evening, or on going to bed; not to permit 
 them to eat apples, acid fruits, watermelons or cantelopes 
 late in the afternoon or evening, and to use no kind of 
 drink calculated to stimulate the urinary secretion; and 
 also when children are subject to this infirmity, to have 
 them urinate the last thing before retiring, and also very 
 early in the morning, and on no account suffer them to lie 
 in the wet clothes. 
 
 DIABETES.— {Excessive Secretion of Urine). 
 
 This disease is known as a constitutional cachexy, mani- 
 fested by an excessive discharge of pale, heavy, and sugary 
 urine, the sugar being formed in the system from the starch 
 or saccharine matter in the food. There is a sense of sick- 
 ness, debility, and progressive emaciation; red, fissured 
 tongue, and enlarged papilla; intense thirst and frequent 
 urination; voracious appetite and sinking of the stomach; 
 bowels usually costive, and stool hard and dry; harsh and 
 dry skin; the breath has a peculiar violet or chloroform- 
 like smell; boils or carbuncles, or swellings of the legs are 
 frequent attendants; the insatiable thirst is one of the most 
 characteristic symptoms. The. quantity of urine is usually 
 
416 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 greatly in excess, amounting to from eight to twenty or 
 more pints in the twenty-four hours. It is usually of a 
 pale, straw color, has a faint smell of apple, hay, or milk, 
 and is specifically heavy, according to the amount of sugar 
 it contains. Diabetic urine may be tested in various ways: 
 win ferment with the addition of yeast, or leave a residuum 
 like molasses on evaporation. 
 
 There is another form of diabetes characterized by an 
 excessive discharge of clear, colorless urine, but which is 
 devoid of sugar. There is thirst, a harsh, dry skin, and 
 mental and physical weakness present. 
 
 Tbeatment. — In diabetes the patient must avoid all forms 
 of starch or sugar, and the foods containing them; but 
 should live on other abundant nutritious food. Fat meat, 
 fish, oysters, eggs, milk and soups thickened with finely 
 powdered bran, but no bread, potatoes, grapes, pears, 
 berries, melons, or other sweet, rich fruits. As a substitute 
 for bread, bran ground fine and mixed with eggs and a 
 little butter, and hard baked, may be used. The thirst may 
 be gratified with water, which rather benefits than others 
 wise. The patient should also take five drops, four times 
 per day, of a fecial homeopathic Specific foe Diabetes, price 
 $2.00 per bottle, to be had of this Company, on application 
 by mail. This treatment has been uniformly successful in 
 many, even advanced cases. The patient may also drink 
 freely of skim-milk. It may be made a regular diet and as 
 much as seven or ten pints may be taken daily in fluid, or 
 two or three pints of the amount may be made into curd 
 daily and taken in that form. 
 
 HEMATUEIA. — {ffemorrhage with the urine). 
 
 Occasionally the urine is found of a more or less deeply 
 reddish tinge, and an examination shows the presence of 
 blood. Sometimes quite a proportion of the discharge con- 
 Bists of blood, and at i)tiier times there is but a slight 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF THE OEINART SYSTEM. 41'7 
 
 admixture. It may arise from any cause that separates any 
 of the minute blood vessels along its course. Thus, falls, 
 blows, bruises, leaping, running, any violent exercise, or 
 a lodgment of a stone in the kidney, urethra, or bladder, or 
 an inflammation of the kidney may occasion it. Irregular 
 menstruation, suppression of piles, excessive indulgence in 
 spirituous drinks, venereal excesses, the use of asparagus 
 or cantharides may at times induce it. 
 
 "When the blood is discharged in streaks or dots, and de- 
 posits, on standing, a dark brown sediment like coffee 
 grounds, it is likely to have come from the irritating effects 
 of a stone in the bladder, and the act of urinating is 
 attended with some straining and effort. If it proceeds 
 from the kidneys, there will be pain in the lumbar region; 
 anxiety; numbness along the inside of one or both thighs; 
 drawing up of the testicles, and derangement of the bowels. 
 
 The presence of blood in the urine is always a serious 
 matter, and should demand our attention. In most cases 
 it is controllable, but should not be neglected. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. Thirty will generally be 
 found sufficient, and should always be tried first, six pellets 
 dissolved in a spoonful of water, and given every two or 
 three hours, gradually increasing the intervals. 
 
 Should the disease arise from the kidneys, and especially 
 if there should be an appearance of pus or matter in the 
 secretion, it wiU be better to alternate the Specifics No. 
 Twenty- Seven and No. Thirty, six pellets at a time, 
 and say four times per day, continuing this course. 
 
 Drinking of cold water is objectionable, and tends to 
 increase the irritation. Barley-water in large quantities is 
 the best drink. 
 
 Should these remedies not control the disease, and espe- 
 cially if the amount of blood in the urine is quite copious, 
 half a teaspoonful of the Marvel op HEAUNa, taken ever? 
 one or two hours, will be effectual 
 
DISEASES OF WOMEN. 
 
 MENSTRUATION. 
 
 The sufferings attendant upon the various forms of 
 disease to which women are particularly liable, comprise a 
 large share of the evils to which they are subject. Much 
 of the health and happiness of the sex depends upon the 
 proper performance of the various functions incident to 
 their peculiar systems. No considerable derangement in 
 these functions can exist for any length of time, without 
 drawing the entire system into sympathetic suffering. 
 "While this class of disease is so important, and exercise 
 so grave an influence over the health and happiness of the 
 female, yet their nature is such as to necessarily exclude 
 them, to a great extent, from observation, and the victim 
 often prefers to suffer the pain, distress and inconvenience 
 of them, than to disclose them to her medical attendant. 
 It is then especially important that ladies, and especially 
 mothers, should make themselves acquainted with the sub= 
 ject, and as far as possible to be able to correct these dis= 
 turbances in their earlier stages, and before they have 
 become complicated or inveterate from lapse of time. 
 
 The first menses usually make their appearance in this 
 climate at about the fifteenth year; in warm climates earUer, 
 and in colder later. It is also subject to variations, de- 
 pending upon the general health, vigor, and development 
 of the person. For a jear^ or two it may be scanty, and not 
 
filSEASE AND TEEATMEliT. — ^DISEASES OP WOMEU. 419 
 
 unfrequently subject to some irregularities, which need 
 not excite apprehension, unless they are very grave or im- 
 portant. In healthy women it should appear every twenty- 
 eight days, and flow four or five days, varying again accord- 
 ing to the health and vigor of the person. About the 
 forty-fifth year of life it generally ceases altogether, though 
 in some cases it may commence with irregularities some 
 years earlier; and in others the function may continue 
 regularly until the fiftieth year, or even later. Its cessation 
 is marked by irregularities and various disturbances of the 
 system, extending for months, or even years. This cessation 
 of the monthly-flows, and the disturbances of the period, 
 are generally termed the "change of life" or the critical 
 period. 
 
 Amenorrhea. — {Tardy menses— Belaying menses). When 
 the menses, in young girls, do not come on at the usual 
 time, it is not always proper to hasten to administer medi- 
 cine", with a view of forcing their appearance. It is a better 
 rule, so long as the general health remains good, to do 
 nothing to promote this secretion, beyond attention to the 
 proper clothing, exercise, and diet of the patient. The 
 clothing should be warm and changed to suit the tem- 
 perature and season; and a wholesome, generous diet should 
 be adopted, avoiding all spices, coffee, and high-seasoned 
 food. Care should be likewise exercised that the child be 
 not overtaxed by study, too long or too severe lessons, or 
 sitting too long at the piano; while, from want of appetite, 
 or unsuitable or too meagre diet, the system is insufficiently 
 nourished during this period. These measures will gener- 
 ally be sufficient. Should they however fail, or should there 
 be some symptoms of its approach, such as flushes of beat, 
 frequent giddiness of the head, heaviness in the abdomen 
 and about the loins; or if she is dull, stupid, melancholy or 
 sad; or if she is bloated, sluggish; or even if very slender 
 s,nd feeble, the case should demand attention, and the 
 
420 EOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 patient sHouia receive proper care in order to prevent aftei 
 diseases, irregularity and suffering. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. Eleven, six pellets nigbt 
 and morning, wiU. be found sufficient, and may be continued 
 regularly until the menses are established. Fresh air, 
 moderate exercise, and simple, generous diet, are im- 
 portant. A sponge bath night and morning, avoiding 
 exposure to night air and cold damp feet, are also import- 
 ant auxiliaries. 
 
 Chlorosis. — {Green- Sichnesa). — In some cases the menses 
 fail to appear at the proper age, or appear imperfectly, very 
 scanty in quantity, wanting in proper color, and irregularly 
 as to time, or not at all, and, additionally, there are more or 
 less of the following symptoms: Weariness, want of strength 
 or vigor, languor, debUity, the patient becomes emaciated, 
 face pale, earthy, lips blanched, bloodless, or sometimes 
 flushes of heat, depraved appetite, longing for sharp, acid, 
 ar cheering things, or for slate, chalk, or clay. The bowels 
 are irregular, confined, or relaxed; abdomen often dis- 
 tended, with borborigmi or flatulence, especially after 
 eating, or along in the latter part of the day; limbs fre- 
 quently are swelled and cold; headache, short breath, and 
 palpitation of the heart on slight exercise, and not unfre- 
 quently, short, dry cough. These symptoms in young girls 
 are always of the utmost importance, and demand care and 
 attention for their removal. Yet yoii should not rush to 
 extreme means. A little time, patience and care, with the 
 use of the proper medicines, will generally bring all around 
 right, and give the patient a good, healthy constitution. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifio No. Eleven, six pellets in 
 water, three times per day, will almost always be found 
 sufficient; and especially if coupled with this, due care be 
 exercised with regard to the diet and regimen of the pa- 
 tient. All that has been said under the previous section 
 in regard to Tardy Menstruation obtains here. Good air, 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 421 
 
 generous diet, -warm clothing, daily frictions of the body 
 and bathing, are all means to establish and build up the 
 ■ general health, and most important and efficient auxiliaries 
 in the work of restoration; and generally succeed in a few 
 months in restoring the patient, and bringing her over this 
 often-times critical period. Other medicines may be used 
 as intercurrent remedies in the treatment, if the symptoms 
 so require: as, the No. Ten for flatulence, feeble digestion 
 and poor appetite; No. Seven for cough or hoarseness; No, 
 One or No. Thirty- Five for flushes of heat or headache. 
 These remedies may be given, one or two doses of six 
 pellets per day, while the No. Eleven is given regularly 
 night or morning. 
 
 Scanty, Insufficient Menses. — In some cases, after men- 
 struation is established, the discharge does not appear at 
 the proper time, there being five or six or more weeks be- 
 tween the intervals; or, it may continue only for a day or 
 two, being pale or unusual in color, or stopping, and then 
 coming on again for a few hours; or other features of irre- 
 gularity, denoting an unhealthy or feeble menstrual flow. 
 All such cases indicate either general debility, feebleness 
 of the entire system, the presence of some serious disease 
 or derangement of the uterine system, and demand atten- 
 tion. We should seek to build up the general health, by 
 nourishing food, stimulants in rare cases, good air and 
 healthful exercise, keeping the feet dry and warm, and the 
 lower extremities well protected, and the mind cheerful and 
 happy. 
 
 Beside these hygienic observances, the use of the Specifio 
 No. JEleven, six pellets night and morning, or even six 
 pellets before each meal and on going to rest at night, wUl 
 in general restore the system to its natural and healthy 
 function. 
 
 Suppressed Menses. — Sometimes, in regularly menstruat- 
 ing women, the discharge becomes suppressed, and fails to 
 
422 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 appear at the proper time. This is most commonly the 
 result of cold, and especially of damp cold, and is a cause 
 to which women should be constantly on their guard. Cold 
 feet, getting the feet wet, insufficient covering for the feet, 
 legs and lower abdomen, or a thorough chilling of the 
 whole body about the time it should appear, or even during 
 the flow, are sufficient to arrest the discharge, and result in 
 very mischievous consequences. Sudden and powerful 
 emotions of the mind, or grief and despondency, may also 
 arrest it, and at times, these powerful influences applied 
 during the intervals between the periods, may be sufficient 
 to prevent its appearance. The use of acids, vinegar, pick- 
 les, or harsh, indigestible things, may have a similar effect. 
 When these obstructing causes are applied during the flow, 
 or just at the time of its being established, the consequences 
 are much more severe and violent than when they are 
 applied during the interval. 
 
 But when the obstructing causes are applied during the 
 interval, a train of symptoms arise which are quite as 
 serious, if not as sudden and violent. The patient becomes 
 pale, languid, debilitated; her appetite faUs, and §he looks 
 sickly and dejected; there is loss of energy and ambition; 
 the feet and ankles often swell; she becomes nervous, palpi- 
 tation of the heart, indigestion, flatulence, and shortness of 
 breath appear, and very generally leucorrhoea comes on. 
 In feeble persons predisposed to consumption or pulmon- 
 ary disease, suppression is peculiarly prejudicial and always 
 demands serious attention. The result is that: The flow 
 may either cease suddenly, or it may not come on at all at 
 the next period, or it may come on attended with ssanty, 
 irregular discharge, or with severe pain and distress. In 
 the worst cases we have frightful attack of spasmodic pains 
 in the bowels and stomach, often attended with retching, 
 vomiting, headache, flushed face, delirium, convulsions, 
 hysteria, palpitation of the heart, or difficult breathing, etc. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 423 
 
 Treatment. — Dissolve at once twelve pellets of Specifio 
 No. Eleven, in six dessert spoonsful of water, and of this 
 give one spoonful every hour, giving the patient also a hot 
 foot-bath, and put her quietly and comfortably to bed 
 if the case is sufficiently serious to justify it. This wiU 
 generally suffice; if it does not, another dose may be pre- 
 pared in the same manner, and taken at intervals of two or 
 three hours, until the result is accomplished. 
 
 If the flow has been fuUy established, it may not be re- 
 quisite to do anything in the interval. But if the result has 
 been imperfectly accomplished, the Specific No. Eleven 
 should be given, six pellets every two or three nights during 
 the interval, and at the time it should again appear, care 
 should be taken that there be no exposure or danger of a 
 chUl to prevent its appearance. 
 
 When the proper time returns, and the menses do not 
 appear, take six pellets of Specific No. Eleven every night 
 on going to bed, and morning on rising, and bathe the feet 
 in warm water ten or fifteen minutes, two or three nights 
 in succession, if necessary. A single dose or two wUl, how- 
 ever, usually be found successful. 
 
 Dysmenorrhea. — {Painful Menstruation). — Many women 
 suffer an untold amount oipain at every return of the men- 
 strual period; not only bearing down, but cuttings, gripings, 
 colic, cramps, and, in some cases, even convulsions attend 
 every access of menstruation. Often these sufferings are 
 so excruciating as to embitter the life of the patient, and 
 cause her to dread even the thought of a menstrual return; 
 and the prostrating effects of one period are hardly re- 
 covered from, before another comes on. These sufferings 
 are liable to occur during every period of life, from the 
 commencement to the close of menstruation, and certain 
 persons or constitutions are peculiarly predisposed to them. 
 Exposure to cold and want of proper care during the first 
 years of menstruation, are the common sources of this 
 
424 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 suffering. The pain often begins some tours, or even daya 
 before the flow commences; and at other times the dis- 
 charge commences and continues several hours, then 
 diminishes or ceases entirely, with great suffering. Thf 
 pains may continue an indefinite period, ceasing zv be 
 coming less when the flow has been established under 
 proper treatment; or, they may continue during the entire 
 period, without shortening the period, or diminishing th^ 
 quantity. The pains may be of an intermitting, expulsive 
 character, or a steady, aching pain in the loins, hips, and 
 back, like those which usually precede menstruation. In 
 some cases membranous shreds are expelled, and in others 
 the flow is natural. Not unfrequently the breasts are 
 swelled, sensitive, or even quite painful. 
 
 Such cases are sometimes found in connection with 
 scanty, Retarded, or irregular periods; and again, with re- 
 gular or too abundant discharge, the feature being exces- 
 sively violent pain, pressure, bearing down, and even cramps 
 and convulsions at every access of the monthly period. 
 
 Treatment. — During the interval between the periods, 
 give every night six pellets of the SpEcmc No. Eleven. 
 When the pain comes on, give six pellets of the Specifio No. 
 Tllirty-One, every hour, until relief is obtained, or 
 several hours have passed. If not fuUy relieved by this, 
 give the Specific No. Eleven, in alternation with No. 
 Tllirty-One, and at the same intervals. In some cases 
 where there is great bearing down, or when the discharge 
 is quite profuse, the Specific No. Thirty- Five will be 
 found very ef&cient, given in the same manner, either alone 
 or in alternation with No. Tllirty-One. This course will 
 very generally relieve the most inveterate cases. 
 
 For headache during the menses, take the Specific No. 
 Eleven, every two hours six pellets, until relieved. In 
 some cases the Specific No. Tllirf y-TwOj taken in the 
 same manner, acts like a charm. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF 'WOMES. 425 
 
 Metoeehagia. — {Too profuse, or too frequent menses). — 
 Often, especially in women subject to "the -whites," and 
 dependent also upon a similar relaxed condition in the 
 system, the menses are too profuse, returning again after a 
 cessation of only ten, fourteen, or sixteen days, and flowing 
 from five to ten days. Thus the discharge may not only be 
 too profuse, but also too soon and too frequent, or it may 
 only appear too soon, without being for the time excessive in 
 quantity. Sometimes the secretion is scanty for some days, 
 and then comes on like a flood, causing great prostration, 
 faintness and debility, from which the patient has scarcely 
 time to recover, before a new attack comes on. It may be 
 attended with only slight pain or distress beyond the sen- 
 sation of debility, consequent upon the great drain upon 
 the system. But in other cases the pain, distress, or dragg- 
 ing down pains are very severe and exhausting. Some- 
 times, indeed, the discharge is so profuse as to merit the 
 designation of real hemorrhage, or flooding, and, of course, 
 induces a condition of great debility and prostration. 
 Women subject to this difficulty, should entirely abstain 
 from coffee, wine, or other stimulants, and also from all 
 teating drinks, spices, or condiments. These excitements 
 exert a direct influence in keeping up the irritation, and in 
 promoting this unhealthy flow. 
 
 Treatment. — During the interval between the periods, 
 the Specific No. Twelve, six pellets morning and night, 
 should be taken, regulating the diet as above directed. 
 After the flow has continued two or three days, and if 
 desirable to arrest its further excess, commence the use 
 of the SpEcmcs No. Ten and No. Twelve in alterna- 
 tion, giving six pellets at a time at intervals of three 
 hours. If the discharge is very profuse from the first, 
 the above two Specifics may be commenced earlier, and 
 may be given every four hours in alternation. When 
 the discharge lingers along for several days, six pellets 
 
426 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 of No. Ten, given at night, will generally suffice to 
 arrest it. 
 
 In case there be at any time an excessive flow, amounting 
 to a dangerous hemorrhage, from whatever cause, ten or 
 twelve pellets of Specific No. Twelve should be dissolved 
 in six spoonsful of water, and one spoonful should be taken 
 every hour, until the dangerous symptoms are warded off, 
 when the medicine may be administered at longer inter- 
 vals. It will be obvious that the patient must remain per- 
 fectly quiet, and abstain from warm drinks, or any excite- 
 ment at such times. 
 
 Menopause. — {The grand Climacteric — Cessation of the Men- 
 ses). — This period, which is very frequently termed the 
 Change or Liee, occurs most commonly at or about the 
 forty-fifth year. In some cases where menstruation has 
 commenced early, and the person has lived luxuriously, it 
 may terminate as early as thirty-seven, forty, or forty- 
 second year; and, in other cases, with strong, vigorous 
 ladies, the menses often continue to the forty-eighth or 
 fiftieth year, or even to a more advanced period of life. 
 
 Its approach is usually manifested by some irregularities 
 in the monthly flow. It may come on too soon, or be de- 
 layed one, two, or more weeks; and the discharge may 
 manifest some change, being in some cases light or pale, 
 being largely mixed with mucus; and in others being very 
 profuse, not unfrequently amounting to profuse and alarm- 
 ing hemorrhages. Sometimes the flow comes on suddenly, 
 and again ceases without warning, and unattended by bad 
 symptoms. In some cases the change comes on so gradual 
 and free from constitutional disturbance, that before the 
 subject is fully aware of it, she has ceased to menstruate, 
 and has safely glided over this troublesome passage into 
 the serene ocean of after-life, exempt from many sufferings 
 to which she had previously been exposed. 
 
 More frequently, however, as women approach this 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 427 
 
 period, they have turns of vertigo, headache, flushes of heat, 
 occasional palpitation of the heart, more or less nervousness 
 and some sense of debility; sometimes frequent passage of 
 pale urine in large quantities, or of high-colored, scanty 
 urine; pain in the lower part of the abdomen, back and 
 hips, or extending down the thighs; heat in the lower part 
 of the stomach and back; piles may be troublesome and 
 bleed freely; swelling of the lower limbs or abdomen, which 
 subsides without the usual symptom of flatulence ; and pru- 
 ritis or violent itching of the organs is not uncommon. This 
 range of symptoms may appear in whole or only in part, or 
 be variously modified in particular cases. 
 
 Teeatment. — So long as the health is good, and the 
 monthly flow is gradually diminishing from month to 
 month, medicine is not required, but in all cases a proper 
 diet and regimen is important. The diet should be simple, 
 avoiding all stimulants, and all highly-seasoned stimulating 
 meats, and using chiefly vegetable and farinaceous articles 
 of food; frequent exercise in the open air in suitable 
 weather, bathing, and the proper culture of the skin should 
 not be neglected. The dress should be so regulated as to 
 suitably protect the person, and prevent unnecessary ex- 
 posure to the necessities of climate; and sleeping, also, in 
 heated rooms, and on soft, heating beds, should be avoided. 
 The Specific No. Thirty-Two, six pellets morning and 
 night, will be generally efficient in arresting nearly aU the 
 disturbances arising during this period. Should there 
 occur at any time such a discharge as to be serious or 
 threaten a hemorrhage, rest, quiet, and the use of the Spe- 
 cific No. Twelve, in alternation with No. Thirty-Two, 
 six pellets every hour, will promptly avert any danger. No. 
 fear nead be entertained from the long-continued use of 
 the Specific No. Thirty-Two during this period, as it 
 may be used for months or years without prejudice. 
 
428 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 LEUCORRHCEA.— ( Whites). 
 
 Few affections of women are more common than this, 
 and, perhaps, none more annoying. It consists of a dis- 
 charge from the genital organs, mostly whitish, but not 
 unfrequently discolored, and of varying nature and consis- 
 tency. It most frequently occurs between the ages of 
 puberty and the cessation of the menses, yet it it not un- 
 common in little girls or even young children, and occa- 
 sionally met with in quite old women. Some persons and 
 families are much more subject to it than others; those sub- 
 ject to catarrhs, and of relaxed habit of body, being most 
 liable. The more common exciting causes are diflScuIt or 
 tedious labors; the immoderate use of the organs; late 
 hours; abuse of tea, coffee and spices; luxurious living, and 
 sometimes the neglect of proper bathing. When it appears 
 in children, the cause is generaUj' seat-worms, neglect of 
 proper bathing, or some irritating matter or substance 
 applied to the parts. This discharge is also most profuse 
 just before and after the menstrual period, and diu:ing 
 pregnancy. It may be trifling or quite profuse, and its 
 character may vary as much as its quantity. At the com- 
 mencement it may be only a slight increase of the natural, 
 healthy, transparent mucus, but it gradually becomes more 
 dense, thick and gelatinous; or it may become thin, milky, 
 or acrid, at times rendering the parts sore or excoriated; in 
 many cases it is yellowish and purulent; or again it may be 
 greenish or even a brownish hue. The discharge often is 
 not constant, but irregular, or by emissions. At first, and 
 while the discharge is trifling, the system seems to feel the 
 loss but slightly; but after a time the results begin to man- 
 ifest themselves by constant pain in the back and loins; 
 aching in the hips; bearing down or sense of weight low in 
 the abdomen; pale face; coldness of the extremities; des- 
 pondency or low spirits; loss of appetite; rising of wind or 
 
DISEASE AKD TREATMENT. DISEASES OP WOMEN. 429 
 
 food; nerrous symptoms, neuralgia, and similar consensual 
 manifestations. Leucorrhoea should alwaj's demand atten- 
 tion. On the first intimation of its approach, the subject 
 should at once avoid the exciting causes, and apply the 
 proper Specifics, and thus arrest at the commencement what 
 might otherwise become an intolerable burden, or the fore- 
 runner of some serious uterine affection. Not unfrequently 
 it is the symptom of some disease of the uterus which de- 
 mands prompt and efficient aid. 
 
 Tkeatment. — Persons subject to this condition should 
 carefully protect the feet and lower abdomen from sudden 
 changes of temperature and colds, by wearing firm, sub- 
 stantial covering for the feet, and underclothing; avoid 
 standing on the cold, wet ground; take moderate exercise 
 in the open air; avoid over-heated rooms, coffee, exciting 
 drinks or highly-spiced food, and should take of the Speci- 
 fic No. TTVelve, six pellets night and morning. If the 
 bowels are inclined to constipation, the Specific No. Ten^ 
 six pellets, may be taken at night, and the No. Twelve 
 morning and at noon. 
 
 When leucorrhcea exists in connection with too scanty, 
 infrequent or irregular menses, the Specipio No. Eleven 
 deserves a preference, and may be taken six pellets three 
 times per day. 
 
 When it occurs aftefr cMld-hirth, Specific No. Twelve 
 is the remedy, six pellets morning and night for a 
 week. If this does not control it give No. Eleven in 
 same manner. If it depends on a scrofulous taint of system, 
 the No. Tvrenty-Two will be useful. Injections of the 
 Marvel or Healing and water, in the proportion of one 
 part of the Marvel and two parts of water, administered 
 morning and night, are of the utmost possible value in 
 arresting such discharges, stimulating contractions, and 
 giving tone and vigor to the organs. 
 When it exists in little girls or young children, a carefuj 
 
430 HOMEOPATHIC MEXTOE. 
 
 examination should be made for small pin worms wtich 
 may sometimes be found lodged within the jjarts, and which 
 should be removed by frequent bathings; and the child 
 treated for worms, by giving the Specific No. Two each 
 morning and the Specific No. Twelve at night, three 
 pellets at a time. 
 
 PEOLAPSUS TJTEBL—iFaMing of the Womb). 
 
 This is also a very common complaint among women, 
 affecting, in a greater or lesser extent, quite a proportion of 
 the sex. Sometimes it is only a passing and comparatively 
 trivial affection, coming on from some severe fatigue or 
 over-exertion, and soon passing off from rest and a recum- 
 bent posture; while at others it is a constant and chronic 
 affection, forbidding any considerable effort, and sometimes 
 confining the patient to her room. The immediate causes 
 of the prolapsus are various, among which the principal 
 are: Getting up too soon after confinement; results of over- 
 lifting or over-straining, or of falls; very severe coughs or 
 vomitings; tight lacing, and a more or less relaxed habit of 
 body; and, added to this, a more or less engorged or con- 
 gested condition of the uterus itself. It is usually attended 
 with a feeling of weight and heaviness low down in the ab- 
 domen; lameness or pain in the back and loins, dragging 
 in the groins; a benumbing sensation extending down the 
 limbs; a sensation as if everything would be pressed out 
 while standing on the feet; a sensation also of emptiness, 
 faintness, or "goneness" at the pit of the stomach; and 
 often some difficulty in passing water or when at stool. In 
 some severe cases there is difficulty in rising to the feet, 
 and the patient must lean forward and support herself by 
 placing her hands upon her thighs. All these sufferings 
 are aggravated by standing or walking, and disappear or 
 are relieved by lying down. There is also in many cases, a 
 
DlSEAKJi AKD I'liLAl'MliKT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 431 
 
 constant discharge of mucus from the parts, often unhealthy 
 and abundant, and the monthly period is generally too pro- 
 fuse, aU of which contribute to increase the nervous de- 
 bility, and exhaust the strength of the patient. 
 [ Teeatment. — In many instances, and in all the less aggra-: 
 vated cases, the use of medicines in the form of propel 
 Specifics wlLL be sufficient to remove the difficulty, if the 
 patient wiU foUow the treatment persistently, and avoid the 
 exciting causes of the disease. But there may be cases so 
 situated that mechanical aid, in the form of some of the 
 various "pessaries" or "supporters", is indispensable. But 
 I think we should never resort to these until we have ex- 
 hausted other means; as once introduced, they may and 
 most likely will, become a life-long companion. "When the 
 symptoms are present, indicating a prolapsed condition, or 
 those above described, the Speoifigs No. Tllirty-Five and 
 No. Ten are the most efficient remedies and should be ad- 
 ministered, six peUets of No. Ttlirty-Five each morning, 
 and the same of No. Ten at night in aU the milder cases. 
 When the symptoms are more severe and decided, the 
 pellets may be dissolved in water and administered as often 
 as once in four hours, being at the same time careful to 
 give the patient aU the rest and quiet possible. When the 
 displacement is severe and decided, and especially when it 
 is the result of a recent strain, overlifting or accident, the 
 patient should lie down upon the back, with the limbs 
 drawn up, and endeavor to replace the organ, and to main- 
 tain the position until the organ has, in a degree, resumed 
 its position, and the pains and dragging sensation has dis- 
 appeared. 
 
 When prolapsus occurs in connection with chronic leu- 
 corrhcea, the Specifics No. Ten and No. Twelve should 
 be administered, giving each morning and afternoon, six 
 pellets of No. Twelve^ and at each noon and at night the 
 game of No. Ten until this condition is radically removed. 
 
432 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOE. 
 
 HYSTERIA. 
 
 Ladies between the ages of fifteen and thirty and more 
 especially the unmarried, are subject to attacks of hysteria, 
 which are in general connected with some anomalies in the 
 menstruation, and mostly occur in connection with that 
 period. The form and succession of symptoms are almost 
 innumerable, since there is scarcely a form of disease that 
 hysteria has not been known to simulate. The more fre- 
 quent symptoms, however, are those of anxiety, depression, 
 weeping; difficult or oppressed breathing; palpitation or 
 nausea; sensation as if there was a ball in the throat, which 
 proceeds from a pain in the left side; sometimes there is 
 twisting or turning of the body, rigid, stifif limbs and 
 clenching of the teeth. Then there are fits of laughing, 
 crying, screaming, incoherent talking or frothing at the 
 mouth, or hiccough. Sometimes an attack commences with 
 violent spasmodic pain in the back, which may extend to 
 the chest or stomach, with cold, perspiration, pale, earthy 
 face and weak, thread-like pulse. An attack lasts from a 
 few minutes to several hours, and passes off with eructations, 
 sighing, sobbing, and a sense of soreness in the whole body. 
 It is quite common in some families and individuals, and it 
 may be excited by sudden emotions. Th^ predispositica 
 to it is increased by an inactive life, free use of stimulanta^ 
 ^r depressing mental condition. 
 
 Treatment. — See pages 268 — 269. 
 
 INFLAMMATION OP THE LABIA. 
 
 An inflammation of the external organs of women 
 occasionally occurs, during which one of the labia becomes 
 swelled, hard, red and painful and sensitive. In soma 
 cases a swelling and suppuration and discharge similar 
 to that of a boil occurs, all of which is very painful and 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF WOMEN. 43S 
 
 tedious. In some persons there are frequent repetitions 
 of the same phenomenon. It may be occasioned by 
 the rupture of the hymen, or from injury in the newly 
 married, or come on as a consequence of tedious labors, or 
 in other cases from some morbid condition of the system 
 developing itself in this direction 
 
 Treatment. — ^When it is the result of violence or injury 
 to the parts, the Marvel of Healing, diluted one-half with 
 water, and applied to the part by a; cloth saturated vfith the 
 lotion, will give very prompt and decided relief; and the 
 Specific No. One, six pellets every two or three h^urs, may 
 also be taken upon the tongue, and continued until the 
 heat, swelling and pain has subsided. In cas^s where it 
 assumes the nature of a boil, and suppuration occurs, or is 
 inevitable, the Specific No. Twenty- Two may be given, 
 six pellets every four or six houw, uniil cured. An 
 occasional dose will prevent a return. 
 
 PEEGNANCY. 
 
 This period may be considered as perhaps the most im- 
 portant era in the life of woman. She is now no longer 
 acting for herself alone, but becomes invested with a new 
 and serious responsibility; as, upon her well or iU being 
 during this period, may depend the future health and hap- 
 piness of another, to whom she stands at once in the most 
 endearing and most responsible relation. Experience, and 
 ihe ample records of the most careful observers have clearly 
 shown that the physical, mental, and even moral constitu- 
 tion of the future being is greatly modified, and in some 
 instances formed, by the condition of the mother during 
 this interesting period. Keeping this in view, we shall en- 
 deavor to point out for mothers that general course of con- 
 3uct which vrill be most likely to secure for themselves 
 ease and safety during the approaching trial; and for the 
 
434- HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 offspring, that physical and mental condition which will 
 best fit them for the duties of life. Should these slight re- 
 strictions involve some self-denials or restraints, they may 
 be assured that they wiU be more than repaid in their own 
 welfare in the near future, and in the consciousness of 
 having so truly contributed to the health and happiness oi 
 another. 
 
 The most common causes of weak and sickly offspring 
 are : lU health or constitutional taint of one or both parents; 
 very early or very late marriages; too great inequality 
 between the ages of the parents; errors in dress, diet, and 
 general habits of life ; and, finally, powerful mental emotions. 
 
 Fortunately, under the benign and yet potent influence 
 of our system of treatment, not only long standing diseases, 
 but also hereditary taints, may be entirely overcome and 
 eradicated, so that we have less to fear than formerly in re- 
 gard to their transmission to offspring. And it may as well 
 be remarked here, that the intermarriage of relations or 
 members of the same family, tends to aggravate and perpe- 
 tuate any particular fault or vice of either parent, even 
 though in some cases it may disappear in one generation, 
 only to reappear in greater violence or strength in a 
 succeeding one; while, by judicious intermarriage with per- 
 sons of opposite temperaments, the fault or vice is con- 
 stantly found to diminish. 
 
 It is not advisable for women in this country to enter 
 the marriage relation before the twenty-first or twenty- 
 second year, though it is undeniable that many have be- 
 come strong, healthy mothers, lived to old age, and have 
 reared large families of healthy children, who have married 
 at a much earlier age; yet prior to this period, the organism 
 is rarely fuUy developed and confirmed, and those who 
 marry at sixteen or eighteen years of age, incur some 
 hazard of severe after-suffering to themselves, and of giving 
 birth to weak and delicate children. Not unfreqaently the 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OP WOMEN. 435 
 
 children of very early marriages perish in infancy, or after 
 contending with the various diseases of infancy in continual 
 delicacy, sink into a premature grave. Women who marry 
 late in life incur considerable personal risk, and their off- 
 spring are rarely healthy. The children of old men, though 
 by a young wife, are often extremely delicate and very 
 susceptible to iUness, and not unfrequently precede their 
 father to the grave, or linger but to drag out a miserable 
 and wearisome existence. 
 
 Pregnancy should not be considered a state of disease, 
 but as a natural function, and one which nature has 
 taken great care to have as perfect in all its appointments, 
 and as free from suffering as possible. "When pregnancy 
 runs its equable and uniform course, the expectant mother 
 enjoys an almost complete exemption from prevailing epi- 
 demic, or even infectious diseases; and we likewise find 
 that during its course chronic diseases are frequently sus- 
 pended or modified. With the exception of some slight 
 morning sickness, or other trifling uneasiness,, a well con- 
 stituted organism should enjoy as good health during this 
 period as at any other. Thousands pass through it, giving 
 birth to healthy and vigorous children without even the 
 most trifling inconvenience or suffering. Though nature 
 has taken kind care to render this season as far as possible 
 exempt from disease on the part of the mother, and to 
 provide for the health and welfare of the future being, yet 
 in many instances her kind intentions are frustrated by 
 the direct infraction of her laws. The expectant mother 
 should therefore bear in mind the duty of leading, as far 
 as possible, a regular and systematic course of life, since 
 its violation may fall with fearful severity upon the helpless 
 infant. 
 
 Air and Exeecise. — Preservation and enjoyment of the 
 highest health are dependent upon nothing more than the 
 two points mentioned above, yet, perhaps, in nothing are 
 
436 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 there more frequent errors. Neither air nor exercise is 
 individually sufficient. Those who, from habit or fashion, 
 merely take the air in their carriages, and shun the slightest 
 physical exercise, either from habit or from acquired in- 
 dolence, can scarcely expect to de/ive the benefit which 
 nature has annexed to the observation of her laws, in a 
 course of pregnancy, free from suffering, and the production 
 of fully developed and healthy offspring. 
 
 During this period, therefore, passive or carriage exer- 
 cise is not sufficient; on the contrary, continual passive 
 evercise in a carriage has been found particularly injurious 
 during and towards the end of the second period of pre- 
 gnancy, and is frequently the cause of premature or ab- 
 normal birtha Exercise on horseback, even without taking 
 into consideration the risk of fright or accident to the 
 rider, and the fearful consequences that may therefrom 
 result, is stiU more objectionable for many reasons. Walk- 
 ing, and that frequently in the open air, only meets every 
 indication, as it not only brings the whole of the organic 
 muscles into play, and imparts tone and strength to them 
 by their exercise, but likewise impai-ts the increased vigor 
 and energy of the mother to her offspring. 
 
 Another class, that of thrifty housewives, take a great 
 deal of exercise, but without corresponding benefit, as it is 
 mostly within doors; and in many cases these women, 
 either from activity of temperament or the seeming neces- 
 sities of their position, frequently over-fatigue themselves, 
 rise early, toil constantly, retire late and frequently slumber 
 unrefreshingly, and in this manner undermine their organic 
 powers, to their own permanent loss and injury, and that 
 of their offspring. 
 
 There are still others who not unfrequently injure their 
 health, or bring on a miscarriage through excessive levity 
 and thoughtlessness, by unrestrained indulgence in active 
 exercise, running, romping, riding on horseback, dancing, 
 
DISEASE AKB TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 437 
 
 etc. Such should remember that a miscarriage once or 
 twice induced is likely to return again upon the slightest 
 provocation, and that, when several have taken place, the 
 greatest care and skill is required, even if it be possible 
 to enable her to attain her full time; and that frequent 
 casualties of this nature not unfrequently undermine the 
 constitution, or terminate in that serious and painful 
 disease, uterine cancer. 
 
 The best exercise, therefore, for a person during this 
 period, is walking every day when the weather permits, in 
 the open air. In order to prove beneficial and not to inter- 
 fere with digestion, exercise should be taken two or three 
 hours after a moderate meal, about midday, or in the after- 
 noon, except during hot weather, when the morning or the 
 evening may be preferred, taking care to avoid the night 
 damps by not remaining out too late. 
 
 Clothing. — The dress of the expectant women should of 
 course be suited to the season, and in passing from a warm 
 to a cold atmosphere, the throat and neck should be well 
 protected, to avoid the risk of taking cold. But a point of 
 far greater importance is the adaptation of clothing to her 
 form, so as to preclude all unnecessary pressure upon any 
 part of the frame calculated to interfere with the functions 
 of those important organs which are destined for the birth 
 and nourishment of the infant; tight lacing, therefore, at 
 aU times most objectionable, is peculiarly so at this period, 
 inasmuch as it cramps the natural action of the body, and 
 bearing directly upon ^the abdominal muscles, the blood- 
 vessels, the lymphatics, and the whole intestinal economy, 
 produces narrowness of the chest, disturbed circulation, 
 and induration or other derangements of the liver; and 
 exercises a most baneful influence upon the breasts and 
 uterus. We should bear in mind that pressure upon these 
 organs during development takes place in direct contra- 
 vention of the operations of nature. Ladies in their efforts 
 
438 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR 
 
 to preserve the elegance of their shape during pregnancy, 
 are little aware that the constricting force thus exercised 
 upon the abdominal muscles, destroys their elasticity, pre- 
 vents a proper retraction after parturition, and thus proves 
 one of the most common causes of permanent abdominal 
 deformity. Besides, to the culpable vanity of their mothers 
 in this and other respects, many, it is probable, owe their 
 club-feet and other malformations; and in addition to these 
 evils, this practice not unfrequently deranges the position 
 of the foetus, a displacement, which, in addition to the con- 
 sequent want of energy in the muscles of the parts con- 
 cerned, often results in protracted and dangerous labors. 
 Besides, this tight lacing is Hable to produce a premature 
 labor. To tight lacing also may be attributed the difficulty 
 which many women experience in suckling their children, 
 from the incipient process required for the subsequent 
 secretion of milk having been interfered with by the unna- 
 tural pressure upon the beautifully constructed mechanism 
 of the breasts. From this, also, sometimes arises cancers 
 and other affections of the breast, and also the retraction 
 and diminution of the nipple from which the act of suckling 
 is rendered difficult, and in some cases impossible. Young 
 girls of seventeen or eighteen are frequently found with 
 pendulous breasts, owing to an artificial support having 
 usurped the office of muscles intended by nature for that 
 purpose, thus throwing them out of employment. Garters 
 too tightly bound are generally injurious, more particularly 
 to pregnant females, as the pressure thus exercised upon 
 the blood vessels tends to the development of varicose veins 
 in the inferior extremities, (to which the system is already 
 sufficiently predisposed), which thus, in many instances, 
 become painful and troublesome. 
 
 Diet. — The greatest simplicity should be observed in 
 regard to food. The quantity should be such as to affiard 
 a generous nutrition for the system, while an excess is pre- 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. DISEASES OF WOMEN. ^39 
 
 Judicial, causing dyspepsia and general uneasiness, and 
 from its mechanical effects acting injuriously upon the 
 foetus, which also shares in any derangements of the mother. 
 
 The qualify of her food is important; eYsry thing possess- 
 ing a medicinal property should be avoided, and only that 
 selected which is simply nutritive. Coffee and green tea 
 should be wholly abandoned, and black tea in moderation 
 should be used if any. Wines, liquors, beer, or other 
 stimulating beverages are injurious. Where women have 
 been' long accustomed to them, a little good wine may per- 
 haps be taken daily, but the better rule is to avoid stim- 
 ulants of every kind altogether. 
 
 Mental Employment and Geneeal Habits. — While the 
 body should be maintained in a condition of health, the 
 mind also should be kept in a state of serenity. An easy 
 cheerfulness of temper, and freedom from oppressive care 
 and anxiety, are essential to the well-being of the unborn 
 infant. It is well settled, from repeated observation, that 
 the predominant feeling or tone of mind of the mother has 
 often cast its shade over the future mental organization of 
 the child; and this fact illustrates the importance of keeping 
 the mind properly occupied during this period, and that its 
 meditations should be cheerful and free from depressing 
 influences and gloomy forebodings on the one hand, and 
 the levity, frivolity, and excitements of fashionable dissi- 
 pation on the other. Nothing can well be more injurious 
 to the future physical and mental weU-being of the chUd, 
 than a round of giddy dissipation, late hoiirs, and fashion- 
 able excitement, in connection with physical indolence and 
 inactivity. 
 
 Influence of External Objects upon the Unborn Infant. 
 "The effect of any unpleasant or unsightly object upon the 
 imagination of the mother, and the transmission of that effect 
 to the offspring, as manifested in various mental or physical 
 peculiarities after birth, is a theory as old as tradition. 
 
4^ BOM£OPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 Without entering into the various arguments both for ancl 
 against it, we simply advise expectant v?omen to keep as 
 much as possible out of the way of such objects, and to 
 preserve body and mind in a state of health, which will 
 lessen the fear of being affected by such occurrences; and 
 •ndeavor to direct the attention as much as possible to 
 pleasing subjects, as it must be evident that ■brooding over 
 unpleasant impressions can scarcely fail of being both phy- 
 sically and mentally injurious.'' 
 
 Mental Emotions, Despondency. — In some cases, and 
 especially with delicate, sensitive, ladies, and more com- 
 monly with first children, there is great mental despon- 
 dency, dread of the future, and fear of approaching death. 
 Some women, who in general have a fine flow of spirits, are 
 particularly depressed and gloomy during this period, and 
 ■with others there is this depression during the period of 
 nursing. "When it occurs early during gestation, it usually 
 passes off before delivery, and is in no case to be considered 
 as an unfavorable indication, and is in general without in- 
 jury to the physical health. 
 
 Treatment. — Our method of treatment will do much to 
 remove or mitigate it. "When this condition is attended 
 with some febrile movement, fullness of the head, or heat 
 of the hands, the Specific No. One, six pellets taken dry 
 on the tongue morning, and at night, will be sufficient to 
 remove it. When it is attended with morning sickness, 
 the Specific No. Ten may be taken at night, and the No. 
 Twenty-Nine, six pellets in the morning, will afford 
 relief to both affections. When there is excessive dejection 
 and great lassitude, the No. Thirty- Five may be given, 
 six pellets at a time, three times per day. These remedies 
 will usually be found quite adequate for the removal of any 
 difficulties of this nature. 
 
DISEASE AHD TREATMEKT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 441 
 
 DISOKDEES INCIDENT TO PREGNANCY. 
 
 Mensteuation. — Usually, -with the commencement of pre- 
 gnancy, menstruation ceases. In some cases, however, it 
 may continue in some degree during the period of gestation^ 
 especially the first two or three months. It should not be 
 considered as a disease, strictly speaking, yet it is one of 
 those abnormal conditions which require attention, and 
 should be remedied at the earliest moment. 
 
 Treatment. — Six pellets of the Specific No. Ten, taken 
 at night, and the same quantity of No. Tllil'ty-Five each 
 morning, will, in general, arrest the discharge. Should the 
 discharge be attended with cramps, pain, or bearing down, 
 the Specific No. Thirty-One should be taken in pre- 
 ference, six pellets every two, three or four hours, according 
 to the urgency of the case, until relieved. Should the 
 discharge again appear the subsequent month, the same 
 treatment should be pursued, and so continue so long as is 
 required. 
 
 Morning Sickness. — Nausea, vomiting, heartburn, con- 
 stituting what is usually termed morning sickness, is one 
 of the frequent and annoying accompaniments of pregnancy. 
 In some cases these symptoms appear immediately, or soon 
 after conception, but in most cases at about the sixth week. 
 The most decided symptoms occur in the morning soon 
 after rising, though in many cases they contiaue all through 
 the day and are quite marked in the afternoon. The usual 
 symptoms are nausea, qualmishness, then vomiting; some- 
 tinjes only a single retching; at others severe and oft-re- 
 peated vomitings, with constant loss of appetite, and heart- 
 burn. In general these symptoms disappear soon after 
 quickening, about the fourth month, but in Others they 
 continue to annoy during the entire period. In some cases 
 these symptoms form but a trifling annoyance, scarcely 
 noticeable; at others they form a most distressing and pain- 
 
442 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 ful attendant of this interesting period. Sometimes the 
 suffering has been so terrible, and the remedies of old 
 school medicine so fruitless, that premature delivery has 
 been resorted to. Our treatment, fortunately, contemplates 
 no such serious alternatives, as in general, all the serious 
 symptoms, and even the inconveniences of the period, are 
 promptly relieved. 
 
 Treatment.— The Specific No. Twenty-Ninc is very 
 generally efficient. Take six pellets dry on the tongue at 
 night on retiring, and in the morning before rising, and 
 again at mid-day if needful. In some severe cases it may 
 be better to dissolve twelve pellets in six spoonsful of water, 
 and of this take a spoonful every two hours during the 
 ■waking hours. In some extreme cases, when the nausea 
 and vomiting is excessive, the Specific No. Six may be 
 taken in the same manner as above indicated. 
 
 Constipation. — Constipation, more or less marked, is a 
 very common attendant of pregnancy. If persons are 
 habitually of constipated habit, it becomes more decided 
 during this period. See page 387. In addition to treat- ' 
 ment there advised, in some cases the Specifio No. 
 Twenty-Nine, six pellets at night, and the No. Ten in 
 the morning, will answer the purpose better. Enemas of 
 tepid water may be resorted to if necessary. 
 
 Diaeehcea. — In some cases, diarrhoea more or less de- 
 cided, or in occasional attacks, occurs during pregnancy, 
 and especially in the latter stages, should demand attention. 
 The usual remedies for this disease, as mentioned in the 
 chapter on that subject, will be found efficient. Generally 
 a few doses of the Specific No. Four, six pellets taken 
 dry, and repeated after every stool, will be sufficient to 
 arrest the difficulty. If the discharges are very loose and 
 watery, the Specifics No. Six may be more appropriate. 
 
 Dysukia. — Difficulty in passing the water is not of unfre- 
 quent occurence with pregnant women. And in some 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OF 'WOMEN. 443 
 
 oases the calls are so frequent and annoying as to demand 
 attention. 
 
 For Symptoms and Treatment see page 412. 
 
 Fainting and Hysteria. — Delicate, sensitive, or nervous 
 ■women, are sometimes attacked with turns of fainting 
 during pregnancy. They are generally without serious 
 annoyance, and pass over readily. Plenty of exercise in 
 the open air, and attention to proper rules of diet and re- 
 gimen, are the best preventatives against this affection; but 
 in cases where these prove insufficient, we should endeavor 
 to ascertain and remove the cause. Tight lacing, warm 
 rooms, the free use of coffee or other stimulants may be 
 the exciting cause, and their simple removal wiU prove 
 efficient. Should an attack not immediately pass off, 
 loosening the dress, removal to the fresh air, and sprinkling 
 the face with cold water, are the most Judicious means of 
 revival. The Specific No. Three will fl,t once quiet the 
 nervous excitability of the system, and may be given in 
 portions of two peUets, repeated hourly, if occasion re- 
 quires. To prevent the recurrence of similar attacks, 
 especially if the patient be of full or plethoric habit, the 
 Spech'ic No. Thirty- Five may be given, si?, pellets night 
 and morning. These remedies will rarely fail to afford the 
 desired relief. 
 
 Toothache. — This is a very frequent and annoying affec- 
 tion in the earlier months of pregnancy, and is sometimes 
 one of its earliest indications. See pages 262 — 264. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specifig No. Eight may be first tried, 
 six peUets dry, and administered every hour. Should relief 
 not be afforded in some hours, give Specific No. Three in 
 the same manner. Should there be throbbing in the teeth 
 or face, the No. One will be efficient. In very sensitive, 
 nervous subjects, Specific No. Eleven has proved promptly 
 curative. In fuU blooded, plethoric subjects, Specific No. 
 Thirty- Five has often cured. These remedies, or even 
 
m HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 others may be used in succession, or even in alternation, 
 with success. 
 
 Swelled Face — tumefaction of the check. — In addition to 
 treatment recommended on page 265, the use of Specific 
 No. Eleven, given in doses of six pellets, and repeated 
 every two hours in alternation, will prove efficient. 
 
 Varices — {Swelled Veins). — It not unfrequently occurs in 
 the later months of gestation, that some women suffer from 
 distention and enlargement of the veins of the thighs, lower 
 abdomen, and of other parts. The veins in these situations 
 become enlarged, blue and turgid, inducing sometimes pain 
 and much inconvenience. They are, in part, occasioned by 
 the pressure of the gravid uterus upon the blood vessels, 
 thus obstructing the circulation; and, in part, from con- 
 stitutional weakness of the individual, reflected upon the 
 venous circulation. Unless relieved, the varices are liable 
 to remain even after the occasioning cause has disappeared, 
 and to give serious inconvenience in after-life. They are 
 much increased by the use of stimulants, which should, 
 under such circumstances, be avoided, as well as an indo- 
 lent habit of life. 
 
 Treatment. — A reasonable amount of exercise should be 
 enjoined, and the parts affected should be bathed morning 
 and night with the Marvel of Healing. Half a teaspoon- 
 ful of the Marvel should be taken internally three times 
 per day. 
 
 In severe cases of varicose veins of the legs the best 
 treatment is to order an elastic stocking of proper length 
 and size to cover the part. Then, elevating the limb so as 
 to drain the blood from the veins as far as possible, lay over 
 the swelled veins a cloth saturated with the Marvel of 
 Healing, and over this turn the elastic stocking or band; 
 renewing the same morning and night. Not only all trouble 
 may thus be avoided, but a permanent cure may likewise be 
 effected. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 445 
 
 Pains in the Back. — {Lumbo-Sacral Pains). — Some women 
 Buffer during pregnancy from pains in the lower part of the 
 back, sometimes proving quite distressing, especially when 
 they occur at night, and thereby disturb sleep. They are 
 generally described as an aching, or a duU, heavy, dragging 
 pressure, as if from a weight resting upon the affected part. 
 They wiU usually be relieved by the use of the Specipic No. 
 Fifteen, six pellets three or four times per day. Some- 
 times they are associated with Piles, in which case the 
 Specific No. Seventeen may prove the more efficient 
 remedy, and may be given as above, or may even be given 
 in alternation with the No. Fifteen. Usually six pellets 
 of No. Ten at night, and of No. Fifteen each morning, 
 wiU afford satisfactory relief. 
 
 MiscAEKiAGE. — MiscaiTiagB may occur at any period be- 
 tween the first and seventh month, but in the large pro- 
 portion of cases, it occurs about the third or beginning of 
 the fourth month. When it takes place before or about this 
 period, it is frequently attended with but comparatively 
 little pain or danger; yet frequent miscarriages at this 
 period, from the great discharges that take place, tend to 
 undermine the strength and constitution of the patient, and 
 not unfrequently produce as a result, barrenness or severe 
 chronic disease. When a miscarriage occurs at a more ad- 
 vanced period, it assumes a very serious complexion, and is 
 often attended with a considerable degree of peril to the 
 sufferer. Women who have once suffered from the occur- 
 rence of a miscarriage, are exceedingly liable to its re- 
 currence, and this liability is increased with every sub- 
 sequent miscarriage; so that in a comparatively short period, 
 a condition is induced which renders it exceedingly difficult 
 for the womb to retain the foetus up to the full term, re- 
 Bulting in a very intractable form of sterility. 
 
 The premonitory and accompanying symptoms of mis- 
 wrriage vary much in their nature; sometimes a discharge 
 
446 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 of blood occurs wMcli is very profuse, and at others moder- 
 ate or even inconsideraMe; the pains in some instances are 
 severe and protracted, and at others comparatively slight 
 and of short duration. 
 
 Sudden mental emotions, or great physical exertion; me- 
 chanical injuries, such as shocks, blovFS, or falls; a luxurious 
 mode of life, fashionable habits or dissipations; powerful 
 aperients; neglecting to take air or exercise, are some of the 
 more common exciting causes of the affection; and to this 
 should be added, that the predisposition is strong in the 
 highly plethoric, and those of delicate and nervous habits. An 
 abnormal condition of the system is doubtless the predis- 
 posing cause. 
 
 Miscarriage is generally attended by the majority of the 
 following symptoms: A sensation of chiU, followed by 
 fever, with more or less bearing down, particialarly when 
 occurring late in pregnancy; also severe pains in the abdomen, 
 drawing or cidting pains in the loins, or pains often bearing 
 a close resemblance to those of labor; discharge of viscid 
 mucus and blood, sometimes of bright red blood, not un- 
 frequently mixed with coagula, at othei times dark and 
 clotted blood, followed by emissions of serous fluid. The 
 miscarriage generally occurs during this discharge, which 
 occasionally continues, if not checked, to flow for some 
 hours, often placing the sufferer in considerable jeopardy. 
 When the pains increase in intensity, and the muscular 
 contractions become established, with their regular throes 
 and efforts to dilate the mouth of the womb, miscarriage is 
 almost inevitable. 
 
 Treatment. — In cases where a women has had one or 
 more miscarriages, it is evident that a predisposition to this 
 accident exists, and more than usual care should be exer- 
 cised to prevent a similar result, and such persons should 
 especially avoid all the exciting causes which have been 
 above mentioned. But, beside these prudential considera- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DISEASES OE WOMEN. 447 
 
 Kons in habits, labor and exercise, proper medicine may be 
 taken to allay or remove that morbid irritability of the 
 uterus, which lies at the foundation of the difficulty. To 
 this end the Specieio No. Eleven, simply six pellets taken 
 every other night, and continued along during the period 
 mentioned, from the second to the fourth mouth, will prove 
 efficacious. Sometimes the occasional use of Sabina, sixth 
 dilution, or of Secale, same dilution, given at intervals of six 
 or eight days, will produce a similar result. 
 
 When the symptoms indicating an impending miscarriage 
 Lave made their appearance, such as: A slight show, sen- 
 sation of duU, heavy pressure in the back or loins; pains in 
 the lower abdomen, bearing down or dragging, the patient 
 should at once retire to her room, assume the recumbent 
 posture, or in some cases go to bed and sleep with but 
 slight covering; the apartment should be kept cool, and 
 every method be employed to ensure perfect tranquillity of 
 mind- The diet should be light, and warm or stimulating 
 ■i:injis be generally avoided. If the misfortune has proved 
 unavoidable, or has accidentally taken place before assis- 
 tance has been sought, the patient ought still to remain 
 quiet a few days, lest a fresh discharge should be brought 
 on from too early getting up, or going about. "When the 
 first symptoms mentioned above aie perceived, six pellets 
 of SpBcmc No. Eleven should be taken dry on the tongue, 
 and perfect rest and quiet enjoined. If not better in an 
 hour, take the same quantity of Specipio No. Three, and 
 continue these two medicines in alternation, at intervals of 
 one, two or three hours, according to circumstances, dim- 
 inishing the frequency of doses as the symptoms diminish 
 or disappear. 
 
 Should the miscarriage have occurred, or become in- 
 evitable from the great loss of blood, six pellets of Specieio 
 No. Twenty-Four, given every half, or even every 
 quarter of an hour, will be among the best means to arrest 
 
448 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR 
 
 the flow, and given four times per day, it relieves the ex- 
 haustion and debility resulting from such hemorrhage or 
 accident. In extreme cases, when the excessive flooding, 
 occurring at later periods of pregnancy, produces faintness 
 and exhaustion, or threatens life from its excess or long 
 continuance, the use of Humpheeys' Makvel or HEALmGj 
 half a teaspoonful, repeated every half hour or at longer 
 intervals, according to circumstances, acts like magic, and 
 arrests the frightful flow. The hips should at same time 
 be raised to a higher level than the shoulders. 
 
 TEEATMENT BEFOEE PAETURITION. 
 
 Peepaeation of the Breasts. — Young mothers frequently 
 find great difficulty in suckling their children, resulting 
 from some organic defect, or imperfect development of the 
 nipple. In many instances the structure of the breasts ia 
 disorganized, from an ignorant nurse having compressed 
 them in infancy, under the idea of such a process being 
 needful for the expulsion of some matter in the breast of 
 the child; a vulgar error, against which mothers should be 
 particularly watchful. Inability to nurse is also liable to 
 occur from the pressure of stays in after life, by which the 
 cuticle is rendered so tender as to preclude nursing. In 
 almost every case a preparation of the breasts is necessary 
 some weeks before delivery, in order to prepare them for 
 their future office. 
 
 The first two instances, organic defect or an undeveloped 
 nipple, may be beyond the power of art. If suckling be 
 attempted, induration of the nipple and breasts ensues, 
 attended with severe suffering. I^ however, a simple 
 tenderness of the epidermis exists, the evil will be much 
 alleviated by bathing the nipples in brandy each morning 
 and night for several weeks before delivery. IjnoHiti diffi- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 44^ 
 
 culty frequentiy accompanying this state, is a shortness or 
 retraction of the nipple, so that the infant cannot take hold 
 of it. This also is frequently a cause of the first, from the 
 frequent ineffectual efforts of the infant to suck, injuring 
 the part. In this case, appropriate shields of rubber or 
 ■wood may be applied, to accustom the nipple to elongate 
 and protrude, so as to present a sufficient hold for the 
 infant when the period for suckling arrives, and then the 
 efforts of the child will stiU further contribute to the same 
 object. In this case also, bathing as before mentioned, 
 with brandy, will tend to correct any tenderness of the 
 skin, and prevent subsequent excoriation. 
 
 Eemedies Betoee Labob. — Many things have been re- 
 commended before labor, and among them blood-letting 
 and aperient medicines, with a view of preparing the 
 system for the important function. But better judgment 
 and experience has discarded them as being in no wise 
 necessary, but often injurious, tending to impair the 
 energies of the system, and to place the system in an ab- 
 normal state of irritation and ^sxcitement. Where an evi- 
 dently plethoric state exists, with fullness of the head and 
 system generally, six pellets of Specific No. One, repeated 
 daily, or even more frequently, wiU be found fully suffi- 
 cient and will serve a far better purpose than bleeding or 
 aperients. 
 
 A movement of the bowels previous to delivery is de- 
 sirable, and may be obtained by a simple enema of warm 
 water, to which may be added, if the simple warm water 
 should prove insufficient, a large spoonful of oil. 
 
 False Pains. — In some cases real labor is preceded for a 
 few hours, and indeed in others several days or even weeks, 
 by what are known as false pains. They are the result of 
 congestion of the organs involved, and result from errors in 
 regimen, emotions of the mind, effects of a chill to the ab- 
 domen, or other excitine causes. They differ chiefly from 
 
450 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 labor pains, tn the irregularity of their recurrence; in being 
 unconnected with uterine contractions; are chiefly confirusd to 
 the abdomen, with sensibility to touch and movement; and in 
 not increasing in intensity as they return. Occasionally, from 
 their close resemblance, it is quite difficult to discriminate 
 between them and real labor pains, and in such instances 
 we must be guided chiefly by the period of gestation; and 
 our proper and safe mode is to endeavor to control them, 
 if they occur at a period some week or two before the 
 proper time for labor, and mitigate the sufferings of the 
 patient; as, if they are permitted to go on unchecked, they 
 may continue until the time of delivery, rendering the labor 
 more painful, exhausting, and tedious. Proper medication 
 will, in general, either arrest them, or convert them into 
 true labor pains. 
 
 Tkeatment. — Generally a few doses of Specific No. One, 
 six pellets, repeated at intervals of one or two hours, will 
 be found sufficient. Should, however, the result not be 
 satisfactory, administer the Specific No. Eleven in the 
 same manner, or give the Speclfio No. Three, if the 
 patient should be very nervous or excitable. 
 
 PAETUEITION. 
 
 Natural labor takes place at the end of the ninth month 
 of pregnancy, or two hundred and seventy days from the 
 period of conception. Counting six weeks to the usual 
 appearance of morning sickness, and four months to the 
 period of quickening, and nine months from the last men- 
 struation, the period of labor may be looked for with 
 tolerable certainty. The pains accompanying uterine 
 contractions are regular and effective, and the entire pro- 
 cess does not continue beyond twenty-four hours, rarely 
 above twelve, and quite frequently not longer than four or 
 six. Were it not that acquired habits often derange or 
 
DISEASE AOT) TKEATJraNT.-^ DISEASES OF WOMKN. 451 
 
 distort the natural and symmetrical provisions of nature, 
 'habits that weaken and enervate, and customs that distort 
 and derang©, either acquired or transmitted), parturition 
 would b'S comparatively free from pain and almost free 
 from danger. 
 
 Tedious Labors. — When labor is protracted beyond the 
 period above mentioned, or is attended with an excessive 
 degree of suffering, which is the more liable to occur when 
 the women is of slender form, and of highly nervous and 
 sensitive habit, it is proper to avail ourselves of all the re- 
 sources of art, to mitigate her sufferings. 
 
 Thus, if the pains seem to be ineffective, the face red and 
 flushed, and the patient distressed, out of proportion to the 
 effectiveness of the pains, give six pellets of the Speoitio No. 
 One, and repeat it in an hour if not relieved. 
 
 If the pains are what are called wrangling, in the abdomen 
 or lower extremities, and not from the back, drawing down 
 forward, give the No. Eleven in the same manner. 
 
 If the patient is very nervous, excitable, and the pains 
 slight or inefficient, even with some tendency to cramps of 
 the extremities, give the Specific No. Three, six pellets 
 every half hour, and repeat it until these symptoms yield, 
 and the pains become strong and expulsive. 
 
 Cramps and Convulsions. — In complicated labors we some- 
 times have spasmodic pains as indicated above, which do 
 but little towards advancing the labor; and, in rare cases, 
 severe cramps, or even convulsions. These should be care- 
 fully guarded against. The SpEcrFic No. Three should be 
 given, six pellets, dry on the tongue, and repeated every 
 half hour, or hour, so long as extreme nervousness and ex- 
 citability of the patient continues. If, notwithstanding its 
 use, and the very essential procedure of keeping the room 
 quiet, and exciting persons or things as far removed as 
 possible, the excitement of the patient still continue, or in 
 case actual cramps or convulsions have supervened, give 
 
4Sii HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 the Specific No. Tllh'ty-Three, six pellets at once, and 
 repeat it every hour until the danger is removed. 
 
 TREATMENT APTER DELIVERY. 
 
 Immediately after delivery, and the proper adjustment 
 of the bed, the woman should be left to the undisturbed- 
 rest and repose which are the great restoratives of nature. 
 Everything which tends to excite the patient — noise, light, 
 talking, or excitement of any kind — should be avoided, and 
 the patient be quietly allowed to rest for some hours; yet it 
 is commendable to see that the discharges are not excessive, 
 and that the pulse is not sinking. An hour or two of good 
 quiet rest wUl do more to restore, than tea, stimulants, or 
 food at this time. Should the patient be kept from sleep- 
 ing, from excitement, give six pellets of Specific No. 
 Three, which wiQ soon allay it, and serve also to stimulate 
 the natural contractions of the womb. In the event of too 
 profuse discharge, or even flooding, the No. Three may 
 be given, six pellets every half hour; or should there be 
 faintness, or very profuse flow, a half teaspoonful of the 
 Marvel of Healing may at once be resorted to, and repeated 
 every half hour until it is controlled. 
 
 The patient should mostly keep her bed for the first eight 
 days; after four or six days, if she feels strong and so de- 
 sires, she may be permitted to sit up a short period daily, 
 to have her bed made and aired. It is important for the 
 womb to reduce itseK and recover its natural position; that 
 the women be kept at rest, and in a recumbent posture for 
 the eight or fourteen days, and careful attention to this ad- 
 vice wiU prevent much of infirmity, debility, and after- 
 disease. The diet should be of light and easily-digested 
 food, avoiding all stimulants or exciting beverages, and 
 being guided in quantity bj' the desires of the patient; 
 bearing in mind that for the first fsw days, nature calls for 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF WOMEH. ^53 
 
 but little nourishment, and that if given when the patient 
 does not desire it, it will be more liable to be injurious than 
 beneficial. All stimulating or very nutritious food must be 
 avoided the first few days. 
 
 For the constipation, which is the natural result of de- 
 livery, nothing should be done at first, as it is altogether a 
 proper and salutary condition; time being required for the 
 organs to regain their natural tone and position, which 
 should not be interfered with by aperients. If, after four 
 or six days, the bowels should not move spontaneously, an 
 injection of warm water may be administered, and assisted 
 by six pellets of Specific No. Ten, given at night, and these 
 may be repeated, if necessary, until natural evacuations are 
 established. 
 
 StrppBESSED OR Scanty Seceetion op Milk. — It is of impor- 
 tance that the processes of nature foUow in proper order, 
 and with due regularity, and hence, it is proper to correct, 
 so far as in our power, any important deviation. Some- 
 times the proper secretion of milk is prevented by undue 
 heat, distention, excessive or undue vitality of the breasts. 
 In such cases, a few doses of Specific No. One, six peUets 
 given at intervals of four hours, wiU. allay the heat and 
 distention, and the secretion will proceed with regularity. 
 If, however, the secretion seems to fail from a want of 
 secretory power in the gland itself, the use of Specific No. 
 Eleveiij given in like manner, wUl promote the natural 
 flow. 
 
 Milk Fever. — The secretion of milk in considerable quan- 
 tities is often preceded or accompanied with a general 
 febrile movement of the system, which is known by the 
 term of milk fever. It is known by thirst, slight shivering 
 and heat, terminating in mild perspiration; the pulse is 
 quickened, and sometimes variable; at times frequent, ot 
 soft and regular. Sometimes there is drawing pain in the 
 back, extending to the breast; bad taste in the mouth; 
 
454 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 oppressed respiration, anxiety and headache; the exacer- 
 bation comes on towards evening, with perspiration towards 
 morning, and temporary relief or termination of the attack, 
 which not unfrequently returns the following day, but 
 rarely rises to such a hight as to indicate danger. Nature 
 herself, if not disturbed by injudicious treatment, in most 
 cases restores the proper equilibrium. When the milk se- 
 cretion is established, and the lochial discharge resumes its 
 wanted course, the derangement generally ceases. Should, 
 however, the aflfection become established, we may appre- 
 hend the setting in of puerperal fever. 
 
 The indications above mentioned caU for the Specific No. 
 One, which may best be given by dissolving twelve pellets 
 in six spoonsful of water, of which one may be given every 
 hour at first, and then at intervals of two hours, until the 
 fever quite disappears, and the normal secretions are 
 established. 
 
 Lochial Dischaege. — This continues, usually, from nine 
 to fourteen days, but varies considerably in different women, 
 sometimes being but slight, at others, copious and con- 
 tinuing for a long time. Its deviations require attention. 
 If it becomes suppressed, or thin, pale, and prematurely 
 scanty. Specific No. Eleven should be given, six pellets 
 every two or three hours. If pain and fever attend the 
 diminution or suppression. No. One should be given in 
 water, twelve pellets every hoizr, until this condition is 
 removed. If it is too free, or remains full or high-colored 
 after nine days. Specific No. TTVenty-Four should be 
 given, six pellets three times per day. 
 
 AiiOPECiA. — Palling out of the Haik. — Not unfrequently, 
 especially in feeble or debilitated constitutions, the hair 
 falls out, during or soon after the period of confinement. 
 If the patient is debilitated in consequence of flooding, or 
 the excessive drains upon the system, the evil will be cor- 
 rected by the use of Specific No. Twenty- Foiir^ taking 
 
DISEASE AMD TKEATMENT. — DISEASES OP WOMEK. 455 
 
 six pellets three times per day. If the cause is not so 
 apparent, and must be sought for in some inherent delicacy 
 of the constitution, the use of Specipics No. Thirty- rive 
 and No. Twenty-Nine, giving six pellets of the former 
 in the morning, and the latter at night. Care should be 
 taken in dressing the hair during this condition of the 
 scalp, not to comb or brush it too harshly, as you may thus 
 pull out large quantities of hair that a more appropriate 
 management would have preserved. 
 
 Leucorehcea after Paktueition. — Appears, at first, only as 
 an extension of the natural discharges in consequence of 
 the relaxation of the uterine economy; at the beginning 
 mUd and inocuous, but gradually assuming an acrid or 
 morbid condition, producing sensibility and excoriation. 
 It is sometimes very obstinate and often troublesome. 
 
 For Teeatment, see page 428. 
 
 Inteenal Swelling and Peolapsds of interior organs is fre- 
 quently the result of difficult labor, and is often found com- 
 plicated with uterine or vaginal prolapsus. The use of the 
 Mabvel or Healing externally as a lavement, and as an in- 
 jection prepared as above, one part of the marvel to two of 
 water, is sovereign in all similar cases, and may be ad- 
 ministered two or three times per day. At the same time, 
 Speoifio No. Thirty-Five, six pellets, may be giTen, three 
 times per day. 
 
 Meteitis. — {Inflammation of the Womb). — The more con- 
 stant symptoms of this very serious affection, are : Fever, 
 pain, continuous burning or shooting in the lower abdomi- 
 nal region, accompanied with a sensation of weight; soreness 
 or tenderness of that region on pressure or movement. The 
 abdomen becomes hot, and gradually tumefied, the secretion 
 of lochia and milk diminished or arrested, likewise the 
 urine and feces. It is usually caused by severe, unnatural 
 or protracted labors, or by harsh manual interference dur- 
 ing labor, or may result from retained placenta or clots, or 
 
456 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 mental emotions, chill, etc. In a less active form, it may 
 occur in women who have never borne children, as the re- 
 sult of chiU, cold feet, inflammation of neighboring organs, 
 external injuries, etc. 
 
 The Spech'ic No. One should be given, twelve pellets 
 dissolved in six large spoonsful of water, of which one 
 should be given every hour, and this medication continued' 
 with entire rest and quiet until the power of the disease is 
 broken, and the normal discharges re-established. 
 
 Excoriation of the Nipples. — If the nipples have been 
 properly prepared for their office by frequent bathing 
 with brandy, the Maevel of Heaiing, or other hardening 
 preparations, there will be less liability of excoriation; 
 nevertheless, it sometimes appears, owing to some peculiar 
 dyscrasia of the system. The nipples become sore, ex- 
 coriated or cracked, and bleed, and are exquisitely painful 
 at every attempt of the child to nurse. 
 
 Treatment. — From the first, after every nursing, the 
 nipples should be carefuUy moistened with the Maevel of 
 Healing, diluted one half with water; and, after being thus 
 thoroughly moistened, should be carefully dried with a soft 
 cloth or fine hnt, and this process should be constantly re- 
 peated after nursing. In some cases a soft rubber shield 
 can be worn to advantage, but to be effective, it must fit 
 nicely, and be worn easily. Internally, the Specitic No. 
 Three should be given, six pellets three times per day, to 
 remove any constitutional impediment to the healing. In 
 cases where these remedies remain ineffectual, resort may 
 be had to a dose of six pellets of Specific No. Twenty- 
 Two, at night, while the No. Three is given morning 
 and at noon; and so continue for some days. 
 
 Mastitis. — {Inflammation of the Breasts — Gathered Breast — 
 Ague in the Breast). — It commences with a chiU, to which 
 some degree of fever is soon associated, and the breast, or 
 some portion of it becomes tumefied, swelled, sensitive and 
 
DISEASE AUK TREATMENT. —DISEASES OF WOMEN. 451 
 
 painful, with an erysipelatous swelling and redness extend- 
 ing over some portion of the surface. In case the inflam- 
 mation is not early arrested, suppuration takes place, the 
 swelling points, and the abscess must be opened and pus 
 discharged; or it will open of itself, causing a much more 
 extensive disorganization and discharge, and a disfiguring 
 cicatrix. 
 
 Treatment. — Specific No. One should be given at once, 
 twelve pellets dissolved in six dessert spoonsful of water, 
 and of this a large spoonful should be given every hour for 
 the first twelve hours, and then every two hours, until the 
 inflammation subsides. Advantage will also be derived 
 from the application of a cloth, several folds of which have 
 been saturated with the Marvel of Bjsaling, and applied 
 well over the part or breast, and the whole covered with 
 flannel, so as to protect the clothing and person from moist- 
 ure, and the application may be removed as often as it gets 
 hot or dry. 
 
 If the inflammation has progressed so far that suppuration 
 cannot be arrested, or has already taken place, the use of 
 Specifio No. Twenty-Two, six pellets every three hours, 
 will be the best medicine to promote that object, and at the 
 same time to limit its extension. It is likewise the best 
 medicine, to limit the suppurative process, and heal the 
 wound after the abscess has been opened. 
 
 Weakness or Perspiration during CoNrraEMENT. — Some- 
 times there remains an excessive degree of debility after 
 delivery, continuing several weeks beyond the usual period; 
 and in consequence the patient sweats easily during any 
 effort, or on going to sleep. This condition of weakness, 
 indicating an exhausted or enfeebled vitality, is best met 
 by SpEomc No. Twenty-FoiU", of which six pellets may 
 be given dry, four times per day, with advantage, or siiaply 
 at night, six pellets, if there is merely too free perspiration 
 at night, or on sleeping. 
 
458 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 OvAKiAN Dropsy. — {Ovarian Tumor). — ^We mention this 
 disease here, as it usually first presents itself in the form of 
 ascites or abdominal dropsy; but in this case there is 
 always a tumor or morbid growth from one of the ovaries, 
 generally the left, which, gradually enlarging apparently 
 from just above the pubic bone, more on one side, extends 
 upwards and over the abdomen, at first more hai-d and 
 firm, and to which the softer fluctuation of the fluid is after- 
 wards associated; for it is only after the weight and volume 
 of the tumor has compromised the abdominal circulation, 
 that the effusion takes place. When this has occurred, the 
 symptoms are not unlike ascites — ^large tumid abdomen, 
 oedematous extremities, and scanty secretion with often- 
 disturbed menstruation. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specific No. Twenty-Five may be 
 given as in general dropsy, six pellets dissolved in water, 
 and administered every three hours. 
 
 A remarkable cure was made by the use of Humphreys' 
 Marvel or Healing, not only of the effusion but of the 
 tumor itself, and should the No. Twenty-Five fail, I 
 should not hesitate to recommend its adoption. 
 
 TREATMENT OF INFANTS. 
 
 Homeopathy possesses many advantages in the treatment 
 of the diseases of children and infants. The first mani- 
 festations of morbid action are thus met in their formative 
 stage, and not only are they crushed in the bud, but the 
 tendency thereto is eradicated from the system. Constitu- 
 tional tendencies to disease are thus destroyed, and the 
 entire development is symmetrical and happy. On the 
 contrary, when the diseases of infancy and early childhood 
 are met by the pernicious drugs so much in vogue in the 
 old school of medicine, not only are the diseases themselves 
 not eradicated from the system, but drug action is often set 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES OF WOMEN. 459 
 
 up, false, perverted or morbid action is engendered, and 
 the germs of what become life-long maladies are thus un- 
 wisely planted. Thousands of ill-developed, misanthropic, 
 and unhappily constituted persons, owe their life-long in- 
 firmities to the injudicious use of drugs or crude medicines, 
 given with the best intentions during their infancy. 
 
 After Birth. — Immediately after the separation of the 
 cord, the child should be wrapped in a soft flannel, which 
 has been carefully warmed, and be laid upon its left side. 
 After the mother has been cared for, the child should be 
 washed with tepid water, with a soft cloth, care being taken 
 not to continue the first washing too long, not to rub the 
 child, nor to apply soap, as the skin is very delicate and 
 tender, and the entire organism unaccustomed to cold, or 
 to rough usage. After washing, dry the infant immediately, 
 by taking up the moisture with a soft, warm cloth, rather 
 than by rubbing, always avoiding the risk of the child be- 
 coming chilled or taking cold. Nor should infants be 
 swathed or overburdened with a superfluity of clothes, a 
 source of not unfrequent deformity and weakness. 
 
 Swelling of the head very commonly appears in infants 
 to some extent, and sometimes, indeed, a large tumor 
 appears, which seems very formidable, and excites appre- 
 hension. This swelling generally disappears of itself after 
 a few days. Should it be considerable, wetting the head 
 with the Marvel of Healing, diluted one-half with tepid 
 water, will rapidly promote the absorption of the tumor. 
 Should there be a swelling which seems to contain fluid 
 over the fontanel or large opening on the head, one pellet 
 of Specific No. Twenty-Two wiU hasten its removal. 
 
 Expulsion of the meconium is best effected by the natural 
 milk of the mother, which, at its first appearance after 
 delivery, has the precise qualities adapted to that purpose. 
 Hence, so soon as the child begins to desire food, and the 
 mpther has recovered sufficient strength to permit it, say 
 
460 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 from eight to twelve hours after birth, the ohild may be 
 applied to the breast. Should it get but a trifle, even that 
 will be of benefit to the child, and the effort wiU stimulate 
 the secretion, so that after a few times it will become 
 established. Its gradual appearance is better than to have 
 it come in a flood, with fever after two or more days. On 
 no account should drugs or domestic herb teas be given to. 
 the child to promote this object. A spoonful of sweetened 
 water from time to time will be much better, or even an 
 injection of equal parts of pure sweet oil and water. 
 
 The Diet or the Nuese must be simple, easily digestible; 
 and with a due proportion of vegetable and animal food. 
 That which is too highly concentrated or stimulating may 
 be injurious, by causing the milk to become too rich and 
 unsuited to the delicate digestion of the infant. In some 
 rare cases, wine, ale, or even porter, may be used to promote 
 the secretion, and sustain the strength of the nurse. But 
 evil is done in more cases than good, and in general the 
 resort to the use of stimulants should be avoided, and the 
 system should be sustained by those best purveyors of 
 nature, quiet, avoidance of fatigue, anxiety, good food and 
 sufficient sleep. 
 
 Supplementary Diet or Infants. — The best and most 
 natural food is the milk of the mother. Even if it only 
 in part supplies the want of the child, it is better to retain 
 even this, as in case of sickness of the infant, it furnishes a 
 precious reserve to be supplied in no other way. Cows' 
 milk is the most usual substitute, and should at first be di- 
 luted by adding one-third of water, and slightly sweetened. 
 If milk is to remain some time during warm weather, it 
 should be first heated to prevent too rapid change. Great 
 care should be taken that the nursing bottle be perfectly 
 clean and sweet; and food which has been standing, or is in 
 danger of having deteriorated, must on no account be 
 given. Better make that which you know to be sweet and 
 
DiSfiASE AND TftEATMENT. — DISEASES Of MPAKTS. 461 
 
 fresb, than to assume a risk. After some weeks the milk 
 may be given without water, and as the first teeth appear, 
 about the fourth or sixth month, the diet should become 
 more varied and liberal; a well made panada, diluted milk, 
 sweetened and thickened with a small quantity of arrow- 
 A>ot, sago or rusk, may be given with advantage. So barley- 
 water, well-boiled gruel, weak chicken-tea or beef-tea, may 
 be resorted to, taking care to give thsvt on which the child 
 seems to thrive best. Gradually, as the teeth appear, the 
 child may be given the usual food from the table, and in 
 such quantities, and in such form, as the organism seems 
 to require. 
 
 Weahing. — The length of time a child should nurse, 
 depends upon many considerations, such as: The health ot' 
 the child, of the mother, and the season of the year, and 
 the facility of substituting an appropriate diet. In general, 
 a child should be nursed from nine to fifteen months. If 
 care be taken to gradually substitute a proper diet, a child 
 win gradually wean itself before that period. The child 
 had better not be weaned suddenly, but gradually, and in 
 proportion as the teeth appear. With the full development 
 of the teeth, the organism is generally prepared to thrive 
 without the aid of the breast. "Weaning during the hot 
 season is hazardous, from the liability to diarrhoeas, or the 
 usual summer complaints. 
 
 DISEASES OF INFANTS. 
 
 Inflammation of the Eyes of new-born infants may arise 
 from sudden exposure to the strong glare of daylight. If 
 the eyes look red, and shrink from the light, are tearful, 
 or watery, dissolve a single pellet of Specific No. One in a 
 spoonful of water, and give of this a few drops once per 
 day for two or three days. If not cured, give a single 
 pellet of No. Eighteen in the same manner, keeping the 
 child's eyes free from the irritation of all bright light. 
 
462 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Cold in the Head usually takes the form of obstruction 
 of the nose, impeding the action of suckling, and causing 
 the infant to release thp nipple, and rendering it irritable 
 and fretful, If the nose is dry within, we may imitate the 
 natural secretion by applying a little almond oil or cream, 
 on a feather, to the interior of the nostril. Usually the Spe- 
 ciEiG No. Three, one pellet given three times per day, will 
 remove the difficulty. If it fails, give the No. Nineteen 
 in the same manner. It may be given in water, or even 
 dry in the mouth, after the child is some weeks old. 
 
 CRYiNa AND Wakefulness of Infants will, with proper care 
 to the diet and regimen of the mother and child, be fully 
 obviated by the use of Specific No. Three. Of course 
 the child must be properly changed, made comfortable and 
 satisfied with food; and it must not be taking, with its food 
 from the mother, the flatulent food or exciting drinks, 
 coffee, strong tea, or other stimulants which she imbibes. 
 These conditions met, the No. Three will afford quiet, 
 refreshing sleep and rest, and freedom fi'om the colic and 
 cries so common in the nursery. Of course aU drops, 
 soothing syrups, or anodynes must be banished. 
 
 Eeguegitation of Food. — Children often in nursing over- 
 load themselves with milk, and as a salutary provision of 
 nature, they regurgitate or throw up a portion of it. No 
 interference is required in such cases. But where all, or a 
 large portion of the food taken, is thrown up again, or the 
 regurgitated matter is sour, and is followed by mucus or 
 watery fluid, or the children are sick, or appear nauseated, 
 medical interference is desirable. In such cases an occa- 
 sional pellet of Specifio No. Ten will correct the action of 
 the stomach. Should there be nausea or actual vomiting, 
 Specific No. Six, given as above, will be better. It may 
 be given dissolved in a spoonful of water, or even dry to 
 somewhat older children. 
 
 Milk Ceubts — ^Eruptions. — ^A scurfy eruption sometimes 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DISEASES OF INFANTS. 4:63 
 
 appears upon the hair scalp, which in places becomes 
 brownish bran-like. The application of a drop or two of 
 nice sweet-oil, with the gentle aid of a soft brush or fine 
 comb, soon removes it, care being taken not to injure the 
 surface. Meantime a pellet of Specific No. Foiirteeilj 
 given at night for a few days, will arrest the tendency to 
 its production. 
 
 Milk Crusts; see Eczema, page 220. For these cases the 
 SPEcmo No. Fourteen, one pellet for infants, or two for 
 children over one year of age, may be given morning, noon, 
 and at night, each dissolved in a spoonful of water. K the 
 itching is severe, causing restlessness and fretfulness, dis- 
 solve of Specific No. One, six pellets in as many spoonsful 
 of water, and of this give a spoonful every hour between 
 the intermediate doses of No. Fourteen; and this No. 
 One may be thus used as an intermediate remedy, so long 
 as the itching and irritation continues. A trifle of sweet 
 oil will at any time remove the crusts. But they had better 
 fall off of themselves, and I advise to apply soap or water 
 to them as seldom as the purpose of cleanliness will permit. 
 
 Thkush oe ApHTttE shows itself by the formation of small, 
 isolated, round, white vesicles, which, if not checked, may 
 run together, and present an ulcerated appearance, or form 
 a thin, white crust, which lines the entire cavity of the 
 mouth, and in severe cases involves the throat and entire 
 alimentary canal. It is rarely dangerous or malignant, but 
 occasions inconvenience besides pain and suffering, ob- 
 structing the child's nursing, and may be communicated to 
 the nipples, causing excoriation, etc. It is often the result 
 of imperfect ventilation, inattention to cleanliness, the 
 nursing bottle not being kept perfectly clean and sweet, 
 improper food, etc. Hence, infants brought up by hand, 
 as it is termed, are more subject to the disease than others. 
 A very weak solution of Borax, applied to the mouth 
 with a brush, is very generally useful The SpEoino No. 
 
464 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Twenty-Nine, six pellets dissolved in as many spoonsful 
 of water, and given, a spoonful every four hours, will be 
 found sufficient to remove the disease. When it exists in 
 only a slighter degree, a single pellet given dry, morning 
 and night, wiU be sufficient. 
 
 Constipation will rarely be troublesome among children 
 properly nursed or nourished, and under Homeopathic re- 
 gimen. But should the stools be too large, tardy, insufficient 
 or obstructed, dissolve of Specific No. Ten, two pellets in 
 two large spoonsful of water, of which give one at night, 
 and the other in the morning, and this may be continued 
 untU the dejections become natural. An enema of tepid 
 water may occasionally be resorted to if necessary; or a 
 suppository, consisting of a small slip of paper or linen, 
 spirally twisted and well lubricated with oU, may be gently 
 introduced into the rectum by a simple rotatory movement, 
 from time to time, until the medicine has remedied the 
 irregularity. 
 
 DiuREACEA OF Infants. — Diarrhoea, like constipation, is 
 merely a symptom and hardly a disease. The first element 
 of a cure for diarrhoea of infants, is to carefully examine as 
 to the quality and quantity of its food and care, and to see 
 that these give no occasion for the difficulty. The use of 
 Specific No. Three from time to time, for colic, crying, 
 sleeplessness, or teething, wUl usually check any predispo- 
 sition to diarrhoea, and it may be used for this purpose, 
 giving to infants one pellet dry in the mouth after every 
 loose or diarrhoeio stool. Should this not prove sufficient, 
 the Specipio No. Four may be administered in the same 
 manner, one pellet after every loose stool; thus the ui-gency 
 of the symptom will be the measure of the repetition of the 
 medicine. 
 
 ExooBUTioNS — Inteeteigo. — Cleanliness is the best pre- 
 ventive; careful bathing, and taking special care that all 
 the folds of the skin, such as the neck, groin, etc., be care« 
 
disease; and treatment. — diseases of infants. 465 
 
 luUy wiped det, but not excoriated or irritated, with lint or a 
 Tery soft cloth. The Speoifio No. Three is here also appro- 
 priate to remove anj' tendencies to these eKcoriations, and may 
 be given for such purpose, one pellet three times per day. 
 
 Derangements dueing Teething.— The production of teeth, 
 like other evolutions of the system, is attended vrith some 
 degree of constitutional disturbance. In most cases and 
 under Homeopathic regimen, these derangements are slight 
 and easily removed, in others they may be more serious. 
 Should there be, as is more frequently the case, eestless- 
 NESS, woEEYiNG, sleeplessuess, and tardy appearance of the 
 teeth, the No. Three is the proper Specific, and may be 
 given one peUet dry in the mouth every hour or two hours, 
 according to the urgency of the case. If diarrhoea sets in 
 and becomes troublesome — remembering that a slight 
 looseness of the bowels during this period is not preju- 
 dicial — it may be controlled by the Specific No. Four, one 
 pellet after every loose stool. Should there be fever or 
 heat of the head, crying and worrying, or drowsiness, have 
 resource at once to the No. One, of which dissolve six 
 pellets in twelve spoonsful of water, and of this give a tea- 
 spoonful every hour until the fever, restlessness, or drowsi- 
 ness has passed away. 
 
 The Taedy or Ieeegulae Development of Teeth is often a 
 subject of serious moment, indicating a want of ossifio 
 deposit either congenital or acquired. In most cases it is 
 the result of faulty assimilation, or it may arise from defective 
 nourishment, either in the mother's milk or other food sub- 
 stituted for it. But it may also arise from the successive 
 shock of the system from too fbbquent oe too cold bathing. 
 And in delicate or poorly nourished infants it often happens 
 that inconsiderate mothers or nurses prevent or retard the 
 formation or coming forward of teeth by too frequent, too 
 long continued or too cold bathing. To thib 'snd jreat care 
 should be exercised by mothers or nurses. 
 
466 BOMEOPAtHlO MENTOR. 
 
 CoNvnLSioNS OP Infants. — Infants are peculiarly liable to 
 convulsions. At that early period the brain is proportion- 
 ally larger, the nervous organization more delicate, and the 
 various evolutions through ■which it is passing render it 
 more liable to spasmodic or convulsive attacks, than at a 
 subsequent period of life. The usual causes are intestinal 
 irritation from improper food, the irritation of teething ; to 
 which should also be added hereditary predisposition in 
 some families, all the children being subject to convulsions 
 on very slight provocation, vs^hile in others such an occur- 
 rence is unknovra. Where children are hot, feverish, either 
 sleep too soundly, or are very restless, and start suddenly 
 on dropping into a dose or at other times, the access oi 
 convulsions is imminent and demands attention. First, the 
 occasioning cause should be removed. If the child is con- 
 stipated, or if there is reason to suppose the irritation is 
 occasioned by indigestible, bad, or irritating food, give at 
 once a full, free injection of tepid vfater. Should it fail 
 to relieve the symptoms, or to produce a full movement of 
 the bowels, repeat it after half an hour, and even again, 
 until the result is obtained. Meantime, if there is heat or 
 fever, hot head and hands, dissolve six peUets of Specitio 
 No. One in as many spoonsful of vyater, and of this give a 
 spoonful every half hour for two or three times, and then 
 as the heat and fever abate, give every hour until relieved. 
 Should there be not so much heat or fever, and the irrita- 
 tion of teething having been the cause, the Specitio No. 
 Three, given as above, may be preferable to No. One. 
 In case of a convulsion, but little can be done during the 
 paroxysm ; but, so soon as practicable, the feet and legs 
 should be immersed in warm water for several minutes, 
 and then carefully wiped dry and wrapped in a warm cloth, 
 and a cloth wet with cold water applied to the head, and 
 the injection beforementioned be administered. In some 
 cases the Specifics No. One and No. Three, prepared as 
 
DtSfiAStl AND TREATMENT. — DISEASES 6i? INfANTS. 46? 
 
 above, may be given alternately, a spoonful every hour, with 
 advantage, and especially when the convulsions have been 
 repeated, or their premonitions continue. 
 
 To Destboy a Predisposition to convulsions or prevent 
 the development of epilepsy, the Specifio No. Thirty- 
 Three may be given, one pellet every night, for three 
 days; and the same of Specific No. Thirty- Five each 
 morning, and then every second night for some -weeks, 
 giving No. I^hirty-Five every morning. 
 
 Atrophy ob Wasting. — In cases where children do not 
 soein to thrive, and become emaciated and wasted, the tissue 
 becoming atrophied, and a well marked marasmus occurs, 
 any of the Specifics which meets these indications are 
 efficient. Such a condition, indeed, very rarely happens 
 under the Specific Homeopathic treatment. But should 
 such a condition threaten, or have actually been developed, 
 we should be guided in our choice of Specifics by the indi- 
 cations, thus : For enlarged abdomen, heat of the head, 
 slow closing fontanelle, slow growth, give Specific No. 
 Thirty-Five. When there is constipated habit, tardy, 
 insufficient evacuations, deranged stomach or pale stools, 
 give the Specific No. Ten. If the glands become enlarged, 
 with knots about the neck or under the arms, frequent 
 boils, swellings, or tumors, give Specific No. Tiventy- 
 Three. If diarrhoea or constant tendency to loose bowels 
 is present, give Specifio No. Four, These remedies may 
 usually be given in these oases, simply one pellet for infante 
 tnree times per day, dry in the mouth. 
 
DISEASES OF VARIOUS ORGANS AND 
 REGIONS. 
 
 Definition. — ^A specific febrile disorder, accompanied by 
 acute inflammation of the white fibrous tissues, — ^ligaments, 
 tendons, sheaths of tendons, aponeuroses, fasciae, etc., — sur- 
 rounding the joints, of which several are affected simulta- 
 neously, or in succession. The local symptoms are very 
 erratic; the skin of the affected part is covered with a 
 copious, sour, sticky perspiration, containing lactic acid; and 
 the blood has a large excess of fibrine, probably to the ex- 
 tent of thrice the normal quantity. 
 
 This very common, and sometimes quite obstinate dis- 
 ease, manifests itself mostly in two forms — ^the acute or m- 
 PLAMMATOBT, and the chronic. 
 
 AoDTE, OR Inflammatory Rheumatism, — {Bheumatic Fever) 
 'is usually brought on by exposure to cold, rough or damp 
 weather, and especially to fatigue or labor during such ex- 
 posure; also from sitting or standing in cold, damp places, 
 or from sitting in a draught; sleeping in damp sheets or 
 remaining long in wet clothes; exposure of any parts of the 
 body to cold and moisture when other parts of the body are 
 eovered; or exposure when in a perspiration. Cold probably 
 excites an attack of acute rheumatism by arresting the 
 decretory ...-actions of the skin, by means of which, in 
 
DISEASE AND TKEATMENT. DIS. OF VABIODS OKGANSj ETC. 469 
 
 health, morbid substances in the blood are often removed; 
 and the functions of the skin being deranged, unhealthy 
 principles accumulate in the blood, and rheumatism results. 
 Mere cold, however, is not bo much a cause of rheumatism 
 as extreme atmospheric vicissitudes. Hence it is found, 
 that it does not prevail most in the coldest regions of the 
 globe, but rather, in those climates, and during these seasons 
 which are damp and changeable. There is probably, also 
 a rheumatic diathesis or tendency, which may be inherited. 
 Sometimes it appears to arise from the suppression of an 
 eruption; or the retrocession of measles, rash, or chicken- 
 pox; or the suppression of some discharge like gonorrhoea 
 or dysentery. 
 
 It generally commences with the usual signs of fever, 
 associated with stif&iess and lameness; chilliness and heat 
 alternating; thii-st and restlessness; coldness of the extremi- 
 ties, and usually constipation. After twelve or twenty-four 
 hours the fever becomes continuous, the skin hot and dry; 
 pulse quick, often 110 to 120 per minute. The stifihess and 
 pain in the joints becomes more decided, with acute suffer- 
 ing, especially on every attempt to move. The affected 
 parts are usually red, swollen and extremely painful to the 
 touch. Sometimes there is excessive pain without the red- 
 ness or swelling; the pain is generally worse at night, and 
 occasionally an acrid perspiration accompanies the disease. 
 
 The larger joints of the extremities are usually the seat 
 of the disease. It is rarely confined to one, and sometimes 
 nearly all, either simultaneously or in turn are affected so 
 that often the patient can scarcely move hand or foot.i 
 Often the disease leaves one ankle, knee or wrist, and lo- 
 cates upon another, leaving the former comparatively free. 
 During the course of the disease, complications with the 
 heait are liable to arise from the rheumatic process having 
 invaded that organ, a circumstance always undesirable and 
 sometimes quite dangerous. It is liable to occur during 
 
470 HOMEOPATHIC MBNTOB. 
 
 very severe attacks, in young persons; in women oftener 
 than in men; in patients who have been previously weak- 
 ened; and in persons troubled with irritability or palpi- 
 tation of the heart; and, also, when cold, chilling, or severe 
 applications such as blisters, are made to the affected joint, 
 under old-school treatment. When there is a remission 
 of the pain in the joints, followed by anxiety, jerking, 
 feeble or rapid pulse, and acute pain in the region of the 
 heart, there is reason to apprehend such a transition. 
 
 TEEATMENT.^At the first symptoms of acute rheumatism, 
 with soreness, lameness, and pain in the part, six pellets of 
 Specific No. Fifteen should be taken every hour, dissolved 
 in a spoonful of water, and the patient should remain in- 
 doors, and keep quiet until relieved. If violent fever, heat 
 and swelling of the part has already come on, as noticed 
 above, indicating rheumatic fever, or a chill succeeded by 
 heat, prepare Specific No. One by dissolving twelve pellets 
 in half a glass of water, of which give a large spoonful every 
 hour for a day, and then prepare the No. Fifteen in the 
 same manner, and take the two alternately, every two hours. 
 These should be continued from day to day, untU the dis- 
 ease is broken up, preparing the medicine fresh every 
 morning. Sometimes applications of cloths wrung out of 
 tepid water, and laid on the part, are very soothing. Cold 
 water, however, applied to the part is very liable to cause 
 its falling upon the heart, and thus often ending with fataJ 
 results. Salves, ointments, etc., are useless. Humphreys' 
 Maevel of Healing is a most valuable application for the 
 inflamed and swelled parts, and may be applied according 
 to directions on each bottle. Aenica is often, but I think 
 not so generally useful as the Maevel. 
 
 Should there be, during the course of the disease, pain in 
 the region of the heart, oppression or anxiety, jerking, quick 
 or irregular pulse, or other symptoms indicating a transition 
 of the disease to the heart, the Specific No. TWl'ty-TWQ 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF VAEIOUS ORGANS, ETC. 471 
 
 is appropriate. Dissolve twelve pellets in six large spoons- 
 ful of water, and give a spoonful of the solution every two 
 hours, and this may be continued either alone if the disease 
 has been somewhat subdued, or in alternation with No. 
 One, if there is yet fever and heat; or in alternation with 
 No. Fifteen, if there yet remains merely soreness, lame- 
 ness, or stiffiiess of the part. All to be prepared in water, 
 and given at intervals of two hours as above directed. 
 Bedding in blankets greatly reduces the risk of inflam- 
 mation of the heart, diminishes its intensity and danger 
 when it does occur, and at the same time does not prolong 
 the convalescence. 
 
 Chronic Rheumatism — differs from the previous form, by 
 the absence of the fever, redness, heat and swelling. In 
 old cases, the affected limbs or joints loose their suppleness, 
 and lameness and even permanent curvature or contraction 
 results; and in some cases atrophy or emaciation of the 
 muscles occurs. The causes are the same as in acute rheu- 
 matism, and frequent attacks of the latter rarely fail to 
 leave some form of chronic rheumatism as a result. 
 
 Symptoms generally are: Lameness, stiffness, or soreness 
 of some particular limb or joint, or of several joints, some- 
 times manifested on first moving, or on exercise of the 
 affected part, or again principally noticed when quiet. 
 Usually the pains and the lameness are worse on changes 
 of weather, and in rough, damp, windy weather, or on the 
 approach of a storm. 
 
 Treatment. — Specific No. Fifteen, six pellets at a time, 
 and four times per day, before each meal and on going to 
 rest at night, is the appropriate treatment for almost all 
 forms of chronic rheumatism, or for old rheumatic pains in 
 the shoulders, hips, back, chest, side or elsewhere. 
 
 If it is associated, as is frequently the case, with 
 some degree of dyspepsia, weak stomach, or constipa- 
 tion, the Specific No. Ten may be taken, six pellets at 
 
472 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 night, and the No. Fifteen as previously directed, before 
 meals. 
 
 Rheumatic patients should use largely in their diet, fruit 
 and vegetables, and comparatively less meat. The vege- 
 table acid, or acids of fruit, as obtained in apples baked, 
 stewed or even raw; lemons, or even oranges; grapes; 
 cherries, etc., are of great use, if not invaluable, for rheu- 
 matic patients, and should be partaken of freely. 
 
 Torticollis. — (Rheumatism of the neck). — The muscles of 
 the neck sometimes become seriously affected with rheu- 
 matic lameness. The head is drawn to one side, or can be 
 turned only slowly and with difficulty, the muscles on that 
 side of the neck are lame and sore when pressed, and there 
 is sometimes fever. It is usually occasioned by exposure 
 to a draught of air, as when sitting near an open window 
 when in perspiration; and is sometimes caused by a sudden 
 ierk of the head. 
 
 Treatment. — The Specieio No. One rarely fails to afford 
 relief. Dissolve twelve pellets in six large spoonsful of 
 water, and of the solution give a spoonful every two hours. 
 In rare cases the No. Fifteen may be used, but the No- 
 One will usually afford prompt satisfaction. It is needless 
 to say that the neck should be carefully covered and pro- 
 tected from draughts of cold air. 
 
 Lumbago is confined to the small of the back and the 
 loins, rarely extending upward towards the neck, but more 
 frequently extending down to the hips. There is seldom 
 fever or swelling, or even soreness on pressure, but the 
 pain and lameness is very severe, often almost forbidding 
 motion, or change of posture, as the slightest effort brings 
 on a renewal of the pain. 
 
 Treatment. ^The Spegifio No. One usually affords prompt 
 relief. Dissolve twelve pellets in six large spoonsful of 
 water, of this give a spoonful every hour, for the first six 
 hours, and then prepai-e in a similar manner and take at 
 
DISEASE AND TKEATMENT. DIS. OS VARIOUS ORGANS, ETC. 473 
 
 intervals of two hours, until relief is obtained. Should 
 there be any remaining stiffness or lameness, the alternate 
 use of No. Ten and No. Fifteen, six pellets at a time, and 
 four times per day, will promptly remedy the defect. 
 
 Sciatic Eheumatism, or " Sciatica" may be attended with 
 some degree of fever, and so may approach the acute form-, 
 ,but is more commonly without fever or any considerable 
 degree of heat of the part, and is hence more frequently 
 chronic. 
 
 It is characterized by pain, generally sharp, shooting and 
 lancinating, though sometimes more dull and aching in the 
 region of the hip, and frequently extending to the knee or 
 the foot, following the course of the nerve of the affectecj 
 side. Sometimes it is a duU aching, and may affect only ^ 
 portion of the limb, or a part of the nervous track men-, 
 tioned. The pain may be manifested during rest as well aa 
 during exercise or motion. It is apt to be tedious, anc^ 
 many persons suffer more or less from it for years iis, 
 succession. 
 
 Treatment. — SpEcmc No. Fifteen is very generally 
 successful. For the duller and more chronic forms, si? 
 pellets taken before each meal and on going to rest at 
 night, wlU be found sufSicient. Should there be violent 
 paroxysms of pain, and especially if some heat or fever be 
 associated, give the No. One in alternation. Dissolve 
 twelve pellets of No. One in six large spoonsful of water, 
 p,nd the same of No. Fifteen in another glass, and from 
 these give a spoonful every hour alternately, for six ox 
 light hours, when the interval may be extended to two 
 ^ours between the doses, and so continue until relief is 
 afforded, when the treatment as for chronic cases may be 
 fidopted. 
 
 Arthritis, — {Gout) is generally considered as a dyscrasia 
 or peculiar habit of the body, whereby it is inclined to take 
 on or assume a disease of a peculiar form, and when ones 
 
i74 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 developed, to render it very intractable of stubborn, and 
 only slightly influenced by the ordinary methods of cure. 
 Its manifestations are similar in form to those of rheuma- 
 tism, and all the more obstinate cases of this latter disease, 
 or when it is frequently repeated in the same individual, 
 are supposed to be connected with a gouty diathesis or 
 constitution. It is quite liable to be hereditary, but need 
 not be necessarily so, as numerous cases are found where 
 no such transmission is evident; nor is it necessarily the 
 result of an indolent, luxurious mode of life, though its 
 more violent manifestations are commonly due to such a 
 style of living. 
 
 The symptoms are usually extreme pain in the extremities, 
 often, if not always, commencing at one of the great toes, 
 and thence extending to the foot, ankle, and Umb of the 
 affected side. The pain is often extreme, if not insupport- 
 able, with extreme sensitiveness of the affected part, which 
 becomes swelled, red, and inflamed. Sometimes it flies 
 from one joint to another, and may even affect the head, 
 stomach, or other part, causing very grave symptoms in- 
 deed. When the hands or other small joints have been 
 often attacked by chronic gout, there wUl be deposits about 
 the joints, which gradually or most frequently harden, 
 causing enlargements, gouty concretions, and rendering the 
 hands or fingers stiff, unwieldly, or even distorted. 
 
 The Treatment is the same as for acute or chronic rheu- 
 matism, aside from the fact that in gout, or rheumatic gout, 
 the functions of the stomach and kidneys are almost in. 
 variably involved; and hence the Specific No. Ten may be 
 profitable, and either as an intercurrent remedy, or in alter- 
 nation with No. Fifteen. Usually No. One and No. 
 Fifteen for acute attacks, and the latter with No. Ten in 
 alternation for old, chronic cases, will accomplish as much 
 as can be done under domestic management. 
 AccEssoEY Measukes. — During an attack of gout, the 
 
Disease and treatment. — ms. op /utious organs, etc. 475 
 
 affected limb should be raised, so as to favor the free return 
 of blood to the heart; the application of flannels wrung out 
 of hot water, hot bread-and-water poultices, or spongio- 
 piline, after immersion in hot water, often do good. In 
 acute attacks, the patient should be restricted to farina- 
 ceous diet — arrowroot, tapioca, sago, bread, etc. — and milk; 
 water, or toast-and-water, ad libitum. As the febrile symp- 
 toms decline, a more generous diet may be gradually 
 allowed; at the same time, the patient should resume daily 
 moderate out-of-door exercise as early as he is able. 
 
 Preventive Treatment. — 1. A well chosen diet. — This should 
 include both animal and vegetable food; be adapted in qua- 
 lity and quantity to the ability of the stomach to digest; and 
 at the same time furnish sufficient nourishment out of 
 which pure blood can be formed. Codfish, mutton, tender 
 beef, fowl, and game may be eaten; salmon, veal, pork, 
 cheese, and highly-seasoned dishes are unsuitable. The 
 consumption of animal food should be moderate; and 
 acidity guarded against by avoiding pastry, greasy or 
 twice-cooked meat, raw vegetables, highly-seasoned food, 
 and anything likely to lead the patient to eat more than is 
 strictly moderate. The wines most likely to injiu'e are 
 port, sherry, and madeira. If wine be taken at all, good 
 claret, free from sugar and acidity, is best. When gout 
 attacks a patient early, entire abstinence from aU alcoholic 
 beverages is one of the most likely measures to check its 
 futiu-e development; but aged persons, and others whose 
 health has been much enfeebled, may be allowed a small 
 quantity of stimulants, such as the particular circumstances 
 of each case seem to justify. For, although a plan can be 
 sketched out which may apply to the majority of cases of 
 gout, still each case not only exhibits its own peculiarities, 
 and becomes a separate study, but likewise demands, in 
 certain respects, a separate treatment. 2. Healthy action of 
 fhe skin should be promoted by bathing, warm clothing, 
 
476 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOK. 
 
 rough towels, bath-brushes, etc., for much excrementitious 
 matter is got rid of in this manner. Friction over the whole 
 surface of the body is extremely useful when exercise cannot 
 be taken. The patient should be well rubbed with a flesh- 
 brush, or with the hands, twice a day. 3. Good habits. — A 
 life of indolence should be exchanged for one of activity 
 and usefulness. Exercise, not severe or exhausting, should 
 be taken regularly. Walking, so as to secure an abundance 
 of fresh air, must ever be considered the best exercise, but 
 it may be conjoined with riding. Without sufficient exer- 
 cise, probably every other measure will be unavailing. 
 Early and regular hours should be observed, and severe or 
 prolonged mental application avoided. In some cases, sub- 
 sequent attacks may be warded off by removal to a warm 
 and dry climate, during winter and spring. 
 
 SCROFULA. 
 
 ScHOFULA is usually considered as a dyscrasia or consti- 
 tutional vice of the system; stiU there may have been causes 
 at work, both predisposing to, and exciting of this disease; 
 such as 1. want of pure air; 2. unhealthy occupations; 3. de- 
 ficiency or improper quality of food; 4. tobacco-smoking; 
 and 5. on the part of the mother the existence of leu- 
 corrheal discharge. To both of these latter causes we 
 would draw special attention. 
 
 Indulgence in tobacco-smoking, more especially when 
 the habit becomes frequent and inveterate, or where it haa 
 been acquired early in life, is, it is believed, a fruitful cause 
 of struma. The pale, sallow complexion, the frequently 
 disordered digestive functions, and the debilitated or con- 
 sumptive frames cf many young fathers in the present day, 
 attest the pernicious tendency of the habit in question. 
 
 Leucorrhoeal, hsemorrhagic, or other uterine and vagina] 
 discharges, often generate scrofula in the foetus during 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. DIS. OF VARIOUS ORGANS, ETC. 477 
 
 utero-gestation, which declares itself during infancy in con- 
 vulsions, hydrocephalus, mesenteric disease; or, at or after 
 puberty, by tubercular consum^Dtion. No observant medical 
 man can doubt the influence of these causes as tending 
 largely to the production of disease. 
 
 The scrofulous habit, therefore, even if not congenital, 
 may probably be produced by any cause capable, directly 
 or indirectly, of lowering the vital energies, such as acute 
 specific disease; poverty and wretchedness; meagre or in- 
 sufficient food; neglect of healthy exercise; insufficient 
 clothing; want of cleanliness; frequent exposure to cold and 
 damp; and, especially, want of pure air and sunlight. 
 
 Scrofula manifests itself most commonly in enlargement 
 and induration of the glands, which may subsequently 
 soften and ulcerate, leaving red or bluish-red discoloration s 
 along the course of the opening or eschar. These are often 
 seen along the sides of the neck in old scrofulous subjects. 
 It likewise is supposed to give occasion to enlargement, 
 curvature, or softening of the bones; more especially of the 
 long bones, as of the knee, ankle or hip. These, or one of 
 them, become sore, tender to pressure, and enlarge at the 
 head, when softening, or ulceration, or necrosis is liable to 
 take place, resulting in the so-called white swelling or hip 
 disease. Or, the dyscrasia may show itself in the form of 
 obstinate eruptions, or even ulcerations of the sui-face. 
 The .swelling of the glands is most frequently manifested 
 about the neck, beneath the ears or jaws, in the form of 
 firm, hard, painless lumps. Scrofula not unfrequently 
 complicates other forms of disease, and renders them ob- 
 stinate. 
 
 Its eradication from the system requires time and perse- 
 verance, but may be accomplished by the use of the appro- 
 priate remedies. It should be kept in mind that a life-long 
 constitutional taint, requires time as well as proper medi- 
 cine for its cure; and if eradicated in one or two years, the 
 
478 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 patient has reason for congratulation. Old school medicine 
 and quackery can do but very little for its cure beyond 
 palliation; while there are numerous cases radically cured 
 by Specific or appropriate Homeopathic medication. 
 
 Tbeatment, — The perfection of the treatment of scrofula 
 and tubercle, as, indeed, of disease in general, lies in its 
 adaptation to individual cases. The stock whence the patient 
 has sprung; the circumstances of birth and early life; edu- 
 cation and general habits; the influence of soil and climate; 
 the diseases passed through; the tendency to diseases of 
 the body generally, and of organs and tissues in particu- 
 lar, — ^these are but illustrations of the points that have to 
 be brought under consideration before a course of treat- 
 ment can be prudently decided upon. We need, therefore, 
 scarcely add, that the knowledge and experience of a phy- 
 sician are pre-eminently necesfeary. . The treatment is 
 generally tedious, often requiring to be continued ioi 
 months, or even for years. 
 
 Medicdial Treatment. — For Enlarged Glands about the 
 neck, or in the arm-pits, groins, or other parts of the system, 
 tak'3 six pellets four times per day, before meals and on 
 going to rest at night, of the Specific No. TTVenty- 
 Three, if the swellings are painful, or have suppurated. 
 If they are mere indolent, painless swellings, the medicine 
 taken only morning and at night, wiU be sufficient. 
 
 When these glands become painful or inflamed, and it is 
 thought best to bring them to a head, this will be facilitated 
 and the pain allayed by applications of warm flax-seed, or 
 slippery-elm poultices, which may be renewed from time to 
 time, until the discharge takes place; and they may be con- 
 tinued also afterwards to absorb the discharge, and to pro- 
 mote the healing. To dry up and arrest the discharge. No. 
 Twenty-Two, taken six pellets four times per day, will 
 be the proper medicine. 
 
 For OLD Tumors, six pellets morning and night. Though 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF VAEIOtJS OEaANS, ETC. 479 
 
 it is not often that they disappear, yet the medicine fre- 
 quently has the effect of arresting their growth. 
 
 For the various forms of sceofulods eeuptions, ta^e six 
 pellets morning and night. 
 
 Old ulcers require the same treatment, with careful puri- 
 fication of the part, keeping the limb bandaged, if practi- 
 cable. 
 
 AccEssoEY Means are of the greatest importance, for me- 
 dicines will be of little use unless hygienic rules are strictly 
 adhered to. 1. Pure fresh air is required night and day. 
 Scrofulous residents are rarely found near the sea-side. 
 The larger the sleeping rooms the better; the fire-places 
 should be open, the temperature about 55°. 2. Exercise. — 
 Moderate exercise in the open air. Moderate gymnastic 
 exercises are beneficial; but profuse perspiration should be 
 avoided. 3. Food. — The food should always be of the most 
 nutritious character, light and digestible. Beef, mutton, 
 venison, and fowls, are the best kind of animal food; to 
 these should be added preparations of eggs and milk, a due 
 quantity of bread, mealy potatoes, rice, and other farina- 
 ceous principles, rather than watery and succulent vege- 
 tables. 4 Cod-liver oil, as a supplemental article of diet, 
 may be given in almost any case in which a patient is 
 losing flesh, in teaspoonful-doses, two or three times a day; 
 commencing even with half a teaspoonful, if it be found at 
 first to disagree. 5. Bathing, both in fresh and salt water, 
 is invaluable, as a means of promoting a healthy action of 
 the skin, and of imparting tone to the whole system. 
 6. Clothing should be adapted to the season, and should be 
 warm without being oppressive. The extremities especially 
 should be kept warm. As a general rule, flannel should be 
 worn, but only during the day; in winter it affords direct 
 warmth, and in summer it tends to neutralise the effects of 
 sudden changes of temperature. The linen should be fre- 
 quently changed, always observing that it is put on per- 
 
480 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 fectly dry. 7. Prevention. — The prevention of strumous 
 diseases consists not alone in the hygienic or medical treat- 
 ment of the patients; but, primarily, in the correction of 
 the habits and improving the health of the parents. 
 
 WHITE SWELLING AND HIP DISEASE. 
 
 These are usually considered as forma of scrofula, devel- 
 oped in the joints and tendinous structures surrounding 
 it. At first there is occasional limping or lameness, coming 
 on and again disappearing; then, more permanent soreness, 
 and tenderness on pressure ; and pain at or about the joint, 
 and in hip disease often manifesting itself at some distance 
 down along the limb. Gradually the limb becomes drawn 
 up, painful on exercise; there is heat, sometimes soreness 
 and swelling around the joint, and ultimately suppuration 
 and discharge at some point below the afifected joint. This 
 discharge maj' dry up and again reappear at another point, 
 and so continue for years until the structure of the joint 
 and its usefulness is destroyed. 
 
 Treatment. — At first and for occasional lameness or limp- 
 ing, the No. Thirty-Fire is appropriate, and may be 
 given six pellets at a time, and three times per day. Should 
 there be some soreness or tenderness at or about the joint, 
 or pain, or swelling, or even after-suppuration or discharge, 
 the No. Twenty-Two is the proper remedy, and may be 
 given six pellets in water, and repeated four times per day; 
 or every three hours if there is considerable pain, heat, red« 
 ness, swelling, or discharge. This is as appropriate for 
 white swelling of the knee, as for what is termed hip disease. 
 
 GENERAL DEBILITY. 
 
 It not unfrequently occurs that persons sufi'er, or are in- 
 disposed, from what is termed a general debility of tho 
 
DISEASE AOT> TREATMENT. — DIS. Ot VASIO0S OEaANS, ETC. 481 
 
 system. Wlien there appears to be no particular disease 
 sufficient to account for the debility of the system, the 
 causes are usuaJly found in either an imperfect assimilation 
 of nourishment, (and hence the remedy is to be sought in 
 considering this fault) ; or, the condition occurs as the result 
 of some acute disease, from which the vital forces have 
 been prostrated, and the entire organism weakened and 
 enervated so as not to easily rally, even under the influence 
 of good air and food; or, it may occur as the consequence 
 of some drain upon the system, such as diarrhoea, or leu- 
 corrhoea, frequent bleeding, or from similar causes; or, it 
 may be induced from mental and physical over-work, too 
 great a strain upon the mental and nervous system, with 
 insufficient nutrition. The symptoms are varied, but are 
 generally weakness; easily fatigued on exercise; perspiration 
 on effort, or on going to sleep; weak or lame back; vertigo, 
 singing in the ears, and starting on going to sleep, or slight, 
 unrefre^ing sleep; or wakefulness and inability to sleep at 
 night from constant thinking. The above are among the 
 more frequent manifestations. 
 
 Treatment.- — First arrest the drain, if such there be, 
 which has occasioned the debility; and then by means of 
 proper nourishment— /oot? that is appropriate, nourishing 
 and easily digested — and by proper relaxation, air and exer- 
 cise, restore the wasted substance, and recover the wanted 
 strength. If it is the result of severe, .acute disease, only 
 good air, proper nourishment, and even the daily use of 
 some good, generous wine together with the medicine, will 
 be the proper restoratives. If it has been wholly or in part 
 the result of over-work, too much thinking and mental 
 worry or anxiety, coupled, as it often is, with hasty meals 
 and insufficient nutrition, theii rest or relaxation, a sea 
 voyage, or other means of intelligent recuperation, are often 
 indispensable. If it is the result of some drain or tax 
 upon the system, too great for its resources, or the result of 
 
482 fiOMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 imperfect assimilation of food, then this drain must be 
 arrested, and such food and medication administered as 
 will correct the evil. 
 
 In all similar cases, the Specific No. Twenty-Four is 
 the proper remedy, and may be given six pellets at a dose, 
 and four times per day, always before meals, and on going 
 to rest. It is still more indicated if there be imperfect di- 
 gestion, wanting appetite, or coated tongue, as weU as a 
 general languor and debility of the system. 
 
 KERVOUS DEBILITY. 
 
 Closely allied to the above named general debility, is 
 another form of weakness which has obtained the name of 
 nervous debility. It partakes of some of the characteristics 
 of the former, and chiefly differs in its origin; and in that 
 the debility is prominently manifested on what might be 
 termed the nervous plane of the organism. It is almost in- 
 variably the result of some drain upon the vital forces, such 
 as excesses of various kinds: excessive morbid indulgence; 
 involuntary losses of vital fluids; too long or too constant 
 excitement of the sexual system, and more especially when 
 such indulgences are allowed in connection with mental 
 and physical over-work. This condition is often brought 
 on in young persons from the habit of solitary vice, which 
 persisted in from time to time, is inevitably followed by 
 consequences immediate and remote, which are of the most 
 formidable character. It is safe to say that multitudes are 
 every year brought into the most deplorable condition of 
 nervous debility from these very pernicious practices alona 
 Parents and teachers cannot be too much on their guard in 
 their behalf, and should deal plainly, kindly, and wisely 
 with such erring ones. The more common manifestations 
 of this condition are : Mental depression, loss of vivacity, 
 buoyancy of spirits and energy; dullness of the eye and th« 
 
DISEASE AM) TEEAfMEST. — biS. Ct tABIOUS OEflANS, ETC. 483 
 
 glow of the cheek and lips; love of solitude, and shrinking 
 from society; sometimes loathing or disgust of life to such 
 a degree that suicide is threatened; dullness or confusion 
 of the head, defective memory, or difficulty in recalling 
 names or dates vrhen wanted; the sexual organs are de- 
 bilitated, relaxed, shrunken, and in extreme cases wasted; 
 erections are deficient, short, powerless; and in most cases 
 there are involuntary discharges at night during dreams, 
 or during the effort at stool, or during urination. Weak- 
 ness of the back and loins, general prostration and mental 
 depression and gloom, are the almost invariable attendants. 
 Dyspepsia or weakness of digestion; irregular or capricious 
 appetite; oppression of the stomach after meals, and costive 
 bowels, are very frequent adjuncts. These and other 
 similar symptoms form the picture of a brain impoverished 
 by the loss of its phosphates; and hence performing its 
 functions imperfectly, reflecting its weakness upon the phy- 
 sical system. 
 
 Teeatment. — As in the case of general debility, the first 
 elements of a cure must be to allay the injurious excitement 
 of the organs or system primarily involved; to afford the 
 system proper rest or relaxation; if this debility has been 
 coupled with over-work, mental or physical, to arrest as 
 soon as possible the debilitating drain, and by proper nutri- 
 tion and medication, to restore the entire organism to its 
 wonted strength and vigor. But all kinds of nourishing 
 food are not appropriate, as some articles otherwise unob- 
 jectionable, act too decidedly upon the organs involved, 
 and so tend to induce the involuntary discharges. Thus, 
 eggs, oysters, wine, alcoholic stimulants, or ale, or a strong 
 meat diet, aU tend to excite, and hence may promote these 
 losses, and when these exist prominently, the above articles 
 should be avoided. But in the opposite condition, where 
 these discharges are rare, absent or wanting, the diet above 
 mentioned becomes appropriate. In general a milk diet is 
 
484 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 the best, in connection with refreshing and cooling drinks 
 fruits in their season, and the lighter kinds of young and 
 ■white meats. Tobacco, tea and coffee are objectionable, 
 and should be avoided, or used with extreme moderation. 
 To those suffering from involuntary nocturnal discharges, a 
 hard bed, cool room, and but light covering at night, are 
 indispensable; and above aU, the habit of sleeping always on 
 the side, and nevek upon the back. As to medicines, the 
 SpEcmo No. Twenty-Eight is the remedy, and may be 
 taken six pellets morning and at night. In some extreme, 
 or long-standing cases, a portion of a special powder No. 
 Twenty-Eight may be taken each morning, and the 
 pellets as above at noon and at night. 
 
 SLEEP AND SLEEPLESSNESS. 
 
 The precise number of hours required for the sleep of 
 each individual daily can be subject to no fixed rule. It 
 differs at different periods of life with the habits, occupa- 
 tion and general health and nutrition of each individual. 
 Some temperaments require more sleep than others, women 
 almost always more than men, and children far more than 
 either. The infant may profitably sleep eighteen of the 
 twenty-four hours; young children may well sleep ten or 
 twelve hours at night, and have an additional siesta during 
 the day; and those that perform severe physical or mental 
 labor, cannot well do with less than nine or ten hours daUy. 
 Those who are engaged in light physical or mental labor, 
 wUl frequently find the wants of nature satisfied with only 
 aix or seven hours sleep. Some individuals of remarkable 
 mental and physical endurance, in the midst of the greatest 
 peril or excitement, seem to require but two or three hours 
 of sleep in the twenty-four. But these *re exceptional 
 cases. Every individual should take so much of rest and 
 Bleep as is required for the restitution of his or her body, 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. DIS. OF VARIOUS OEGANSj ETC. 485 
 
 strengtli, and recuperation from fatigue. If nature is long 
 or systematically denied this, there •will sooner or later 
 come a terrible retribution, often in failing health, or some 
 nervous disorder or disease of the heart. Several eminent 
 literary men have fallen victims to disease of the heart, 
 attributed solely to incessant mental occupation, cacried 
 persistently into the hours which should have been given 
 to sleep. The use of tea or coffee best sustains the system 
 and prevents the waste and wear incident to long watching 
 and severe night work; tobacco may to some extent have 
 a similar conservative effect; but none of them, or all, can 
 more than palliate the serious ill effects of long-continued 
 want of sleep. 
 
 The night is the best time for sleep, and it is doubtless 
 true that two hours sleep before midnight is worth as much 
 as four hours after that period. The more nearly sleep can 
 be taken to the hours of darkness, and the earlier we can 
 arise after the morning light the better. From eight or 
 nine o'clock at night, to four, five, or six in the morning, 
 according to temperament, vocation and circumstances, 
 are probably the best hours for repose. During the long 
 warm days of summer, a desta of an hour in the early after- 
 noon is for most persons of leisure as enjoyable as it is 
 allowable, and for young children it is indispensable. 
 
 Sleeplessness, — {Insomnia). — It not unfrequently occurs 
 that persons are unduly wakeful; they either do not sleep 
 soundly, or find it difScult to go to sleep; are easily waked 
 after a short sleep, or their sleep is unrefreshing. Some-, 
 times, while there is an earnest longing, or a desire to 
 sleep, there is a thronging of ideas and restless tossing, 
 that wears away a good part of the night without sleep; or 
 after finally falling to sleep, the slumber is but slight, and 
 they arise unrefreshed, with the demands of the system un- 
 satisfied. 
 
 Such a condition has always something of disease oi 
 
^86 BOMEOFATHIC MENTOB. 
 
 undue excitement connected with it. The excessive use of 
 tea or of coffee may produce it. Too intense or long-con- 
 tinued mental excitement; some forms of dyspepsia or 
 gastric derangement; innervation of the system from in- 
 sufficient nutrition, or a feverish excitement of the system 
 and afflux of blood to the head; or chronic tendency of 
 blood to the head, may have this condition of sleeplessness 
 or undue wakefulness as a result. 
 
 Treatment. — ^In general, the Specitio No. One will be 
 sufficient to afford quiet and refreshing sleep, and more 
 especially when it is occasioned by undue excitement or 
 accompanied with throbbing of the vessels or heat of the 
 head. Take six pellets on going to rest, and repeat them 
 every hour until sleep intervenes. If it seems to arise from 
 mere nervousness, without other apparent cause, use Speci- 
 fic No. Three in the same maimer, six pellets every hour, 
 until quiet sleep is induced. If it has been occasioned by 
 too intense or long-continued mental application, and more 
 especially if connected with indigestion or gastric derange- 
 ment, the No. Ten, six pellets taken three times per day 
 and at night, will be found corrective. 
 
 NiGHTMAEE. — {Incubus). — See pages 334, 335 and 351. 
 Aside from hygienic care, the use of Specifics No. One or 
 No. Ten will be sufficient. No. One, six pellets morning, 
 and at bedtime, when the nightmare is attended with heat, 
 fever, thirst, throbbing of arteries, or heat and fullness of 
 head. No. Ten, six pellets, twice a day, the last dose at 
 bedtime, when the trouble is due to sedentary habits, con- 
 stipation or indulgence in wine. In chronic cases No. One 
 in morning, and No. Ten at night, six pellets at a dose. 
 
 AFFECTIONS OF THE NOSE. 
 
 SwEixma AND Redness of the Nose, more particularly of 
 the extremity, is common among persons addicted to the 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF VAEIOTIS OBGaNS, ETC. 487 
 
 iise of ardent spirits, and among luxurious livers. But it 
 occasionally occurs among the temperate and frugal, causing 
 an unsightly redness of the nose, and a swelling, or even 
 thickening of the integument covering the organ, at once' 
 disagreeable and unsightly. The affection is apt to become 
 chronic, increasing from year to year, unless removed by 
 proper regimen and medication. 
 
 Treatment. — "Whether the difficulty has been occasioned 
 by the free use of stimulants, or a luxurious mode of life or 
 not, it is evident that this should be corrected, and a frugal 
 diet free from exciting or stimulating food, and absence 
 from stimulants be enjoined. The Specific No. Thirty- 
 Five may be taken, six pellets each morning, and the same 
 of No. Fourteen at night. This may be continued until 
 the redness and swelling are removed. 
 
 TJlceeation of the Nose. — The nose, especially the in- 
 ternal nostril, becomes occasionally the seat of frequently 
 recurring ulcerations. The lining membrane becomes sore, 
 ulcerated, crusts form from time to time, and become de- 
 tached with frequent bleeding. 
 
 Teeatment.— No. Thirty-Five and No. Fourteen are 
 curative, and may be used, six pellets morning and at night 
 in alternation, as in case of redness and swelling of the 
 nose. 
 
 Nose Bleed. — {Nasal Hemorrhage). — Bleeding from the 
 nose may in some cases be not only disagreeable, but even 
 dangerous. When it is but slight, occurring as it often 
 does in children, or plethoric adults, and attended with 
 fullness and heat of the head, to which the bleeding affords 
 relief, it may be considered almost salutary, and need not 
 be interfered with. But when it occurs in the course of 
 low fevers, consumption, or other debilitating disease; or 
 when it is frequently repeated from apparently slight and 
 insufficient causes, or when it is severe and prostrating, it 
 should demand attention. 
 
488 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 Treatment. — Sometimes merely extending the arm and 
 hand of the side upon which the bleeding occurs, upwards 
 over the head, will arrest the bleeding. The application of 
 the Marvel of Heaung rarely fails, even in the worst cases. 
 Wet a linen or cotton rag with the Marvel folded one or 
 more times, and lay over the nose, covering it from the 
 eyebrows down, and keep this wet with the same, and take 
 ten drops in a spoonful of water every fifteen minutes, until 
 relieved. In extreme cases the Marvel may be injected 
 into the nostril with a small syringe, or the nostril may be 
 plugged with lint wet with the same. 
 
 If the Marvel is not at hand, cold water may be applied 
 to the bridge of the nose, and six pellets of Specific No. 
 One may be given in a spoonful of water, and repeated as 
 above every quarter or half hour. 
 
 When persons, especially children or young girls, are 
 subject to frequent recurrence of nose-bleed, the use of 
 Specific No. Eleven, six pellets, taken morning and night, 
 win permanently correct the evil. 
 
 SWEATING OF THE FEET. 
 
 Some persons are habitually subject to perspiration of 
 the feet; sometimes excessive in quantity, but more com- 
 monly rank or offensive. It is not always permanently 
 removed by bathing, though this is of course important, 
 but depends upon a morbid condition of the sebaceous 
 glands and follicles, and is a proper subject of medical 
 treatment. 
 
 It win be removed by the use of the Specific No. 
 Twenty- Two, of which six pellets may be taken at night 
 and morning, which may be continued at the discretion of 
 the patient. It is sometimes wonderful, how a few doses 
 of the appropriate remedy wiU remove an inconvenience of 
 years standing. 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF VARIOUS ORGANS, ETC. 489 
 
 DEOPSY, GENEEAL AND LOCAL.— (Anasarca, 
 (Edema, etc.). 
 
 Definitions. — ^A serous or watery accumulation in the 
 areolar tissue, more or less general throughout the body, 
 with or without effusion into the serous cavities. 
 
 Li itself it is less a disease than a result or product of 
 some diseased condition of the organs or tissues involved. 
 As a consequence, a larger portion of fluid is secreted or 
 deposited than is taken up, resulting in an accumulation of 
 fluid, or dropsy. The symptoms, or manifestations, will vary 
 with the condition of the organs involved, the location and 
 quantity of the fluid; and almost invariably it will be found 
 that the functions of the skin and kidneys, the usual 
 emunctories of the body, have become impaired, and that a 
 cure win be effected by their increased activity. 
 
 Dropsy is of two distinct varieties; for, besides its occur- 
 rence in the meshes of the loose tissue beneath the skin, it 
 may take place as a local dropsy in any of the natural cavi- 
 ties or sacs of the body, and is named according to the 
 parts involved. If the accumulation occur in the ventricles 
 of the brain, it is called hydrocephalus; if in the membrane 
 that lines the surface of the lungs, hydrothorax; if in the 
 membrane of the heart, hydropericardium; if in the mem- 
 brane of the intestines, ascites; if in the serous sacs of the 
 joints, hydrops articulorum; if in that of the testicles, hydro- 
 cele. 
 
 Character of the Swellings. — Dropsical swellings are; 
 soft, inelastic, diffused, and leave for some time the inden- 
 tation made by the pressure of a finger. In chronic cases, 
 and when the oedema is very great, the skin becomes 
 smooth, glassy, and of a dull-red or purple color; and where 
 *^he skin is less elastic, as over the tibia, it becomes livid or 
 blackish, and troublesome, even gangrenous, or sloughs may- 
 form. 
 
490 HOMfiOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 AccESsoEY Treatment. — In acute dropsy, the diet should 
 6e similar to that isx acute fever; in chronic dropsy, patients 
 require nourishing diet, but on account of the extreme 
 feebleness commonly present, only easily digestible food 
 should be taken. To allay burning thirst, cold water is the 
 best beverage; but any other that the patient desires, if not 
 positively injurious, may be taken. Water is a real resto- 
 rative, for it increases the amount of fluids excreted to an 
 extent greater than its own bulk; it also tends to improve 
 the appetite and strengthen the pulse, while it diminishes 
 the dropsical collections. It will thus be seen that the 
 common notion that drinking water increases dropsy is 
 quite erroneous. 
 
 Warm baths for promoting perspiration, small doses of 
 Hollands, tapping, and other palliative measures may some- 
 times be necessary; but the propriety of such means can 
 only be decided by the circumstances of each individual 
 case. 
 
 Anasaeca. — {General Dropsy). — Symptoms are: An cede- 
 matous swelling of the surface of the body and limbs, com- 
 mencing first on the most depending portions of the feet 
 and legs, and then gradually ascending to the abdomen, 
 hands, face, and other portions of the body. The surface 
 is pale and cold, has a doughy feel, and pits on pressure. 
 The secretions become scanty, urine scanty, high-colored, 
 skin dry and bowels confined. Added to these may be 
 symptoms arising from the condition of the organs and 
 tissues primarily involved. It may arise from various 
 causes, among which are prominently — disease or defective 
 action of the kidneys; the localization of the poison of scar- 
 latina; disease of the liver or spleen; and the use of various 
 drugs employed in the treatment of Intebmittent Fevee, as 
 arsenic, quinine, etc. 
 
 Treatment. — The use of the Specific No. Twenty- Five 
 will be the appropriate remedy in this forsi of dropsy, and 
 
DISEASE AND TEEATMENT. — DIS. OF VAEIOtJS OKGANS, ETC. 491 
 
 may be given, according to the urgency of the case, six 
 pellets at a time, dissolved in water, and repeated three 
 times per day for slight cases, or every two hours in the 
 more severe ones. 
 
 Dropsical patients require a warm, dry, uniform tem- 
 perature, and an elevated location it obtainable, with mild, 
 easily-digested food, and the bowels in a free if not relaxed 
 condition. 
 
 Hydeothorax. — {Dropsy of the Chest). — ^Is one of the most 
 difficult and unmanageable forms of this disease, occurring 
 mostly in elderly people, and often connected with disease 
 of the heart, or protracted pleuritic or pulmonary inflam- 
 mations. The symptoms are: Difficult, anxious, labored 
 respiration, worse when lying down, or inability to recline, 
 (the head must be kept elevated), blueness or pallid face and 
 lips; starting up in affright on dropping to sleep with more 
 rapid breathing, as if in danger of suffijcation; scanty se- 
 cretions and gradual swelling of the feet and abdomen. 
 
 The Treatment is more difficult and the result uncertain. 
 The Specific No. Twenty- Five may be given, six peUeta 
 dissolved in water and repeated every three hours. In 
 case of violent paroxysms of oppression, the No. One may 
 be given, a like quantity in water, and repeated every hour 
 between the doses of No. Twenty-Five, as an inter- 
 current remedy, until the paroxysm has subsided. 
 
 In case the dropsy of the chest is complicated with dis- 
 ease of the heart, indicated by irregular or labored action 
 of the heart, the Specific No. Thirty-Two may be given 
 in alternation with No. Twenty-Five, six pellets every 
 thi-ee hours. Diet and regimen as for general dropsy. 
 
 Ascites, — (Dropsy of the Abdomen), — is manifested by 
 gradual enlargement of the abdomen, sometimes com- 
 mencing almost imperceptibly and at others with greater 
 rapidity. The swelling usually commences in the vicinity 
 of the stomach, and thence extends over the entire abdomen. 
 
4:92 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOE. 
 
 There is, with the enlargement, difficulty of breathing on 
 exercise; sallow complexion; dry skin; scanty secretions; 
 high-colored urine. There is also a feeling of languor and 
 debility, and stiffness when attempting to bend the body. 
 It may arise from peritoneal inflammation, or from enlarge- 
 ment and disease of the liver, or from some constitutional 
 disturbance. 
 
 The Treatment is the same as for general dropsy, six 
 pellets of No. Twenty- Five, and given at intervals of 
 two or three hours, according to the urgency of the case. 
 Diet and regimen as for general dropsy. 
 
 INTESTINAL WORMS. 
 
 The human system, in common with the entire animal 
 kingdom, is subject to numerous parasites, or entozia. These 
 have their abode either upon the surface, or along the in- 
 testinal tract, or within the cavities, or even in the more 
 solid substances or mugcles of the body. They are found 
 in aU animals and fish, as well as the human species — those 
 in apparent health as well as those that are sick — and the 
 part they play in the economy of nature is confessedly ob- 
 scure. It is generally conceded that it is only in peculiar 
 or morbid conditions, or under a course of diet and regimen 
 unfavorable to health, that they multiply or increase to 
 such an extent as to become of themselves a source of irri- 
 tation and disease. It is under these conditions that In- 
 testinal Worms become the subject of medical treatment. 
 The more important varieties of intestinal worms are: 
 First — The seat worm, or thread worm, usually called 
 acarus. This parasite is from a third to half an inch in 
 length, white, slender and very active. They inhabit prin- 
 cipally the lower intestine and rectum. They are more 
 common in children than in grown persons, though the 
 ToAter are by no means exempt from them. It is not known 
 
DISKASE AND TREATMENT. ^DIS. OF YAEIOUS ORGANS, ETC. !i93 
 
 how these wprms originate, since they have even been 
 known in infants at birth. But one fact is well ascertained: 
 that children who live mostly on farinaceous food are most 
 subject to them. 
 
 Symptoms. — By their constant and active motions they 
 cause a tickling and irritation in the anus, which obliges 
 the child or patient to scratch and rub the part;, as a con- 
 sequence of which we frequently find a catarrhal inflam- 
 mation of the mucus membrane of the anus or even a 
 mucus discharge from the part; also a swelling of the veins 
 distributed over the locality, and not unfrequently straining 
 or tenesmus. From the tendency of these seat-worms to 
 travel, in order to deposit their larve or eggs, they some- 
 times, in the case of females, enter and irritate the vagina; 
 or, in males may occupy the folds of the prepuce, in either 
 case causing intolerable itching and irritation, and occa- 
 sionally inducing the bad habit of masturbation. 
 
 Aside from the medical hints given further on, great care 
 should be taken with children in whom they are discovered, 
 or when from the actions of the child their presence may 
 be suspected, to prevent their accumulation and to remove 
 them. Cleanliness, frequent bathing of the parts, injections 
 of cold water, are generally sufficient to remove the para- 
 sites and relieve the irritation. Should it be necessary to 
 remove them from the rectum, this may be readily and 
 conveniently done by injecting an ounce of olive ozl, with 
 which the worms will usually come away in a mass. 
 
 Should the child be restless at night or feverish from the 
 irritation occasioned by them, a dose of two or three pellets 
 of SpEcmc No. One will be sufficient to subdue it. 
 
 For the permanent eradication of these seat-worms from 
 the system, give three pellets of Specific No. Two, morn- 
 ing and noon, and the same quantity of Specific No. Ten 
 at night, and six pellets for adults; and continue this course 
 ttntn the object is attained. 
 
494 HOMEOPATHIO MENTOE. 
 
 Second — ^The Bound Worm (Ascaeis Lumbricoides) is the 
 next species more commonly met with. It is of cylindrical 
 form, pointed at both ends, from six to nine or even twelve 
 inches in length, and of the thickness of a goose quill, thus 
 iresembling somewhat the common earth-worm. Its body^ 
 however, is half transparent, and of a whitish, yellowish, or 
 even brownish hue. They are of both sexes, and the fe- 
 males are more numerous than the males. 
 
 This worm principally inhabits the small intestines, but 
 it is not unfrequently found in the stomach, and from thence 
 sometimes mounts along up the oesophagus into the throat 
 and mouth, or nose. Attacks of violent, incessant, spas- 
 modic cough are often produced by the attempted passage 
 of a worm into the pharynx. Doubtless, other grave dis- 
 turbances or morbid conditions are produced, from the 
 presence of these vermin in the neighboring parts. 
 
 Symptoms. — These worms may exist in considerable num- 
 bers without causing any serious disturbance. But in the 
 majority of cases they occasion gripings in the abdomen; en- 
 larged or hard, prominent abdomen; mucus diarrhoea; occasional 
 vomiting; irregular or capricious appetite. There are also 
 from time to time sympathetic symptoms, such as itching of 
 the nose, or of the anus or genitals; increased flow of saliva; 
 restless sleep; with frequent starting or grating of the teeth. 
 Beside the above more decided symptoms indicating the 
 presence of worms, authors have enumerated the following 
 as manifestations of the worm cachexy: Palor and sickly 
 appearance of the countenance, and occasional flushing of 
 the cheeks; bluish circles under the eyes; dilated pupils; 
 headache or vertigo; voracity or irregular appetite; offen- 
 sive or fetid breath; acrid eructations; occasional nausea or 
 vomiting; foul or coated tongue; tensive fulness of the ab- 
 domen, and gnawing or burning in particular parts of the 
 intestines; hard, tumid abdomen; great thirst; discharge of 
 mucus from the bladder, rectum or vagina; slight febrile 
 
SISBiASE AKU TREATMENT. — MS. OF VAEIOUS OEQAKS, ETC. 495 
 
 symptoms, or erratic remitting fever; nocturnal wakefulness, 
 with low spirits and irritability of temper. We occasionally 
 notice an inflammatory redness of the nostrils, with great 
 disposition in children for picking or boring into the nose; 
 and sudden screaming on awaking, or grating of the teeth 
 in sleep, and involuntary flow of saliva during sleep; also at 
 times, and in sensitive subjects, spasmodic or even convul- 
 sive attacks. 
 
 These symptoms, indicating the presence of worms, are 
 largely influenced by the regimen and diet of the patient, 
 and even by the season of the year and the lunar phases. 
 Such articles of diet as milk, sugar, preserves, candies and 
 pastry, and sometimes pungent salted food, ham, cheese, 
 etc., produce an aggravation. The leucophlegmatic habit 
 appears to favor their production, and the female more than 
 the male sex. 
 
 TmED — The common Tape Worm (TaiNiA Solium). It is 
 only rarely met with in this country. It consists of a head 
 not larger than a pin's head, in which there are four suck- 
 ing cups and their armature; a neck, which is an inch or 
 more in length, very slender and without joints; and the 
 body, consisting of a long row of flat, ribbon-like segments, 
 each of which is rectangular in shape and increasing jn size 
 towards the caudal extremity. These segments have each 
 the male and female organ, and at the caudal extremity the 
 ripe eggs. There may be several hundred of them, each 
 half or three quarters of an inch in length, and the entire 
 animal may measure several yards. From time to time, 
 the lower segments or joints, as they are termed, ripen, and 
 are pushed off, and appear in the evacuations; and these 
 eggs, being taken by another organism (the hog), form in 
 its organism grubs; and these again taken into the human 
 system by a subsequent metamorphosis become the original 
 TcBnia in the human subject It rarely happens that more 
 than one of these unwelcome guests are found in the human 
 
496 HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR. 
 
 intestineB at the same time, yet there are cases on record 
 where two or more have simultaneously existed in the same 
 person. They are usually found in those regions where 
 people are accustomed to eat raw or not well cooked pork, 
 or sometiines dried or jerked beef. 
 
 The symptoms of Tape Worm are aU. equivocal, unless the 
 Begmento or joints of the worm itself are discovered in the 
 discharges. Some individuals experience not the slightest 
 inconvenience from it. Others complain of severe pain in 
 the stomach; nausea; vomiting; ravenous hunger, even to 
 fainting. The abdomen is sometimes bloated, sometimes 
 contracted. In some cases there is diarrhcea, in others 
 constipation. Among the sympathetic symptoms are: itch- 
 ing of the nose; vertigo or dizziness; getting dark before 
 the eyes; noises in the ears; palpitation of the heart. These 
 symptoms are ameliorated in most cases by the use of cer- 
 tain kinds of food, such as milk, eggs, mild soups and meat 
 not spiced; while they are produced or aggravated by the 
 use of acids or sour things, especially pickles, spiced with 
 vinegar and pepper, smoked herring, horse radish, cran- 
 berries, strawberries, etc. Sometimes, after eating these 
 latter substances, segments of the worm are discharged, and 
 the diagnosis thus established. 
 
 For the treatment and permanent removal of the Tape 
 Worm the amateur pra'ctitioner wiU be able to do but little. 
 Fortunately, these cases are rare in this country; and where 
 the patient is living wisely, and constantly using appropriate 
 Homeopathic medicine for any occasion that may arise, the 
 Tape Worm will not be troublesome. Practitioners use 
 with success Kousso, or the flowers of the Brayera Anthel' 
 mintica, an infusion of two drachms in a tumbler full of 
 water, and letting it stand over night, strain off, and, after 
 taking a cup of coffee to prevent nausea, take half the por- 
 tion and the remainder half an hour later. The parasite is 
 often carried off after a few hours. The use of large quan- 
 
DISEASE AND TREATMENT. — DIS. OF VAEIOtJS OEQANS, ETO. 497 
 
 titles oi pumpkin need tea, or of the slippery elm in form of 
 a tea, or by chewing the bark, is often effectual in stupi- 
 fying and expelling the animal. 
 
 General Treatment. — Fever is one of the most common' 
 and the most urgent symptoms of verminous irritation, and 
 is usually the more violent in proportion as the worms are 
 higher up in the intestinal track. The fever is characterized 
 by its unsteady character, at times becoming quite violent 
 with red face, or one cheek red and the other pale; white 
 or pale lips or around the mouth; quick pulse; heat of the 
 surface and restless tossing and anxiety; startings on going 
 to sleep, indicating a tendency to convulsions, or even con- 
 vulsive attacks. It will be generally found on inquiry that 
 the attack of fever has been provoked by some grave error 
 in diet, or exposure, or both — commonly the eating of cake, 
 candy, sweet meats, raisins or other pernicious articles of 
 food, has been sufficient to derange the stomach — to which 
 the irritation of the worms was soon added. 
 
 Far such an attack of fever, dissolve at once twelve pellets 
 of SpEcmo No. One in as many teaspoonsful of water, of 
 which give a spoonful every hour, until four or five doses 
 have been given; then prepare of Specific No. T'WO in the 
 same manner, and give of the two, in alternation, at inter- 
 vals of an hour, untU the fever has abated, when the inter- 
 vals may be prolonged to two or three hours, until a cure 
 is effected. 
 
 Should the fever be quite high, and there be twitchings, 
 or startings, or great nervous excitement, rendering the 
 danger of convulsions imminent, lose no time in giving a 
 full enema of warm water, so as to secure a free movement 
 of the bowels, and even repeat it, if necessary. 
 
 Aiter the storm has passed over, and the fsver been 
 allayed, a dose of two pellets of Specific No. Ten, for 
 children, given night and morning, will best restore the 
 normal state of ;.he digestion. 
 
498 aoMEOPATHIO MENTOR. 
 
 For vague, uneasy or colic pains in the bowels, arising 
 from the presence of worms, the use of the Specific No. 
 Two, giving to children two or three pellets four times 
 per day, will be sufficient. Should it have become worse 
 or complicated by the use of indigestible food, the Specific 
 No. Five may be given instead of No. Two, in the same 
 manner. 
 
 For the permanent eradication of worms from the system 
 the use of Specitio No. Two, giving three pellets four 
 times per day, always before meals, and on going to rest, 
 will be sufficient. If, as in many cases, there is imperfect 
 digestion, or some degree of dyspepsia, the end wiU. be 
 more readily obtained by giving the No. Two, for children 
 two pellets before meals, and a like dose of Specific No. 
 Ten on going to rest at night. 
 
 The Diet in children affected with worms is important. 
 They should not be constantly eating, always "having a 
 piece in the hand." Let them have regular meals, and eat 
 at meal time; rarely except at meals, so that the digestive 
 organs may have rest. Give the child plain, wholesome 
 diet, meat once per day, no pastry, pies, cakes, sweetmeats, 
 raisins or candies, or these as rare and seldom as possible, 
 Under such treatment and management the trouble from 
 worms will be very slight indeed. 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 
 
 Coteb [ FEVERS, CONGESTIONS, 
 
 Inflammations, Heat, Pain, Restlessness. 
 
 This Specific is used in all diseases where there is hoi 
 sMn, quick pulse, tossing, restlessness, extreme pain or 
 throbbing. For Inflammatory Fevers, with full, quick pulse, 
 hot skin, red face, thirst and restlessness.— Gastric or Bilious 
 Fever, with quick, full pulse, hot skin, white or yellow 
 coated tongue, bad taste, thirst, nausea, vomiting of mucus 
 bitter or yellow matter, constipation, restlessness, and even 
 delirium. — Scarlet Fever, with nausea, vomiting, rapid 
 pulse, sore throat, hot, red, or mottled skin, scanty urine. — 
 Rheumatic Fever, with full, quick pulse, hot skin, restless 
 sleep, soreness of the limbs, red, hot, shining, swelling of the 
 affected part, and scanty red urine, either alone, or in alter- 
 nation with No. Fifteen. — ^Violent beating Headaches. — 
 Fullness, Congestion or rush of blood to the head. — Threat- 
 ened apoplexy. — Startings on going to sleep. — Sleeplessness 
 when there is fullness, throbbing, or heat of the head. — 
 Inflammation of the Brain, or its coverings. — ^Dropsy of the 
 Brain, first stage. — ^Violent Ophthalmy. — Toothache with 
 throbbing or beating pain, alone, or in alteimation with 
 No. Ei^Ilt. — Quinsy or Sorb Throat, in alternation with 
 No. Thirty- Four. — Croup of the Inflammatory or Spas- 
 
500 PKACTICAI- HINTS IN USING THE SPECmOS. 
 
 modic form, alone, or in alternation with No. Thirteen. — 
 
 Congestion of Blood to the Chest. — Severe Coughs, with 
 hoarseness and rough sensation in the larynx or bronchia, 
 fever, or sharp pains in chest or sides. — Intxammation of the 
 Lungs, with hot skin, quick pulse, oppressed or difficult 
 breathing, heaviness, distress, or sharp pains in the chest, 
 cough, with expectoration of scanty, blood-stained or bloody 
 mucus, alone at first, then alternate with No. Seven. — 
 Pleubist with high fever, quick pulse, intercepted respiration, 
 and s^arp, stinging pains in the aide. — Stitch or pain inthe chest 
 or side, on taking a deep inspiration. — Inflammation of the 
 Liver, with No. Ten. — Inflammation of the Bowels, or of 
 the peritoneum. — Inhlammation of the Kidneys or of the 
 Bladder, in alternation with No. Thirty. — Use in alter- 
 nation with any number when there are Feverish Symptoms 
 or when relief is not prompt. 
 
 CuKsf \ VERMINOUS AFFECTIONS, 
 
 Worm Fever, Worm Colic, Voracious Appetite. 
 
 It is used for all conditions supposed to arise from the 
 presence of worms or from a Verminous Diathesis. Among 
 these are: — Pale face, white lips, enlarged abdomen, with 
 small legs and arms, capricious or voracious appetite, 
 itching of the nose, itching at the anus, too frequent urina- 
 tion, vxtting the bed, offensive breath, frequent accumulation 
 of water in the mouth. — ^Versatile fever from the presence 
 of Worms. — Twitching of the face or limbs, or Violent 
 General Convulsions, with holding back of the head, rigid 
 limbs, twitching of the face, etc., compare also No. Thirty- 
 Three and No. One if there is fever. — Hydrocephalic symp- 
 toms, dilated pupils, squinting, etc. — Itching of the anus. — 
 Compare also No. ITourteen. — Seat worms. — ^Long, round 
 worms. 
 
PEACTICAIi HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 501 
 
 Cv'^S] DISEASES OF INFAl^TS. 
 
 Colic, Crying, Wakefulness, Aiteotions Incident 
 TO Teething. 
 
 It is especially adapted to all diseases of Infants and 
 Young Children. Tardy or difficult muscular osseous or 
 Ibony development of infants — Colic of Infants. — Crying Chil- 
 dren. — Crying without apparent cause. — Sleeplessness by 
 day or night, evidently the result of excitement, pain, or 
 unsatisfied desire. — Irritation of Teething, fretting, worry- 
 ing, with heated gums and congestion to the head. — Bash 
 of Infants. — Eruption or Scurf on the scalp of infants com- 
 pare also No. Fourteen. — Enlarged and hard abdomen of 
 young children. — Soreness or Excoriation of children. — 
 DiARRHCEA of Infants, or quite young chOdren.^- IWicMngr 
 of the limbs on going to sleep. — Convulsions of Infants. — 
 Slow growth, slowness in learning to walk, tardy closing of the 
 fontanel, and deficient muscular vigor. — Tardy appearance 
 of teeth, or irregularity in the coming of teeth. — ^After-pains 
 in lying-in women. — Sleeplessness in Adults from over- 
 work, or nervous excitability. 
 
 No. 4 
 
 Cubes 
 
 [ DIAEEHOBA. 
 
 Summer Complaint, Cholera Infantum, — ^Loosb, Frequent 
 OR Liquid Stools. 
 
 It is peculiarly appropriate to diarrhoea of summer, or the 
 hot season, with loose, yellow, greenish, mixed or chooped-up, 
 or even watery stools, with colic or pain. — Diarrhcea of 
 feeble, emaciated children, attended with nausea, colic, and 
 debUity. Cholera Infantum, in alternation with No. Six, 
 where there is constant nausea, frequent vomiting, profuse 
 watery, or scanty stools. — DiAHRHtBA. of children or adults, 
 from indigestion, or overloadicg the stomach, or fat, heavy 
 
502 PRACTICAL HINTS XN USING THE SPECIFIOH. 
 
 indigestible food. — Diaerhcea from the use of fruit, or from 
 change of water or of diet in traveling. — Chronic Diaerhcea, 
 either alone, or in alternation with No. Five. — Dysenteric 
 Diarrhoea, ot painful Diarrhoea with mixed stools, streaked 
 with blood. — Indigestion, with softness of the stomach, or 
 tendency to diarrhoea, compare Nos. FiVe and Six. 
 
 C^f 1 DYSENTEEY. 
 
 Tenesmus, Colic, Bilious Colic. 
 
 Especially appropriate for Colic in its varied forms and 
 for frequent painful stools, with Colic and straining — Flatu- 
 lent Colic, or Inflammatory Colic, with writhing pain, and 
 tenderness, soreness, extreme sensibility of the abdomen to 
 pressure, or even the weight of the bed-clothes, in alter- 
 nation with No. One. — Gastric or Intestinal Colic from 
 indigestible substances, aione, or in alternation with 
 No. Ten. — Bilious Colic, in alternation with No. Ten, — 
 It is Specific for Fall Dysentery, with colic, tenesmus, bloody, 
 SLIMY, greenish, mixed, frequent scanty stools, with constant 
 griping and straining. — Painful Diarrhoea. — Chronic Diar- 
 rhoea, sometimes in alternation with No. Four. Compare 
 also Nos. Four and Six. 
 
 No 
 Cures 
 
 ^ \ CHOLEEA-MOEBUS. 
 
 Cholera, Nausea, Vomiting, Peostratiom, 
 
 Promptly curative for Cholera Morbus, with nausea, vom- 
 iting, coldness, and even cramps. — As preventive of Asiatic 
 Cholera — For Cholera, with coldness, blue surface, vomiting, 
 sudden, profuse, thin, or rice-water stools, cramps, and 
 oppressed respiration. — Curative for Nausea, or Nausea and 
 Vomiting from any cause. — Morning sickness of expectant 
 "Women, compare also No, Twenty.nine. — (3rreat pros- 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECrFIOS. 503 
 
 tration with coldness. — Asthmatic, oppressed, or difficult 
 respiration. Dry-cough, or cough in connection with 
 difficult asthmatic breathing. — Paroxysms of asthma with 
 coldness, choking, oppression, great difficulty of breathing. 
 Compare also No. Twenty- Six. 
 
 dubeII coughs and colds. 
 
 Beonchitis, Influenza, Soee Thboat. 
 
 It is especially appropriate and curative for all Bronchial 
 and Pulmonary Irritations, and even Inflammations. — 
 Hoarseness, so as to speak only in whispers, and even entire 
 loss of voice. — Rough, scraping sensation in the throat and 
 pharynx. — Soreness and sense of excoriation in the chest. — 
 Cough from tickling in the throat. — Cough from irritation 
 in the bronchia or lungs. — Cough, with severe stinging pain 
 in the chest or side, or with expectoration of blood-stained 
 or bloody mucus. — Pneumonia, or Inflammation of the Lungs, 
 with oppressed breathing, pain in the chest or side, cough 
 and bloody expectoration, either alone or in alternation 
 with No. One. — Pleueitis, or Pleurisy with sharp, stinging 
 pain in the side, intercepted respiration and high fever, in 
 alternation with No. One. — Sharp, stitching or stinging pains 
 in the side or chest. — Laryngitis, with roughness and scrap- 
 ing in the throat, hoarseness, dry or loose cough, and irritation 
 of the throat and bronchia, alone, or in alternation with No. 
 Thirteen. — Bronchitis, acute or chronic, with dry, irritat- 
 ing cough, hoarseness, or sense of roughness, soreness, or 
 pain in the chest, or even with emaciation and hectic fever 
 towards evening, sometimes in alternation with No. One. — 
 Incipient Pulmonary Consumption, with emaciation, suspic- 
 ions cough, scanty or frothy expectoration, pain in the chest 
 or side, debility, cold hands in the morning, and slight 
 fever towards evening, or even with perspiration at night, 
 
604 PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 
 
 alone, or in alternation with No. Thirty-Five. — Compare 
 Nos. Thirteen and Twenty- One, 
 
 No. 8 
 
 Cubes 
 
 [ NEURALGIA. 
 
 Toothache, Faceache, Nervous Pains. 
 
 Especially curative for all Neevous Pains, or pains along the 
 course of a nerve, or occupying a limited space, — sharp, stab- 
 bing, twinging, or shooting, or with pauses or exacerbations, 
 with extreme nervousness, at times driving one almost to 
 distraction, and without the redness, swelling and heat which 
 attend inflammation. — Toothache in partially decayed, or 
 even sound teeth, darting, aching, gnawing, or rending pains, 
 either in the affected tooth, or along the roots of the teeth, 
 or extending to the jaw or face. — Toothache in Old Decayed 
 teeth. — Toothache in sound teeth. — ^If not relieved by No. 
 Eight, alternate with No. One and in cases of Rheu- 
 matic origin with No. Fifteen. — Too rapid decay of the 
 teeth. — Pkesopalgia or pain in the face, teeth, and jaw; even 
 at times extending to the neck and shoulders. — Old, Long- 
 standing, inveterate neuralgias, in alternation with No. 
 Thirty-Five. — Nervous pains causing sleeplessness, at 
 night. — Swelling of the face after toothache. 
 
 Cukes [ HEADACHES. 
 
 Vertigo, Sick Headaches, Congestion to the Head. 
 
 Appropriate for various forms of headache, or of vertigo, 
 and for what is termed rush of blood to the head. — Vertigo or 
 swimming of the head, on rising, while walking, or on turn- 
 
PRACTICAL HniTS IN USING THE SPECITIOS. 505 
 
 ing. — ^Vertigo while lying down. — Constant Bwimming in 
 the head as if intoxicated. — Bush of blood to the head, with 
 hot, red face, fuUness and heat of the head, sometimes in 
 alternation with No. One or No. Ttlirty-Five. — Chronic 
 fuUness of blood in the head. — Headache with beating, 
 throbbing and fullness of the head, red or pale face. — Head- 
 ache, as if a nail were driven into the head. — Headache, 
 Aausea, vomiting, trembling and desire to lie down. — Dull, 
 heavy, drowsy, stupid headache. — Habitual headaches, re- 
 curring every few days, brought on by excitement, fatigue 
 or indigestion, attended with nausea, vom,iting, trembling and 
 prostration, often in alternation with No. Ten. — Compare 
 also No. One, No. Ten an4 No. Thirty-Five. 
 
 ^Ctoes** \ DYSPEPSIA. 
 
 Dehanged Stomach, Constipation, Bilious Complaints. 
 
 Especially curative for Gasteio Debangement, or what is 
 often called Biliousness.— With, bad taste in the mouth, 
 coated tongue, offensive breath, want of appetite, consti- 
 pated bowels, dull, heavy, stupid feeling. — Evil effects of a 
 debauch, drinking, over-work, or long watching. — ^Weak, 
 tremulous, debilitated feeling. — Headache from deranged 
 stomach, indigestion, or constipation. — Vertigo or dizziness 
 of the head, with deranged stomach or constipation. — 
 Heartburn. — Wateebrash, or rising of water or food to the 
 mouth. — Dyspepsia, or Chronic Indigestion, with coated 
 tongue, bad taste in the mouth, offensive breath, rising of 
 water or food in the mouth, belching of wind, spitting up 
 of food or mucus, sensation after eating as of a stone or 
 load in the stomach, fullness or distention of the stomach, 
 slow, torpid, or constipated bowels. — Tenderness of the pit 
 of the stomach when pressed. — Tight clothes are insupport- 
 able. — Gastralgt, with severe cramp like pain and distress 
 
506 PEACTICAL HINTS IN USINa THE SPECHTCS. 
 
 at the pit of the stomacli. — Chronic Constipation, slow, hard, 
 knotty, insufficient and infrequent stools. — Maiakia, in alter- 
 nation with No. Sixteen. — Too Long and too Pkofusb 
 menses. — ^Lbucoeehcea in women, often in alternation with 
 No. Twelve.— Lumbago, or pains in the back or loins. — 
 Bearing down pains in women. — Too Long and too Profuse 
 debilitating periods. 
 
 ^CvLl \ MENSTRUAL IRREGULARITIES. 
 
 Deia-hng, Scanty, or Painful Menses. 
 
 Especially adapted to the period of developement in 
 Toung Women. — Delating Menses in young girls, with 
 chilliness, flushes of heat, pale face, weariness and languor, 
 capricious appetite, etc. — Scanty Menses coming only for a 
 short time, then interrupted, or thin, watery, pale color.— 
 Suppressed Menses, from cold, fright, fatigue or wet feet. 
 — Painpui. Periods, with scanty discharge, great pain and 
 Buffering. Compare also No. Thirty-One. — Chlorosis or 
 Green Sickness, with pale face, pale, bloodless lips, easy 
 fatigue, tired feeling, restless nights, capricious or wanting 
 appetite, fetid breath, and scanty, pale or absent menses, — Pais, 
 Leucorrhoeio, or mucus discharges, insitead of the natural 
 menstrual flow. — Leucorrhcea, instead of the monthly flow, 
 or with scanty menses. — Ovarian disease, with enlargement 
 of the abdomen, tenderness in the ovarian region, scanty 
 urine, and irregular menses.- — Toothache of pregnant women. 
 — Too long or too severe after-pains. — See also No. Three 
 for after-pains. 
 
 ^CuKsfi LEUCORRHCEA OR WHITES. 
 
 Too Profuse Menses and Prolapsus Uterl 
 
 Especially curative for Leucorrhcea or Whites, thick, 
 yellowish, creammke or brownish discharge, worse before and 
 
PEAOTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 507 
 
 after the mensesi, mild or excoriating, attended with weak- 
 ness and debility, alone or in alternation with No. Ten. — 
 Bearing down pains, sensation as if everything would be 
 pressed out. — ^Prolapsus Uteri. — Too Profuse Menses. — Too 
 Frequent Menses, in alternation with No. Ten. — Too Long 
 Continued Menses, inducing weakness and prostration, often 
 in alternation with No. Ten, or No. Twenty-Four.— 
 Ulceration of the womb. — Compare Nos. Eleven, Thirty- 
 One and Thirty-Two. 
 
 Ov^J] CEOUP. 
 
 No. igj 
 
 IBS j 
 
 Hoarse Cough, Oppressed, Stridulous Eespiration. 
 
 Especially suitable for all diseases or morbid conditions 
 of the Larynx and Trachea.— Hoarse Cough, barking, or 
 with constant inclination to cough; and pain, soreness, or 
 irritation in the throat or larynx. — Hoarse, Croupi Cough in 
 children. — Croup, with hoarse, harking cough, high fever, and 
 difficult, oppressed, or stridulous breathing, in alternation 
 with No. One. — Cough with whispering or hoarse voice, 
 emaciation, soreness of the throat or larynx. — Chronic Laeyn- 
 GiTis, with hoarse or whispering unequal voice; frequent 
 cough, with scanty expectoration, yellow, frothy, or some- 
 times blood-stained, sense of soreness, scraping, and rough- 
 ness, as if the larynx was excoriated; emaciation and 
 evening fever, often in alternation with No. Seven. — 
 Spasmodic or asthmatic oppression of the chest, compare 
 No. Twenty-One. 
 
 Cubes [ EEUPTIONS OF THE SKIN. 
 
 No. 14 1 
 
 3UBES j 
 
 Erysipelas, Eczema, Tetters, Salt Eheum, Scald-head. 
 
 Curative for all Acute, and even Chronic Eruptions of the 
 skin, especially Eczema, minute pimples upon a red or in- 
 flamed surface, dry or with exudation of serum with 
 
508 PRACTICAL HINT3 IN USmG THE SPEOITICa. 
 
 itching and burning and subsequent scabs or crusts. — 
 Erysipelas, with red swelling, itching or burning; in- 
 flamed surface, or with eruption of blisters or vesicles; 
 with high fever and quick pulse; or with deep red 
 swelling of the surface and prostration, sometimes in alter- 
 nation with No. One. — Nettle Bash, with large, red or white, 
 raised, itching, wheats or blotches, like mosquito bites, with 
 itching and burning. — Acne or pimples on the forehead and 
 face of young people, often in alternation with No. Thirty- 
 Five. — Salt Rheum, with chapped, rough, scaly hands, or 
 other parts, often sore or bleeding. — Crusta Lacta, or milk 
 crusts in children, with eruption of reddish vesicles, which 
 discharge, forming yellow, and sometimes thick, brownish 
 crust's on the face, forehead, or cheeks. — Old, obstinate 
 eruptions of the legs or body. — Ked, itching eruption in the 
 hairy part of the face, whiskers and beard, often forming 
 thickish crusts. — Barbers' Itch. — Scald Head, with eruption 
 of moist vesicles upon the hairy scalp, which discharge 
 yellow matter, form thick crusts, excoriating the surface, 
 and denuding the hair, or with dry, scurfy eruptions and 
 dandruff. — Thick, dark, swarthy complexion. — Old ulcers on 
 the legs, unsightly, with bluish border, and lardaceous 
 bottom, or with erysipelatous redness around them- — con- 
 sult also No. Twenty-Two and No. Twenty-Three. 
 • — Crusty or scaly eruptions coming out in patches, with 
 bran-like scurf, or forming crusts — Itching op the Skut, 
 where it unites with the mucus meiabrane, as at the ansius. 
 — Mange or itching, inducing rubbing or scratching i-^ lap 
 or house dogs. 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 509 
 
 'cTOsf [ RHEUMATISM. 
 
 Pain, Lameness, Soreness, Stiffness. 
 
 Especially curative for all forms of Bheumatism or Bheu- 
 matio Pains. — also for some forms of Neuralgia or Nervous 
 pains. — Fob Acute Rheumatism, with lameness, stiffness, red 
 and hot, or pale swelling of the affected part, intolerable 
 pain on moving, with fever and scanty secretions, often in 
 alternation with No. One. — ^^Cheonio Rheumatism with lame- 
 ness, stiffness, pain, and even curvature of the affected part, 
 principally involving the joints and tendons. — Old, Gouty, 
 or Rheumatic enlargements of the joints, with occasional 
 paroxysms of pain, swelling and tenderness. — Chronic stiff- 
 ness of the joints. — Lameness of the joints. — Soreness of the 
 integuments as if bruised, Compare No. One. — Lumbago, 
 with pain and lameness across the loins or back, worse when 
 attempting to walk, and sometimes forbidding an erect pos- 
 ture in walking. — DuU, heavy pains or aching in the loins 
 or back, night and day. — Pain in the side or chest, along the 
 intercostal muscles, (between the ribs) worse on moving, or 
 deep breathing, or by pressing along the affected part. — 
 Pain in the shoulder, extending dovmwards even to the elbow 
 or hand. — Painful lameness and stiffness of the nape or side 
 gf the neck. — Sciatic Rheumatism with acute pain in the hip, 
 at times extending to the thigh, leg or foot of the affected 
 Bide. See also No. One. 
 
 CuB^** [ FEVER AND AGUE. 
 
 Inteemittent Fever, Malaria, Dumb Ague, Old Agues. 
 
 Promptly curative for Intermittent or Miasmatic Fevers. 
 — Prevention of Intermittent fevers by persons residing in 
 malarious districts. — Malaria with coated tongue, offensive 
 breath, bad or bitter taste, no appetite, dullness, easy fatigue, 
 chilliness and constipation, vague pains or pains in the 
 
510 PKACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIPICS. 
 
 back, loins or limbs, often the forming stage of intermittent 
 Fevers ; alone or in alternation with No. Ten which see. — 
 Fevee and Ague with cold chiUs, with thirst, backache, and 
 pain in the limbs; heat, with thirst, headache, even delirium, 
 followed by perspiration. — Fever and Ague; chills, with 
 blue nails, chattering teeth, thirst, pain in back or limbs; 
 heat with headache, sleeplessness, and followed by long-last- 
 ing perspiration. — Fever and ague, with chills returning every 
 day. — Fever and Ague with chiUs returning every second 
 day. — Old, partly suppressed agues, with chills returning 
 irregularly, but with continuing weak digestion, muscular 
 debility, frequent bloating, bad taste, impaired appetite, 
 irregular bowels, scanty, red urine, and general prostration 
 of the system. — Old Agues maltreated by quinine, arsenic, 
 cholagogue, or other nostrums. — Bloating, with enlarge- 
 ment and hardness of the spleen, (ague cake,) in conse- 
 quence of the ague. — Bloating of the abdomen, and even 
 the entire body from the abuse of quinine. — Has been used 
 efficiently in low forms of fever, approaching Typhus, or 
 Typhoid, in alternation with No. One. 
 
 J6®"In all cases of delaying cure of Malaria or Malarlm 
 Fevers with No. Sixteen, alternate with the No. Ten. 
 
 ^c^ikeJ [ PILES OE HEMOEEHOIDS. 
 
 External or Internal, Blind or Bleeding. 
 
 Especially curative of aU engorgements of the venous 
 circulation, and morbid conditions growing out of them. 
 
 Piles with sensation as if a stick or hard substance were 
 in the rectum. — Piles with large, blue or red tumors, which 
 come down at every stool, are returned with difficulty and 
 occasionally bleed, affording temporary relief. — Large, red 
 vr bluish tumors situated at the edge of the anus, intensely 
 sore and painful to pressure. — ^Bleeding Piles, which bleed 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN TJSINa THE SPECIFICS. 511 
 
 at almost every stool, and often at other times, attended 
 with weakness, debility and broken-back like sensation. — 
 Piles with prolapsus of the rectum at every stool. — Mucus 
 piles. — Itching of the anus, with occasional discharge of 
 
 mucus, see also No. Fourteen Internal Piles with 
 
 painful soreness or lameness in the sacral region, painful, 
 narrow and at times bloody stools. — Hemorrhoidal colic. — 
 Constipation with piles, alternate No. Ten, with No. 
 Seventeen. — ^All cases of Chronic Piles are cured by 
 the use of No. Seventeen and No. Ten in alternation. 
 — ^In aU cases of Piles attended with heat or inflammation 
 alternate No. One with No. Seventeen, — and apply 
 Humphreys' Witch Hazel Oil. 
 
 ^CuK^Ef( OPHTHALMY. 
 
 Inflamed Eyes or Eyelids, Weak Sight. 
 
 Especially adapted to all morbid conditions of the 
 organs of sight. — Acute inflammation or the Eyes with in- 
 jected vessels of the conjunctiva, intolerance of light, flow of 
 hot, scalding tears. — Old Ophthalmias with injection, and 
 even ulceration of the conjunctiva, or cornea, cloudy opacity 
 of the cornea, dimness of sight, redness of the lids, and fre- 
 quent agglutination in alternation with No. Thirty-Five. 
 
 lNrLAMMATION,REDNESS, SWELLING OR THICKENING of the eyC- 
 
 Uds, in alternation with No. Twenty-Three. — Inflamma- 
 tion AND Thickening of the margin of the eyelids, denuding 
 the eyelashes. — Styes on the eyelids. — Small, painless tumoije 
 in the eyelids. — Profuse flow of tears, overflowing the eyelids 
 when in the open air, or exposed to the wind. — ^Acute in- 
 flammation or irritation of the eyes should also be bathed 
 with a lotion made of Humphreys' Witch Hazel, one part 
 to six parts of water. — Premature weakness of sight, or in 
 consequence of over-taxing of the eyes in reading, or finfi 
 
512 PEACTICAL HINT3 IN OSING THE SPECmCS. 
 
 \Tork, or -when tlie system was weak. — Threatened amaurosis. 
 — Easy fatigue of the eyes from reading or similar effect. — 
 Intolerance of light. 
 
 Cm.Es ' f CATAERH. 
 
 No. 191 
 
 Det ob Flowing, Acute ob Chbonio Inplttenza. 
 
 Especially adapted to affections of the mucus mem- 
 branes, and to the periosteal covering of the bones of the 
 nasal passages. Influenza, with sneezing, flow of hot 
 mucus from the nose and eyes, cough with sore throat, and 
 hoarse, rough, scraping sensation in the bronchia or chest, 
 feverishness and prostration. — Catarrh, with profuse dis- 
 charge of thick, yellow, or sometimes bloody mucus, ob- 
 structed nose, or flowing from the nose, with constant 
 dropping into the throat, deficient, or sometimes even entire 
 loss of smell. — Cataeeh, with impaired sense of hearing, taste 
 and smeU. — Catabeh, with occasional discharge of thick plugs 
 of mucus from the nose or throat. — Cataeeh, with soreness 
 of the nostrils, crusts or scabs forming in them, with occa- 
 sional bleeding. — Old Ozaena, with sore nostrih, yellow or 
 brownish, thick, Oftensive Disghaege, with offensive breath, 
 loss of smell or even of taste, obstructed nose, and some- 
 times nasal voice.^ — Offensive Beeath, with catarrh. — Cough, 
 with profuse discharge from the nose, and copious expec- 
 toration. — Loose Cataeehal cough in children. — Old Syphil- 
 itic Affections of the nasal bones and throat, with soreness, 
 and copious, brownish or yellowish, offensive discharge. 
 
tEACTlCAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 513 
 
 No. 20 I 
 CuBBB \ WHOOPING COUGH. 
 
 Irritating Spasmodic and Convulsive Coughs. 
 
 Especially curative for irritative and spasmodic coughs. — 
 Spasmodic cough, coming on in frequent paroxysms, from 
 tickling, or a suffocative sensation in the larynx or throat. — 
 Dry, Spasmodic cough, with inclination to vomit —Vomiting 
 oifood or mucus during the cough, and afterwards.^-Feeling 
 as of crawling, or of down or feathers in the throat, causing 
 one to cough. — Whooping Cough, with frequently returning 
 paroxysms, consisting of a succession of shocks, followed by a 
 deep inhalation or whoop, loss of breath, with blueish face, 
 vomiting, raising of mucus, and sometimes convulsive stiff- 
 ening of the limbs, or holding back of the head.^ Convulsions 
 vyith the cough. — Old spasmodic cough, which seem to take the 
 breath away. — Cough, with bleeding from the nose, or with 
 expectoration streaked with blood. — Suffocative fits during 
 lihe cough. — Compare also Nos. Seveiij Thirteen and 
 Twenty-One. 
 
 ^Cv^^] ASTHMA. 
 
 DnncuLT Respiration, Cough and Expectoration. 
 
 Curative for oppressed, difficult labored respiration — sensa- 
 tion of heaviness, fullness and weight in the chest. — Attacks 
 OP Asthma, with labored, difficult, sighing respiration, and 
 cough, at first dry, irritating with scanty, and gradually with 
 hiore copious expectoration with relief. — Humid Asthma, 
 with copious expectoration. — Labored, difficult, or oppressed 
 respiration, with throbbing or palpitation of the heart. — 
 Falpitation of the Heart with oppression of the chest. — Cough, 
 with oppression of the chest. — Dry, irritating cough, as if 
 from down or feathers in the throat. — Old, Chronic Asthma, 
 with frequently recurring attacks, excited by exposure, over- 
 
514 PBACTICAI. Amis IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 
 
 effort, or mental emotions. — Compare for Asthma No. Six, 
 and also Nos. Seven, Thirteen and Twenty, and for 
 Asthma with heart tbotjbles, No. Tllirty-TTVO. 
 
 ^Cu^f 1 EAK DISCHAEGES. 
 
 Eaeache, Noise in the Head, Deafness. 
 
 Especially applicable for all affections of the organs of 
 hearing, likewise for many morbid conditions and diseases 
 of the osseous or bony system, and of mucus surfaces. — ^Ear- 
 ache. — Inflammation of the internal ear, with redness, 
 swelling, extreme sensitiveness of the part, and pain involv- 
 ing the entire side of the head. — Noises, humming, roaring, 
 buzzing or chirping in the ear. — Hardness of hearing, with 
 noises in the head. — Discharge from the ear, the result 
 of Scarlet Fever, Measles, or from frequent inflammations. 
 — Old offensive discharges from the ear, with hardness of 
 hearing. — Enlargement of the glands of the neck in chil- 
 dren or scrofulous persons.— Scrofulous ulcers of the neck, 
 or old ulcers of the legs of scrofulous subjects. — Intractable 
 ulcers or sores, slow to heal. — Caries or necrosis of the bones. 
 — ^Wetting the Bed in weakly, feeble or scrofulous children, 
 in alternation with No. Thirty. 
 
 Slow growth and deficient ossific development and conse- 
 quent weakness of children or young persons. 
 
 ^Gv^m \ SCEOPULOUS AFFECTIONS. 
 
 Enlarged Glands, Tonsils, Old Ulcers. 
 
 Suitable and curative for a variety of scrofulous develop- 
 ments, such as: Enlargement of the Tonsils, filling up the 
 passage and embarassing the respiration and even the 
 deglutition in alternation with No. Thirty-Five. — Scrof- 
 tJLous ENLARGEMENTS of the glands beneath the jaw or ear and 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 515 
 
 upon the neck. — Enlargement of the ghnds heneaih the arm- 
 pit, sometimes with inflammation, pain and suppuration. — 
 Firm, hard enlargement of the glands Uke knots about the 
 neck. — Cold swellings, or tumors. — Tendency to obesity or 
 over fatness. — Offensive breath of young persons. — Offensive 
 ■perspiration of the feet. — Boils. — Carbuncles, with large, hard, 
 purple swelling, ichorous discharge, with anguish and gen- 
 eral prostration in alternation with No. One. — ^Whitlow or 
 Felon. — Inflammation and ulceration at the root of the nail, 
 with severe throbbing pain, or suppuration, (see also No. 
 Twenty-Two.) — Old, scaly eruption on the legs of scrofu- 
 lous subjects. — Compare No. Twenty- Two. 
 
 No. Twenty- Two may in almost all chronic cases be 
 given with advantage in alternation with No. Twenty- 
 Three. 
 
 ^CuB^f [ GENEEAL DEBILITT. 
 
 Physical and Nervous Weakness. 
 
 Curative for Debility in consequence of severe, acute dis- 
 eases, or in consequence of debilitating discharges, or loss of 
 blood, or in consequence of mental excitement or over-rwrk. — 
 General trenibling feeling. — Feeling of weakness and instability 
 on walking. — Easily excited, or made nervous while at work. 
 — Perspiration on going to sleep. — Easy perspiration upon 
 attempting labor or even on moderate exercise. — General pros- 
 tration, with feeble digestion, coated tongue, bad taste and 
 deficient appetite. — Lassitude, fired, weary feeling on waking 
 in the morning, as if one had not slept enough. — ^East 
 FATIGUE from bodily effort. — Pale, bloodless lips, and pale 
 face. — Constipated habit. — Yellow or earthy face or skin.— 
 Compare No. Twenty-Eight for Nervous Debility. 
 
Bl^ PRACTICAL HINTS IN TTSING THE SPEOmOS. 
 
 N°,f,^f DROPSY. 
 
 Fluid Accumulations with Scanty Secretions. 
 
 Appropriate for anasarca or general dropsy, or witli doughy 
 or easily pitting swelling of the body and limbs, especially 
 the more depending portions. — Dropsical swelling of the legs 
 and feet, which pit on pressure. — Deopsy of the Chest, with 
 turns of labored, difficult breathing, inability to lie down, 
 swelling of the feet and legs, or depending portions, and 
 scanty secretion of urine. — Dropsy from Bright's Disease of 
 the Kidneys, either fugitive swelling in various parts of the 
 body or face, or permanent, doughy swelling ^i the feet and 
 legs, with scanty, thick, pale, sedimentitious, or frothy albu- 
 minous urine, (in alternation with No. Twenty-Seven.) — 
 Hydrocephalus of children. — Ascites or abdominal dropsy, 
 with immense distention, and doughy swelling of the feet 
 and legs, and scanty secretion of urine. — Ovarian dropsy. — ■ 
 Suppressed or scanty secretion of urine. — Copious, pale, 
 albuminous urine. — Compare No. Twenty-Seven. 
 
 ^CuB^f [ SEA SICKNESS. 
 
 Vertigo, Nauska, Vomiting. 
 
 Curative for Swimming of the head, or vertigo, qualmish- 
 ness, nausea, vomiting with sinking sensation, prostration 
 and distress. — Sea Sickness, with constant nausea, vomiting, 
 and utter prostration. — Nausea, and even vomiting, from riding 
 in a carriage, or on a railroad, — Morning Sickness of pregnant 
 women. — Lumbago, pain, and weakness in the loins, which 
 does not permit standing upright, (see also No. Fifteen.) — 
 Paralysis of the lower extremities. — Paralytic weakness of 
 the loins and back. — Compare *'(o. Six. 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 517 
 
 'cra^ J [ KIDNEY DISEASES. 
 
 Painful, Retaeded or Scanty Urination, Gravel, 
 Beight's Kidney. 
 
 This specific is curative for affections of tte kidneys, 
 and urinaiy organs manifested by: — ^Pain, uneasiness or 
 lameness in the loins or kidney region, thick, muddy, or 
 sedimentitious urine, occasional deposits of sand, gravel, or 
 reddish briok-dust, or vrhite, pus-like matter. — Benal colic, 
 ■with violent pain in the back, extending forward and down- 
 ward, or involving the entire abdomen, sometimes with re- 
 traction of the testicle, and scanty or blood-stained urine. — 
 Renal CALCULL-7-Difficult urination, with slow, interrupted 
 stream, sometimes attended with great pain and distress. — 
 Too FREQUENT ui'ination. — Must rise several times in the 
 night to urinate.— Enuresis or too frequent urination of old 
 people. — Old disorganizations of the kidneys. — Strangury, 
 with urgent desire and discharge of mucus, or of white, thick 
 deposit. — Burning while passing the water. — ^Bloody Urina- 
 tion, discharge cf urine mixed vnth blood. — Compare 
 No. Thirty. 
 
618 PEACXICAL HINTS IN USINa THE BPHCIFIOS. 
 
 No. 28 [ 
 
 Seminal Weakness, Deficient Energy. 
 
 Chbes' 1 NEEVOUS DEBILITY. 
 
 Specific for all conditions arising from exhaustion of the 
 vital powers, loss of vital Jluids, excessive drains, or mental or 
 physical over-taxing the system. — Consequences op youTHrux. 
 VICES, indiscretion or self abuse, manifested by : — Easy forget^ 
 fulness, irresolution, shamefacedness, avoidance of society, 
 love of solitude, pale face, depression, gloomy, taciturn 
 mood, loathing of life and great bodily weakness, repugnance 
 to exercise, or physical or mental effort. — Frequent, involun- 
 tary, discharges, with lascivious dreams, followed by increas- 
 ing prostration. — Pollutions from relaxed organs. — Emission 
 too soon, too rapid. — Weakness of the sexual organs, with 
 deficient power. — Debility of the organs in consequence of 
 excesses. — Mental alienation, caused by self abuse. — Com- 
 pare No. Twenty-Four. 
 
 ^CuB^f [ AJPTHJdl OR SORE MOUTH. 
 
 Canker, Ulcerated Ln>s. 
 
 Curative for the Sore Mouth of Infants, consisting ot 
 minute red points, which soften, leaving white patches ol 
 ulceration, which often extend over large surfaces, attended 
 with soreness, scalding and burning. — Sensation as if the 
 mouth and tongue had been scalded with hot tea. — Apthse 
 of adults, or patches of ulceration on the tongue, lips, or in- 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 519 
 
 Bide the cheek, with flow of water, soreness and burning of 
 the affected part. — Soee mouth of nuesing women. — MERCUEiAii 
 AND Syphilitic soee mouth, almost the entire buccal cavity is 
 raw and sore, as if excoriated — hot, scalding and burning. — 
 Obstinate Intermitting Fevers, with predominating head- 
 ache during the paroxysm, after or in alternation with No. 
 Sixteen. — Ulceration of the corners of the mouth. — Sore, 
 tilcerated or chapped lips. — Tetter-like eruption around the 
 mouth. — ^Tardiness of children in learning to talk, from 
 difficulty in using the tongue. 
 
 ^CuEf 8^ [ XJEINAEY INCONTINENCE. 
 
 Frequent, Painful or Scalding. 
 
 Curative especially for Inflammatory or sub-inflammatory 
 conditions of the urinary organs. — Inflammation of the Kid- 
 nets, with fever, pain across the loins, frequent discharge of 
 hot, dark red, or even bloody urine, attended with burning 
 and pain, which often extends down the inside of the limb, 
 may alternate with No. One. — Constant desire to pass 
 water, and inability to retain it. — Inflammation of the 
 Bladder, with pain in front over the pubes, constant desire 
 to pass water, and painful discharge of scanty, high-colored, 
 or even bloody urine. — Fruitless straining, passing only a 
 few drops at a time. — Urine loaded with mucus or pus. — 
 Inflammation of the Urethra (Gonobehcea) with frequent, 
 scalding, burning urination, and inability to retain it; dis- 
 charge of thick, yellow matter from the urethra, and swell- 
 ing of the pepuce. — (For recent severe cases send for Anchor 
 Specific, large vial of fluid, price $3.00.) — Discharge of thiokj 
 SELLOW, or whitish matter from the urethra, with slight scald 
 ing or irritation. — Wetting the Bed, Nightly Urinary Is 
 CONTINENCE in children, or even older persons; — Cases ol 
 incontinence in verminous children may also require No. 
 Two, or scrofulous subjects may also require the Nq< 
 
520 PBAOnCAL HINTS IN TISINa THE SPECIFICS. 
 
 ^Ct^b^ s* [ PAINFUL IVIENSES. 
 
 Hysteria, Peukitis, Spasms. 
 
 Curative /or a variety of forms of Dysmenorrhoea or painful 
 menstruaiio'i and Hysteria such as: Paikpul pkessuee and 
 JBeabing DOWN, before and during the menses, with extreme 
 sensibility of the parts. — Cramps, or even General Spasms at 
 the commencement of the period. — Cutting -patina like those of 
 labor before the menses. — Voluptuous ckawling, itching and 
 irritation of the organs, almost driving one to distrac- 
 tion. — Delaying or suppressed menses, with colic or cramping 
 pains, nausea, spasm of the chest, and cramps or convulsive 
 movements of the limbs. — Laughing, crying, or hysterical 
 movements or cramps, at the commencement of the monthly 
 flow. — Too COPIOUS AND LONG-CONTINUED mcuses, with itching 
 and irritation of the parts. — Too Long continued menses, 
 with leucorrhoea in the interval. — Too early, and too long- 
 continued menses. — Leucorrhcea like the white of eggs. — Dis- 
 colored, dirty-looking leucorrhcea. — Compare Nos. Eleven, 
 Twelve and Thirty-Two. 
 
 ^CuBEs^ [ HEART DISEASE. 
 
 Palpitations, Flushes, Irregulaeities. 
 
 Invaluable for Palpitation, beating, or violent throbbing of 
 the heart, also when in connection with irregularities. — Op- 
 pression and weight in the chest. — Paralytic heaviness of the 
 chest, afi if one could not get the air. — Palpitation <^ the 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN TJSING THE BPECmCSr 521 
 
 heart. — Ireegttlar action and tumultuous beating of the 
 heart. — Painful spasms through the chest and heart, with a 
 sinking, death-like sensation. — Rheumatism of the heabt. — 
 Old chronic palpitations or disease of the heart. — Compare also 
 No. One. 
 
 Indispensable for the irregularities and accidents incident 
 to the climacteric change* of women. — Headache during the 
 >menses. — Ikeegulab menstruation, now too soon and too 
 copious, and then delayed and scanty. — Too copious menses, 
 almost like flooding, continuing several days, and inducing 
 great prostration. — Delayed or failing menses, with vertigo, 
 fullness and heat of the head, and general heaviness of the 
 body. — Flushes oe heat suddenly coming over one, with hot, 
 red, or pale face, and then vanishing with a sense of faint- 
 ness and perspiration. — Compare Nos. Eleven, Twelve 
 and Thirty-One. 
 
 ^CuB^ff EPILEPSY. 
 
 Cramps, Spasms, Convulsions. 
 
 Especially curative for various morbid conditions of the 
 nervous and cerebrospinal systems. — Twitchings or invol- 
 untary movements of single muscles or limbs. — Grimaces of 
 the face, or strange drawing of the features or muscles. — 
 Chorea St. Viti, with twitching of the face, arms or limbs; 
 involuntary movements, jerks, unsteady walking, dropping 
 of things, and nervous excitability. — Convulsions of child- 
 (KEN from teething, irritating food, fright or mental excite- 
 Jment, with holding back of the head, rigid and then convulsed 
 arms and limbs, purple face, frothing at the mouth, and 
 unnoticed evacuations.— Cramps or spasms of single Jimbs. — 
 Easy becomtdg numbed, or going to sleep of the limbs. — Caial^lia 
 stiffness of the limbs or body. — Epilepsy, with cries, falling 
 down, foaming at the mouth, convulsed face and limbs, re- 
 
E22 PEACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPEOIFICS. 
 
 tracted thumbs, and involuntary evacuations. — Paratytio 
 numbness and insensibility of one side, or of single Hvnhs. 
 
 ^OuE^fl DIPHTHEEIA. 
 
 Quinsy and Ulcekated Sore Throau 
 
 Curative for Tonsilitis, vsrith redness, swelling and sting- 
 ing pain in the tonsils, and soft parts, difficult, painful de- 
 glutition, fever and thirst, often in alternation v?ith No. 
 One. — Painful, difficult swallowing. — Inability to open the 
 mouth from the swelling, choking sensation in the throat. — 
 Quinsy, with redness, swelling and inflammation of the 
 entire throat and fauces, painful or impeded deglutition, the 
 fluid sometimes returning by the nose, pain in the head, 
 fever and thick coated tongue with also No. One. — ^Ulcer- 
 ated soEE throat, with painful or impeded deglutition, offen- 
 sive breath, and discharge from the throat; heavy coated 
 tongue, swelling of the glands of the neck, fever and pros- 
 tration. — Diphtheritic sorb throat, with high fever, red face, 
 swelling of the glands of the nech, unusual prostration of the 
 system, headache, fever, SwELLiNa of the tonsils, uvula, and 
 SOFT PARTS, which are covered with dirty patches of exudation 
 in alternation with No. One. — Old chronic, often returning, 
 sore throats. — Chronic enlargement and induration of the ton- 
 sils, also No. Thirty- Five. — Compare No. One. 
 
 ^CuB^f \ CHEONIC CONGESTIONS. 
 
 Headaches and Eruptions. 
 
 Curative for chronic congestions, heat, fuUness and pres- 
 sure of the head. — Dizziness, Vertigo, and svsdmming of the 
 head. — Habitual headaches. — HeadachE; with fullness, pres- 
 
PRACTICAL HINTS IN USING THE SPECIFICS. 523 
 
 sore or pulsation in the forehead, or on one side. — Vioknt 
 throbUngs or stabbings in the head. — Headache from study, 
 over-work, or mental effort m children. — ^Inflammation of the 
 EYES from reading o^ overtaxing the sight, in connection 
 with No. Eighteen. — Scurfy eruptions on the head of 
 infants. — Humid, scabby eruption or tetter on various parts 
 •with burning, see also No. Fourteen. — Swelling and in- 
 duration of the glands, sometimes with pain and heat, also 
 No. Twenty-Two. — Muscular weatoaess. — Difficulty of 
 CHiLDKEN IN LEAENiNO TO WALK. — Retarded closing of the fon- 
 tanel. — ^Irregular or slow appearance of the teeth. — Sleep- 
 lessness IN children; RETARDED SLEEP AND RESTLESSNESS in 
 
 adults, from nervousness and flow of ideas, with lassitude 
 and weariness in the morning, as if one had not slept. — 
 Too EARLY AND TOO LONG Continued menses in women. — Too 
 COPIOUS or excessive menses, also Nos. Ten and Twelve. — 
 Prolapsus uteri, constant and bearing down. — ^Leucorehcea. — 
 Cough with pain in the side. — Cough with pain and oppres- 
 sion of the chest, and copious expectoration. — Suspicious 
 coughs in young, delicate, consumptive subjects. — Constant 
 liability to take cold from slight exposure. — Compare Nos. 
 One and JVine. 
 
 ■^ iV DR. HUMPHREYS' ^^ES^IC^ 
 
 £ £ NEW SPECIFIC FOR ^l^mlB^ 
 
 With all its symptoms of Influenza, Catarrh, Pains and Soreness in 
 Head and Chest, Cough, Sore Throat and general Prostration and 
 
 Fever. iPrice, 25 Cents. 
 
 For Sale by all Druggists, or sent prepaid on receipt of price, 
 
 HUMPHREYS' MEDICINE CO., Cor, William & Ann Sts., N. Y, 
 
O^i THE GOLDEN DOUCHE. 
 
 « G. D." THE GOLDEN DOUCHE, 
 
 Cures Leucorrhea; Pruritus; Prolapsus Uteri ("Falling," 
 or "Bearing Down " of the Womb) ; Old Irritations; Ulcera- 
 tions and Incipient Degenerations of the Tissues, common 
 to the female sex. 
 
 Many ladies who have experienced relief from the use of 
 our Specifics, Nos. 10 and 13, in complaints peculiar to their 
 sex, have felt the need of some Homeopathic Remedy for 
 use as a vaginal injection, ia aid of the internal remedies. 
 The Golden Douche has therefore been prepared by Dr. 
 Humphreys especially to meet this long-felt want; and it 
 has been found by its active local curative efEects greatly 
 to aid the action of the Specifics. 
 
 Used as a vaginal injection, or applied directly to the 
 parts, it affords prompt relief and Comfort; imparts tone 
 
 AND HEALTHY VIGOE; ARRESTS UNHEALTHY AND IRRITATING 
 DISCHARGES ; HEALS ULCERATIONS ; AND CHECKS DEGENERATION 
 OF TISSUES WHICH OTHERWISE WOULD RESULT IN TUMORS, 
 MORBID GROWTH AND EVEN CANCERS. 
 
 The Golden Douche (G. I>.) may be had of dealers, or 
 will be sent free on receipt of $1.00. Syringe, 25c. 
 
HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC SPECIFICS. 
 
 PRICE OF SINGLE YIALS. 
 
 No- ' CURES. ^V?*". VSS! 
 
 1. Fever, Congestion, Inflammations 25 gQ 
 
 2. Worm Fever, Worm Colio, or Disease "_ 25 50 
 
 3. Colic, Crying and Wakefulness of Infants 25 SO 
 
 4. Diarrhea of Children and Adults "_ 05 kq 
 
 0. Dysentery, Griping, Bilious Colic 25 50 
 
 6. Cliolera, Cholera Morbus, Nausea, Vomiting 25 50 
 
 7, Coughs, Colds, Hoarseness, Bronchitis 25 50 
 
 8, Toothaehe, Faceache, Neuralgia 25 50 
 
 9. Headaches, Sick Headaches, Vertigo 25 50 
 
 10. Dyspepsia, Deranged Stomach, Oostiveness 25 50 
 
 il. Suppressed Menses, Scanty or Delaying 25 50 
 
 12. Leucorrhoea, Bearing Down, Profuse Periods 25 SO 
 
 13. Croup, Hoarse Cough, Difficult Breathing 25 50 
 
 14. Salt Rheum, Eruptions, Erysipelas 35 50 
 
 15. Rheumatism, Pain in Side, Back, or Limbs 25 50 
 
 16. Fever and Ague, Intermittent Fever <J5 50 
 
 17. Piles, Internal or External, Blind or Bleeding 35 50 
 
 18. Ophthalmy, Weak or Inflamed Eyes 35 50 
 
 19. Catarrh, Acute or Chronic; Dry or Flowing '35 50 
 
 20. Whooping Cough, Spasmodic Cough 35 50 
 
 21. Asthma, Oppressed, Difficult Breathing 35 50 
 
 22. Bar Discharges. Hardness of Hearing 35 go 
 
 23. Scrofula, Swellings and Ulcers 35 50 
 
 24. General Debility, or Physical Weakness 35 50 
 
 25. Dropsy, Fluid Accumulations 35 50 
 
 26. Seasickness, Nausea, Vomiting 35 50 
 
 27. Urinary Disease, Gravel, Renal Calculi 35 50 
 
 28. Nervous Debility, Weakness, Involuntary Discbarges 1 00 
 
 Package, containing Five $1 Vials of Pellets, and 
 
 a S2 Vial of Powder 6 00 
 
 29. Sore Mouth, or Canker 35 50 
 
 30. Urinary Incontinence, Wetting the Bed 35 50 
 
 31. Painful Menses, Pruritus 35 60 
 
 32. Change of liife , Disease of the Heart. 1 00 
 
 33. Epilepsy and Spasms, St. Vitus' Dance 1 00 
 
 34. Diphtheria, or Ulcerated Sore Throat 35 60 
 
 35. Chronic Congestions, Headaches 35 SO 
 
 i^ "V DR. HUMPHREYS' ^^19113 
 
 /f £ NEW SPECIFIC FOR Wllm 11^ 
 
 With all its symptoms of Influenza, Catarrh, Pains and SorenesE in 
 Head and Chest, Cough, Sore Throat and general Prostration and 
 Fever. ^_ 
 
 Frice, 25 Oents. 
 For Sale by all Druggists, or sent prepaid on receipt of price, 
 
 HUMPHREYS' MEDICINE CO., Cor. William & Ann Sts., N. Y. 
 
FAMILY CHESTS. 
 
 No. 
 
 1. Case, Polished Black Walnut, 36 Vials 
 Specifics, accompanied by De. Humpheeys' 
 Mentob (500 pages) - - $10.00 
 
 5. Case, contains 20 Yials Specifics, with the 
 
 Mentob ... - 5.00 
 
 7. Pocket Case, Morocco, 20 Viala Specifics and 
 
 Mentor .... 8.00 
 
 S. PocEET Case, contains 10 Yials Specifics and 
 
 Manual .... 3.50 
 
 13. With 36 Lar^e Screwtop Flasks of 
 
 Specifics, Walnut Case, with De. Hum- 
 fhee¥s' Mentob ... 20.00 
 
 14. With 12 Large Screwtop Flasks Spe- 
 
 cifics, with Mentor ... 9.00 
 
 ALL CASES SENT PREPAID ON RECEIPT OF PRICE. 
 
 MEDICINES BY MAIL OR EXPRESS. 
 
 It has been a featubb op Db. Htjmphbbts' Spboifiob from the 
 first, to send them in any quantity, from a single vial, to A pdlii casb 
 OE BOX, to any address, on receipt of price. Thus any one may ob- 
 tain them, if not at the dealers, then by post from the nearest office. 
 In ordering cases, it is expected that tifie same shall be put up with 
 numbers running consecutively. Should, however, there be one or 
 two not required, they may be omitted and other numbers of the 
 same price substituted. Write the order plainly and inclose Money 
 Order or Begistei the letter for safety. 
 
 I 
 
 Wi: 0AT7TI0K OTTB cusTOiMEiiS against purchasing our Specifics in 
 bottles unwrajjped and unsealed, or from having yials refilled by 
 dealers, as we cannot be responsible for the medicines purchased in 
 euch cases. 
 
 HUMPHREYS' hOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE CO^ 
 
 COB. WILLIAU AND ANN STS., NEW YOSE. 
 
CASE No. 11* 
 
 CASE No. 1. 
 
 CASE N«. 2. 
 
 CASE No. 4. 
 
 Jbr ^jrices, se« 
 
 CASE No. 6. 
 page.) 
 
HUMPHREYS' 
 
 HOMEOPATHIC 
 
 FOR THE CURE OF 
 
 Sorses, Sheep, Cattle, Dogs, Bogs and Foiiltry. 
 
 ThegreatestimproTement of the day istbe treatment of sick Am- 
 lULB by HoMloPAiBia Tbbatmsnt. All diseases of all kinds of Do- 
 laestio Animals, Hoises, Cattle, Sheep, Hogs and Dogs, as well as 
 Poultiy and Birds, are cored by Specifle Homeopathic Yeterinaiy 
 Medicines \irith a promptness, certainty and ease truly astonishing. 
 
 Instead of the crude, unnatural means employed by the old school, 
 the bottling, balling, drugging and villainous mixtures usually poured 
 down the animals' throats, and which so often ore sure to kill, if the 
 disease fails, the owner gives a few drops of simple medicine on a bit 
 of sugar or in water, without the least trouble — ^the medicine being as 
 easily given to an ox as to a baby — and in a marvelous short time the 
 disease is cured. 
 
 Experience proves that all diseases of domestic animals are per> 
 fectly controlled by the small doses and mild means of this systen^ 
 ;and that horses and catUe are as readily cured as women and children, 
 ' The most inveterate and fatal diseases, which baffle the most eneT* 
 getic and skillful old school treatment, are cured like magio by these 
 simple VETEBiNABYSpEctETcs. Cases of Cough, Founder; ColiCj In- 
 flammation, Mange, Scratches, Distemper, Inflamed Eyes, Stag* 
 ^rs, and even Spavin and Heaves, are cured with a rapidity and 
 certainty perfectly astonishing to those who have sever witnessed tha 
 efEeots of these 8|pecifics. ' 
 
These Specifies not only save all trouble in giving medicine to ani- 
 mals, but restore and save a large proportion of animals otherwise 
 lost or rendered valueless by disease. They are put np in bottles qf 
 fluid, containing each one hundred or more doses, and each case is 
 accompanied vdth a Book <f Directions and a small glass instrument^ 
 the Medicator, with which the proper dose is taken from the botUa 
 and administered to the animal in ths mouth or on the tongue^ vmOi 
 
 OUT THE LEAST TEOUBliB OB DELAY. 
 
 The Manual of Directions contains a full description of all dia< 
 eases at horses, cattle, sheep, hogs and dogs, 'with fnll, particnlat 
 directions for the treatment of each, so that any intelligent peraoa 
 may use them with success. 
 
 HvMPHBEXs' EoMEoPATBio VmsEOiASS Sfechics have been in use 
 ELEVEN YEABS among all classes of people for the core of sick horses^ 
 cattle, sheep, hogs and dogs, with the most wonderful success. 
 
 Farmers and Agricultnrists use them, -who raise and handle all 
 kinds of domestic animals — careful, prudent, economical men, who 
 know the value of all kinds of stock and the efficacy of all kinds of 
 treatment, and know how to value and appreciate an improvement. 
 
 Importers and breeders of blooded stock, who follow this as s 
 business, and where the loss of a single animal involves the loss of 
 hundreds or thousands of dollar^ 
 
 Livery-stable men^ and professional horse dealers and horse fui> 
 ciers, all praise and use them. 
 
 Traveling Menageries and circus men, who own and have con* 
 stantly hundreds of horses on the road, traveling over every part of 
 the country, and who, using this system, rarely lose an animal, while 
 those who use the old "dragging, balling and bottling" treatment^ 
 lose thousands of dollars worth every year. 
 
 Horse Bailroads in cities and large towns, who use hundreds (4 
 horses, who always have sick horses on hand, and to whom the fees d 
 veterinary doctors and losses of animals form a very large item of ex« 
 pense and loss — these use them extensively, and give them all praise 
 
 iSbr list and prices of ^ecifica and Cases, see following pages.) 
 
~~ Price of 
 
 Single Bottles, 
 
 A.A.— Cures Ferers, Congestions and Inflammations, as of 
 
 the Lungs or Pleura (Pleuro-pneumonia), Infiammation of 
 the Head or Brain, Eyes, or of the Liver or Belly ; Sore 
 Throat or Quinsy; Blind or Belly Staggers; Hot Skin, Quick 
 Pulse; Chill or Panting; Milk Fever in Cows 60 
 
 B. B.— Cures Diseases of tlie Tendons, Ligaments or Joints; 
 
 Founder, Curb, Spavin, Strains, Injuries, Overwork, Kheu- 
 matism, Splint, Stifle 60 
 
 C. C— Cures Diseases of the Glands, Distemper in Horses or 
 
 Sheep; Nasal Gleet; Farcy and Glanders; Discharges from 
 the Nose; Farcy Buds; Swelled Glands; Scab in Sheep; 
 Distemi)er in Dogs 60 
 
 r> D. — Cures Worm Diseases, and eradicates them from the 
 system, either Bots or Grubs; Long, Bound, Pin, or Tape- 
 worm; Colic, or Emaciation from Worms 60 
 
 E. E.— Cures all Diseases of the Air Passages, as Coughs, In- 
 
 fluenza, Heaves, Broken Wind or Whistles, Thick Wind • 
 Inflamed Lungs, or Pleura (Pneumonia), or with quick, 
 panting, hard or difficult breathing 60 
 
 F. F. — Cures Colic, Spasmodic, Wind or Inflammatory Colic; 
 
 Gripes, Hoven, or Wind Blown; Diarrhea or Dysentery; 
 Liquid or Bloody Discharges 60 
 
 G.G.— Prevents Miscarriage, Abortion, or Casting of Foal in 
 Mares, Cows or Sheep; arrests Hemorrhages or Flooding, 
 throws off the After Birth or Placenta, if retained 60 
 
 H H. —Cures all Diseases of the Kidneys, Bladder or ITrinary 
 Passages, as Inflammation, or Difficult, Painful, Suppressed 
 or Bloody Urination; Colic from the Kidneys 60 
 
 1. 1. — Cures all Cutaneous Diseases or Eruptions, Mange, 
 Farcy, Grease, Thrush, Erysipelas, Swellings, Abscesses, 
 Fistulas, Ulcers, Unhealthy Skin, Bough Coat 60 
 
 J. K.— Cures Diseases of Digestion, Loss of Appetite, and "Off 
 his Feed;" Results of Over-feed; Jaundice or Yellows; Hi- 
 Condition, Staring Coat, also. Paralysis, Stomach Staggers. 60 
 
HUMPHREYS' 
 
 VETERINARY SPECIFICS. 
 
 ','!,,'.'" irT'^'is^iiiilii' ,' 
 
 h I'' ' 
 
 i|i.i,ii'|i|',. 
 
 PRICES OF STABIiE CASES. 
 
 Stable Case, Blfiok Walnut, Handle, Look and Key, containing 
 Manual (450 pages with chart), Ten bottles Specifics, Jar 
 Veterinai-y Cure Oil, and Medioator complete $ 7.00 
 
 Stable Case, Black Walnut, Handle, Lock and Key, containing 
 Manual (450 pages with chart). Ten medium size bottles 
 Specifics, Jar Veterinary Cure Oil, and Medicator complete 20.00 
 
 Stable Case, Black Walnut, Handle, Lock and Key, containing 
 Manual (450 pages with chart). Ten large size bottles 
 Specifics, Jar Veterinary Cure Oil, and Medicator complete 30.00 
 
 PRICES OP SINGLE BOTTLES. 
 
 Single Bottles, containing over 50 doses 60 
 
 Single Bottles, Medium Size, containing fouk times as much 
 
 as small bottles, 2Q0 doses 2.00 
 
 Single Bottles, Large Size, containing eight times as much 
 
 as small bottles, 400 doses 3.00 
 
 Jab Veteeinaby Cube Oil 1.00 
 
 HuMPHKBTs' Vetbbinabt Manual (450 pages, with Chart) 50 
 
 Medicatob (for administering Specifics) ^5 
 
 Sent Free to any Address on receipt of tht Pricet 
 
HUMPHREYS' 
 
 MARVEL OF HEALING. 
 
 "A rose is just as sweet by any other name.'' 
 
 'This medicine is a pure distillation of the well-krwvm ihrvib, 
 EAMAMllLIS VIBOINICA, commonly known as the WITCE HAZEL, 
 prepared with great care from recipes used by DB. HUMPHREYS 
 for more than TWENTY TEARS, and is WARRANTED SUPERIOR 
 to any preparation of this medicine sold. 
 
 THE MARVEL is the triumph of Family 
 Medicines. Always useful, always ready, nevet 
 injurious, always reliable, does not poison or irri- 
 tate, stain or injure, and may be taken without 
 injury by any one. 
 
 THE MARVEL is used both as an external remedy 
 or a lotion to apply and as an internal medicine to take, 
 and in many cases it is both taken and applied. 
 
 Taken internally, it may be used in doses of a teaspoon' 
 ful, or more to adults; and to young children, ^ed or infirm 
 persons, a-half or quarter as much, and it may be repeated 
 every one, two, or four hours in urgent oases, or usually three 
 times a day. 
 
 Applied externally as a lotion or liniment for sore- 
 ness, lameness, a bruise, sprain, strain or wrench; or 
 for a burn, scald, excoriation or swelling; or when there 
 is pain, heat or inflammation, its action is at once cool- 
 ing, soothing and healing and restoring, while it causeg 
 no irritation, stain, eruption or rash. 
 
The indispensaMe Medicine for Families— always safe; always 
 Tellable; never injurions. 
 
 It Heals tlie widest variety of Iniuries, Wounds, Bruises, Con- 
 tusions, Sprains or Lacerations. It is the greatest Styptic or 
 Stannoher of Bleeding known. It arrests Nose Bleed, Spitting 
 of Blood, Bleeding Lungs, Bleeding Gums, Vomiting Blood or 
 Internal Hemorrhage. 
 
 It is The sure and infallible Eemedy for Piles, — the only 
 Cure for Varicose Veins, — the sure Eemedy for Toothache, Ear- 
 ache, and Neuralgia, — the cure for Eheumatio Pains, Lameness, 
 Soreness, Stiffness, Gravel, Strangury and Eidney Disease. 
 
 For Bums, Scalds and Sunburns, — The Marvel of Healing. 
 
 For Diarrhoea and Chronic Diarrhoea, — Always curative. 
 
 For Catarrh and Mucus Discharges, — Invaluable. 
 
 For Ulcers, Sores, Boils, Corns and Felons,— Unequalled. 
 
 For Excoriations, Chafings and Soreness, — ^Invaluable. 
 
 As a Toilet Article for Shaving, Bathing, &c., — Above praise. 
 For all these conditions, or the results of such, there is no rem- 
 edy which so promptly revives the depressed vital action, restores the 
 local and general circulation, allays the pain, dissipates the con- 
 gestion, arrests and prevents inflammation and restores the circula- 
 tion as this Mabvel op Heaiinq. In thousands of oases, its prompt 
 and free application has staunched the bleeding, allayed the pain, 
 dissipated the congestion, reduced the inflammation and promoted 
 the healing of the most dangerous injury so promptly and so magically 
 as to have given it the name of the Mabvbl of Heauno. 
 
 It has been in popular use for Thirty Years. It is prepared 
 by a scientific Physician. It is for External and Internal Use, 
 to Apply and to Take. Price, 6 oz. bottles, 30 cts.; Pints, eOcts.; 
 Quarts, $1.00. Sold by all Druggists. 
 
 Pamphlets (in different languages) free upon application. Address 
 
 Humphreys' Homeopathie Medicine Co., 
 COB. WII.II&.II AND Anrnr STS., H. Y, 
 
HUMPHREYS' 
 
 WITCH HAZEL OIL 
 
 (COMPOUND) 
 
 AND 
 
 FILE OI3Sr'3?3iv!EEiT1'. 
 
 This ointment is the triumph of Scientific Medicine. 
 Nothing has ever been produced at all to equal or compare 
 with it as a curative and healing application. The virtues 
 of the Witch Hazel have been long known and cel- 
 ebrated as a healer and pain curer. But when combined 
 and applied in the form of an oil, its cueativb effects aee 
 MAKVELOus. It has been used ovee forty teaes, and is the 
 prescription of one of the most renowned physicians of his 
 day. It always atfoeds eelief and always gives satis- 
 FACTiON. For: 
 
 Piles, Blind or Bleeding, External or Internal, 
 and Itching or Bleeding of the Rectum. For these 
 or any of them, this Oil is infallible. The relief is immediate. 
 It has been used in thousands of cases with absolute success. 
 No one who has ever tried it will do without it. 
 
 Ulcerations, Eruptions, Cracks or Fissures of the 
 
 anus or rectum are cured at once and like magic from a few 
 simple applications of this Oil. Even old Fistulas in ano have 
 been cured by it. 
 
 Burns, Scalds, and Ulceration and Contraction 
 
 from Burns. The relief is instant, and the healing of the ul- 
 ceration and softening of the contraction is wonderful. It has 
 
ih repeated instanoes cured oases of contraction from bums pro- 
 nounced incurable by the faculty. 
 
 Cancers, Malignant, Painful, or Corroding Ul- 
 cers, Carbuncles and Boils are at once relieved of the 
 darting, eating or corroding pains. 
 
 Old Sores, Indolent Ulcers and Fistulas are prompt- 
 ly healed up and cured. This Oil is the mildest and best pos- 
 sible dressing for them. 
 
 Torn, Lacerated or Cut Wounds or Injuries are 
 promptly closed up and healed by this Oil in a manner ap- 
 proached by no other remedy. 
 
 Salt Kheum, Tetters, Scurfy Eruptions, Chapped 
 Hands, Fever Blisters, Sore Iiips, Corns and Bun- 
 ions are promptly relieved and often cured like magic. 
 
 For Corns and Bunions, or Sore and Lame Feet, 
 this remedy affords instant relief, curing and rendering service- 
 able feet, whose use under any other treatment was a painful 
 burden and torment. 
 
 Scratches or Grease in Horses, Chafings, Saddle 
 or Harness Galls, Lacerations, Cuts, Injuries, Bro- 
 ken Hoof or Quarter Crack, are all cured by this Witch 
 Hazel Oil in a manner unequaled. 
 
 PBEPABED ONIiT BZ 
 
 DR. F. HUMPHREYS & SONS, 
 
 Price, 50 Cents. Trial Size. 2 5 Cents. 
 
 Sold by all Druggists, or Seat Free on Receipt of Price 
 
 Pamphlds free upon application. Address, 
 
 HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE CO., 
 
 COE. WHLUM AND ANN STS., NEW YOBK. 
 
OEiTEI3.AXj liTlDEnS. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 ^bdomeo, DropG^ of the. 491 
 
 AbscesBes 230 
 
 Acne. 223 
 
 Aged People, Diet of 44 
 
 Ague 195 
 
 " Dumb 200 
 
 " Old, Suppressed 200 
 
 Air-passages, Diseases of 289-325 
 
 " purity of 124 
 
 " impuritieB of 124 
 
 See VentikUion. 
 
 Albumen 62 
 
 Albuminaria. 399 
 
 Alcobols 117-119 
 
 " effects on heart 118 
 
 " " " digestion 118 
 
 Alcohol Habit 6S4 
 
 Aliment allowed under Horn, treatment 167 
 " forbidden " " •* 158 
 
 Alimentary Tract, Diseases of 333-398 
 
 AUspioe 102 
 
 Almonds 90 
 
 Alopecia, after Confinement 464 
 
 Amenorrhea 418 
 
 Anasarca 489-490 
 
 Angina Pectoris. 326 
 
 Ani, Prolapsus. 392 
 
 AnoT«zia 347 
 
 Anthrax 227 
 
 Aphonia 289 
 
 Appetite, want of. 347 
 
 Apples 97 
 
 Apricots. 98 
 
 Apoplexy 237 
 
 ApthsB, in Infants 463 
 
 Arrow-root 91 
 
 Arthritis 473 
 
 Asparagus ^ 95 
 
 Ascoris Lumbricoides 494 
 
 Ascites 489-^1 
 
 Asthma 315 
 
 " Hay 300 
 
 Atrophy, of Infants 466 
 
 Back, Rheumatism in 472 
 
 ** pains in, during Pregnancy 445 
 
 Bacon, Nutritive value of 54 
 
 Baking of Meats. 108 
 
 Siting's ooreforOorpolence... 43 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Barley 86 
 
 '* -Water 86 
 
 Bath, the Sitz 162 
 
 Bathing, too much. 135 
 
 *' Cold 136 
 
 " Warm 137 
 
 " Sea 137 
 
 " Cautions as to 138 
 
 Baths, permissable temperatures in.... 160 
 
 '* -Vapor, use of the 151 
 
 " *' how to give 151 
 
 " Warm 149 
 
 Beans 89 
 
 Bedroom, Ventilation of 125 
 
 Beef, Nutritive Value of 49 
 
 " -Tea Extract. £8 
 
 " " " properusesof 61 
 
 Beer ii7 
 
 Beverages 110-120 
 
 ' ' Non Intoxicating 110 
 
 Bilious Colio 356,357 
 
 " Fever. 174 
 
 Biliousness 348 
 
 Biscuits, Wheaten 86 
 
 Blackberry 99 
 
 Bladder, Catarrh of. 406 
 
 " Inflammation of 404 
 
 Bleeding, feom Lungs 318 
 
 " " Stomach 362 
 
 *' " Nose 487 
 
 Blood, Composition of the 69 
 
 " salts in 69 
 
 " to Head, Rush of 240 
 
 •' -Shot Eyes 275 
 
 " vomiting, from Lungs 362 
 
 " " Stomach. 362 
 
 " from Nose 487 
 
 Boils 226 
 
 " in Ear 284 
 
 Boiling, proper method of 106 
 
 Boots, evil effects of high-heeled 135 ■ 
 
 Bowels, Falling of 392 
 
 " Looseness of 373 
 
 Brain, Dropsy of 244 
 
 *• " Chronic 245 
 
 " Inflammation of 241 
 
 Brandy nj 
 
 Bread, stale, best for health 84 
 
GENEEAL INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Bread, toastingcf .., 84 
 
 Bre&st, Catarrh of 303 
 
 " Inflammation of, after Confinement 456 
 
 •' -Pang 325 
 
 Preparation of before Confinement 448 
 
 Breath, oflfensive 356 
 
 Bright's Disease of Kidney 401, 402 
 
 Broiling 108 
 
 Bronchial Irritation 302 
 
 Bronchitis, Acute 302 
 
 " of Children 303 
 
 Broths, Fish 69 
 
 " Mutton 51 
 
 " Veal 61 
 
 " Vegetable 96 
 
 " Preparation of 96 
 
 Buckwheat flour 87 
 
 Bunions 231, 232 
 
 Butter, Constituents of 78, 79 
 
 *' usesof Y9 
 
 " quaUties of good 79 
 
 Buttermilk 77 
 
 '* nutritive value of 45 
 
 Cabbage 95 
 
 Oaf 6 Noir 115 
 
 " au Lait 116 
 
 Calculus 407 
 
 Canker sore month 346 
 
 Capsicum 102 
 
 Carbuncle 227 
 
 Carrots 93 
 
 Cassia 102 
 
 Casein 80 
 
 Carditis 327 
 
 Catarrh, Acute 298 
 
 " of Bladder 406 
 
 " of Breast. 303 
 
 " Chronic 299 
 
 " Fall 300 
 
 Hay 300 
 
 " Peach 300 
 
 Cauliflower 96 
 
 Celery. 95 
 
 Cereals 82 
 
 Cessation of Menses 426 
 
 Change of Life 426 
 
 Cinnamon 102 
 
 Circulatory System, diseases ot 325 
 
 Cheese, as an article of diet 80 
 
 '* Cream- 81 
 
 " toasted 81 
 
 Cherries 98 
 
 Chest, Congestion of 314 
 
 " Dropsy of 491 
 
 Chestnuts 90 
 
 Chicken-Pox 208 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Chilblains 233 
 
 Child-crowing , 265 
 
 Children, clothing of , 135 
 
 ** Fever of 201 
 
 " Food of young 42 
 
 Chill-fever 20O 
 
 Chlorosis 420 
 
 Chocolate, nutritive value of 116 
 
 " Miss Evart's receipt for preparing 115 
 
 Cholera, Asiatic 365 
 
 " Diarrhea 372 
 
 " English 379 
 
 " Infantum 382 
 
 " Morbus 364 
 
 Chorea 257 
 
 Chronic Catarrh 299 
 
 " Ophthalmia 273 
 
 Clavus 231 
 
 Cleanliness, in cooking 109 
 
 " in sick-room 148 
 
 Clergyman's sore throat 289, 344 
 
 Climatric, the Grand 426 
 
 Clothing, purposes of 132 
 
 " varieties of 133 
 
 " relative values of different 
 
 kinds 133 
 
 " shape of 134 
 
 " change of 134 
 
 " cleansing of 134 
 
 " of children 135 
 
 Clotted Cream 76 
 
 Gloves 102 
 
 Coals on the fire, noiseless way of putt- 
 ing, in sick-room 142 
 
 Cocoa, nutritive value of 116 
 
 OofEee 114 
 
 " making of 114 
 
 Cold bathing 136 
 
 *' Common 302 
 
 " weather, food for 44 
 
 Colic 356 
 
 " Flatulent 357 
 
 " Lead 358 
 
 " Painter's : 358 
 
 Corn, Indian 87 
 
 " Green 88 
 
 *• Hulled 88 
 
 " meal 87 
 
 Corns 231 
 
 Corpulence, Banting's cure for 43 
 
 " diet for 43 
 
 Coryza, of Infants 462 
 
 Cough 293 
 
 " Hooping- 295 
 
 Coup-de-soleil 249 
 
 Condensed Milk , 78 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 PlGff. 
 Oondiments, dietetic valae of; and roles 
 
 for using 102 
 
 Oondy's Fluid 144 
 
 Congestion 240 
 
 of Chest 314 
 
 of Head 240 
 
 ConjuDctiviti s 271 
 
 Constipation 35% 367 
 
 " apples in, use of 98 
 
 " during Pregnancy 442 
 
 " after labor. 463 
 
 " in Infants 464 
 
 ConBumption, Laryngeal 306 
 
 * ' Pulmonary 320 
 
 " Pulsein, The 321 
 
 " Temperature in the 321 
 
 ContagiouB Diseases 144 
 
 Convulsions 247 
 
 " in Infants 465 
 
 Costiveness 387 
 
 Crabs 70 
 
 Cranberry 99 
 
 Cream-Cheese 81 
 
 " Clotted 76 
 
 " Constituents of 76 
 
 Cresses, Water 96 
 
 Croup 266,290 
 
 " Spasmodic 26S 
 
 " Difference between, and Child- 
 crowing 266 
 
 Crowing, Child- 266 
 
 Crying of Infants. 462 
 
 Cucumber 96 
 
 Curative Measures, Accessory 149 
 
 Curds 77 
 
 Currants 99 
 
 Cystitis 404 
 
 *' Chronic ^)5 
 
 Deafness 283, 286 
 
 Debility, General 480 
 
 " Nervous 382 
 
 Delaying Menses 419 
 
 Delivery, Treatment before 448 
 
 " Remedies before 449 
 
 ** False Pains before 449 
 
 Diabetes 415 
 
 Diarrhea 378 
 
 " Cholera-.. „ 372 
 
 " of Infants 464 
 
 Diet, eee Food. 
 
 Diet of the Sick 157 
 
 * ' - • Infants, Supplementary 460 
 
 " Milk-, in Bright's Disease 403 
 
 " of Nurses 460 
 
 Diphtheria 338 
 
 Disease, How to interpret its symptoms 158 
 
 Dlaeiee, Pain In -.,. 163 
 
 " Skinin,The 164 
 
 ** Temperature in. The 160-161 
 
 " Tonguein, The 163 
 
 " Urine in, The 165 
 
 Diseases of Air-P&ssages 289-326 
 
 ** of Alimentary Tract 333 
 
 " of Circulatory System 325 
 
 " of Ears 280-288 
 
 " of Eyes 271 
 
 " of Head 335-270 
 
 " of Heart, see Heart, 
 
 " of Infants 461-467 
 
 *' of Nervous System 235-270 
 
 " of Pregnancy 441-448 
 
 " of Urinary Organs 399 
 
 *' of Various Organs and Begiona 468 
 
 " of Women 418 
 
 Disinfectants, Use of 140 
 
 Disinfection of Koom, etc., in Conta- 
 gious cases 146 
 
 Dizziness 237 
 
 Doses, Repetition of , 108 
 
 *' of Specifics 168-169 
 
 Drainage, of dwellings 128 
 
 Drinks, allowed under Hom. treatment 157 
 
 Dripping, use as a food 81,82 
 
 Dropsy, 489-490 516 
 
 Dwellings, Healthy 127 
 
 *' drainage of 128 
 
 ** sewerage of 128 
 
 ** ventilation of 129 
 
 ** surroundings of 127 
 
 ** location of 127 
 
 •* cellars of 128 
 
 " cleansing of 129 
 
 " temperature of 129 
 
 Dysentery 384 
 
 Dysmenorrhea 423 
 
 Dyspepsia 348 
 
 Dysuria, during Pregnancy 442 
 
 Duck's-Egge, Nutritive Value of 65 
 
 Dnmb-Ague 20O 
 
 Earache 281 
 
 Ears, Care of the 287 
 
 Boils in 284 
 
 Discharge from 285 
 
 Diseases of the 280-288 
 
 Eczema of 280 
 
 Furuncle in 284 
 
 jlnfiammation of 281 
 
 ' Noises in 286 
 
 iilating. Rules for 362-364 
 
 Eczema 220 
 
 " of Ears 280 
 
 ** in Infants 463 
 
aSNEBAL IKDEX. 
 
 PAOE. 
 
 Bgga, Duok'g, ITatiltiT* Value of 65 
 
 " Nutritive Value of 62 
 
 " Keeping of 6(,65 
 
 * Medical uaesof 63 
 
 " Poached, Method of preparing. . 65 
 
 " andMilk 64 
 
 " *<JuBtard« plain 61 
 
 Bmaciation in Oonsumption 321 
 
 Encephalitis. 241 
 
 Enemeta. 149 
 
 English Oholera .379 
 
 Enlargement of laver 394 
 
 Enteric Fever. M7, 182 
 
 Enuresia 414 
 
 Epilepsy 253 
 
 Erethio Fever. ....172 
 
 Eruption, in Infants 462 
 
 " ot Small-Fox... 206 
 
 " of Typhus Fever 179 
 
 " Scrofulous 479 
 
 Erysipelas 211,280 
 
 EzcoriationSp in Infants 464 
 
 Exercise 129 
 
 Extraotaof Meat 60 
 
 " of Beef-Tea 60 
 
 Eyelids, Inflammation of 274 
 
 Eyes 271 
 
 " Blood-shot 276 
 
 '* Inflammation of 271 
 
 " Weeping 276 
 
 Tace, Swelled 284 
 
 Facial Paralysis 265 
 
 Failing Sight 276 
 
 Fainting, during Pregnancy 443 
 
 Fall Catarrh 300 
 
 Falling out of the Hair. 454 
 
 '• of Womb 430.625 
 
 Fat persons, Food proper for 43 
 
 " Fish 68,69 
 
 Felon 228 
 
 Fevers 171 
 
 " Rules in Treatment of 171-172 
 
 " and A^rue 195 
 
 " Bilious 174 
 
 ■' of Children 201 
 
 " Erethio 172 
 
 ** Enteric, distinction between, and 
 
 Typhus Fever 177 
 
 " Gastric 174 
 
 ** Inflammatory. ...........173 
 
 •■ Intermittent 195 
 
 " Marsh W6 
 
 " Remittent 174 
 
 " Scarlet. 201-203 
 
 *• Simple. 172 
 
 •" I^boid 182 
 
 FASB. 
 
 Fevers. Typhus I7s 
 
 ** distinction between, and 
 
 Enteric Fever 17» 
 
 " " Thepulsein 178 
 
 '• Yellow 192 
 
 Fibrin, Artificial 64 
 
 Fig 99 
 
 Filters 123 
 
 " Domestic, how to make a 123 
 
 Fish, Nutritive Value 67 
 
 " Signsof good 68 
 
 " Methods of Cooking 68 
 
 " boiling, proper method of 106 
 
 " Broth 69 
 
 " Shell-, Nutritive Value of 69 
 
 Fits 247 
 
 Flannel, Use of 134 
 
 Flatulence 350 
 
 Floor, Buckwheat 87 
 
 " Oat 85 
 
 " Rye 87 
 
 " Wheaten 82,84,85 
 
 Food, its use 36-45 
 
 '* its Nutritious Values 45-104 
 
 ** ite preparation. Methods of. .,104-110 
 
 *' AnimaL 45 
 
 *' for Aged People 44 
 
 " forChildren 42 
 
 " for Cold Weather. 44 
 
 *' the Care of, in Sick-room..... 110, 144 
 
 " for Fat People. 43 
 
 " for Infants 41 
 
 '* for Lean People. 44 
 
 " for Laboring Men -. 42 
 
 ** for Students 42 
 
 " for Warm Weather 44 
 
 " Vomiting of , by Infants, 462 
 
 Fomentations 149, 163, 154 
 
 Foot-Bath, The Hot, Uses of 161 
 
 Fowl, The flesh of 66 
 
 •• Thebloodof 67 
 
 Frost-bites 233 
 
 Frozen limbs 233 
 
 Fruite, Nutritive Values of 97-100, 110 
 
 Frying, Proper Method of 10(1 
 
 Furuncle 221 
 
 " inEar. 284 
 
 GaU Stones 391 
 
 Gastralgia 354 
 
 Gastric Derangement 348 
 
 " Fever 174 
 
 Gelatine 66,62 
 
 General Debility. 480 
 
 •' Paralysis 252 
 
 Gin 1" 
 
 Ginger. 103 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Gingerbread • 85 
 
 Glands, Scrofulous 478 
 
 Gooseberries 99 
 
 Gout 473 
 
 Grapes 198 
 
 Gravel 407 
 
 Green Corn 88 
 
 Green Sickness 420 
 
 Grippe, The 298 
 
 Gruel, Oat-meal 86 
 
 Gum ArabiOk uses of 100 
 
 Gymnastics, Home 130 
 
 Hsemoptysis 318 
 
 Hair. Loss of, after Confinement 454 
 
 Halitosis 356 
 
 Hardened Wax in Ear 282 
 
 Hare. Flesh of, Nutritive Value of 67 
 
 Hashed Meats 107 
 
 Hay Asthma (Catarrh or Fever) 300 
 
 Head, Diseases of 235-270 
 
 " Congestion to 240 
 
 Headache 235 
 
 " in Females 236 
 
 " •' during menses 424 
 
 Healthy Dwellings 127 
 
 Hearing, Affections of. 280-288 
 
 Defective 283 
 
 Heart, Diseases of. 327-3^ 
 
 " Angina 325 
 
 " Carditis 327 
 
 " Chronic diseases of 331 
 
 " Endocarditis 327 
 
 " Functional Diseases 330 
 
 " Irregular Action of. 329 
 
 *' Organic diseases 330 
 
 " Palpitation 329 
 
 " Pericarditis 327 
 
 Heart-bum 350, 351 
 
 Heat-stroke 249 
 
 Hematuria 416 
 
 Hematemesis 362 
 
 Hemiplegia 251 
 
 Hemorrhage of Lungs 318 
 
 *' Vicarious 363 
 
 Hemorrhoids „ .^389 
 
 Hepati tis 393 
 
 Herpes 214,280 
 
 Hiccough 351 
 
 Hip Diseaaa 480 
 
 Hives 215 
 
 Hoarseness 289 
 
 Hominy 87, 88 
 
 Honey 101 
 
 Hooping-Cough 295 
 
 " differences from Spasmo- 
 dic Croup .296 
 
 PAOa 
 
 Hooping-Cough, Vaccinatioa from 298 
 
 Hulled Com 88 
 
 Hygiene 36-139 
 
 Hydrocephalus 244 
 
 " Chronic 245 
 
 Hypochondriasis 269 
 
 Hysteria 267,268-269,432 
 
 " during Pregnancy 443 
 
 Icterus ; 296 
 
 Impetigo 280 
 
 Incubus 35L 
 
 Indian Com 87 
 
 Indigestion ^ 348, 349 
 
 Infantile Paralysis 252 
 
 Infants, Apthce of 463 
 
 " Atrophy of 466 
 
 " After Birth, Treatmentof. 459 
 
 " Cold in Head 462 
 
 " Constipation in 464 
 
 " Convulsions 466 
 
 " Crying of 462 
 
 " Diarrhea of 464 
 
 " Diet of. Supplementary 41,460 
 
 " Diseases of. 461-467 
 
 " Eczema 463 
 
 " Eruptions of 462 
 
 " Eyes of, Inflammation 461 
 
 " Excoriations of 464 
 
 " Intertrigo, see Excoriations. 
 
 " Meconium, Expulsion of 459 
 
 Milk-Cmstsin 463 
 
 " Paralysis of 352 
 
 " Hegurgitation of Food 462 
 
 " Teething derangements 465 
 
 " Swelling of Head 459 
 
 Thrush in 463 
 
 '* Treatment of, after birth 459 
 
 " "Wakefulness of 462 
 
 " Wasting of 466 
 
 '* Weaning of 460 
 
 In-growing Nails 229 
 
 Inhalations, Nature and uses of 155-156 
 
 Injections, see Enemeta. 
 
 Inflammation of Bladder 404 
 
 " of Eyes, in Infants 461 
 
 of Eyelids 274 
 
 " of Kidneys 400 
 
 " of Labia 432 
 
 " of Larynx 305 
 
 " of Liver. 393 
 
 " of Lungs 3U 
 
 Inflammatory Fever. 173 
 
 Influenza 298 
 
 Insolation 249 
 
 Internal Swelling of Organs, af te** Con- 
 finement ... . .455 
 
GENERAL INDEX. 
 
 Intermittent Fever.... 196 
 
 Intertrigo, see Excoriation, 
 Invermination, see Wm-ms, 
 
 Isinglass 69 
 
 Itch 225 
 
 Jaundice 396 
 
 Jelly, Tapioca 91 
 
 Kidneys^ Diseases of 399-417 
 
 " Inflammation of 400, 405 
 
 KouBBO, for Worms 496 
 
 Labia, Inflammation of 432 
 
 Labor. 450 
 
 ** after treatment 452 
 
 " Alopecia, after 454 
 
 ** Breasts, preparation of, before. ..448 
 
 *' Inflammation of 448 
 
 " " after. 458 
 
 ** OoiLstipation during 453 
 
 " Oonvulsions in 451 
 
 ** Oramps in 451 
 
 " Falling of Hair during 454 
 
 ** Inilanmiation ot Breasts after. . .458 
 •• " of Womb after. . . .455 
 
 " Leucorrhea after 455 
 
 ** Lochia] Discharge after 454 
 
 *' Mastitis after 457 
 
 " Milk, Fever after 453 
 
 " " Suppressed after 453 
 
 ** Nipples, Excoriation of. 456 
 
 •' Ovarian Dropsy, after 455 
 
 " Perspiration, after 457 
 
 "* Scanty, or Suppressed Milk after 453 
 
 ■•• Swelling of Organs, after, 455 
 
 " Tedious 451 
 
 •• Weakness after 457 
 
 Laboring Men, Proper Food for 42 
 
 Lamb, Nutritive Value of 53 
 
 Laryngeal, Consumption 306 
 
 Laryngismus Stridulus 265 
 
 Laryngitis 305 
 
 LeadCoUc. 358 
 
 Lean Fish 68, 69 
 
 " People, Proper Food for, 44 
 
 Leeks 96 
 
 Lemon 98 
 
 " -juice 98 
 
 Lettuce ^ 
 
 Leucorrhea 428,525 
 
 *' after Labor. 455 
 
 Life, Average of. 139 
 
 " effect of occupation upon 138 
 
 Lime-juice 98 
 
 Liver, Acute Inflammation of. 393 
 
 •' Oomplaints 392 
 
 ■* SJnlargement of, Ohronic 394 
 
 Lobolw 70 
 
 VAGTB. 
 
 Lockjaw 26S 
 
 Lochia! Discharge, after Labor 454 
 
 Lung-Fever. 303 
 
 Lungs, Bleeding from 318 
 
 " Inflammation of 311 
 
 Lumbago 472 
 
 " use of poultices in 163 
 
 Macaroni 86 
 
 Malignant Sore Mouth. 336 
 
 " Diphtheria 338 
 
 Maple Sugar 101 
 
 Marsh Fever 196 
 
 Mastitis 456 
 
 Measles 203 
 
 Meat, Boiling of. 106 
 
 " Baking .of. 108 
 
 " Broihngof 107 
 
 " Cooking of, Proper 105 
 
 " •* Lossby. 105 
 
 " Dried 109 
 
 " Extractsof 60 
 
 " Fat 48 
 
 " Fluid Extracts of 60,61 
 
 " Good, Characteristics of 47 
 
 •' Hashing of 107 
 
 " Lean 48 
 
 *' Hoasting of. 106 
 
 " Salted 109 
 
 " Solid Preparations of 61 
 
 " Steaming of 106 
 
 •' Stewing of 107 
 
 " " in Vapor 107 
 
 *' Tinned 109 
 
 Medicines, How to Select, Prepare and 
 
 take 168-169 
 
 Melons 99 
 
 Meningitis 241 
 
 Menopause, The 426 
 
 Menses, The 418 
 
 " Cessation ., 426 
 
 " Delaying 419 
 
 " Frequent, too 425 
 
 " Painful ....423 
 
 " Profuse, too 435 
 
 •* Pregnancy, during 441 
 
 " Scanty 421 
 
 " Suppressed 420 
 
 " " after Labor 453 
 
 " Tardy.... 419 
 
 Menstruation, see Menses 421 
 
 Metorrhagia. ^25 
 
 Milk, Artificial Substitute for Women's 72 
 
 *' Condensed 78 
 
 *' Constituents of 72 
 
 " Cow's 73, 74 
 
 " " znethoda of usins 3S 
 
OENERAL £K&£X. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 Milk-OrnBt 220,463 
 
 Diet in Bright's Disease 403 
 
 and Eggs 64 
 
 -Fever, after Labor 463 
 
 in Fevers 71 
 
 asaFood 71 
 
 Molaeees 101 
 
 Morning-Sickness 441 
 
 Mouth, Canker Sore 346 
 
 Sr -.vyof. 346 
 
 Mucilage, Medical use of 100 
 
 MuflfinB 85 
 
 Mashrooms, description of eatable 96 
 
 Mustard-Cress 96 
 
 Mutton-Broth. 51 
 
 " Nutritive Value of 51 
 
 " Boiling, Proper way of. 106 
 
 Mumps 208 
 
 Nails, Affections of the 229 
 
 Nasal Bleeding 487 
 
 Nausea • 360 
 
 Neck, Stiff 472 
 
 Nephritis 400 
 
 " Chronic 402 
 
 Nerve-Pain 259 
 
 Nervous Debility „.482 
 
 " System, Diseases of 235-270 
 
 Nettle-rash 215 
 
 Neuralgia. 259 
 
 Nightingale's, Miss, Rules for the Sick- 
 room 143, 144 
 
 Nightmare 351, 486 
 
 Nipples, Excoriated, after Labor 456 
 
 Noises in the Ears 286 
 
 Nose, Diseases of. 486 
 
 " Bleeding of 487 
 
 '• Swelling and Redness of 486 
 
 ** Ulceration of 487 
 
 Nurse, The needed Qualities in a 147 
 
 " Diet for 460 
 
 Nursing and Care of the Sick 140-167 
 
 Nutmeg, 102 
 
 Nuts 90 
 
 Oats 85 
 
 " -flour „ 85 
 
 '* -meal Porridge 86 
 
 " -Gruel 86 
 
 Occupation, affect of, upon Health, etc .138 
 Offal of Animals, Nutritive Value of . . . . 55 
 
 Offensive Breath 366 
 
 Onions 96 
 
 Onychia 229 
 
 Ophtiialmia 271 
 
 " Chronic. 273 
 
 Oranges 96 
 
 Otorrhea. 285 
 
 PAOS. 
 
 Ovarian Dropsy, after Labor... ■ 456 
 
 Oysters 69,70 
 
 " Stew 71 
 
 " Raw 71 
 
 Pain in Disease 163 
 
 Painful Menstruation 423 
 
 Painter's Colic 358 
 
 Palpitation of Heart 329 
 
 Palsy 251 
 
 " Wasting 262 
 
 See Paralysia, 
 
 Paralysis 250 
 
 Facial 253 
 
 " General, of the Insane 252 
 
 " Infantile 252 
 
 Paralytic Stroke ..251 
 
 Paraplegia 261 
 
 Parotides. 200 
 
 Parsnips 94 
 
 Parturition^ see Labor, 
 
 Peaches 98 
 
 Pears 98 
 
 Peaa 90 
 
 Pemphigus 280 
 
 Pepper 101,102,103 
 
 Pernio ." 233 
 
 Perspiration, after Labor, Excessive. . . .457 
 
 Pertussis 29fi 
 
 Pharyngitis 344 
 
 Phthisis Pnlmonalis 320 
 
 Pig's feet, Nutritive Value of 68 
 
 Piles 389 
 
 Pimples. 223 
 
 Pine Apple 99 
 
 Pleurisy 307 
 
 " False 310 
 
 Pleurodynia .310 
 
 Plums 98 
 
 Pneumonia 311 
 
 Poached Eggs, Mexican Method of pre- 
 paring 65 
 
 Pork, Nutritive Value of 63 
 
 *' Measly. 53 
 
 Forrigo Favosa 218 
 
 Porridge, Oat-meal 86 
 
 Porter U7 
 
 Potatoes 91 
 
 ** choice of 93 
 
 '* preparation of. 93 
 
 " Soup 93 
 
 Poultices 149 
 
 Bread 142 
 
 " Carrot 163 
 
 " Charcoal 163 
 
 " Linseed 161 
 
 Uses of U3 
 
GENERAL IKDEX. 
 
 PAGE. 
 
 PerioardftfB, 327 
 
 Poultry and G&me, Nutritive Value of 66, 67 
 
 Pregnancy 443-449 
 
 Disorders of 431-448 
 
 Constipation during 442 
 
 " Dysuria during. 442 
 
 •* Fainting during. 443 
 
 " Hysteria during 443 
 
 " Menstruation during 441 
 
 " Miscarriage 445 
 
 • Morning-Sickness 441 
 
 •* Pain of Back during 446 
 
 " Swelled Face during 444 
 
 ** Toothache during 443 
 
 " Varices during 444 
 
 " Veins during, Swelled 444 
 
 Professional Men, Proper Food for 42 
 
 Profuse Menstruation 425 
 
 Prolapsus Ani 392 
 
 " Uteri 430 
 
 Pulmonary Consumption 320 
 
 " Hemorrhage 318 
 
 Pulse, The 158 
 
 " in Consumption 321 
 
 *' in Typhus Fever 178 
 
 Putrid, or Malignant Sore Throat 336 
 
 Quinsy 333 
 
 Babbit's Flesh, Nutritive Value of 67 
 
 Badishes 94 
 
 Baisins 98 
 
 Baspberry 99 
 
 Befrigerators, Care of 129 
 
 Begurgitation of Food in Infants 462 
 
 Belaxed Throat 344 
 
 Uvula 336 
 
 Bespiration, The, in Disease 162 
 
 Bemittent Fever 174 
 
 Bheumatism 468 
 
 " Apples in 98 
 
 " Asparagus in 95 
 
 " Chronic 471 
 
 " Lemons in 98 
 
 " Sciatic 473 
 
 Rhubarb 95 
 
 Bice 88-89 
 
 " -Water 89 
 
 Bing-Worm. '. 216 
 
 Boasting, Method of 100,444 
 
 Rose. The 211 
 
 Bound-Worm, The 494 
 
 Bum 117 
 
 Bye-floor 87 
 
 Sago 81 
 
 St. Vitus' Dance 257 
 
 Salmon 69 
 
 jftftlt 101,192 
 
 PAas. 
 
 Sausage, Nutritive Value of 58 
 
 " Black-pudding 59 
 
 " Prussian, The 58 
 
 Savoys 95 
 
 Scabies 225 
 
 Scalled Head 220 
 
 Scarlet Fever 201 
 
 Schools, Ventilation of 12S 
 
 Sciatica 473 
 
 Scrofula 476 
 
 Scrofulous Eruptions 479 
 
 " Glands 478 
 
 '* Tumors 478 
 
 Scurvy of Mouth 346 
 
 Sea-bathing 137 
 
 Sea-Sickness 361 
 
 Seat^Worm 492 
 
 Sediment in Urine 407 
 
 Sewerage of Dwellings 128 
 
 Sheeps-Head, Nutritive Value of 56 
 
 Shell-Fish, Nutritivtt Value of 64 
 
 " Disease caused by 69 
 
 Shingles, The 214 
 
 Sick, The, Diet of 157 
 
 *' Cleanliness of. 148 
 
 " Nursing and Care of 140-157 
 
 " Reading to 143 
 
 " Visits to 142 
 
 Sick-Eoom, The , 140 
 
 " Disinfection of 146 
 
 " Furniture of 141 
 
 Light in 141, 142 
 
 " Made pleasant 143 
 
 *' Temperature of 143 
 
 " Ventilation of 141 
 
 Signs and Symptoms of Disease, How to 
 
 Interpret 158 
 
 Sight, Weak or Failing 276 
 
 " Care of the 277 
 
 Simple Fever 172 
 
 Singultus 351 
 
 Sitz-bath, The 152 
 
 Skim-Milk 76 
 
 Skin, The, in Diseases 164 
 
 " Catarrhal Inflammation 220 
 
 " Diseases of 211-234 
 
 Sleep 484 
 
 Sleeplessness 484, 485 
 
 Small-Pox 204 
 
 Sore Throat 333 
 
 " Clergyman's 289 
 
 Soup. Clam- 70 
 
 " Potato- ..... 93 
 
 " Turtle- 70 
 
 SonpB and Broths 107 
 
 * ' Preparations ot 108 
 
GMEBAL IKDEX. 
 
 PAOS. 
 
 Spasms ^T 
 
 " of Stomacll 354 
 
 Spaamodio Group 265 
 
 " Distinction between, 
 
 and Group 266 
 
 Specifics, The doses of 168 
 
 Spinach 95 
 
 Sponge-cakes 85 
 
 Squinting 276 
 
 Sanirrers Flesh, Nutritive Value of 67 
 
 Starch as food 9 
 
 Steaming of Meat 106 
 
 Stewing " 107 
 
 Stew, OyBt.er- 71 
 
 StifENeck «2 
 
 Stitch in Side 310 
 
 Stomach, Weak 348 
 
 Painin 354 
 
 " Spasmsof. 354 
 
 Stone 407 
 
 Strabismus 276 
 
 Stranguary 412 
 
 Strawberry 99 
 
 Students, Proper Food for. 42 
 
 Sugar 100 
 
 " of Milk 101 
 
 " Maple-: 101 
 
 " in Tea 113 
 
 Sunlight 138 
 
 " Valueto healthof 126 
 
 Sun-Fever 249 
 
 " -Stroke 249 
 
 Suppressed Menses 420 
 
 " Urination. 413 
 
 Sweating of the Feet 488 
 
 Swelled Face 264 
 
 " during Pregnancy 444 
 
 *' Internal, of Organs after Labor 455 
 
 Swelling and Redness of Nose 486 
 
 Syrup 101 
 
 Symptoms of DiBeases,How to Interpret 153 
 
 Taenia Solium 496 
 
 Tape-Worm 495 
 
 Tapioca 91 
 
 " JeDy „. 91 
 
 Tardy Menses 419 
 
 Tea, Nutritive Value of Ill 
 
 *' Classes of. 113 
 
 " Gonstituents of 112 
 
 " Howto make 112 
 
 *' Sugarin 113 
 
 '* use in Sick-room 114 
 
 Teeth, Preservation of the 263 
 
 Teething in Infants 465 
 
 Stmperature, The Bodily 160 
 
 ** in Consumption 321 
 
 FAOB. 
 
 Temperature in Typhoid Fever 186 
 
 Tetanus 2sa 
 
 Tetter 214 
 
 Thermometer, The use of in Bathing.. .149 
 
 " in Sick-room 160-161 
 
 Thread-worm 492 
 
 Throat, Clergyman's Sore 289, 344 
 
 " Putrid Sore 336 
 
 " Relaxed 341 
 
 " Sore 333 
 
 " Ulcerated 344 
 
 Thrush, in Infants 463 
 
 Tic-doloreux 259 
 
 Tinea 21S 
 
 " -Favosa 218 
 
 Tinnitus Aurium 283 
 
 Toasted Cheese 81 
 
 Tobacco Habit 524 
 
 Tobacco, 111 Effects of 120 
 
 Tongue, Nutritive Value of 66 
 
 *' The, in Disease 163 
 
 TonsUMtis 333 
 
 Toothache 262 
 
 " during Pregnancy 443 
 
 Treacle 101 
 
 Treatment of Infants 458 
 
 Trichina in Pork 64 
 
 Tripe, Nutritive Value of 66 
 
 Tumors, Scrofulous 473 
 
 Turnip 94 
 
 Tussis 293 
 
 Typhoid Fever 182 
 
 " Diet in 190 
 
 Typhus Fever 176 
 
 " Emptionin 179 
 
 Ulcerated Throat 344 
 
 Ulceration of Nose 487 
 
 Urinary Organs, Diseases of 399 
 
 Urine, The, in Disease 166,166 
 
 " Excessive Secretion of. 416 
 
 ■' Healthy 165 
 
 " Specific Gravity of 165 
 
 " Bloodin 416 
 
 *' Incontinence of 414 
 
 Urination, Difacult 406, 412, 413 
 
 " Suppressed , 413 
 
 Urticaria : 216 
 
 Uteri, Prolapsus 430 
 
 Uvula, Relaxed 336 
 
 Vaccination 206 
 
 " during Hooping-Cough....29a 
 
 Vanilla 102 
 
 Varicella 208 
 
 Varicose Veins 332 
 
 " during Pregnancy 444 
 
 Varioloid... • 200 
 
508 
 
 OEKEKAL INDEX. 
 
 PAOE. 
 
 Veal, Nutritive Valtte of. 61 
 
 " -Broth 61 
 
 Vegetables 82 
 
 " Cooking of ". 108 
 
 Vegetable-Broths 96 
 
 Veins, Varicose 332 
 
 Venison, Nutritive Value of 64 
 
 Ventilation 138 
 
 of bedrooms 125 
 
 " of schools '. 125 
 
 *' of public halls 125 
 
 Vermicelli 85 
 
 Vertigo 23J 
 
 Vicarious bleeding 363 
 
 Vinegar ..101,102 
 
 " dietetic uses of 103 
 
 Vomiting 360 
 
 ofblood 362 
 
 " from Stomach 362 
 
 " from Lungs 362 
 
 Wakefulness of Infants 462 
 
 Warm baths 137,149 
 
 " " Medical uses of 160 
 
 " 'Weather, Food for , 44 
 
 Wasting of Infants 466 
 
 " -Palsy 252 
 
 Water, constituents of 121 
 
 '* in human body 121 
 
 " qualities of good 121 
 
 ** proper receptacles for. 121 
 
 " purity of 122 
 
 " tests forpurityof 122 
 
 «• Boiling 122 
 
 " riltersfoi. 123 
 
 EASE. 
 
 Water, how to'make filter for 123 
 
 " -Cress 96 
 
 Watchers in Illness 148 
 
 Wax in Ears 282 
 
 Weakness after Confinement 467 
 
 " of Sight 278 
 
 " ofStomach 348 
 
 Weaning of Infants 460 
 
 Weather, Food suitable for cold; for 
 
 warm 44 
 
 Weeping-Eyes 275 
 
 Wetting the Bed 414 
 
 Wheat, preparations of, dietetic value of 83 
 
 Wheaten Biscuits 85 
 
 Whey 77 
 
 " medical uses of. 77, 78 
 
 Whisky 117 
 
 Whites, The 428 
 
 White-swellings 480 
 
 Whitlow 228 
 
 Wind on Stomach 350 
 
 Wind-Colic 357 
 
 Womb, Inflammation of, after Confine- 
 ment 465 
 
 " Falling of the 430 
 
 Women, Diseases of 418 
 
 Worm, The Seat 492 
 
 " TheThread 492 
 
 " The Round 494 
 
 " The Tape 495 
 
 ■' -Fever 497 
 
 Worms 492-498 
 
 " The Eradication of 498 
 
 Yellow Fever, The Va 
 
 GOIiD£N Hllili, COR. AVIIiI<IAJI <Sc ANN STS. 
 
New Style of Package. 
 
 (Takes the place of the one ounce square bottles.) 
 
 This cut represents the 
 new style of package for 
 the large size of Hum- 
 phreys' Specifics. It is a 
 neat, fl i n t-glass, tough, 
 imbreakable flask, with a 
 nickel-plated metal cap, 
 lined with cork. 
 
 It is convenient and eco- 
 nomical, as each flask 
 holds the quantity of six 
 25c. vials, and are sold at 
 $1.00. 
 
 The value of having these 
 Specifics on hand in case 
 of emergency CANNOT BE 
 OVERESTIMATED. 
 
 Like all the preparations 
 described in this Mentor, they 
 are sold by druggists, or best 
 PBEFAiD upon receipt of price. 
 Humfhbetb' ItlEoicnii: Co. 
 
 Cor. WiUia-m and Ann Sis,, 
 HBW YOKE. 
 
That this valuable book 
 may be within the easy reach 
 of everyone who uses Dr. 
 Humphreys' Specifics, we 
 make the price 
 
 50 CENTS 
 by mail postpaid. 
 
 Humphreys' Homeo. Med. Co., 
 
 Cor. William & Ann Sts., 
 
 NEW YORK.